Archive for Dairy Farm Profitability

From 52¢ to 25¢: Where Your Milk Dollar Goes Now – And 3 Ways to Reclaim Your Share

1980: Farmers got 52¢ of every dairy dollar. 2024: Just 25¢. Farm prices dropped 11% last year. Retail prices? Barely moved.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY:  A Wisconsin farmer did the math: he gets $1.07 for the milk in a gallon, selling for $4.89. That $3.82 gap isn’t new—but it’s widening. Farm share of the retail dairy dollar has dropped from 52 cents in 1980 to just 25 cents today, and when farm prices fell 11% last year, retail prices barely moved. So where does the money actually go? European research offers a surprising answer: farmer organization may matter more than processor consolidation. German farmers, working through strong cooperative structures, capture 80-85% of price transmission; French farmers negotiating individually capture just 23%. For mid-size U.S. operations, three strategic paths emerge—efficiency optimization (where top performers capture $350,000-$550,000 more annually than average), strategic scaling or collaboration, and premium market positioning. With $11 billion in new processing investment flowing toward facilities that favor large-scale supply, the time to choose your path is now.

I spoke with Mark recently, a dairy farmer who has been milking cows in central Wisconsin for 31 years. Last Tuesday, he stopped at the Kwik Trip in Marshfield after dropping a load at the cooperative and watched a young mother put a gallon of whole milk in her cart. The price tag read $4.89.

His milk check that morning showed $20.90 per hundredweight—down from $23.60 just twelve months earlier. USDA’s National Agricultural Statistics Service released those August 2025 numbers in September, and you know how it is… standing in that convenience store aisle, Mark did what every dairy farmer eventually does: the math.

“I’m getting roughly a dollar-seven for the milk in that gallon,” he told me over coffee later that week. “She’s paying four-eighty-nine. Where’s the other three-eighty-two going?”

It’s a fair question. And thanks to some useful academic research coming out of Canada and Europe, we’re getting clearer answers—ones that have honestly changed how I think about dairy market dynamics.

The Dairy Dollar Has Shifted Over Time

Here’s what the historical data shows. And it’s worth understanding these numbers in context, because they tell us something important about structural changes in our industry.

Farm share of the retail dairy dollar has plummeted from 52 cents in 1980 to just 25 cents today—a 52% decline that reflects fundamental structural shifts in dairy market power, not temporary cycles

 THE DAIRY DOLLAR: WHAT WE KNOW

For every $1.00 consumers spend on dairy products today:

Segment2024 ShareChange Since 1980
Farm$0.25↓ from $0.52
Marketing & Distribution$0.75

The marketing share includes processing, retail margins, transportation, and packaging. USDA ERS tracks farm share but doesn’t publish detailed breakdowns of marketing components—which is itself part of the transparency challenge we’ll get to later.

Source: USDA Economic Research Service, Price Spreads from Farm to Consumer, 2024

Back in 1980, dairy farmers captured approximately 52 cents of every retail dollar spent on milk. By 1999, that share had dropped to 32 cents. USDA’s Economic Research Service has tracked this through its Food Dollar Series for decades, and the most recent numbers from its 2024 Price Spreads data put the farm share of the retail dairy product basket at roughly 25 cents on the dollar.

Now, some of that shift reflects legitimate changes in the supply chain—more sophisticated processing, extended cold chains, greater product diversity, and increased food safety requirements. These things cost money, and that cost shows up somewhere.

But here’s what caught my attention: when farm prices dropped 11.4% between August 2024 and August 2025, retail prices barely moved. Bureau of Labor Statistics data shows that the average gallon of conventional whole milk ranged from $3.99 to $4.32 during that period.

The margin had to go somewhere. Understanding where—and why—matters for how we think about pricing dynamics going forward.

What Academic Research Reveals About Price Transmission

This brings us to some research that deserves more attention in our industry. It’s the kind of work that helps explain howprice changes actually move through the supply chain—or don’t.

A study published in the Journal of Food Research by economists at the University of Guelph examined price transmission through Canadian agricultural supply chains. They compared supply-managed commodities like dairy with market-driven commodities like pork, and their findings raise some interesting questions for us.

What the Guelph researchers found:

  • In supply-managed dairy systems, price changes were transmitted relatively symmetrically—when farm prices rose, retail prices followed at roughly the same rate as when farm prices fell
  • In competitive pork markets, the pattern looked different: retail prices responded quickly when farm prices increased, but declined much more slowly when farm prices dropped
  • The researchers attributed this asymmetry directly to processor and retailer concentration

As they put it: “Because of processor and retailer concentration, consumer prices respond more quickly to upward than downward movements of farm prices.”

Why does this matter for U.S. dairy? Because our system shares some characteristics with that competitive model they studied. When input costs rise, those increases tend to move through the chain relatively quickly. When costs fall… well, the benefits don’t always flow back to producers at the same pace. Many of us have seen this play out firsthand.

The European Evidence

European research adds another dimension that I found genuinely surprising. A 2020 study from the EU’s VALUMICS project examined dairy value chains across Germany, France, and the United Kingdom, and what they found challenges some conventional thinking.

The key findings:

  • Germany and the UK showed 80-85% price transmission—meaning most price changes at the farm level eventually reached retail
  • France showed only 23% transmission—most farm-level price changes got absorbed somewhere in the middle of the chain
  • Here’s what’s interesting: the difference wasn’t primarily about processor consolidation
  • The key variable was the farmer organization—how collectively producers could negotiate

So Germany has relatively fragmented processing—many mid-sized processors and cooperatives competing for milk. France has more consolidated processing, with Lactalis and Sodiaal controlling over 20% of the national milk collection.

CountryPrice Transmission %Farmer OrganizationProcessor Structure
Germany80-85%Strong cooperative structures with collective negotiating leverageFragmented: many mid-sized processors competing
United Kingdom80-85%Strong cooperative frameworks backed by legal structuresMixed competitive environment
France23%Individual farmer negotiation with limited collective leverageConsolidated: Lactalis & Sodiaal control 20%+ of national milk

Conventional thinking might suggest German farmers would face more pressure in that competitive processor environment. But the data showed the opposite. Germany achieved 80-85% symmetric price transmission. France achieved 23%.

The researchers pointed to the farmer organization as the critical variable. Germany’s cooperative structure provides producers with collective negotiating leverage backed by legal frameworks. French farmers negotiate more individually with those consolidated processors.

I want to be careful not to overstate this—European dairy markets differ from ours in important ways, and correlation doesn’t establish causation. But the findings suggest that how farmers organize may matter as much as how processors consolidate. That’s worth thinking about.

Dr. Andrew Novakovic, who has studied dairy markets at Cornell University for decades, has made similar observations about collective bargaining mechanisms. Information alone doesn’t necessarily translate into better prices—farmers need ways to act on that information collectively.

What might that look like practically? Active participation in cooperative governance, engagement with FMMO hearing processes, and support for producer organizations that advocate on pricing issues. None of these offer quick fixes, but they represent the mechanisms through which farmers can influence market outcomes beyond their individual operations.

Regional Pricing Variation

One aspect of U.S. dairy pricing that merits discussion—and you probably already know this if you’ve ever compared notes with producers in other regions—is the variation in what farmers actually receive.

USDA Agricultural Marketing Service mailbox price data shows meaningful spreads between regions. The 2024 annual averages had Southeast states around $24.58 per hundredweight, while New Mexico averaged $19.96. That’s nearly a five-dollar difference for essentially the same product.

I recently spoke with a producer in California’s Central Valley who noted similar frustrations. “We’re watching cheese exports hit record levels,” she told me, “and our mailbox price doesn’t seem to reflect that demand.” It’s a sentiment I’ve heard echoed from Vermont to Idaho—the sense that global market strength isn’t translating into farm-level returns as producers expect.

Some of this reflects legitimate factors: Federal Milk Marketing Order formulas, transportation costs, local supply-demand balance, and plant proximity. The FMMO system was designed to ensure orderly marketing and prevent predatory practices when milk couldn’t travel far.

But the magnitude of regional differences raises questions worth exploring. I spoke with Dr. Mark Stephenson, recently retired director of dairy policy analysis at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, about this dynamic.

“The regional pricing system reflects historical infrastructure and political compromises as much as current economic realities,” he observed. “Whether it still serves farmers optimally is a legitimate question.”

For individual operations, the practical takeaway is straightforward: understand the dynamics of your specific FMMO region. USDA publishes monthly mailbox prices by state—tracking where you stand relative to other regions can inform marketing decisions.

Processing Sector Changes

Any discussion of dairy pricing should include what’s happening on the processing side. And the numbers tell a story of significant consolidation over the past several decades.

USDA Rural Development cooperative statistics show U.S. dairy cooperatives declined from 1,244 in 1964 to 118 by 2017. Today, the four largest dairy cooperatives market approximately 41% of all U.S. milk. The 2020 acquisition of 44 Dean Foods facilities by Dairy Farmers of America for $425 million represented a significant moment in this trend.

It’s worth noting that cooperatives themselves vary considerably in structure and function. Some focus primarily on bargaining and milk marketing—negotiating prices and finding homes for member milk without owning processing assets. Others operate significant cheese plants, bottling facilities, or ingredient manufacturing. Regional cooperatives often serve different functions than national organizations, and a producer’s relationship with a bargaining-only cooperative differs meaningfully from membership in a cooperative that processes your milk directly.

Understanding what your cooperative actually does, and how its structure affects your returns, matters more than ever in this environment.

Now, I think it’s important to understand the processor’s perspective here too. These are businesses operating in challenging conditions—thin margins, intense retail pressure, significant capital requirements, and increasing regulatory complexity around food safety and environmental compliance.

Mike Brown, senior vice president of economics at the International Dairy Foods Association, has explained the rationale pretty clearly: “Processing is a low-margin business. The investments we’re making in new capacity require a reliable, consistent supply to achieve the economies of scale that make modern processing viable.”

A cheese plant processing 4-5 million pounds of milk daily needs supply certainty. That’s a legitimate operational requirement. The question isn’t whether processors are making rational business decisions—clearly they are. The question is how the overall market structure affects outcomes across the dairy sector.

New Processing Investment and Export Growth

What’s encouraging is the investment flowing into the industry right now. The International Dairy Foods Association reports approximately $11 billion in new dairy processing investment across more than 50 facilities in 19 states. NMPF president and CEO Gregg Doud has called it unprecedented in American agricultural history.

Much of this investment is oriented toward export markets—cheese, butter, and milk powder destined for growing demand in Asia and other regions. U.S. dairy exports have grown substantially over the past decade, and this processing capacity positions the industry to capture more international market share.

That’s genuinely positive for the industry’s future. Expanded processing capacity creates new market opportunities for milk, and export growth provides demand beyond what domestic consumption alone can support.

The nuance worth noting: much of this new capacity appears oriented toward long-term supply agreements with larger operations—dairies that can provide consistent, high-volume supply year-round. For a 400-cow dairy in Michigan or a 600-cow operation in Pennsylvania, this raises practical questions about market access as the processing landscape evolves.

This isn’t cause for alarm, but it is cause for planning. Understanding where processing investment is flowing—and what supply characteristics those facilities seek—can inform strategic decisions.

Policy Developments

On the policy front, Senators Kirsten Gillibrand of New York and Susan Collins of Maine have introduced the Fair Milk Pricing for Farmers Act, that’s H.R. 295 in the House and S. 581 in the Senate. The bill would require processors to report production costs and product yields to the USDA every two years.

Senator Gillibrand framed the rationale in her February 2025 announcement: “Requiring manufacturers to report dairy processing costs on a biennial basis will give dairy producers, processors, and cooperatives the data they need to ensure that their prices accurately reflect the costs of production.”

This seems like a reasonable transparency measure, and it’s attracted bipartisan support from both producer and processor organizations.

That said, it’s worth understanding what the legislation does and doesn’t do. It creates baseline transparency—useful for FMMO hearing processes when make allowances and pricing formulas are adjusted. It doesn’t set minimum prices, mandate formula changes, or establish collective bargaining frameworks.

As the European research suggests, transparency is valuable but may not be sufficient on its own. It’s one piece of a larger puzzle.

Strategic Options for Mid-Size Operations

Given these market dynamics, what can mid-size operations actually do? After conversations with farm management specialists, agricultural economists, and producers across several regions, three strategic directions keep emerging.

StrategyCapital RequiredTime to ROIPotential Annual Gain (500-600 cow herd)Risk Level
Efficiency Optimization$50K-250K (monitoring systems, feed tech, genetics)7-12 months$350K-550K annually (gap between average and top-quartile execution)Low-Medium
Scale Expansion$8M-12M per 1,000 cows (40% equity required: $3.2M-4.8M)5-7 yearsScale-dependent; driven by per-cow efficiency at 2,000+ headHigh (labor, capital, market access)
Premium Positioning (Organic/Farmstead)$50K-150K + 36-month transition without premium income3-5 years$100K-300K annually (based on $20-30/cwt premium capture)Medium-High (market, transition, certification)

Which path makes sense depends partly on where you are in the business cycle—and honestly, on generational considerations. An operation with a clear succession plan and incoming family labor faces different calculations than one where the next generation has moved on. The strategic choices you make today will shape what kind of operation exists in ten or fifteen years, whether that’s for family members to continue or for an eventual transition. That reality should inform which path you pursue.

Here’s what the numbers suggest: on a well-managed 500-cow dairy, the gap between average and top-quartile execution across efficiency measures could mean $350,000-550,000 annually. That’s the difference between surviving commodity cycles and building genuine equity. The three paths below represent different ways to capture that value.

Path One: Efficiency Optimization

For many operations, the most practical path is executing the fundamentals exceptionally well. And the performance gap between average and top-performing herds of similar size can be more meaningful than you might expect—Penn State Extension dairy specialists have documented income-over-feed-cost differences of $2.00-3.00 per cow per day between operations with similar herd sizes.

On a 600-cow dairy, that daily difference compounds to something significant over a year.

Where does that improvement come from? A few areas consistently matter:

Feed management remains the largest controllable cost. Most operations run TMR consistency at 4-8% variation; top performers achieve 2% or less. Testing every cutting—rather than assuming values carry over—adjusting rations weekly based on actual components, and managing bunk dynamics… these practices can reduce feed costs by $0.30-0.50 per hundredweight according to University of Wisconsin research.

Health monitoring has advanced considerably. Rumination and activity monitoring can identify mastitis and lameness 2-3 days before visual symptoms appear. Systems from SCR, Afimilk, Lely, and others typically run $50-100 per cow for basic monitoring, with more comprehensive systems at $150-250 per cow. The payback comes through earlier intervention, reduced treatment costs, and avoided production losses—particularly during the transition period when fresh cow problems tend to cascade.

Component optimization rewards attention to genetics and nutrition. Operations targeting butterfat levels of 4.0%+ can capture meaningful premiums. Montbéliarde crosses and select Holstein families have shown strong component performance, though results vary by management system and feeding program.

Beef-on-dairy programs have created new revenue streams that many of us didn’t have five years ago. Breeding 20-30% of the herd to beef bulls—Angus, Charolais, or Limousin, depending on your market—produces crossbred calves selling at $350-400 versus $80-100 for dairy bull calves. That’s meaningful additional revenue for operations with solid reproductive management.

This path suits operations with manageable debt, adequate working capital, and a genuine interest in data-driven management.

💡 BULLVINE INSIDER TIP: Efficiency Optimization

Based on what producers are actually seeing in 2025, here’s where the fastest returns are coming from:

What’s working right now:

  • AI-powered ration optimization software — Early adopters are reporting 5-10% feed cost reduction with ROI within 7-8 months, according to Lactanet’s herd analytics data. On a 500-cow dairy, that’s $50,000-100,000 annually to your bottom line.
  • Integrated health monitoring (not standalone sensors) — Systems that combine rumination, activity, and temperature data outperform single-metric monitors. Look for platforms that integrate with your existing herd management software rather than creating another data silo.
  • Smart calf monitoring — Operations using automated calf health systems are seeing significant reductions in mortality. One Dutch dairy documented a 19% improvement in calf survival within a single lactation cycle, with wearable sensors detecting illness 12+ hours before visual symptoms appeared. Payback typically runs under 12 months.

What to skip for now: Standalone activity monitors without integration capability. False-positive rates often create more work than they’re worth.

Path Two: Scale Expansion

Some operations have the capital position and management depth to expand to the scales preferred by new processing facilities. And I want to be honest about what this actually requires.

The economics are demanding. Expansion from 600 to 2,000+ cows typically requires $8,000-12,000 per cow in capital investment. For a 1,400-cow expansion, that’s $11-17 million. Most lenders currently require around 40% equity for dairy expansion—meaning $4.5-6.8 million just to reach the financing table.

When the numbers work, larger operations do show profitability advantages. University of Minnesota FINBIN data consistently shows per-cow returns increase with scale, all else equal.

But all else is rarely equal. Labor presents a genuine challenge—a 2,000-cow operation requires different workforce management than a family operation, and finding reliable dairy labor has become difficult in many regions. Geographic factors matter too: Idaho and parts of the Southwest still see active development, while the Upper Midwest and Northeast face higher land costs and tighter environmental constraints.

Here’s something worth considering, though: Collaborative scaling offers some of the benefits of scale without the full capital burden. Machinery-sharing cooperatives—common in Europe through what’s called the CUMA model—are now emerging in Ireland and parts of North America.

Actually, Ireland’s first farm machinery sharing cooperative was formed by members of the Kilnamartyra dairy discussion group in West Cork, according to Teagasc (Ireland’s agricultural authority). Their first joint purchase was a low-emissions slurry tanker—equipment that would’ve been uneconomical for individual operations but made sense when shared across several farms.

The CUMA model is widely used in France, where up to 50% of farmers are members of some type of machinery cooperative. Beyond equipment, some operations here are exploring multi-family partnerships or formal alliances for input purchasing, young stock raising, or even shared labor pools. Wisconsin’s dairy discussion groups and organizations, such as the Dairy Business Association, have facilitated some of these arrangements.

It’s not a full-scale expansion, but it captures some economies without the $11-17 million capital requirement. Worth exploring if you’re in that middle ground.

💡 BULLVINE INSIDER TIP: Scale Expansion

If you’re seriously exploring expansion or collaboration:

Before committing capital:

  • Map your processor relationships first — Talk directly with your co-op or processor about their 5-year capacity plans. Some are actively seeking mid-size suppliers; others are locked into large-operation contracts. Know before you build.
  • Explore collaborative structures — Contact your state’s dairy business association about machinery-sharing cooperatives or multi-family partnership models. The SARE (Sustainable Agriculture Research & Education) program has published practical guides on legal structures for equipment sharing that can help you avoid common pitfalls.
  • Run the labor math honestly — a 2,000-cow operation needs 8-12 full-time employees with skill sets different from family labor. If you can’t staff it reliably, the expansion economics fall apart regardless of milk price.

Geographic reality check: Expansion feasibility varies dramatically by region. Idaho, the Texas panhandle, and parts of Kansas still have processor demand for a new large-scale supply. Upper Midwest and Northeast markets are largely committed—expansion there often requires displacing existing supply relationships, which is a different game entirely.

Path Three: Premium Market Positioning

The third direction involves capturing more retail value through differentiation—such as organic certification, farmstead processing, or direct-to-consumer sales.

The economics genuinely shift here. Commodity milk at $20-22 per hundredweight captures about 25-49% of retail value, depending on the product—USDA data shows fluid milk’s farm share runs higher than cheese or butter. Farmstead cheese operations can realize $40-60 per hundredweight equivalent, capturing 60-70% of retail value, according to case studies from Penn State Extension and the Vermont Agency of Agriculture.

Market PositionPrice ($/cwt equivalent)Farm Share of Retail %Market Access Reality
Commodity Milk$20-2225%Immediate; established processor relationships
Organic Certified$40-46 (varies by buyer; grass-fed premiums $36-52)50-60%36-month transition without organic premiums; buyer commitment required first
Farmstead Cheese/Processing$50-6560-70%3-5 year market development; requires proximity to metro areas 100 miles or less

For organic specifically, the transition requires careful planning. USDA organic certification requires three years of chemical-free land management before milk can be sold as organic—and during that transition period, you’re bearing organic production costs without organic premiums. Capital requirements typically run $50,000-150,000, depending on your starting point.

What I’m hearing from certifiers and industry groups is that certification costs have risen notably for 2025—the new Strengthening Organic Enforcement rule has created additional paperwork requirements, and several certifiers have raised prices in response. Factor that into your projections.

Some operations have navigated the transition successfully by phasing it across their land base, but it requires 18-24 months of cash flow management without premium returns. Go in with your eyes open.

For farmstead processing, the requirements are significant. Penn State Extension notes that total costs for setting up a cheese enterprise “can easily total over $100,000” depending on scale and regulatory requirements. Vermont case studies show a wider range—$15,000- $40,000 for small-scale farmer-built facilities processing limited volumes, up to $150,000- $ 500,000 for commercial, licensed operations with turnkey equipment.

You generally need proximity to markets—within 100 miles of metro areas with appropriate demographics—and patience. Plan on 3-5 years before profitability.

Northeast operations have shown particular success with this model, given the region’s population density and consumers’ willingness to pay premiums for local products. But I’ve also seen successful farmstead operations in unexpected locations—sometimes it’s about finding the right niche rather than the perfect geography.

This path suits operations near population centers with a genuine interest in marketing and brand-building. It’s not for everyone, but it’s created viable businesses for producers with the right circumstances and inclinations.

💡 BULLVINE INSIDER TIP: Premium Market Positioning

Before committing to organic transition or farmstead processing:

Organic pathway:

  • Secure a buyer commitment first — Contact organic processors (Organic Valley, Maple Hill, regional buyers) about supply needs before starting the transition. Some regions are oversupplied; others are actively recruiting. NODPA’s September 2025 pay price survey shows grass-fed organic premiums ranging from $36/cwt to $52/cwt, depending on the buyer and certification level.
  • Budget for the paperwork — Certification costs are up for 2025 due to the Strengthening Organic Enforcement rule implementation, and record-keeping requirements have increased substantially. Factor in 4-6 hours weekly for compliance documentation.
  • Model the transition cash flow — You’ll carry organic production costs for 36 months before organic premiums kick in. Most successful transitions maintain conventional income on part of the operation during this period.

Farmstead processing pathway:

  • Start with farmers markets — Test your product and build a customer base before investing in full retail infrastructure. Many successful farmstead operations started selling 50-100 pounds of cheese weekly at local markets.
  • Connect with your state extension — Penn State, Vermont, and Wisconsin all offer farmstead dairy programs with technical assistance and business planning resources that can help you avoid costly mistakes.
  • Visit operating farmstead dairies — Nothing replaces seeing the daily reality of retail cheese production. Most farmstead operators are generous with their time for serious prospective producers.

The Bottom Line

Looking at these dynamics—the structural shifts, the research findings, the strategic options—what should producers do?

I don’t think there’s one right answer. Different operations face different circumstances, and what works for a 2,000-cow Idaho dairy won’t necessarily fit a 400-cow Wisconsin operation or a 200-cow Vermont farmstead. You know your situation better than any analyst does.

But I do think waiting for commodity markets to resolve these questions isn’t a strategy. Processing investments are being made now. Supply relationships are being established now. Operations are positioning for the next decade; decisions are being made now.

If you take three things from this analysis, make them these:

First, pull your operation’s income-over-feed-cost trend and compare it against Penn State Extension benchmarks for your herd size. Know where you stand before choosing a path. The gap between average and top-quartile performance is where hundreds of thousands of dollars hide on mid-size operations.

Second, have a direct conversation with your cooperative or processor about their capacity plans for the next five years. Are they seeking supply? Locked into large-operation contracts? Planning new facilities? This isn’t information that comes to you automatically—you have to ask for it.

Third, understand where processing investment is flowing in your region and what supply characteristics those facilities are seeking. IDFA tracks the $11 billion investment wave; your state dairy association can often tell you what’s happening locally.

These aren’t the strategic decisions themselves—they’re the foundation for making those decisions clearly.

The collective questions the research raises—cooperative governance, policy engagement, industry organization—matter too, though they operate on longer timeframes and require collective action. Showing up at cooperative meetings, engaging with your board, participating in industry organizations… these things feel distant from daily farm management, but they’re how farmers influence the structures that shape their prices.

The farms that will be thriving in 2035 won’t be the ones that waited for conditions to improve. They’ll be the ones that understood conditions clearly and positioned themselves accordingly.

Resources for Further Information:

Key Takeaways:

  • Farm share of the retail dairy dollar has declined from 52% in 1980 to approximately 25% today, reflecting both legitimate supply chain costs and structural market dynamics
  • European research suggests that farmer organization and collective bargaining mechanisms may influence price transmission as much as processor market structure
  • $11 billion in new processing investment is reshaping the industry, with much of the capacity oriented toward export markets and large-scale supply relationships
  • On a well-managed 500-cow dairy, the gap between average and top-quartile execution could mean $350,000-550,000 annually—that’s the real opportunity in efficiency optimization
  • Mid-size operations face three viable strategic paths: efficiency optimization, collaborative or individual scale expansion, or premium market positioning
  • Strategic clarity and committed execution will distinguish operations that thrive through the next decade

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Whole Milk Won – $4.3 Billion Too Late. Your Playbook for the Next 90 Days (And the Next Policy Fight)

Congress just reversed the whole milk ban—$4.3 billion and 13 years after dairy farmers first called it out. But here’s the uncomfortable truth: the farms best positioned to profit aren’t the ones that fought for it. Your 90-day playbook to change that.

Executive Summary: Whole milk won—13 years and $4.3 billion too late. Congress reversed school milk restrictions in December 2025, finally acknowledging what a 28-study meta-analysis proved in 2020: children who drink whole milk have a 40% lower risk of obesity than those who drink skim. The catch for most producers: school contracts require 500+ gallons daily, effectively locking out two-thirds of U.S. dairy farms. But the opportunity is real if you know where to look—mid-sized operations should be pushing cooperatives toward whole milk school packaging lines, smaller farms can tap a $2.15 billion premium market where marketing fat as a feature beats hiding it, and component-focused genetics now align with both institutional and consumer demand signals. This playbook segments 90-day action steps by herd size because the market opportunity from this shift is unevenly distributed. The lesson that outlasts whole milk: surviving in dairy means building operations resilient enough to weather the years between when science proves you right and when policy finally catches up.

Whole Milk Policy Strategy

Thirteen years of watching kids push away skim milk cartons. $4.3 billion in estimated industry losses. Roughly one-third of U.S. dairy farms are gone.

And now, finally, whole milk is coming back to schools.

The U.S. Senate passed the Whole Milk for Healthy Kids Act by unanimous consent on November 20, 2025. The House followed on December 15. But before you celebrate, here’s the uncomfortable truth: the farms best positioned to capture this win aren’t necessarily yours—unless you’re running several thousand cows or you’ve already built direct consumer relationships.

So what can the rest of us actually do with this?

The Policy Shift at a Glance

 2012 Restrictions2025 Reversal
Flavored milkFat-free onlyWhole and 2% permitted
Unflavored milkFat-free or 1% onlyAll fat levels permitted
Saturated fat rulesMilk counted toward weekly limitsMilk exempted from sat-fat caps
Scientific basis1980s-era low-fat consensusA 2020 meta-analysis showing 40% lower obesity risk with whole milk
Market accessFavors large processorsStill favors large processors

The Component Math: Why This Actually Matters to Your Milk Check

Let’s talk numbers—because this is where the policy shift translates into real economics.

Whole milk contains 3.25% butterfat. Skim milk? Essentially zero. That’s a 3.25-pound butterfat difference per hundredweight.

According to the USDA’s November 2025 component price announcement, butterfat is currently priced at $1.71 per pound. That means whole milk in school channels carries approximately $5.56 per cwt additional butterfat valuecompared to skim.

Milk TypeButterfat %Nov 2025 Value/cwtJan 2025 Peak Value/cwt
Skim milk0.0%Baseline ($0)Baseline ($0)
1% milk1.0%+$1.71+$2.95
2% milk2.0%+$3.42+$5.90
Whole milk3.25%+$5.56+$9.59

Here’s where it gets interesting: butterfat prices have been volatile this year. Earlier in 2025, butterfat ran as high as $2.95 per pound back in January, which would put that same differential at roughly $9.59 per cwt. Even at today’s lower prices, the component value difference is meaningful.

Quick ROI comparison—Premium Channel Economics:

ChannelPrice per cwtAnnual Revenue (100 cows, 23,000 lbs/cow)
Commodity (Class III, Nov 2025)~$17.18~$395,140
Premium direct/organic (based on Intel Market Research organic grass-fed pricing, typically 2-3× conventional)~$40-50~$920,000-$1,150,000
Difference $525,000-$755,000

The math explains why producers willing to build direct relationships are capturing fundamentally different economics—even if the transition requires significant upfront investment.

The Genetics Connection: Breeding for a Whole Milk Future

Here’s something worth considering for those of you making breeding decisions right now: the whole milk policy shift adds another data point to an already strong case for component selection.

According to CDCB, the April 2025 genetic base evaluation showed unprecedented gains—Holsteins improved by 45 pounds for butterfat and 30 pounds for protein. The butterfat number’s almost double any number that’s taken place in the past.

The drivers are clear: genomic testing has improved selection accuracy, and multiple-component pricing allocates the majority of milk check value to butterfat and protein—the two components that drive your check under current FMMO formulas. With 61% of all dairy semen sold in the U.S. now coming from sexed categories, producers can accelerate genetic progress by creating heifer calves from top-component females while using beef semen on the rest.

Industry analysts projects that genetic selection could push average butterfat content above 5% within the next decade if herd nutrition can keep pace with genetics.

The practical takeaway for breeding programs: The whole milk policy shift reinforces demand signals that already favor component-focused genetics. If you’re not already emphasizing butterfat and protein in your sire selection, the economics increasingly favor that direction. Top Holsteins are now adding 45 lbs butterfat per genetic base reset—that’s real money showing up in component checks.

How We Got Here

The original policy wasn’t arbitrary. When the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act passed in 2010, policymakers were responding to real concerns—childhood obesity had tripled since the early 1970s, climbing from around 5% to 15% by 2000, according to CDC data.

And you know what? The people who designed these policies weren’t acting in bad faith. They were working within the scientific framework available at the time. The problem? That framework had blind spots that dairy farmers spotted immediately.

Kids stopped drinking the milk. Schools added sugar to improve palatability. The anticipated health benefits never materialized.

When we chatted with a producer who runs a 650-cow operation near Fond du Lac, Wisconsin—who is a third generation on his family’s farm—he put it to me pretty directly: “We knew something was off within the first year. You’d watch the trash cans fill up with barely-touched cartons. The nutritionists were telling us fat was the problem, but we could see with our own eyes that kids just wouldn’t drink the stuff. My dad used to say the same thing about the low-fat push in the ’80s—consumers know what tastes right.”

It’s a sentiment I’ve heard echoed across dairy country, from Vermont to California.

What the Research Actually Found

The turning point came in February 2020. Dr. Jonathon Maguire, a pediatrician at the University of Toronto’s St. Michael’s Hospital, led a meta-analysis published in the American Journal of Clinical Nutrition that encompassed 28 studies across seven countries.

The findings were striking:

  • Children drinking whole milk had 40% lower odds of being overweight or obese
  • Not a single study showed that reduced-fat milk is associated with a lower obesity risk
  • The biological mechanism makes intuitive sense: dietary fats support satiety; remove them, and kids end up consuming more calories elsewhere

What I found particularly frustrating in this research was the timing. A 2013 University of Virginia study had already pointed in this direction—preschoolers who drank 1% or skim milk had higher odds of being overweight than peers who drank whole milk.

That study came out just one year after the restrictions took effect. It took seven more years for the Toronto meta-analysis and five more for the policy reversal.

Which raises an uncomfortable question many of us have asked ourselves: how many farms might still be operating if the policy had responded to evidence more quickly?

The Economic Damage

The American Farm Bureau’s analysis documents the consumption collapse pretty clearly:

  • School milk use fell from 4.03 cartons per student per week (2008) to 3.39 (2018)—a 15% drop
  • Rate of decline accelerated 77% after the 2012 rule change compared to the years before
  • An industry analysis by The Bullvine estimated a total economic impact of around $4.3 billion (though, like any economic model, that involves assumptions about multiplier effects and competitive dynamics)

“A policy that takes 13 years to correct can put an operation out of business long before the evidence wins out.”

The farm-level damage has been severe. USDA analyses show licensed U.S. dairy farms have fallen by roughly one-third over the past decade. You probably know some of those families personally.

Regional breakdown tells its own story:

State/Region2012 Licensed Farms2025 Licensed FarmsChange (Farms)% Decline
Vermont973439-534-49%
Wisconsin~11,800~6,800~-5,000~-42%
California~1,600~1,150~-450~-28%
Pennsylvania~6,800~4,900~-1,900~-28%
National (U.S.)~58,000~35,000~-23,000-40%
  • Vermont: 973 farms (2012) → 439 farms (March 2025 UVM Dairy Update)—a 49% decline
  • Wisconsin: Steady reduction throughout the decade, particularly among smaller herds
  • California: Fewer but larger operations capturing an increasing production share

Canadian producers operate under different economic conditions—quota systems insulate them from some commodity volatility but create constraints on fluid milk innovation. The whole milk policy shift is a U.S.-specific development, but Canadian producers watching cross-border trends should note the demand signals. If American consumers are increasingly seeking full-fat dairy products, that sentiment doesn’t stop at the border. Some Ontario and Quebec processors are already watching U.S. premium channel growth with interest, and there may be lessons here for Canadian direct-market producers positioning their own operations.

A third-generation Vermont producer who transitioned to organic during this period described the frustration I’ve heard from many in the region: the school milk situation was just one piece of the economic pressure, but it was the piece that felt most frustrating because producers could see with their own eyes it wasn’t working.

What the Reversal Actually Means for Markets

Here’s where we need to be realistic with each other.

The Farm Bureau projects whole milk could shift 2-3% of U.S. butter production into higher-value bottled milk channels. That’s meaningful volume—but it’s not transformational on its own.

The adoption timeline is going to stretch out:

  • Early 2026: Districts start releasing procurement RFPs
  • Spring 2026: Contract bids due
  • July 1, 2026: First-wave contracts begin
  • Year 1: Maybe 40-50% district adoption, realistically
  • Year 3: Perhaps 50-60% adoption

School milk procurement requires a minimum of 500 gallons per day and favors operations that can consistently meet volume and delivery demands. For herds under 300 cows—roughly two-thirds of remaining U.S. dairy farms—direct school contracts just aren’t realistic. The logistics don’t pencil out.

The “Missing Middle” Problem—And What to Do About It

If you’re running 300 to 1,000 cows, you’re in a tough spot. Too small for institutional school contracts. Too large (and too busy) for a farmers’ market stand on Saturday mornings.

But you’re not without options. And frankly, your cooperative’s board probably isn’t thinking about this as hard as you are. That’s your job to push them.

Pressure your cooperative to innovate. Farmers own their co-ops—you can sit on the board, attend meetings, and push for change. Major cooperatives, including DFA, Land O’Lakes, and California Dairies, all offer forward contracting and risk management programs for members. Land O’Lakes launched its Dairy 2025 Commitment, a sustainability and processing innovation initiative. Some specific asks worth raising at your next member meeting:

  • School-specific packaging lines for whole milk that your co-op can bid on district contracts
  • Higher-fat fluid product development—the demand signal from this policy shift is clear
  • Regional processing partnerships that keep more value closer to member farms

Consider cooperative processing arrangements. One Minnesota cooperative involving four farms with a combined 1,800 cows reports routing 25% of collective production through a small processing facility they financed together, according to a recent Bullvine analysis of mid-sized farm strategies. That portion generates roughly twice the commodity price. The remaining 75% continues through traditional channels, so they’re not betting the whole operation on one approach.

“We didn’t have the scale individually to make processing investment work,” one participating farmer explained. “Together we did.”

This isn’t quick or easy—figure 24-36 months for facility build-out and $200,000-$500,000 in shared investment. But for operations with geographic proximity and complementary goals, it’s worth having a feasibility conversation over coffee with neighboring farms.

What if you do nothing? Let’s run those numbers honestly. If you’re in the 300-1,000 cow range, shipping commodity milk at ~$17/cwt while premium channels deliver $35-50/cwt, every year of inaction leaves roughly $200,000-$400,000 on the table (depending on herd size and component production). Over a five-year window, that’s potentially $1-2 million in foregone revenue—capital that could have funded the very infrastructure needed to access premium markets. The cost of waiting isn’t zero, even if it feels safer in the short term.

Advocate for policy that helps mid-sized operations. The school milk win came from organized industry pressure sustained over the years. The same approach applies to FMMO reform, processing infrastructure grants, and cooperative development programs. Individual voices get lost; collective voices get heard.

Your 90-Day Action Checklist

For operations under 300 cows (direct-to-consumer potential):

  • [ ] Contact your state dairy promotion board about marketing support programs—Midwest DairyAmerican Dairy Association NortheastSoutheast Dairy Association, and regional councils often have resources specifically for small-scale direct marketing
  • [ ] Research farmers’ market requirements and seasonal milk subscription models in your region
  • [ ] Calculate your break-even point for premium channel investment (licensing, packaging, refrigeration)
  • [ ] Identify 2-3 neighboring farms for potential cooperative marketing conversations
  • [ ] Develop your “whole milk story” messaging for consumer-facing channels

For operations 300-1,000 cows (cooperative innovation focus):

  • [ ] Request your cooperative’s current school milk bid status and whole milk product plans
  • [ ] Attend your next cooperative member meeting with specific asks (school packaging lines, higher-fat fluid products)
  • [ ] Explore regional processing partnership feasibility with 2-3 neighboring farms
  • [ ] Review your forward contracting options through DFA, Land O’Lakes, or your current cooperative
  • [ ] Assess your genetics program’s component emphasis and adjust sire selection if needed

For operations 1,000+ cows (institutional positioning):

  • [ ] Contact your cooperative about direct school district procurement opportunities
  • [ ] Request information on your cooperative’s 2026 school milk RFP timeline and bid process
  • [ ] Evaluate your component production against school milk volume requirements
  • [ ] Explore branded whole milk partnership opportunities with regional processors
  • [ ] Consider school district direct outreach in your geographic area
Herd SizePrimary Opportunity90-Day Priority ActionInvestment/Timeline
<300 cowsPremium direct-to-consumer channelsContact state dairy promotion board; research farmers’ market + subscription models$15K-$50K (licensing, packaging, refrigeration); 6-12 months to first sales
300-1,000 cowsCooperative innovation + shared processingAttend co-op member meeting with specific asks (school packaging lines, higher-fat fluid products); explore regional processing partnerships$200K-$500K shared investment; 24-36 months facility build-out
1,000+ cowsDirect school district contracts + institutional positioningContact cooperative about 2026 school RFPs; request school milk bid timeline; explore branded whole milk partnershipsImmediate (contracts start July 1, 2026); leverage existing volume

The Premium Opportunity: Marketing the Fat

Here’s where smaller operations have a genuine advantage—if they understand what’s actually working out there.

Market research from Intel Market Research estimates the U.S. organic grass-fed milk market at $2.15 billion in 2025, projected to reach $3.28 billion by 2032 at roughly 7.3% annual growth. Subscription-based delivery models grew 92% over the past year alone.

But here’s what I’ve noticed watching the producers winning in this space: they’re not just producing premium milk. They’re marketing the fat. That’s a meaningful distinction.

Take Painterland Sisters, a fourth-generation Pennsylvania organic dairy. According to a recent Forbes profile, co-founder Stephanie Painter puts it directly: “We aimed to change the narrative surrounding milk fat.”

Their skyr yogurt contains 6% milkfat—double cream. According to Dairy Processing, each 5.3oz container holds the equivalent of four cups of milk. The sisters have emphasized that those healthy fats are central to their product’s nutritional profile—it’s a feature, not something to minimize or apologize for.

The result? Over 6,000 stores in all 50 states, including Whole Foods, Sprouts, and Publix. Forbes’ “30 Under 30” list. The fastest-growing yogurt brand in the natural foods space.

Their insight is instructive: the whole milk vindication isn’t just about returning to what was—it’s about actively marketing fat as a feature.

“Our story is what sets us apart on the shelves,” they told in a recent interview. “Every detail on the cup is designed to tell a story, bridging the gap between the farm and the fridge.”

For farms considering this pathway: launching farmers’ market sales, subscription programs, or an on-farm store requires real investment in licensing, packaging, and refrigeration. Your state dairy promotion board or cooperative extension office can connect you with producers who’ve made similar transitions in your region.

The honest question to ask yourself: Do you have the temperament for direct customer relationships, the capital for infrastructure, and the patience to build a brand? It’s not for everyone—and that’s okay. But for farms that fit the profile, the whole milk story provides a ready-made narrative that consumers genuinely want to hear right now.

Why Policy Correction Takes So Long

Understanding this dynamic helps prepare for whatever comes next—methane regulation, climate requirements, antibiotic restrictions. There’s always something on the horizon.

Research published in 2022 in the journal Public Health Nutrition examined the Dietary Guidelines Advisory Committee. The finding: 19 of 20 members (95%) had at least one documented financial or professional relationship with actors in the food or pharmaceutical industries.

Now, this doesn’t mean committees are corrupt or that members are consciously biased. What it illustrates is something more structural: these committees naturally draw from pools of credentialed experts who’ve built careers within existing consensus frameworks. Challenging established positions carries professional risk. Confirming them is safer. The incentive structure doesn’t reward rapid revision, even when new evidence accumulates.

The result? A system that changes slowly, regardless of how compelling the contradicting evidence becomes.

For producers, the takeaway isn’t that experts can’t be trusted. It’s that policy timelines operate on a different clock than farm economics. Plan accordingly.

Practical Lessons for What Comes Next

Build flexibility into your revenue structure. The farms that survived the last 13 years weren’t entirely dependent on a single market channel. Diversification provides a cushion when policy shifts unexpectedly against you.

One California producer I spoke with recently—running about 2,200 cows in the Central Valley—described it as “not putting all your milk in one tank.” He’s got relationships with three different buyers, plus a small direct-sales operation his daughter runs. When one channel gets disrupted, the others absorb the shift. It’s not complicated, but it requires intentionality.

Consider your story as an asset. If you’ve been farming through these years, you have credibility with consumers who’ve grown skeptical of institutional guidance. A farm that can authentically say “we knew whole milk was nutritious when experts said otherwise” has differentiation that larger operations simply can’t replicate.

Engage policy discussions before consensus hardens. The dairy industry’s organized response to school milk restrictions gained real momentum only after substantial damage had already accumulated. For emerging issues—such as methane regulation and climate requirements—earlier engagement yields better outcomes.

Plan for policy timelines, not evidence timelines. You might be right about the science for years before policy catches up. Your operation needs to survive that gap. That means capital reserves, operational flexibility, and revenue diversification that doesn’t depend on regulatory environments being rational.

The Bottom Line

The immediate market impact from whole milk’s return will be modest—a few percentage points of butterfat utilization, phased in over several years as districts convert.

But the broader lessons apply to whatever comes next:

  • Policy corrections take longer than farm economics can absorb. Build flexibility to survive the gaps.
  • Being right doesn’t automatically translate to market benefit. Thousands of farms closed while dairy farmers were correct about whole milk.
  • Market opportunity distributes unevenly. Large operations win on institutional contracts; small operations can win on premium positioning; mid-sized farms need cooperative innovation or collective processing strategies.
  • Direct consumer relationships provide policy insulation. And marketing the fat—not just producing it—is what’s actually working in premium channels.
  • Genetics reinforce the direction. Component-focused sire selection aligns with both premium market demand and institutional whole milk needs—top Holsteins are now adding 45 lbs butterfat per genetic base reset, and that’s real money showing up in component checks.

And honestly, that’s what this whole 13-year story comes down to. The farms that thrive going forward will likely be those that learned from this experience: not just that whole milk was right, but that surviving in this industry requires building operations resilient enough to weather the gaps between when evidence emerges and when policy finally responds.

That’s the real lesson here. Not just vindication—preparation.

We’ll be tracking school district adoption rates and Class I utilization by FMMO region throughout 2026—watch for quarterly updates on how whole milk demand is actually showing up in producer checks. 

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • $4.3 billion too late: Whole milk won in December 2025—but one-third of U.S. dairy farms closed during the 13 years policy ignored the science that proved them right
  • School milk isn’t your opportunity (yet): Contracts require 500+ gallons daily, locking out two-thirds of farms. Push your cooperative to bid on school packaging—that’s how mid-sized herds access this market
  • Your 90-day move by herd size: Under 300 cows → premium direct channels (organic grass-fed is $2.15B, growing 7.3%). 300-1,000 cows → cooperative pressure + shared processing ($200K-$500K). 1,000+ cows → 2026 school RFPs start soon
  • Butterfat math favors whole milk: At $1.71/lb, whole milk carries $5.56/cwt more value than skim. Top Holsteins now add 45 lbs butterfat per genetic base reset—component breeding pays regardless of channel
  • Build resilience before the next policy fight: Thirteen years between science and policy correction is normal, not unusual. Methane rules, climate mandates, antibiotic restrictions—your operation needs to survive the next gap, not just celebrate this win

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Biology Repriced Dairy: $4,000 Heifers Created a 90-Day Window When You Have Leverage, Not Processors

Processors need milk. Heifers don’t exist. The 90-day window where you have leverage—not them—closes Q1 2026. Three strategic paths. Choose wrong, and you’re buying $5,000 heifers in 2027.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: The dairy industry just got repriced—not by markets, but by biology. Collective beef-on-dairy breeding depleted replacement inventories, pushing heifer prices from $1,800-2,200 to $3,010 nationally (USDA AMS), while 27-30 month biological timelines ensure scarcity persists through 2027. December’s Federal Milk Marketing Order component changes permanently widened revenue gaps to $360,000 annually for operations below 3.3% protein—a penalty that compounds each year until genetics improve. Processors who invested billions in new capacity now run plants at 60-70% utilization and are offering unprecedented partnerships: co-financed heifers, equipment subsidies, multi-year pricing locks. New World Screwworm confirmed 70 kilometers from the border could trigger quarantine zones that eliminate beef-on-dairy revenue and remove entire regions from heifer sourcing networks within weeks. Three strategic paths exist—internal rebuilding ($300K-400K annually), processor partnerships ($600K-700K total), or hybrid approaches ($500K first year)—but the 90-day window closes early 2026 when competitive advantages solidify for the rest of the decade.

The headlines coming out of 2025 paint a confusing picture, don’t they? Record export numbers alongside compressed milk prices, billion-dollar processing investments during a heifer shortage, and interest rate cuts that haven’t translated to expansion opportunities the way conventional wisdom suggested they would.

For those of us trying to navigate what comes next, the old playbook—watch milk prices, manage margins, wait for markets to normalize—seems to be missing something critical. And after spending considerable time examining what actually happened this year, from Federal Milk Marketing Order reforms to New World Screwworm biosecurity developments, a clearer picture emerges.

The dairy industry isn’t experiencing temporary market volatility that’ll self-correct by next year. We’re seeing a fundamental repricing of what constitutes competitive operations. And the binding constraint isn’t capital, processing capacity, or even milk demand. It’s replacement heifers.

Understanding why the heifer strategy has become the single most important decision for mid-to-large operations requires connecting dots that most market reports treat as separate stories. So let’s walk through what’s actually happening.

Why Everyone’s Beef-on-Dairy Bet Created a Heifer Crisis

You probably remember the breeding decisions many of us made during 2022-2024. They seemed perfectly rational at the time. Beef-on-dairy calves were commanding $1,200-$1,800 while dairy bull calves brought maybe $50 if you were lucky. So operations shifted aggressively toward beef genetics—Angus, Limousin, Wagyu crosses. Some farms bred 60-70% of their herds to beef bulls, capturing that premium calf revenue while still generating enough dairy replacements to maintain herd size.

The strategy worked brilliantly. Until everyone did it simultaneously.

USDA cattle inventory reports through 2025 show heifer numbers well below historical levels, and the market responded accordingly. Heifer prices, which historically averaged $1,800-2,200, spiked to an average of $3,010 nationally, according to mid-2025 USDA Agricultural Marketing Service livestock reports. Quality animals? You’re looking at $4,000 or more in many regions.

The Heifer Price Cliff: Biology Created a 150% Price Spike in 36 Months 

Picture this scenario: a producer planning a 200-cow expansion with an initial budget assuming $400,000-440,000 in heifer purchases. When it actually came time to source them this fall, the requirement had jumped to $760,000-$800,000—and that’s before facilities, equipment, or working capital. The project fundamentals changed so dramatically that many lenders couldn’t approve at the revised numbers.

What sets this apart from typical commodity price volatility is the timeline. Say you recognize the shortage today and immediately shift to aggressive sexed semen protocols. You’re still facing a 27-30 month lag before those breeding decisions yield fresh cows entering the milking string. The biological constraint is absolute. You can’t negotiate faster gestation periods, you can’t pay a premium for accelerated heifer maturity, and you can’t borrow your way around reproduction timelines.

Agricultural economists studying dairy expansion economics have been clear about how this reshapes project viability. When expansion plans that looked viable at $2,000 heifers become questionable at $4,000 heifers, that internal rate of return you calculated at 8.5% might drop to 4.2%. If your lender wants a minimum of 6% for ag expansion loans—and many do in this rate environment—the expansion you’ve been planning just became impossible. Not because milk prices crashed, but because the biological input you need doesn’t exist at a price that makes the economics work.

Expansion Economics Shattered: Heifer Costs Doubled Total Investment Requirements 

Billions in Processing Capacity Nobody Can Fill

While we were grappling with heifer scarcity, dairy processors made massive capital commitments based on different assumptions about milk supply growth.

Chobani’s investment in Twin Falls expansion and their new Rome, Georgia facility—we’re talking $1.7 billion total—will require roughly 6 billion pounds of milk annually when fully operational, according to company announcements and Idaho dairy industry projections. Hilmar Cheese Company’s Dodge City, Kansas, plant, which opened in 2024, was designed to process 6-8 million pounds per day at full capacity, according to Kansas Department of Agriculture assessments.

And it’s not just the big names. California Dairies Inc., Darigold, and other regional processors have added significant cheese processing capacity through 2025. USDA Dairy Market News tracking shows substantial infrastructure investment across multiple regions. Nebraska saw its first major fluid milk processing plant in more than 60 years—that’s how much capital has been flowing into dairy processing infrastructure.

These investments shared common modeling assumptions—that U.S. milk production would continue to grow 1.5-2% annually, as historical trends from 2010-2020 suggested, providing sufficient supply to fill new capacity while maintaining competitive procurement costs.

But biology created different outcomes. With replacement heifer inventories down and many of us keeping marginal cows longer rather than replacing them at $4,000/head, the sustainable milk supply growth processors modeled simply isn’t materializing at expected rates.

The numbers tell the story. USDA data shows weekly dairy cow slaughter trailed year-earlier levels for 98 of 106 weeks through mid-2025, with cumulative declines exceeding 556,000 head. Why? Because many operations chose to keep lower-producing cows rather than pay those premium replacement costs. This extended herd retention created a temporary production boost from increased cow numbers, but it’s constraining long-term genetic improvement and herd health optimization—something we’ll feel the effects of for years.

The capital mismatch this created is…well, it’s significant. Processors need plants running at 80-85% capacity to hit their ROI targets. Industry observers note concerns about whether new processing capacity is achieving the utilization rates needed for acceptable returns on these substantial investments.

MetricValue
New Processing Capacity Added (2024-2025)12-15 billion lbs/year
Milk Needed at Full Capacity12-15 billion lbs/year
Current Utilization Rate60-70%
Heifer Inventory vs. 2020 Baseline-35% to -40%
Replacement Cost Increase+67% ($2,000 → $3,010)

And this creates an unusual negotiating environment for producers. When processors face utilization challenges, the dynamics shift. Anecdotal reports suggest some processors may be offering enhanced contractual terms to secure committed supply, though specific arrangements are rarely publicized. The dynamic differs substantially from periods of milk oversupply when processors held most of the negotiating leverage.

What’s particularly noteworthy is that some processors are beginning to explore not just pricing adjustments but actual capital investment partnerships. We’re talking co-funding barn expansions or robotic milking systems in exchange for long-term volume commitments. For producers with consistent volume and quality, this represents a different kind of conversation than we’ve had in recent years—but only if you can deliver the growth processors need. And that circles right back to heifer availability.

The partnership dynamics vary substantially by region and processor structure. Northeast operations working with Dairy Farmers of America or Agri-Mark cooperatives navigate different leverage points than independent processors, where member ownership can influence capital partners’ willingness. Mountain West producers in Idaho and Utah working within Glanbia or Gossner supply chains may find processor partnership opportunities shaped by these companies’ growth trajectories and existing producer relationships. The core dynamic—processors needing committed supply growth they can’t otherwise secure—creates opportunity, but the specific terms reflect regional processor economics and competitive positioning.

December’s Component Rule Change Just Made It Permanent

While heifer dynamics played out, another structural shift many producers are still coming to terms with took effect on December 1: the Federal Milk Marketing Order changes.

The updated component factor standards—moving from 3.0% to 3.3% protein, 5.7% to 6% other solids, and 8.7% to 9.3% nonfat solids—represented more than technical adjustments in formulas. USDA Agricultural Marketing Service finalized these changes after extensive industry input throughout 2024-2025. What they did was permanently reprice what constitutes “standard” milk under federal pricing formulas.

The changes reflect actual component levels in the U.S. milk supply more accurately than standards last updated decades ago. And that’s fair enough from a policy standpoint. But it creates real winners and losers operationally.

For operations already producing above the new standards, the changes validated the genetic investment made over the years. Say your herd averages 3.5% protein—you’re now receiving credit for delivering 0.2% more protein than the formula assumes. Based on typical Class III component valuations from mid-2025, that’s roughly $0.50-$0.60 per hundredweight premium above producers hitting the 3.3% baseline.

But if you’re averaging 3.0% protein? The penalty widened. The spread between high-component and low-component operations increased from roughly $1.00-$1.10 per hundredweight under previous standards to $1.25-$1.50 under the new framework, depending on your butterfat and other solids performance.

To illustrate the economics: on a 1,200-cow operation producing 28.8 million pounds annually, that component differential represents approximately $360,000 in annual revenue variance compared to competitive operations. Every year. Permanently. Until genetics improve through breeding or herd replacement.

And the complication is that fixing genetics through breeding requires at least 4-6 years to see meaningful herd-average improvements. This reflects biological realities we can’t shortcut. Calves born from improved genetics in 2026 don’t enter the milking string until 2028, and it takes several more years of selective breeding and culling to shift overall herd composition significantly.

Take this example: an operation averaging 3.1% protein—not terrible by historical standards, but now sitting below the new baseline. Running the numbers on genetic improvement shows that purchasing high-component genetics would cost $2.1-2.9 million to replace 50-60% of a 1,200-cow herd at current heifer prices. That’s challenging capital to finance, given typical industry leverage positions.

University dairy management specialists studying genetic improvement economics note that hybrid approaches—combining strategic purchases with aggressive sexed semen protocols on top genetic performers—can spread costs over 5-7 years at roughly $135,000-160,000 annually. This makes the investment more manageable from a cash flow perspective, but you’re still facing a significant capital commitment over an extended timeline.

For producers in their late 50s or early 60s without clear successors, the timeline creates difficult questions. Will the investment pay back within your operational horizon? That’s a personal decision each operation has to make based on specific circumstances and succession planning.

What “Record Exports” Actually Tell Us About Supply

Trade headlines from 2024-2025 painted what looked like an optimistic picture. U.S. dairy exports totaled $8.2 billion, up 2% from 2023, with cheese exports reaching all-time highs and rallying 17% in key markets like Mexico and Central America. USDA’s Foreign Agricultural Service export-tracking documents these gains, and the numbers look impressive.

But we need to dig deeper into what those export figures actually mean for our operations.

USDA data shows U.S. milk production grew 4.2% year-over-year in mid-2025, driven primarily by per-cow efficiency gains and temporary increases in cow numbers as many of us retained marginal animals longer. Meanwhile, domestic consumption—based on food availability data and industry consumption tracking—increased by roughly 1-2% across the fluid milk, cheese, butter, and yogurt categories.

So what happened to that 2.2-3.2% production surplus? It needed export markets to absorb it and prevent domestic price collapse from oversupply.

What the data reveal is that “strong U.S. dairy exports” in this context really means we’re producing more milk than domestic markets want to consume at prevailing price levels. We needed export outlets to clear inventory. This is fundamentally different from demand-driven export growth, where global buyers actively seek U.S. dairy at premium prices to alternatives.

The distinction matters significantly for expansion planning, and it’s worth understanding the difference.

Mexico represents genuine structural demand. The country faces a dairy deficit of 25-30% annually—it simply cannot produce enough milk domestically to meet consumption needs. USDA Foreign Agricultural Service analysis confirms Mexico imports roughly 1 million metric tons of dairy products annually, with the U.S. supplying over 80% of that shortfall. Why? Proximity, trade agreement terms under USMCA, and established quality relationships.

As Mexican GDP grows and incomes rise, dairy consumption increases. This creates expanding structural demand that isn’t dependent on temporary price arbitrage or trade policy positions. You can reasonably factor this kind of export relationship into medium-term planning because the fundamentals are solid.

Supply-driven export growth looks different. U.S. whey powder and nonfat dry milk volumes shipped to China and other Asian markets throughout 2024 represented valuable outlets for commodity products that domestic markets couldn’t absorb at certain price points. But when China imposed retaliatory tariffs on U.S. dairy products in early 2025—starting at 10%, rising to 25%, and eventually reaching 125%—U.S. exporters scrambled to find alternative buyers at competitive prices.

New Zealand and European Union suppliers, not facing similar tariff barriers, stepped in to serve Chinese buyers. Our market share declined as price competitiveness evaporated under tariff pressure. It happened quickly.

Now, the November framework agreement between the U.S. and China—announced jointly on November 10—suspended those retaliatory tariffs and restarted facility registrations for U.S. infant formula plants. This was genuinely positive news that stabilized short-term market sentiment and reopened commercial channels.

But—and this is critical—the agreement serves as a framework for ongoing dialogue rather than a permanent resolution. The official language emphasized that parties agreed to “resolve trade tensions through continued engagement.” Translation: tariff suspensions could be reinstated if broader trade negotiations encounter difficulties or political circumstances shift.

So for those of us evaluating expansion decisions, the key point is this: plan growth around export markets only when the demand is structural, like Mexico’s import dependency. Don’t build expansion plans on opportunistic export relationships, such as China’s commodity markets, that depend on favorable tariff treatment. Those can disappear quickly, and expansion economics often can’t absorb such a sudden loss of market access.

How DMC Works Differently for Strong vs. Struggling Operations

The Dairy Margin Coverage program—extended through 2031 in recent legislation—plays different roles depending on who’s using it and how.

The program improvements included expanding Tier I coverage from 5 million to 6 million pounds, updating production history calculations to reflect 2021-2023 levels, and establishing a 25% premium discount for producers committing to multi-year enrollment. USDA Farm Service Agency documented these changes in program announcements.

For well-run operations with solid fundamentals, DMC functions as genuine catastrophic insurance. Think about a 600-cow operation in the Upper Midwest with strong genetics—3.4% protein, 4.2% butterfat—efficient production around 26,000 pounds per cow annually, and moderate leverage around 35% debt-to-asset ratio.

This operation might pay $11,000-13,000 annually for $9.50 per hundredweight margin coverage under current premium structures. In typical years, they might receive $25,000-35,000 in payments during minor margin squeezes when feed costs spike or milk prices soften temporarily. That creates a net cost of $10,000- $ 20,000 for insurance protection.

But in catastrophic years? That’s where the program shows its value. In 2023, DMC paid out $1.2 billion across 17,130 participating operations, according to USDA program data. For operations enrolled at high coverage levels, payments ranged from $120,000 to $ 180,000. For many producers, these payments represented the difference between maintaining debt service and covenant compliance versus facing foreclosure or forced asset sales.

Agricultural economists studying risk management note that producers who use DMC strategically view it as what it’s designed to be—catastrophic risk protection, not an operating subsidy. These operations manage their businesses assuming zero DMC payments. When payments arrive, they flow to debt reduction, capital reserves, or strategic investments—not covering routine operating expenses.

For operations with structural challenges, DMC serves a different function. During 2023’s severe margin compression, operations with below-average genetics, lower production per cow, and high leverage might have received substantial DMC payments that covered operating loan interest, partial property tax obligations, and minimum debt service—preventing immediate foreclosure.

This creates legitimate policy questions about whether farm programs should support operations that struggle to achieve profitability without government payments. There are thoughtful perspectives on both sides. From an economic efficiency standpoint, some argue that enabling operations that would otherwise consolidate delays industry rationalization. From a rural community perspective, others contend that preventing catastrophic forced liquidations allows gradual, managed transitions that preserve community stability.

What producers are finding is that DMC’s actual role depends entirely on underlying competitive positioning. Operations with strong fundamentals use DMC to protect downside while pursuing growth strategies. Operations with weak fundamentals sometimes use DMC to delay strategic decisions about succession or exit.

The practical takeaway: DMC is extended through 2031 with improved terms. The 25% premium discount for multi-year commitments makes long-term enrollment economically attractive. If you’ve got strong fundamentals, DMC represents genuinely inexpensive catastrophic insurance. If you’ve got weak fundamentals, DMC might be sustaining your operation, which requires an honest assessment of whether you’re building toward viable, long-term competitive positioning or simply postponing inevitable transitions.

The Supply Shock Nobody’s Pricing Into Heifer Strategy

While structural forces like heifer scarcity and component repricing unfold over years, New World Screwworm represents a different threat—a potential overnight disruption to the already-stressed heifer supply equation that most of us aren’t fully accounting for yet.

The parasitic fly was confirmed in Sabinas Hidalgo, Nuevo León—less than 70 miles from the U.S.-Mexico border—on September 18. USDA Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service guidance indicates this fly can kill a full-grown cow in 10 days if infestations aren’t treated aggressively. Mexican cattle imports to the U.S. have been completely closed since May after initial detections in southern Mexican states.

What makes the September detection particularly concerning for heifer markets: it occurred in a certified commercial feedlot in northern Mexico, and the infected animal had recently moved from southern Mexico. USDA situation reports documented this. What it demonstrates is that the fly moved northward despite extensive surveillance—8,000 monitoring traps deployed across Mexican states, more than 13,000 screening samples processed, and sterile fly releases attempting biological suppression.

Veterinary specialists note that the parasite’s movement pathway is particularly challenging to control because animals can be infected without showing obvious symptoms initially, and commercial livestock operations regularly move cattle across regions as part of normal marketing processes.

Here’s how this connects to heifer availability: if NWS establishes in the U.S.—and veterinary epidemiologists consider it a real possibility given proximity to current infestations and biological pressure during favorable spring and summer conditions—the cascade affects both supply and cost structures simultaneously.

TimelineEventRisk LevelAction WindowBeef-on-Dairy Revenue at Risk
Sept 2025Confirmed 70km from borderMedium6 months$0
Dec 2025Winter containment windowMedium-High3 months$0-200K
Jan-Mar 2026Critical decision periodHigh90 days$600K-800K
Apr-Jun 2026Spring expansion seasonCriticalClosing$600K-800K
Q3 2026+Potential establishmentCatastrophicToo late$600K-800K

Looking at historical patterns from the 1950s eradication efforts, establishment typically follows a predictable sequence: Detection occurs on a commercial operation. Within 24-48 hours, livestock markets within 200-300 miles stop accepting cattle from affected regions because buyers anticipate quarantine zones. Feeder cattle prices decline $2-5 per hundredweight in affected regions within the first week.

USDA announces quarantine zones—typically 300 kilometer radius around confirmed detections—within 7-14 days. Movement restrictions require veterinary inspection and negative testing for any cattle transport. State veterinary authorities implement interstate movement protocols.

For those running operations integrated with beef calf production—which many became during 2022-2024’s beef-on-dairy premium period—the impact compounds the heifer shortage. Calves already in affected feedlots can’t move or be sold during quarantine periods. You’re looking at 30-90 days of feeding costs with no revenue pathway. New calves have no placement options because feedlots restrict intake from quarantine regions.

That beef-on-dairy revenue stream, many operations built into financial models—$1,500-2,000 per calf, potentially generating $600,000-800,000 annually for larger operations—can disappear within weeks of detection. This forces immediate return to dairy genetics for replacement production, putting additional pressure on an already-constrained heifer market. Operations that delayed rebuilding internal replacement capacity suddenly compete for the same limited external heifer supply.

The supply shock dynamic: quarantine zones don’t just restrict the movement of infected animals. They effectively remove entire regions from the heifer sourcing networks for months. An operation in California that routinely sources heifers from Arizona feedlots suddenly loses that supply channel if quarantine zones are established. The remaining unaffected regions see immediate price spikes as buyers compete for shrinking available inventory.

If you’re operating in southern or southwestern regions—such as south Texas, Arizona, New Mexico, or southern California—this risk is immediate. Even operations in the Southeast (Georgia, North Carolina) and the Mountain West (Idaho, Utah) should monitor developments, given how quickly commercial cattle movements can spread infestations beyond initial detection zones. Secure commitments from alternative feedlots 300+ miles from potential quarantine zones now, while supply relationships remain flexible. Discuss covenant flexibility with your agricultural lender before potential quarantine scenarios eliminate options and heifer costs spike further.

The June sterile fly program aircraft accident in Mexico—confirmed in USDA reports—highlighted operational vulnerabilities in biological control efforts. Continuous aircraft operations are essential for maintaining sterile fly releases that suppress wild populations. Any extended disruption creates gaps that can allow infestations to expand rapidly.

NWS is currently about 70 kilometers from the U.S. border. Spring 2026 brings ideal conditions for northward movement. For operations already navigating $4,000 heifer costs and limited availability, a quarantine-driven supply shock could push heifer acquisition from difficult to impossible. We’ve perhaps got a few months to develop contingency plans before this potential scenario compounds the heifer mathematics further.

Why Lower Interest Rates Don’t Fix the Heifer Problem

Federal Reserve rate cuts, bringing the federal funds rate to the 4-4.25% range during late 2025—documented in committee meeting statements—created conventional wisdom that cheaper money equals expansionary times.

But for most of us facing current heifer constraints and component economics, that conventional wisdom doesn’t quite align with reality. This is where the fundamental repricing becomes clear: when biology sets the constraint rather than markets, traditional financial levers like interest rates can’t solve the core problem.

The expansion math still doesn’t work at 5% financing if heifers cost $3,800-4,000, and biological availability caps how many you can actually procure. Lower rates make challenging economics slightly less challenging—but that doesn’t transform value-destroying investments into profitable ones. You can’t finance your way around a 27-30 month gestation and development timeline, and you can’t borrow replacement animals that simply don’t exist at any reasonable price.

Where rates do create genuine strategic advantage is in specific applications that align with the structural positioning you’ve already built.

Genetic improvement programs, for example. To illustrate the economics: a $675,000- $ 900,000 investment over 6 years to improve component performance through genomic testing, sexed semen protocols, and strategic culling incurs different financing costs depending on interest rates. At 8% rates, carrying costs add roughly $360,000 over the program timeline based on standard agricultural loan amortization. At 5% rates, carrying costs drop to approximately $202,500. That’s $157,500 in savings—about a 15% reduction in total cost.

For operations where component improvement barely pencils out at higher rates—specifically, operations at 3.1-3.2% protein trying to reach 3.3-3.4% where the revenue benefit is meaningful but not enormous—that 15% financing cost reduction can shift ROI from slightly negative to modestly positive over the investment horizon.

Processor partnerships represent another area where current rates create opportunities. Some processors, facing underutilized plants, are exploring capital partnerships to secure committed milk supply growth. These arrangements might include co-financing heifer purchases at preferred rates, subsidizing genetic improvement programs, or guaranteeing multi-year milk pricing.

At current interest rates, processors can potentially finance heifer purchases at 4-5%—representing their typical cost of capital from corporate debt markets—and pass through 5-6% terms to producers. That’s more favorable than many of us could secure through traditional agricultural lenders for livestock purchases.

To illustrate how this might work in practice: picture a scenario where a processor needs committed volume to improve utilization at a new facility. They could co-finance heifer purchases at 5.5%, lock in milk pricing for 36 months, and both parties improve their economics. From the processor’s perspective, moving plant utilization from the low 60s to the mid-70s percentage range creates substantial value from relatively modest heifer financing commitments.

Automation and labor-replacing technology benefits from the current rate environment in practical ways. Robotic milking systems costing $500,000-700,000 installed can reduce labor requirements 40-60% according to manufacturer data and university research. These systems historically required payback periods of 5-7 years.

The economics shift with interest rates. At 8% financing, a $600,000 robotic system carries roughly $54,000 annual debt service using typical 10-year agricultural equipment loan terms. If labor savings amount to $40,000-45,000 annually—achievable by eliminating 1-1.5 full-time milking positions—the system runs at a cash flow deficit during the financing period.

At 5% financing, annual debt service drops to approximately $30,000 for the same system, creating positive cash flow from installation. In a heifer-constrained environment where biological limitations cap herd expansion, automation becomes the primary lever to increase production per operation. Lower rates make that lever financially viable.

The strategic window appears to be now through early spring. Heifer prices have stabilized at current elevated levels, but could spike further as more producers recognize that scarcity persists. Processors remain actively recruiting committed milk supply. Interest rates are at recent cycle lows.

If you can coordinate heifer strategy development, processor relationship negotiations, and favorable financing arrangements over the next few months, you may lock in structural advantages that competitors attempting similar moves later won’t be able to access at comparable terms.

Three Strategic Paths for the New Heifer Reality

Every structural force we’ve examined—biology, components, processing capacity, trade relationships, interest rates, biosecurity risks—flows through a single bottleneck: the replacement heifer strategy.

The heifer shortage caps the potential for expansion regardless of other favorable conditions. You simply cannot grow beyond what biological replacement availability allows.

Heifer sourcing determines your negotiating leverage with processors. If you can deliver growth with certainty—through internal heifer programs or strategic arrangements—you can potentially negotiate better terms. If you’re purchasing heifers on open markets competing with every other buyer, you’ve got minimal differentiation.

Heifer genetics determine component position for years into the future. Those December 1 component standard changes aren’t temporary policy positions. If you’re producing below 3.3% protein, you’re facing ongoing revenue penalties. Fixing genetics requires years through breeding programs or substantial capital through strategic purchases.

For those of us facing these realities, there are essentially three distinct paths, each with different capital requirements, timelines, and suitability profiles. Understanding where each path positions you five years out helps clarify which aligns with your operational objectives and constraints.

The first path focuses on rebuilding internal heifers through breeding. You stop beef breeding, raise all replacements on-farm through dairy genetics, and build self-sustaining heifer production capacity that eliminates external purchase dependency.

FactorInternal RebuildingProcessor PartnershipHybrid Approach
Initial Investment$300K-400K/year$600K-700K total$500K Year 1
Timeline to ROI4-6 years2 years2-3 years
5-Year Total Cost$1.2M-1.6M$800K-1M$900K-1.2M
Heifer Independence by 2030100% self-sufficientStill dependent60-70% self-sufficient
Processor Commitment RequiredNoneMulti-year volume lockMinimal
Strategic FlexibilityMaximumLimitedHigh
Best ForOver-leveraged ops with facility capacityStrong fundamentals, moderate leverageModerate leverage, uncertain succession

Based on typical industry cost structures, annual investment runs approximately $300,000-400,000 for heifer-raising infrastructure, feed, labor, and veterinary protocols over a 3-4 year buildout period. The opportunity cost includes lost beef calf revenue—potentially $200,000+ annually for operations that had built significant beef-on-dairy programs.

Timeline extends 4-6 years to achieve full replacement capacity. This reflects biological realities: breeding decisions made in early 2026 produce calves later that year, which don’t enter the milking string until 2028, with several additional years required to build surplus capacity.

Five-year positioning: By 2030, you’re a self-sufficient heifer self-sufficient with complete control over replacement timing, quality, and genetics. You’ve foregone roughly $1 million in cumulative beef calf revenue, but you have zero external heifer dependency and can potentially generate revenue selling surplus animals. Your operational flexibility is maximum—no processor commitments limiting strategic options, no exposure to heifer market price spikes. The trade-off: you’ve allocated significant capital and operational capacity to heifer raising rather than milk production optimization.

This path works best if you’re over-leveraged and need to reduce external heifer cash outlays, have facility and labor capacity to absorb heifer-raising operations, and can weather 3-4 years of beef calf opportunity cost without a cash flow crisis.

The second path builds on processor relationships through strategic partnerships. You lock multi-year agreements with specific volume commitments, potentially secure favorable terms for heifer acquisition, and commit to modest but certain herd expansion.

Using typical financing structures, total capital deployment runs in the $600,000-700,000 range, including heifer purchases, facilities for expanded capacity, and working capital. Financing might be split between traditional bank equipment loans and processor participation, creating blended rates in the low 5% range.

Based on standard dairy economics, the return timeline could show a substantial annual margin benefit by the second year as the expanded herd produces incremental milk revenue at locked pricing.

Five-year positioning: By 2030, you’re operating an expanded herd with processor capital deployed in your infrastructure and multi-year pricing agreements providing revenue stability. Your scale has increased meaningfully, and locked pricing has protected margins during volatile periods. The trade-off: contractual volume commitments limit strategic flexibility. If you want to exit, scale back, or shift to different markets, processor agreements may constrain options. You’re still dependent on external heifer markets for replacement animals, though potentially at preferential terms negotiated through processor relationships.

This path works best if you’ve got strong fundamentals, including components at or above new standards and efficient production, existing processor relationships where conversations about future supply are already underway, moderate leverage that allows expansion financing, and operational capacity to absorb growth. The approach is particularly relevant where processor partnerships align with regional dynamics—whether that’s working with cooperative structures in the Northeast or independent processors in growth markets.

The third path combines internal development with strategic purchases in a hybrid approach. You build modest internal replacement capacity by reducing beef breeding, potentially finance some external heifer purchases, and pursue moderate herd growth that doesn’t overextend capital or operational capacity.

Using typical cost assumptions, first year investment runs around $500,000, including internal heifer-raising infrastructure, any external purchases, and modest facility expansion. The return timeline could show a meaningful annual benefit by the second year, as combined internal heifer capacity and strategic growth create incremental margin.

Five-year positioning: By 2030, you’ve achieved moderate herd growth while building partial heifer self-sufficiency. You’re producing perhaps 60-70% of your replacement needs internally, purchasing the balance externally. Strategic flexibility remains high—you’re not locked into major processor commitments, but you’ve also not committed all resources to heifer production. You maintain exposure to external heifer-market pricing for 30-40% of your replacement needs, but that exposure is manageable rather than existential. The approach offers flexibility: you can accelerate toward full self-sufficiency if heifer markets deteriorate further, or pursue processor partnerships from a position of partial independence.

This path works best if you’ve got moderate leverage that limits aggressive expansion but allows measured growth, want to build long-term heifer sustainability while maintaining flexibility, and have some uncertainty about long-term farm viability that makes preserving multiple strategic options valuable.

Why the Next 90 Days Matter More Than the Next 90 Months

The reality we’re facing: there’s about a 90-day window for implementing heifer strategies that’ll determine competitive positioning through the rest of this decade.

This is the essence of how biology repriced dairy. Markets respond to supply and demand signals within weeks or months. But biological constraints—gestation periods, heifer development timelines, genetic improvement programs—operate on multi-year cycles that can’t be accelerated with capital or policy changes. The strategic decisions you make during this narrow window will either position you to thrive within these biological realities or leave you competing for increasingly scarce resources on unfavorable terms.

Beyond the first quarter of 2026, several factors may narrow options. Processor recruitment efforts could ease as milk supply gradually stabilizes. Interest rate trajectory may shift as the Federal Reserve approaches the terminal rate. Heifer market competition could intensify as more producers recognize that supply scarcity extends well into the future. Processor relationships already established by other operations reduce available partnership opportunities.

The producer who acts in January or February, when processors genuinely need committed supply growth, may have more leverage than someone approaching the same conversations next fall.

For operations with strong fundamentals—components with protein at or above 3.3%, efficient production, and moderate leverage—the next few months represent a genuine strategic opportunity. Consider locking multi-year processor agreements with specific volume commitments where appropriate. Evaluate whether modest expansion or automation investments make sense with current financing terms. View DMC as inexpensive catastrophic insurance and maximize coverage.

For operations facing component challenges—protein below 3.2% and substantial revenue penalties—an honest assessment of the genetic improvement timeline against succession plans is essential. If you’ve got ten-plus years ahead and a successor engaged with the operation, a hybrid heifer strategy with a genetic improvement focus could position you competitively for the next generation. If you’re within five years of planned retirement and have no identified successor, a genetic improvement investment may not yield adequate payback within your ownership timeframe.

For all of us, regardless of current positioning: Heifer strategy isn’t optional or something we can defer. It’s the binding constraint determining competitive viability. Choose your path—internal rebuilding, processor-financed growth, or hybrid approach—deliberately based on leverage position, succession timeline, and relationships.

Don’t wait for heifer markets to normalize. Industry analysis and biological modeling consistently indicate that replacement constraints persist well into the future.

If you’re operating in regions vulnerable to NWS establishment, map biosecurity risk now. Secure alternative cattle sourcing contingencies and discuss covenant flexibility with lenders before potential quarantine scenarios eliminate options and compound the heifer supply shock.

When evaluating export opportunities, distinguish structural demand relationships, such as Mexico’s import dependency, from opportunistic trade situations that depend on favorable tariff treatment.

The fundamental shift: Dairy economics no longer reward volume production alone. The new competitive framework rewards component quality and operational efficiency, strategic processor relationships that provide pricing stability, and heifer program sustainability that enables predictable growth or replacement.

Operations optimized for the previous competitive environment—maximizing pounds, managing commodity pricing cycles, treating heifer purchases as routine input procurement—face structural disadvantage against operations aligned with current economics that prioritize components, efficiency, strategic relationships, and biological sustainability.

The window to reposition strategically is measured in weeks rather than years. What separates operations that strengthen competitive position from those that consolidate won’t be milk price timing or hoping that structural forces reverse. It’ll be whether we recognized the fundamental repricing happening right now and acted decisively while options remained open and terms were favorable.

That’s the heifer math that’ll determine which operations thrive through 2028. The equation is clear. The variables are defined. The only remaining question is whether we’ll solve it proactively during the next few months or whether market forces will solve it for us on less favorable terms as the decision window closes.

Note: Financial examples throughout this article represent illustrative calculations based on typical industry cost structures and financing terms. Actual results vary by operation, region, and specific circumstances.

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Biology sets the pace, not capital — Heifer scarcity ($3,010 average, $4,000+ for quality) persists through 2027 due to 27-30 month replacement timelines. You can’t negotiate faster gestation or borrow around biological constraints.
  • $360K annual revenue gap—compounding permanently. Operations below December’s new 3.3% protein baseline face widening penalties every year until genetics improve through 4-6-year programs costing $135K-160K annually.
  • Processors have the capital; you have the leverage — New plants running 60-70% capacity are offering unprecedented partnerships: co-financed heifers at preferred rates, equipment subsidies, multi-year pricing locks. But only while they’re desperate.
  • New World Screwworm could eliminate your Plan B — NWS confirmed 70km from the U.S. border threatens quarantine zones that simultaneously kill beef-on-dairy revenue ($600K-800K annually) and remove entire regions from heifer sourcing within weeks.
  • Three strategic paths, 90-day decision window — Internal rebuilding ($300K-400K/year), processor partnerships ($600K-700K total), or hybrid approach ($500K first year). Early 2026 timing locks advantages; delay means competing for $5,000 heifers with closed partnerships.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The Mercosur Reckoning: 10,000 Farmers in Brussels Just Changed the Global Dairy Conversation

When thousands of farmers from across Europe shut down the EU capital, they weren’t just protesting a trade deal. They were raising questions that dairy producers on both sides of the Atlantic would do well to consider.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: On December 18, 10,000 farmers from 25 European countries blocked the streets of Brussels and forced a delay of the EU-Mercosur trade agreement—the largest in EU history. The deal would open European markets to 99,000 tonnes of South American beef and 30,000 tonnes of cheese produced at costs 40-60% below EU operations. Here’s why that matters if you’re milking cows in Wisconsin or shipping from Ontario: displaced European production will intensify competition in export markets where North American dairy sells—Mexico, North Africa, Southeast Asia. The timing is challenging. U.S. consolidation continues to accelerate, with 65% of the national herd now on 1,000+ cow operations, and farm numbers falling from 39,000 to 24,000 in five years. European farmers won a postponement until January 2026, but the structural pressures behind both the protest and the consolidation aren’t slowing down. Now is the time to reassess your operation’s exposure to global market dynamics.

There’s something about the sight of hundreds of tractors blocking a major European capital that cuts through the usual trade policy noise. You know how it goes: trade negotiations happen behind closed doors, and by the time farmers hear the details, the framework is already set. But on December 18, 2025, that dynamic shifted in Brussels.

What struck me about last week’s protest wasn’t just its scale—Copa-Cogeca estimated around 10,000 farmers showed up, with some news reports putting the number closer to 20,000. It was the composition. French dairy farmers standing alongside Dutch cattle producers. Polish grain growers are coordinating with Italian beef operations. German dairy cooperatives are working in lockstep with Spanish agricultural unions. Copa-Cogeca pulled off something genuinely rare: unified, cross-border agricultural action.

The target? The EU-Mercosur free trade agreement—25 years in negotiation, and now potentially weeks away from ratification.

What’s Actually in This Deal

Let’s walk through the numbers, because they explain why farmers drove their tractors into the heart of European governance.

Product CategoryMercosur Annual Quota (tonnes)Total EU Production (tonnes)Quota as % of EU Production
Beef99,0007,800,0001.3%
Poultry180,00015,500,0001.2%
Cheese30,00011,200,0000.27%
Milk Powder10,0001,850,0000.54%

The EU-Mercosur agreement would create the world’s largest free trade zone, spanning roughly 780 million consumers across 31 countries. For European agriculture, the provisions are substantial. According to European Commission factsheets released in late 2024, the deal grants Mercosur producers access to EU markets for:

  • 99,000 tonnes of beef annually at reduced tariffs
  • 180,000 tonnes of poultry
  • 30,000 tonnes of cheese duty-free, plus significant milk powder quotas

These aren’t trivial volumes. What stands out here is that the challenge isn’t really the percentage of total EU consumption these imports represent. It’s that they’ll compete directly in commodity beef and dairy segments where European producers already operate on tight margins. The displacement effects tend to concentrate rather than spread evenly across the market.

Understanding the Cost Differential

Here’s where the economics become challenging for European producers—and where North American dairy farmers might recognize some familiar dynamics.

The International Farm Comparison Network tracks dairy production costs across more than 100 countries, and their data helps explain why European farmers view Mercosur competition with such concern. EU production costs typically run somewhere in the €40-50 per 100kg range, while South American producers often operate at costs 40-60% lower. That’s not a gap you can close through better feed efficiency or tighter fresh cow management alone.

The differential is structural. Brazilian and Argentine cost advantages don’t stem from superior efficiency or management practices that European farmers could readily adopt. They reflect fundamental input cost differences.

RegionProduction Cost per 100kg Milk (EUR)Cost vs. EU AveragePrimary Cost Drivers
Netherlands€48+14%Land costs, environmental compliance, labor
Germany€45+7%Animal welfare standards, energy costs
France€42BaselineRegulatory compliance, farm wages
Brazil€22-48%Low land costs, minimal regulation, cheaper labor
Argentina€20-52%Currency advantage, export infrastructure, scale
Uruguay€24-43%Grass-based systems, lower input costs

Land costs tell part of the story. Prime dairy land in the Netherlands or Denmark is many times more expensive than comparable land in Argentina’s dairy regions. I recently spoke with a Dutch producer who’d done the math on expanding his operation—the land costs alone made the numbers nearly impossible to justify.

Labor compounds the picture. EU dairy farm wages, including mandatory benefits and social contributions, are significantly higher than South American dairy labor costs. We’re talking multiples, not percentages.

Then there’s regulatory compliance. Environmental regulations, animal welfare requirements, and food safety standards significantly increase European milk production costs. These are standards that European consumers broadly support—but they entail costs that Mercosur competitors largely don’t bear. Keep in mind, this isn’t about one system being right or wrong; it’s about the competitive implications when different regulatory environments meet in the same marketplace.

Voices from the Protest

The frustration was evident in Brussels. Belgian dairy farmer Maxime Mabille, speaking to reporters during the protest, put it directly:

“We’re here to say no to Mercosur.”

He accused the European Commission leadership of seeking to “force the deal through,” and sharply criticized the decision-making process.

That frustration is real, and it runs deep among producers who feel caught between rising compliance costs and changing market protections. As many of us have seen in our own markets, when farmers feel unheard through normal channels, they find other ways to make their voices carry.

The sentiment echoed across the protest. Farmers from France, Poland, Italy, and beyond raised similar concerns: they’re being asked to compete on price with operations that face fundamentally different cost structures. Whether you agree with their position or not, it’s a question worth taking seriously.

The Enforcement Question

European Commission officials have pointed to “mirror clauses” in the agreement—provisions requiring Mercosur products to meet EU standards—as the answer to farmer concerns. French President Macron has championed these clauses as a means of ensuring fair competition.

Many farmers remain skeptical. And their caution has some historical grounding worth examining.

The USMCA dairy dispute between the United States and Canada offers an instructive parallel—a case study in how trade agreement enforcement can play out differently than expected.

Here’s the background, and you probably know some of this already: When USMCA replaced NAFTA in 2020, U.S. dairy organizations celebrated provisions granting access to 3.6% of Canada’s dairy market through tariff-rate quotas. The U.S. Dairy Export Council projected meaningful market gains once fully implemented.

What actually happened? Canada restructured its quota allocation system in ways that technically complied with USMCA language while producing practical outcomes different from those U.S. negotiators anticipated. The U.S. Trade Representative filed a formal dispute. A USMCA panel ruled in January 2022 that Canada had violated the agreement. Canada was directed to revise its system within 45 days.

Canada complied—by implementing a new allocation methodology. The U.S. filed a second dispute. In November 2023, that panel ruled 2-1 in Canada’s favor, finding the revised system technically compliant.

The result? According to USDA Foreign Agricultural Service data and industry analysis, U.S. exporters have filled just 42% of their allocated Canadian dairy quotas since USMCA implementation—not because of a lack of supply, but because of how the allocation system functions.

Now, reasonable people can disagree about whether Canada acted within its rights or circumvented the agreement’s intent. What’s less debatable is that the outcome differed from what U.S. dairy exporters expected when the agreement was signed. European farmers see potential parallels with Mercosur mirror clauses—standards get written, implementation gets negotiated, and outcomes can diverge from initial expectations. Whether that concern proves warranted remains to be seen.

The View from South America

Something I keep coming back to when analyzing trade disputes: every story has more than two sides. Brazilian and Argentine dairy farmers aren’t operating in some agricultural paradise, even with their cost advantages.

Brazilian agricultural economists note that the dairy sector faces significant infrastructure challenges. Transportation costs to ports can erode much of the production cost advantage. Currency volatility makes planning difficult—the real has moved considerably against the dollar in recent years. And domestic consumption absorbs most production. Brazil isn’t necessarily positioning to flood global markets; they’re working to meet their own growing demand.

Argentina’s situation may be even more challenging. Recent economic reforms have significantly affected Argentine export economics. Argentine farmers face their own structural pressures—just different ones than their European counterparts.

This doesn’t change the competitive dynamics European farmers face. But it’s a useful reminder that agricultural economics rarely produce clear winners, even in seemingly advantageous markets. Dairy farming presents challenges everywhere. The specific difficulties just vary by geography. That’s something producers worldwide can relate to, regardless of which side of any trade agreement they’re on.

The Processor Perspective

Here’s the thing about trade debates—they rarely split cleanly along obvious lines. Not everyone in the European dairy sector views Mercosur with concern. Some processor members of the European Dairy Association see potential opportunities—particularly in sourcing ingredients for value-added products or accessing Mercosur consumer markets for European specialty cheeses.

This split between farmer and processor interests isn’t unique to Europe. North American dairy has long navigated similar dynamics, where processor priorities around ingredient sourcing and market access don’t always align perfectly with producer concerns about farmgate prices. If you’ve sat through cooperative meetings where these tensions surface, you know exactly what I mean—the coffee gets cold while those debates run long. It’s a dynamic worth watching as the Mercosur debate continues, and worth remembering that “the dairy industry” isn’t monolithic in its interests.

Implications for North American Dairy

So what does a European trade fight mean for farmers milking cows in Wisconsin, California, Ontario, or Alberta? More than you might initially think.

The direct exposure isn’t Mercosur products flooding North American markets—tariff structures and USMCA provisions limit that pathway. The indirect effects are more subtle and potentially more meaningful over time.

Consider the dynamics: When Mercosur beef and dairy fill European market demand, that production potentially displaces EU output that previously served those markets. But European dairy infrastructure doesn’t simply shut down. Instead, that displaced production seeks alternative export destinations—the same destinations where U.S. and Canadian dairy currently competes.

Export MarketUS Dairy Exports 2024 (million USD)EU Dairy Exports 2024 (million USD)Market Growth Rate 2024-25
Mexico$1,680$4205.2%
Algeria$245$8908.1%
Egypt$198$7546.7%
Saudi Arabia$156$4234.3%
Indonesia$134$899.4%
Philippines$112$677.8%

Rabobank’s Q4 2025 Global Dairy Quarterly identified the key contested markets:

  • North Africa, particularly Algeria and Egypt, which import significant cheese and milk powder volumes currently supplied by EU, U.S., and New Zealand exporters
  • Southeast Asia, with growing demand for cheese, whey protein, and infant formula
  • Mexico, which remains the largest single export destination for U.S. dairy
  • The Middle East, with its premium dairy markets

When EU exporters facing domestic market pressure redirect to these regions at competitive prices, American and Canadian exporters face a choice: match prices or accept volume adjustments.

For large California operations running thousands of cows with thin margins and significant Class IV exposure, shifts in export market prices can mean the difference between profitability and loss on substantial production volumes. I’ve talked with producers in the Central Valley who watch GDT auction results as closely as their bulk tank readings. Smaller Midwest family operations may feel less direct exposure, but the pricing ripples eventually reach everyone through regional market dynamics.

We’re already seeing some of this in auction data. The final Global Dairy Trade auction of 2025 showed the ninth consecutive price decline, with the GDT Price Index down 4.4% overall. Whole milk powder, skim milk powder, and cheese have all softened from earlier 2025 levels. While many factors influence these prices, the supply-demand balance appears to be shifting.

MonthGDT Price IndexChange from Peak (%)
Jan 20253,5200.0
Mar 20253,480-1.1
May 20253,390-3.7
Jul 20253,310-6.0
Sep 20253,240-8.0
Nov 20253,180-9.7
Dec 20253,040-13.6

The Consolidation Picture

Whatever happens with Mercosur specifically, the broader consolidation trend in dairy continues on both sides of the Atlantic. This affects all of us, regardless of where we’re milking cows.

The USDA’s 2022 Census of Agriculture documented that 65% of the U.S. dairy herd now lives on operations with 1,000 or more animals. The number of U.S. dairy farms fell from approximately 39,000 in 2017 to roughly 24,000 in 2022, even as total milk production continued growing. If you’ve watched neighbors exit over the past decade, these numbers won’t surprise you.

YearTotal Farms (thousands)Herd Share: 1,000+ Cows (%)Herd Share: Under 500 Cows (%)
2012514852
2017395743
2022246535
2025216832

European dairy follows a similar pattern with a time lag. Eurostat data shows EU dairy farm numbers declining 3-4% annually, with production increasingly concentrated in larger, more specialized operations.

YearNumber of Farms (thousands)Average Herd Size (cows)
201085028
201278032
201471036
201664042
201857048
202051054
202246061
202542068

What concerns me—and I think many of you share this—is how consolidation tends to accelerate during periods of margin pressure. Industry analysts have projected that U.S. dairy farm numbers could decline further by 2030 under sustained price compression scenarios.

The mid-size operator—somewhere in that 200 to 700 cow range—faces a particularly challenging structural position. Often, it is too large to capture premium pricing through direct marketing and niche positioning. Sometimes, it is too small to achieve the cost efficiencies that larger operations rely on during thin-margin periods. I was talking with a Wisconsin producer running about 400 cows last month, and he described it perfectly:

“We’re in no-man’s land—too big to be boutique, too small to be bulletproof.”

That segment may undergo significant change in the years ahead.

The Canadian Calculus

Canada’s supply management system provides some insulation but hasn’t prevented domestic consolidation. Research from Dalhousie University’s Agri-Food Analytics Lab, led by Dr. Sylvain Charlebois, projects that Canadian dairy farm numbers will decline from approximately 11,000 today to around 5,500 by 2030—a 50% reduction, even under supply management.

The calculus for Canadian producers is complicated. Quota values represent significant wealth—but also significant debt loads for younger operators looking to expand or enter the industry. Succession planning gets thorny when the next generation looks at those numbers and wonders whether the investment makes sense over a 20-year horizon. And there are real questions about whether the regulatory framework will hold steady through USMCA review cycles.

Canadian producers I’ve spoken with are weighing these factors carefully. The protection supply management offers is real, but it’s not a complete shield against the structural pressures reshaping dairy worldwide. While projections always involve uncertainty, the directional trend appears clear.

Approaches That Are Working

Against this challenging backdrop, certain operational models are demonstrating resilience. They’re worth understanding, even recognizing they don’t apply to every situation.

Value-added processing continues showing strong economics for farms with appropriate geography and capital access. Research on dairy farm diversification consistently finds that operations producing cheese rather than selling commodity milk can capture substantially higher margins per hundredweight. Those combining processing with direct marketing channels—farmers markets, farm stores, local restaurant accounts—often add further value.

For operations seriously exploring this path, facility investment typically ranges from €200,000 to €310,000 or morefor licensed cheese or bottling operations. In the U.S., USDA Value-Added Producer Grants can cover up to $250,000 in eligible costs for working capital, meaningfully improving the feasibility of qualifying operations. The timeline to breakeven generally runs 18-24 months for well-executed transitions—not quick, but achievable with solid planning and realistic expectations.

The key constraint? Geographic proximity to consumers. Direct-to-consumer channels generally work best within 90-120 minutes of significant population centers. Rural operations distant from metropolitan markets face more limited diversification options. A Vermont producer I spoke with last year captured it well:

“Location isn’t everything, but it’s probably 60% of whether value-added pencils out.”

Beef-on-dairy programs are expanding rapidly, particularly in North America. By breeding lower-genetic-merit dairy cows to beef sires, operations generate crossbred calves with meaningfully higher market values than dairy bull calves—while focusing replacement heifer production on their top genetics. Industry observers estimate the segment could produce over 3 million calves annually, as growing acceptance from feeders and packers continues. It’s not a complete solution to margin challenges, but it represents additional revenue without requiring new infrastructure or marketing channels. And for herds with solid reproductive programs already in place, the implementation is relatively straightforward.

Organic and grass-fed specialization maintains premium capture for farms that can meet certification requirements and access appropriate markets. University of Vermont research tracking organic dairy profitability over a multi-year period found that organic farms generated greater net farm revenue than comparable conventional operations in 4 of 5 years studied. The key requirements are geographic access to consumers willing to pay premiums and the management capacity to meet certification standards—which, as anyone who’s gone through organic transition knows, involves a considerable learning curve and attention to detail in pasture management, dry cow protocols, and treatment record-keeping.

None of these represent universal solutions. They require specific combinations of location, capital, management capacity, and market access. But they illustrate that operational choices still create meaningful differences, even in challenging structural environments.

Where Things Stand Now

The December 18 mobilization succeeded in forcing a postponement of the EU-Mercosur vote until at least January 2026. That represents real political achievement—thousands of farmers blocking the EU capital creates attention that decision-makers can’t easily dismiss.

But postponement isn’t resolution. The underlying political dynamics remain largely unchanged. Germany’s industrial sector—automobiles, machinery, chemicals—wants Mercosur market access. Spain and Portugal see export opportunities. The European Commission’s trade directorate remains committed to the agreement.

The real question: Can farmers convert this tactical delay into lasting structural changes?

What farmers achieved is time. How they use that time will determine whether this mobilization produces a lasting impact or merely delays an eventual outcome. The next few months will likely include European Council discussions, parliamentary committee reviews, and continued negotiations over the details of the mirror clause. Those watching closely should pay particular attention to French parliamentary positions—France has been the most vocal opponent, and its stance will significantly shape what happens next.

Copa-Cogeca has announced plans for continued engagement through the winter and spring. National farmer organizations in France, Italy, and Poland are coordinating advocacy efforts. Whether agricultural constituencies can maintain focus and unity long enough to achieve meaningful changes to the agreement—or whether momentum fades and ratification proceeds largely as drafted—remains uncertain. History suggests maintaining coalition unity across months is the harder challenge.

Considerations for Dairy Producers

For European farmers: The Brussels demonstration showed that coordinated agricultural action can still capture political attention. The January 2026 timeline creates a defined window for continued engagement. Maintaining coalition alignment across sectors and borders will likely determine outcomes.

For North American producers, the EU-Mercosur dynamics may create export-market pricing pressure regardless of direct import effects. Planning that accounts for potential commodity price adjustments in contested markets through 2027 seems prudent. Operations with significant export market exposure face the most direct implications.

For all dairy operations: The structural consolidation trend continues. Operations in the 200-700 cow range face particularly complex economics under sustained margin pressure. Strategic decisions made in the next 18-24 months—whether toward scale, toward differentiation, or toward well-planned transition—will shape outcomes for the coming decade.

Questions worth sitting with:

  • What percentage of your operation’s economics depends directly or indirectly on export market pricing?
  • Does your geography realistically support value-added or direct-to-consumer diversification?
  • If pursuing scale, what’s your realistic timeline for achieving those economics?
  • If neither scale nor differentiation fits your situation, what does thoughtful transition planning look like while asset values remain supportive?

These aren’t easy questions. But current conditions make them worth serious consideration.

The Bottom Line

The farmers who gathered in Brussels understand something important: this isn’t really about one trade deal or one protest. It’s about whether agriculture maintains sufficient standing to influence the policies shaping its future meaningfully. What happens in the coming months will affect European farming for a generation—and offers relevant lessons for agricultural communities watching from elsewhere.

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  • 10,000 farmers just bought time: The December 18 Brussels blockade forced an EU-Mercosur postponement until January 2026. What happens next depends on whether that coalition holds.
  • The cost gap can’t be managed away: South American producers operate at costs 40-60% below EU operations. That’s structural—land, labor, regulatory burden—not an efficiency problem.
  • North American dairy feels this indirectly but meaningfully: Displaced EU production will compete harder in Mexico, North Africa, and Southeast Asia. Those are your export markets, too.
  • Decision time for mid-size operations: With 65% of U.S. cows on 1,000+ head dairies and farm numbers down 40% since 2017, the next 18-24 months will shape outcomes for a decade. Scale, differentiate, or transition—but don’t wait.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Beef-on-Dairy’s $6,215 Secret: Why 72% of Herds Are Playing It Wrong

64-year low in beef cows. $1,100 dairy-cross calves. 2.5 million replacement heifers. Do the math.

You know how these conversations unfold at producer meetings. Walk into a barn office in Jefferson County, Wisconsin, and somebody’s showing you a $1,100 average on their Angus cross calves. Drive an hour north, and another producer’s working through why he came up short on replacement heifers last spring.

The difference between those two outcomes usually comes down to whether the breeding strategy actually fits the herd’s reproductive performance. That’s precisely what Dr. Victor Cabrera and his team at the University of Wisconsin-Madison have been quantifying—and more recent industry data confirms just how significant this opportunity has become for operations that approach it thoughtfully.

What the Wisconsin Research Reveals

Dr. Cabrera published foundational research in JDS Communications that developed a decision-support model to calculate what he calls “income from calves over semen costs.” His team tested 30 different breeding strategies across three levels of reproductive performance. The results tell you exactly where your herd stands:

  • High Performance (~30% pregnancy rate): $6,215/month Using sexed semen on first-service heifers, then beef semen on adult cows. Produces adequate replacements while generating substantial calf income for a 1,000-cow herd.
  • Mid Performance (~20% pregnancy rate): $2,001/month. Requires more sexed semen deployment—on heifers and first-service primiparous cows—before safely shifting to beef semen elsewhere. Still meaningful, but the economics shift considerably.
  • Low Performance (<20% pregnancy rate): $0 — Not Viable. No economically viable strategy for the use of beef semen exists at this level. These herds struggle to produce enough replacements even under conventional breeding.
The $6,215 performance gap: Wisconsin research reveals high-performing herds (30%+ pregnancy rate) generate 3x more monthly beef-dairy income than mid-tier operations—while low performers can’t viably deploy beef semen at all

That last finding doesn’t get enough attention. It’s not meant to discourage lower-performing herds—it points toward where to focus first. Reproductive fundamentals lay the foundation for beef-on-dairy strategies.

How Widespread Has Adoption Become?

The pace of change since that 2021 research has been remarkable. According to the National Association of Animal Breeders data, domestic beef semen sales to dairy operations reached 7.9 million units in 2023—representing 31% of total semen sales to dairy. A 2024 survey conducted by Purina found that 80% of dairy farmers now receive a premium for beef-on-dairy calves, with reported revenues of $350 to $700 per head above purebred dairy calves.

Farm Bureau data indicates that 72% of dairy farms are now using beef genetics on at least part of their herd—a dramatic shift from just a few years ago. Ohio State University economists estimate that beef-on-dairy could account for 15% of total cattle slaughter by 2026, up from essentially zero a decade ago.

What’s interesting is how this has evolved from an experimental strategy into standard practice for many operations. The question isn’t really whether to participate anymore—it’s how to do it without compromising your replacement pipeline.

Current Market Context

What’s shifted dramatically since the foundational research is the magnitude of the calf price premium. Dr. Cabrera’s original model used a baseline of $225 for beef-cross calves. Current conditions look quite different.

  • New Holland (PA): $680 to $1,160 per head for beef-cross calves at 60-100 pounds, according to USDA-verified auction reports.
  • Wisconsin markets: $680 to $1,100 per head for comparable calves.
  • Ontario: approximately $15 per pound—or $1,500 for a 100-pound calf, as reported by Christoph Wand, OMAFRA’s Livestock Sustainability Specialist, at Ontario Dairy Days earlier this year.

“I can’t even believe I’m saying these numbers,” Wand remarked. “I think I’m talking about blueberries or something.”

Why such strong premiums? The U.S. beef cow herd hit a 64-year low in early 2025 according to USDA data, and industry analysts don’t expect a meaningful recovery before 2028. Feedlots need calves, and beef-on-dairy crossbreds are filling that supply gap.

A recent analysis in Choices Magazine notes that crossbred calves achieve higher quality grades than traditional dairy steers, increasing profitability at the feedlot level and supporting premium pricing for dairy producers.

Markets cycle. These premiums won’t last forever. But the structural dynamics—a multi-year timeline for beef herd rebuilding—suggest the opportunity window remains open for operations ready to act on it.

The Replacement Question

This is where thoughtful planning separates sustainable programs from cautionary tales. A Wisconsin producer who’s been running beef-on-dairy for three years now shared an observation that stuck with me: “The premiums are great, but you can give it all back in one bad heifer-buying spring.”

The Wisconsin model calculated that under optimal conditions (high reproductive performance with strategic sexed-beef deployment), a 1,000-cow herd produces just one extra replacement heifer per month beyond what’s needed to maintain herd size. That’s not much cushion.

Industry consultants generally recommend keeping at least 25-30% of breedings allocated to replacement production. The specific number depends on your culling rate, heifer survival, and how much risk you’re comfortable managing. But the principle holds: protecting your replacement pipeline matters more than maximizing beef-cross production in any single year.

The heifer situation is already critical. USDA data shows dairy heifer inventories expected to calve dropped to 2.5 million head as of January 2025—the lowest level since the agency began tracking this metric. That tightening supply makes the replacement question even more consequential.

One example shared in industry coverage illustrates the risk. A tie-stall operation reportedly shifted too heavily toward beef breedings without accounting for their actual replacement needs. When spring arrived, and heifer prices spiked, the cost to maintain herd size ate significantly into their calf premium gains.

It’s a mistake that’s understandable when you’re looking at $1,000 calves. But the replacement pipeline operates on an 18-24 month lag, and that timeline catches operations who haven’t planned ahead.

Matching Strategy to Your Operation

What makes the Wisconsin research particularly valuable is its recognition that different herds need different approaches. This isn’t one-size-fits-all guidance.

For Higher-Performing Herds (30%+ Pregnancy Rate)

Operations at this level have the most flexibility. The research indicates you can deploy beef semen on most adult cow breedings after using sexed semen on first-service heifers, and you’ll still produce adequate replacements.

Here’s the underlying logic: high reproductive performance typically means you’re already producing surplus dairy heifers under conventional breeding. Many producers in this category know the feeling of watching heifer inventory accumulate or selling springers at less-than-ideal prices. Strategic sexed-beef deployment redirects that surplus into premium beef-cross calves.

This is also where genomic testing—running about $40-50 per head—starts paying dividends. You can identify lower-genetic-merit animals for beef breedings while keeping your best genetics in the replacement pool. Some operations have built this into their standard protocol, and the ROI makes sense when you’re already managing tight replacement margins.

For Mid-Range Herds (20-25% Pregnancy Rate)

A more measured approach makes sense here. The Wisconsin model suggests you’ll need sexed semen on heifers and first-service primiparous cows before shifting later services to beef.

This is where many solid operations sit—not struggling, but without the reproductive cushion that allows aggressive beef semen deployment. Worth remembering that sexed semen typically achieves about 80% of conventional conception rates, so the fertility trade-off factors into replacement planning.

For Herds Working on Fundamentals (Below 20% Pregnancy Rate)

The research points toward a different priority: improving reproductive efficiency first. Each percentage point of improvement in the pregnancy rate expands future opportunities to capture beef-cross premiums.

This is really about sequencing. Focus on transition cow management, fresh cow protocols, and reproductive fundamentals. The beef-on-dairy opportunity will still be there once the herd performance supports it.

Strategy ComponentHigh Performance (30%+ PR)Mid Performance (20-25% PR)Low Performance (<20% PR)
Sexed semen on heifers (1st service)YesYesFocus on reproduction first
Sexed semen on primiparous cowsNo – can skipYes (1st service)Focus on reproduction first
Beef semen on adult cowsYes – most breedingsYes – later services onlyNot viable
Replacement allocation minimum25-30%30-35%All breedings
Genomic testing ROIHigh – target low-meritModerate – selective useNot priority
Monthly net calf income (1000-cow herd)$6,215$2,001$0

What’s Working in Practice

Several patterns keep emerging in conversations with producers successfully implementing these strategies.

Genomic-guided breeding decisions have become increasingly common. At $40-50 per head, genomic testing provides concrete data for targeting beef breedings rather than guessing about genetic merit. One producer described it as “taking the emotion out of breeding decisions”—and there’s something to that.

Protocol consistency matters more than protocol sophistication. Operations that capture full premiums aren’t necessarily complicated—they do the same thing every week. Written protocols, consistent execution, and regular review.

Buyer relationships are evolving. Packers and feedlots increasingly want traceable genetics and documented health records, paying premium prices. Operations that provide vaccination records, colostrum protocols, and weight documentation are building relationships that hold value when markets tighten.

Regional Considerations

Market premiums vary by region, and that variation affects strategy. Pennsylvania’s New Holland market shows some of the strongest beef-cross prices, driven partly by veal demand and feedlot connections. Upper Midwest markets in Wisconsin and Minnesota have been solid but show more week-to-week variability.

California operations have also seen significant adoption, with California Dairy Magazine recently covering emerging data on the value beef-dairy crossbreds bring to the supply chain. The state’s large-scale operations have been early adopters of systematic breeding protocols.

Texas has been particularly notable—according to Texas A&M AgriLife and USDA data, the state recently added 50,000 dairy cows, with complementary beef-on-dairy programs contributing to strong production gains. The Southwest’s integration with regional feedlot infrastructure creates natural marketing channels.

Producers closer to feedlot concentrations in the Central Plains sometimes see slightly lower premiums but more consistent demand. If you’re running a smaller operation, understanding your local market dynamics helps calibrate how aggressively to deploy beef semen.

Geography matters: Ontario leads at $1,500 per calf, while Pennsylvania’s New Holland market delivers the widest U.S. range ($680-$1,160)—regional feedlot connections and veal demand drive the spread

Putting the Numbers in Perspective

Under 2021 baseline prices ($225 beef-cross calves), the Wisconsin model showed breakeven prices of just $69 per head for high-performing herds and $100 per head for medium-performance herds. Current prices running $700-1,100 sit well above those thresholds.

That margin provides some comfort. Even if beef-cross premiums decline by 50% from current levels, the economics still favor strategic use of beef semen in herds with adequate reproductive performance.

The research team’s sensitivity analysis found that optimal strategies remained consistent across most feasible market scenarios. What changes isn’t whether to use beef semen, but how much and on which animals.

Before Your Next Breeding Cycle

Critical Decision PointWhat 72% Are DoingWhat Wisconsin Research SaysThe Gap
Pregnancy rate baselineGuessing or using targetsActual rolling 12-month 21-day PRMost overestimate by 5-8%
Replacement allocation15-20% of breedings25-30% minimum to protect pipelineLeaves zero margin for error
Beef semen deployment“As much as possible”Strategic by service number & cow typeBurn through replacements
Calf pricing strategyTake spot market priceBuild feedlot/packer relationshipsLeave $150-$300/head on table
Genomic testingSkip it – too expensive$40-50/head pays dividends at scaleMiss precision breeding gains
Breakeven awarenessAssume current premiums lastKnow exact threshold ($69-$100)Vulnerable to market cycles
  • Review your actual calf sale data. What premium are you actually receiving for beef-cross versus straight dairy? If it’s below $350 per head, it’s worth investigating whether it’s pricing, timing, or buyer relationships.
  • Calculate your current pregnancy rate honestly. Use your actual rolling 12-month 21-day pregnancy rate—not your target. This single number largely determines which strategies fit your operation.
  • Run your replacement pipeline numbers. Count heifers by age group and compare against your culling rate. Are you producing 25-30% more replacements than you need? If not, be conservative on beef semen deployment.

With 72% of dairy farms now using beef genetics, according to Farm Bureau data, the practice has shifted from innovative to expected. Current premiums reflect a beef supply situation that won’t resolve quickly—the smallest cow herd in 64 years doesn’t rebuild overnight.

The producers succeeding with beef-on-dairy share a common approach: they matched their strategy to their actual reproductive performance, protected their replacement pipeline, and built buyer relationships that hold value beyond the current premium cycle.

The market is paying you to be smart, but it will punish you for being short. Run your numbers through the DairyMGT.info calculator before your next breeding setup—because $1,000 calves don’t fix an empty heifer barn.

Key Takeaways

  • Know your tier. Wisconsin research tested 30 strategies: 30%+ pregnancy rate = $6,215/month. 20-25% = $2,001/month. Below 20% = not viable.
  • Protect the pipeline. Heifer inventories are at record lows (2.5M head). Keep 25-30% for replacements—$1,000 calves don’t fix an empty heifer barn.
  • Margins are historic—for now. Beef-cross calves are selling for $680-$1,160, vs. a breakeven of $69-$100. Even a 50% price drop works for high performers.
  • Three numbers determine your strategy: the actual 21-day pregnancy rate. Replacement allocation (25-30%). Genomic cutoff for beef breedings ($40-50/test).

Run the math. Free DairyMGT.info calculator shows which strategy fits your herd before you commit.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Beef-cross calves are selling for $680-$1,160, and 72% of dairy farms have jumped into beef-on-dairy, but University of Wisconsin research reveals most are flying blind. Dr. Victor Cabrera’s team tested 30 breeding strategies and found the economics split sharply: herds at 30%+ pregnancy rate can generate $6,215 monthly in net calf income, while herds below 20% pregnancy rate have no viable beef semen strategy at all. The margin for error is vanishing. The U.S. beef cow herd sits at a 64-year low, dairy heifer inventories hit a record low of 2.5 million head, and one aggressive breeding cycle can erase a year of calf premiums in a single heifer-buying spring. The research points to one approach: know your pregnancy rate, protect your replacement pipeline, and run your numbers through the free DairyMGT.info calculator before your next setup. The market is paying for precision—$1,000 calves don’t fix an empty heifer barn.

The underlying research (Cabrera, 2021) was published in JDS Communications and is available through PubMed Central.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The $42,000 Transition Mistake: Why Blanket Protocols Are Failing Your Best Cows

What if your transition disease rate isn’t 20%—it’s 35%? That measurement gap costs $42K/year. Worse: your best cows pay the genetic price.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Most dairy operations estimate their transition disease rate at 20%—but farms that actually measure often find it’s closer to 35%. That gap represents roughly $42,000 in annual losses on a 400-cow dairy: lost milk, extra treatments, reproductive delays, and elite cows that never reach their genetic potential. The research points to a clear fix. Work from Guelph, Minnesota, Ohio State, and Wisconsin Extension consistently shows that risk-stratified protocols outperform blanket approaches—intensive care for high-risk mature cows, reduced spending on heifers who don’t need it. The numbers back it up: $500 per disease case, $1,000 for multiple diseases, and subclinical hypocalcemia hitting 73% of mature cows at $150 each. For operations investing in superior genetics, every cow that struggles through transition is a cow whose breeding value may never reach the bulk tank—or produce the next generation of your herd’s best females. The research-backed first step? Stop bolusing first-lactation heifers and redirect those resources where they’ll actually make a difference.

transition cow management

Here’s something that catches a lot of producers off guard. Walk into almost any dairy operation—doesn’t matter if it’s a 200-cow tie-stall in Vermont, a 3,000-cow freestall in California’s Central Valley, or a grazing operation in New Zealand—and ask about fresh cow disease rate. You’ll probably hear something like “Oh, we’re running around 20%, maybe 22%.” Reasonable estimate. Feels about right based on what they’re seeing day to day.

But when farms actually start measuring… well, that’s when things get interesting.

I’ve heard from producers who decided to track every single fresh cow event for 90 days—metritis cases, DAs, milk fever, ketosis treatments, all of it—and discovered their numbers were way off. One Wisconsin dairyman figured he was running about 23%. His actual number? North of 34%. And he’s not alone. When farms start systematically tracking every treatment event, every cow that doesn’t quite hit her stride in early lactation, that 20% estimate often turns out to be closer to 30% or higher.

Farm Type & RegionProducer’s EstimateActual Measured RateDisease Rate GapAnnual Cost Gap (400-cow herd)
200-cow tie-stall, Vermont20%34%+14 percentage points$39,200
400-cow freestall, Wisconsin22%35%+13 percentage points$36,400
800-cow freestall, Minnesota18%31%+13 percentage points$72,800
3,000-cow freestall, California21%33%+12 percentage points$252,000
600-cow grazing operation, New Zealand19%29%+10 percentage points$42,000

Dr. Eduardo de Souza Ribeiro, over at the University of Guelph, puts it pretty directly: cows with a poorer transition produce less milk, take longer to get pregnant, and are more likely to lose a pregnancy or be culled from the herd. That adds up to substantial economic losses. And here’s what’s sobering—his review of the research, published in Dairy Global, found that roughly one-third of dairy cows in Western herds experience at least one disease process in the first three weeks after calving. That’s not outliers. That’s typical across the industry.

So what does that cost? Work by Carvalho and colleagues back in 2019 tried to put a price tag on it, estimating about $500 for a single postpartum disease case and around $1,000 when a cow has multiple problems during that critical window. On a 400-cow dairy, it doesn’t take many extra disease cases to add up to tens of thousands of dollars in lost milk, extra treatments, and reproductive delays—even if the exact number varies by herd and region.

What’s interesting—and honestly, a bit frustrating—is that the research showing how to cut those disease rates significantly has been accumulating for over two decades. The barrier isn’t knowledge. It’s how that knowledge moves (or doesn’t) from research journals to actual farm practice.

“You can have the best genetics in the world, but if your cows can’t get through transition healthy, you’ll never see that potential expressed in the bulk tank or the breeding program.”

The Measurement Gap Nobody Talks About

The foundation of any improvement starts with a surprisingly basic question: What’s your actual disease rate?

You know, most dairies have never systematically answered this. They track individual treatments, sure. They know when a cow develops metritis or throws a DA. But calculating an overall incidence rate—the percentage of cows experiencing any metabolic or reproductive disease in the first 21 days—that’s different. And without that number, you’re essentially flying blind.

Why does this matter so much? Multiple sources—University of Maryland Extension, Dairy Global, research published in Frontiers in Veterinary Science—all point to the same finding: about 75% of health problems in dairy cows occur during the transition period. That’s the window from roughly two weeks before calving to four weeks after. Three-quarters of your health challenges, concentrated in about six weeks. That’s a massive concentration of risk in a pretty short timeframe, whether you’re running a confinement operation in the Midwest or a pasture-based system in the Southeast.

When farms start systematically tracking, many discover their disease rates are higher than they’d estimated. A 2019 study in the Journal of Dairy Science looked specifically at barriers to successful transition management and found that variation in both farmer attitude and veterinarian involvement significantly affects outcomes. One of the key barriers they identified? Simply not having a clear picture of what’s actually happening. Hard to fix a problem you haven’t quantified.

Now, break down the disease by parity, and the picture gets even clearer. This is where it gets really practical for protocol decisions. Field data and NAHMS surveys consistently show that disease risk climbs with parity—first-lactation animals typically have substantially lower rates of metabolic and reproductive disease than third- and fourth-lactation cows. Research showed subclinical hypocalcemia affecting around 47% of second-or-greater lactation cows but only about 25% of first-lactation heifers. Clinical milk fever follows the same pattern—it’s far more common in older cows than in first-lactation animals.

Disease TypeFirst-Lactation HeifersSecond-Lactation CowsThird+ Lactation CowsRisk Multiplier (3rd+ vs. 1st)
Subclinical Hypocalcemia25%54%73%2.9×
Clinical Milk Fever2%6%12%6.0×
Hyperketonemia (elevated BHB)8%15%22%2.8×
Displaced Abomasum3%5%9%3.0×
Metritis12%18%25%2.1×
Average Treatment Cost/Cow$82$156$2473.0×

Here’s what that tells us: many operations treat all fresh cows identically—same calcium bolus protocol, same propylene glycol regimen, same monitoring intensity. But different animals have dramatically different risk profiles. And the research is pretty clear that they respond differently to interventions too. So why are we treating a first-calf heifer the same as a fourth-lactation cow? That’s the question worth asking.

What the Research Actually Shows

The scientific literature on transition cow management has reached a level of maturity that’s frankly unusual in agricultural research. We’re not talking about preliminary findings or single studies here. We’re talking about meta-analyses combining decades of data from operations across North America, Europe, and beyond.

On calcium supplementation: Research consistently shows multiparous cows benefit significantly from calcium support, while first-lactation heifers show minimal response. A 2024 review in the journal Animals noted that dairy cows are at considerable risk for hypocalcemia at the onset of lactation, when daily calcium excretion suddenly increases from about 10 grams to 30 grams per day. Think about that—tripling calcium output almost overnight. But—and this is important—that risk concentrates heavily in mature cows, not heifers.

Dr. Luciano Caixeta at the University of Minnesota has noted that subclinical hypocalcemia (the kind you don’t see clinically but still causes problems) has been reported to affect as many as 73% of dairy cows in third or higher lactations, costing an average of about $150 per case. Researchers at the University of Guelph found that herds with a higher incidence of subclinical hypocalcemia experienced an 8.36-pound reduction in milk production on the first test day and a 30% reduction in the odds of pregnancy on the first AI. That’s real money—and real reproductive performance—left on the table.

Dr. Mark van der List, a veterinarian with Boehringer Ingelheim who’s spoken at numerous industry events on this topic, explains the supplementation approach this way: administering an oral calcium supplement to cows at calving, and again 12 hours later, provides much-needed calcium when blood levels are at their lowest. He also cautions about reading product labels carefully—watch out for products containing calcium carbonate, which is limestone. It’s the cheapest form of calcium, but it’s too slowly absorbed to really make a difference when you need rapid uptake.

On negative DCAD diets: This is one where the research is really solid. University of Wisconsin Extension confirms that feeding a negative DCAD diet during the pre-fresh dry period—that last 21 days before calving—successfully increases blood calcium levels before and immediately after calving. The result is a lower incidence of both clinical and subclinical milk fever.

Meta-analyses and field trials show that properly formulated negative DCAD diets can cut the risk of clinical milk fever by well over half. Some studies report relative risks in the 0.2-0.4 range compared with neutral DCAD diets. That’s substantial protection for your high-risk animals.

But here’s the nuance that matters for your operation—and this is where a lot of folks are spending money they don’t need to spend. The same Wisconsin Extension research notes that while negative DCAD diets can benefit heifers in some ways, studies have shown their impact on productive performance has been either neutral or negative. Heifers have a much lower risk of developing milk fever than multiparous cows, so feeding them a negative DCAD diet is likely unnecessary. That’s a cost you can redirect elsewhere.

On propylene glycol: A 2025 study published in Frontiers in Veterinary Science demonstrated that a targeted propylene glycol protocol effectively decreased ketosis incidence from 33.3% in control cows to 6.7% in treated cows at 14 days postpartum. The research confirms propylene glycol’s efficacy—but notice that word “targeted.” When used appropriately and aimed at cows that actually need it, rather than blanket-treating everyone, the results are strong.

What’s emerging from all this research is a consistent pattern: targeted, risk-stratified protocols generally outperform blanket treatment approaches, both economically and in terms of animal outcomes. Treat the cows that need treatment. Don’t treat the ones that don’t. Seems obvious, but it requires knowing who falls into which category.

Body Condition: The Early Warning System Many Farms Miss

This is where things get really practical—and where, honestly, a lot of farms are leaving money on the table.

Kirby Krogstad at Ohio State has been doing some fascinating work on the connections between body condition score, hyperketonemia, and downstream health outcomes. His research, published in the Journal of Dairy Science, tracked approximately 900 cows and found some pretty compelling relationships that should inform how we manage transition cows.

Here’s what stood out: cows who lost more than 0.375 BCS in early lactation were nearly five times more likely to lose their pregnancy. Five times. That’s not a subtle effect—that’s a flashing warning sign. And mature cows—third lactation and beyond—testing above 1.2 mmol/L of BHB produced about 11.8 pounds less milk per day than their non-hyperketonemic counterparts. On a 400-cow dairy with even modest prevalence of hyperketonemia in older cows, that adds up fast.

BCS Loss (units)Milk Production (lbs/day)Pregnancy Rate (%)
0.08645
0.258242
0.3757838
0.57432
0.756826
1.06222

Key Benchmarks (Krogstad, Ohio State): Target ≤10% of 2nd-lactation cows and ≤20% of 3rd+ lactation cows with elevated BHB in week one. Exceeding these thresholds signals protocol problems.

What’s particularly useful is Krogstad’s benchmark recommendations for the first week in milk. He suggests that 10% or less of second-lactation cows should show elevated BHB, and 20% or less of third-plus lactation cows. If your herd exceeds these thresholds, that’s a signal worth paying attention to. It’s a simple metric you can track that tells you whether your transition protocols are working.

Dr. Ribeiro at Guelph recommends that body condition scoring at dry-off should be moderate—3.0 to 3.25 on a 1-to-5 scale—and maintained through calving. The intervention point, importantly, is 100-plus days before calving, not at calving itself. By the time a cow reaches the close-up pen, overconditioned, you’re already playing catch-up. The time to manage body condition is back in late lactation, not when she’s three weeks from freshening.

I’ve heard from California producers who started scoring every cow at 200 DIM and adjusting rations for the overconditioned ones. Several report noticeable drops in fresh cow disease within a couple of lactation cycles. Not because they were doing anything fancy at calving—they were just preventing the problem from developing in the first place. That kind of proactive approach works whether you’re in a dry lot system in the Southwest or a freestall barn in the upper Midwest.

Why This Matters for Your Elite Genetics

Here’s something that doesn’t get talked about enough in the transition cow conversation: the genetic implications.

If you’re investing in elite genetics—whether that’s genomic-tested heifers, embryo transfer calves from proven cow families, or semen from high-ranking sires—transition disease can undermine that entire investment. A cow from an exceptional dam line who struggles through her first lactation due to ketosis or metritis may never express her true genetic potential. Worse, she might get culled before she ever gets a chance to prove herself or contribute daughters to the herd.

Think about it this way: that heifer calf from your best cow family represents years of breeding decisions. She carries genetics for high components, longevity, fertility—whatever traits you’ve been selecting for. But if she hits the fresh pen and immediately battles subclinical hypocalcemia followed by a DA, her first lactation becomes a salvage operation rather than a showcase of her genetic merit.

The research from Guelph on subclinical hypocalcemia showed a 30% reduction in the odds of pregnancy at first AI. For a cow you’re counting on to produce the next generation of your herd’s genetics, that reproductive hit is devastating. You need her pregnant early to get that next heifer calf. You need her healthy to produce enough milk to justify keeping her. Transition disease compromises both.

Dr. Ribeiro’s point about cows with poor transitions being “more likely to get culled from the herd” hits especially hard when you’re talking about animals carrying superior genetics. Every elite cow that leaves the herd early due to transition-related complications represents not just lost milk revenue but lost genetic progress. Her potential replacement heifers never get born. Her genomic contribution to your herd’s improvement disappears.

This is why getting transition management right matters beyond just the immediate economics. It’s about protecting your genetic investment and ensuring your best animals live long enough, and stay healthy enough to reach their potential and pass those genetics forward.

Building Momentum: The First Move That Actually Works

For operations looking to bridge the gap between current practice and what research supports, the question becomes practical: where do you actually start?

The answer, based on both research and what we’re seeing on progressive farms from the Northeast to the Pacific Northwest, might surprise you. Rather than overhauling everything at once (which rarely sticks anyway), the highest-confidence first move is often the simplest: stop bolusing first-lactation heifers while maintaining supplementation for multiparous cows.

The economics here are modest but illustrative. A 400-cow dairy with 33% heifer rotation spends roughly $1,300 to $1,500 annually on heifer calcium boluses. Research suggests this spending produces minimal benefit because heifers face naturally low hypocalcemia risk—remember that Wisconsin Extension finding about neutral or negative performance impacts? You’re spending money for essentially no return.

But more valuable than the direct savings is what this change accomplishes organizationally:

  • It’s reversible. If heifer disease somehow increases—unlikely based on research, but possible—you restart the protocol immediately. No permanent commitment required.
  • It’s measurable. Track the heifer disease rate before and after. You’ll have concrete evidence of whether it works for your specific operation, your genetics, and your facilities.
  • It builds collaborative relationships. Approaching your vet with “Can we try this as a 60-day test?” creates a partnership rather than conflict. You’re not challenging their expertise; you’re inviting them into an experiment.
  • It establishes a template. Successfully implementing one evidence-based change creates permission—and confidence—for the next.

Dr. van der List emphasizes this collaborative approach: ask your veterinarian about blood calcium testing, he suggests. They can help you evaluate the results and develop the right supplementation strategies for your herd. That kind of data-driven partnership is exactly what makes protocol changes stick long-term.

The farms achieving the best transition outcomes didn’t get there through revolutionary overnight changes. They built systematic improvement through sequential small wins. One protocol adjustment at a time, measuring as they went.

The Three-Tier Framework: How It Works in Practice

Operations that have successfully reduced fresh cow disease often employ some version of risk stratification. The basic principle is straightforward: different animals get different protocols based on their probability of developing disease. Here’s how one common framework breaks down.

Tier 1 (Low Risk): First-lactation heifers and multiparous cows with body condition under 3.5 and no disease history

  • Standard dry cow nutrition without DCAD manipulation
  • No calcium supplementation at calving
  • Propylene glycol only if clinical signs emerge
  • Standard monitoring protocols

These are your low-maintenance animals. They don’t need aggressive intervention, and providing it anyway just costs money without improving outcomes.

Tier 2 (Moderate Risk): Multiparous cows with normal body condition (3.0-3.5) or single-episode disease history

  • Negative DCAD diet for the final 21 days prepartum
  • Single calcium bolus at calving
  • Propylene glycol is based on ketone testing, not blanket treatment
  • Enhanced daily observation during the fresh period

This is probably your largest group numerically. They need targeted support, based on what we know works.

Tier 3 (High Risk): Overconditioned cows (BCS above 3.5), fourth-plus lactation cows, or those with multiple disease episodes

  • Controlled-energy ration beginning at 150 days in milk (because you’re managing body condition early)
  • Aggressive DCAD protocol for 21-plus days prepartum
  • Multiple calcium boluses (at calving and 12 hours post-calving)
  • Propylene glycol protocol from day -7 to +21
  • Blood ketone testing days 5-9 postpartum
  • Intensive daily monitoring
Protocol CategoryTier 1: Low Risk (1st-lactation heifers, BCS <3.5)Tier 2: Moderate Risk (Multiparous, normal BCS)Tier 3: High Risk (BCS >3.5, 4th+ lactation, disease history)
DCAD Diet (Prepartum)Standard dry cow rationNegative DCAD for final 21 daysAggressive negative DCAD for 21+ days
Calcium SupplementationNone at calvingSingle bolus at calvingMultiple boluses (calving + 12 hrs post)
Propylene GlycolOnly if clinical signs emergeBased on ketone testing, not blanketProtocol from day -7 to +21
Body Condition ManagementStandard monitoringMonitor at dry-off and calvingControlled-energy ration starting 150 DIM
Monitoring IntensityStandard fresh cow checksEnhanced daily observationBlood ketone testing days 5–9; intensive daily monitoring
Estimated Annual Cost/Cow$18$62$147
Target Disease Rate<8%<15%<25% (vs. 45%+ without intervention)

These are your problem children—the cows you know are going to struggle if you don’t get ahead of it. They deserve the intensive protocols because, for them, it actually pays off. And if these happen to be your highest-genetic-merit animals in their fourth or fifth lactation, protecting them through transition protects your breeding program.

The ROI Snapshot: Tier 3 cows receive significantly more intervention, but overall spending frequently decreases because low-risk animals no longer receive unnecessary treatment. You’re reallocating resources, not adding them.

A note on infrastructure: Implementing this kind of stratification does require some basic capabilities. Lactanet’s housing guidelines for dry and transition cows note that well-designed facilities are built with a transition and calving management strategy in mind, addressing factors such as management group sizing, cattle movement, and health needs for different groups.

At minimum, you’ll want the ability to separate close-up cows into at least two groups—or clearly identify high-risk individuals within a mixed group—plus access to DCAD ration formulation through your nutritionist and either cow-side ketone testing or a protocol with your vet for blood work.

Now, I know what some of you are thinking: “We don’t have separate pens for that.” Fair enough. Operations without separate close-up pen capacity can still implement modified stratification by identifying and flagging high-risk individuals for enhanced monitoring and intervention. Some farms use colored leg bands. Others use separate feeding times or headlock sorting. Robotic milking operations sometimes leverage their existing cow identification systems to trigger different supplement protocols. It’s not as clean as separate pens, but it works. The principle matters more than the specific implementation.

A note on seasonality: If you’re running a seasonal calving operation—spring calving in the Upper Midwest, fall calving in parts of the South—you’ll want to think about how heat stress or cold stress might compound transition challenges. The tier assignments don’t change, but your monitoring intensity during environmental stress periods probably should. Summer calvings, in particular, tend to have elevated disease rates even in otherwise healthy cows.

An example scenario for a 400-cow herd might look something like this:

ApproachAnnual Intervention CostDisease EventsDisease CostTotal Cost
Blanket Protocol~$12,000~140~$70,000~$82,000
Stratified Protocol~$10,000~60~$30,000~$40,000
Potential Annual Savings   ~$42,000

Your actual numbers will depend on your baseline disease rate, local costs, milk price, and specific herd conditions. But the general principle holds: targeting resources toward high-risk cows while reducing unnecessary interventions in low-risk animals tends to improve both outcomes and economics. It’s not magic—it’s just matching the intervention to the animal that needs it.

Quick Reference: Key Benchmarks

BHB targets (Krogstad, Ohio State, Journal of Dairy Science):

  • ≤10% of 2nd-lactation cows with elevated BHB in week 1
  • ≤20% of 3rd+ lactation cows with elevated BHB in week 1

Body condition targets (Ribeiro, University of Guelph):

  • 3.0-3.25 BCS at dry-off (1-5 scale)
  • Maintain through calving; intervene at 200 DIM if needed

Disease cost estimates (Carvalho et al., 2019):

  • ~$500 per single disease case
  • ~$1,000 for multiple diseases in the same cow

Subclinical hypocalcemia cost (Caixeta, University of Minnesota):

  • ~$150 per case
  • Affects up to 73% of 3rd+ lactation cows

DCAD timing (University of Wisconsin Extension):

  • Final 21 days prepartum for multiparous cows
  • Generally unnecessary for first-lactation heifers

When Good Enough Is Good Enough: Knowing Your Optimization Limit

One finding worth noting: operations that substantially reduce their disease rates often shift their optimization focus. Rather than continuing to push on disease reduction, many move toward production and reproduction metrics.

This makes economic sense when you think about it. Some level of transition disease is simply unavoidable—due to genetics, environment, and factors unrelated to nutrition. Retained placenta and certain cases of metritis aren’t fully preventable with nutritional protocols alone. More than 35% of all dairy cows have at least one clinical disease event during the first 90 days in milk, as Dr. Caixeta at Minnesota has noted. Some of that is just the biology we’re working with. You can optimize, but you can’t eliminate.

The research frontier is increasingly focused on inflammation management and precision monitoring technologies. There’s growing evidence that we’ll have more refined best management practices in the coming years—approaches that address dry matter drop, metabolic stress, and inflammation together, because all three are interconnected. Penn State and other extension programs are actively working in this space. It’s worth watching.

The return on investment for moving from high disease rates down to more moderate levels is typically substantial—that’s the $40,000 or more we’ve been discussing. But at some point, the economics of further disease optimization start to diminish relative to improvements in production and reproduction. You’ve reached a point of diminishing returns in disease prevention, and your attention is better directed elsewhere.

What progressive operations tend to optimize once they’ve addressed the big disease issues:

  • Early lactation production—targeting 80-plus pounds per day at first DHI test
  • Days to conception—pushing below 80 days versus the industry standard of around 100
  • Heifer development—getting fresh heifers producing at 90-plus percent of mature cow potential within the first few months

These become your next frontiers once transition health is reasonably controlled.

Why Knowledge Transfer Takes So Long

Perhaps the most thought-provoking aspect of transition cow research is how long it takes proven practices to reach widespread adoption. Negative DCAD feeding was demonstrated to be effective in the late 1980s. More than three decades later, many dairies still don’t use it consistently. Why is that?

That 2019 Journal of Dairy Science study on barriers to successful transition management found something interesting: the lack of a single definition of the transition period emerged as one barrier to improvement. Everyone’s talking about “transition cows,” but not everyone means the same timeframe or the same priorities. And barriers varied significantly across farms, suggesting that a tailored approach is required to achieve meaningful change. There’s no one-size-fits-all solution here—which makes extension work and consulting more challenging.

A 2025 study of Ontario dairy veterinarians published in the Journal of Dairy Science found that trust and communication emerged as critical components of veterinarian-client relationships—and it was acknowledged that these relationships take time to build. The researchers noted that veterinarians observed that proactive producers who implemented preventive strategies achieved better outcomes, whereas others exhibited greater resistance to change, often shaped by multigenerational traditions and economic constraints.

And you know what? None of these dynamics reflect bad intentions. They reflect the practical reality that changing established practices requires more than just evidence—it requires aligned incentives, collaborative relationships, and operational systems that support implementation. A protocol that works great in theory but doesn’t fit your labor situation or facility layout won’t actually be implemented.

What seems to accelerate adoption, based on what we’re seeing across the industry:

  • Producers who measure baseline disease rates and calculate their own economics (hard to argue with your own numbers)
  • Veterinarians who engage with current literature on transition research
  • Nutritionist partnerships focused on outcomes rather than product volume
  • Peer networks where successful protocol changes get shared and validated (sometimes the neighbor’s experience is more convincing than any research paper)

The operations achieving the best transition outcomes typically share a common characteristic: they’ve developed collaborative relationships with their advisory team where data-driven protocol adjustments are welcomed rather than resisted. It’s not adversarial—it’s problem-solving together.

Practical Takeaways

Start with measurement. Before changing any protocol, establish your actual disease rate by parity. The exercise takes about 60 days and requires only consistent tracking. Many operations discover rates higher than they’d estimated—and that discovery itself often motivates change.

Consider the parity difference. First-lactation heifers face fundamentally different metabolic challenges than fourth-lactation cows. The research is clear that treating them identically often leaves money on the table. Match your protocols to your animals.

Begin with low-risk changes. Discontinuing calcium supplementation for first-lactation heifers represents one of the lowest-risk, highest-confidence first moves. Frame it as a 60-day test with your veterinarian. Collect data. See what happens.

Collaborate rather than confront. Successful protocol changes typically emerge from partnerships between producers and their advisors. Come with data and questions rather than demands. As the Ontario veterinarian research found, trust and communication are the foundation.

Assess your infrastructure honestly. Stratified protocols work best with separate close-up pen capability, but modified approaches can work with careful individual-cow identification even in mixed groups. Don’t let perfect be the enemy of good.

Protect your genetic investment. Your best cows—the ones carrying the genetics you’ve spent years developing—deserve protocols that keep them healthy through transition. A cow that can’t get through the fresh period without complications may never show you what she’s capable of producing or passing on.

Calculate your specific economics. The general principle—that targeted protocols tend to outperform blanket approaches—is well-supported by the research. Your specific numbers will vary, but they’re worth calculating. It’s hard to prioritize what you haven’t quantified.

There’s a real gap between what the research shows and what’s actually happening on many farms—and that gap represents opportunity. The knowledge is there. The economics generally work out. What remains is finding the right starting point for your operation and building from there.

For operations willing to invest the time in systematic measurement and collaborative protocol development, the research suggests meaningful improvement is available—not through revolutionary change, but through thoughtful, evidence-based adjustments applied consistently over time. Small wins, stacked up, become significant results.

The Bullvine brings dairy producers research-backed insights for informed decision-making. For detailed guidance on transition cow protocols, consult with your herd veterinarian and review resources from university extension programs, including University of Wisconsin, Penn State, University of Minnesota, and University of Guelph.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

$15 Milk Is Coming: The German Butter Signal Every Dairy Farmer Needs to See

German butter at €0.77. U.S. milk at $15. The math is already done—now it’s decision time.

Executive Summary: German butter crashed to €0.77—down 35% in five months—and that price signal typically reaches North American milk checks within 90 days. Class III futures have already fallen to $15.50-$16.50/cwt for early 2026, leaving most mid-size dairies $2-3/cwt underwater. At a 1.3x Debt Service Coverage Ratio, you still control your options; wait until 1.0x, and your lender starts making the calls. That timing gap alone can cost a farm family $200,000 to $400,000. The operations surviving this squeeze share three things: component-focused genetics (U.S. butterfat hit 4.4% this year, up from 3.7% two decades ago), peer accountability groups, and the willingness to make structural decisions while flexibility remains. The signals are clear—what matters now is what you do with them.

You know what catches my attention when I’m scanning global dairy markets? It’s not always the headline numbers. Sometimes it’s a farmer walking through a grocery store and doing math in his head.

A dairy producer in Lower Saxony—runs about 85 cows outside Cloppenburg—told Agrarheute this month that he saw butter priced at €0.77 per 250g block at his local Aldi. Down from €1.19 just five months ago. He knows what that kind of retail movement typically means for his milk check come February or March. “When retail goes this low for this long, we feel it,” he said. And based on what economists have been tracking, he’s probably right.

German butter prices crashed 35% in five months—from €1.19 to €0.77. This price signal typically reaches North American milk checks within 60-120 days. Understanding this global transmission is the difference between proactive decisions and reactive scrambling.

That farmer’s instinct aligns with patterns that agricultural economists have been documenting across European markets. Here’s what I find interesting for those of us watching from Wisconsin, California, or the Northeast: Germany’s butter aisle may offer something more valuable than headlines. It’s essentially a 3-6 month preview of the financial pressure that often works its way through global supply chains.

How Retail Price Wars Travel Back to the Farm Gate

Let me walk through how this mechanism typically works, because once you see the pattern, it becomes easier to spot in your own markets.

Germany’s grocery market operates differently than what most North American producers experience. Discount retailers—led by Aldi and the Schwarz Group (which owns Lidl and Kaufland)—account for over 36% of German grocery retail sales, according to USDA Foreign Agricultural Service data. When they drop butter prices—as they did dramatically this fall—competitors tend to follow within days.

Dr. Holger Thiele at the ife Institute for Food Economics in Kiel calls this “retail-driven margin compression.” His analysis shows that butter retailing at €0.77 per 250g implies a wholesale equivalent of roughly €3,080 per tonne—while actual wholesale butter was trading around €4,150 on European exchanges. Retailers are absorbing over €1,000 per tonne in losses on butter alone.

Why would retailers accept losses on butter?

Butter is what retail analysts call a traffic driver. Shoppers notice butter prices. A €0.77 price point gets customers through the door, and they leave with €80 in groceries. The loss on butter becomes a customer acquisition cost.

Here’s where it connects to farm economics. Sustained retail price drops typically show up in farmgate milk contracts 60-120 days later, depending on cooperative payment structures. German milk prices declined meaningfully in late 2024, according to AMI Agrarmarkt Informations-Gesellschaft data. Meanwhile, Arla Foods reported a net profit of €401 million in 2024, up 5.5% from €380 million the year before. The margin didn’t disappear—it shifted upstream, away from farmers.

The Global Connection: Why Wisconsin Feels Berlin

StepMarket EventTypical TimeframeImpact on You
1German retail butter crashes (€1.19 → €0.77)ImmediateRetail price wars begin
2European wholesale butter softens (€7,200 → €4,150/tonne)2–4 weeksProcessors adjust buying
3Global Dairy Trade auctions reflect weakness4–6 weeksNZ/AU prices drop
4U.S. Class III/IV futures decline ($18 → $15.50/cwt)6–8 weeksYour risk management window
5Your milk check drops60–120 days$2-3/cwt below breakeven

What keeps me watching these markets closely is how quickly price signals travel internationally:

  • European butter and powder prices influence Global Dairy Trade auction results in New Zealand
  • GDT results affect Fonterra’s farmgate payments
  • Fonterra prices set informal benchmarks that ripple through Australian and American contract negotiations

Dr. Mark Stephenson, who directs Dairy Policy Analysis at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, has tracked this transmission mechanism for over a decade. His November 2025 Dairy Situation and Outlook report noted that European market softness is putting downward pressure on U.S. Class III and Class IV prices, with a typical lag of 60-90 days.

Class III futures are pricing early 2026 milk at $15.50-$16.50/cwt. Breakeven for mid-size Midwest dairies: $18-$19/cwt. The math is broken—and waiting won’t fix it. Farms at DSCR 1.3x still have options. Farms shipping milk underwater for six months don’t.

Current Market Snapshot:

MarketCurrent LevelContext
German retail butterBelow €1/250gDown ~33% from summer peaks
European wholesale butter€4,150/tonneDown from €7,200+ in early 2024
Australian farmgate milkA$8.00-$9.00/kg MSRabobank/Dairy Australia 2025-26 forecast
U.S. Class III futures$15.50-$16.50/cwtBelow the USDA’s $17.50 December WASDE projection

For context, University of Wisconsin extension cost-of-production benchmarks put average COP at $18-19/cwt for mid-size Midwest dairies. That gap between market prices and production costs is where the financial stress lives.

The Genetics Response: Why Component Breeding Matters More Now

Here’s something worth considering for those thinking about breeding decisions in the current environment. When fluid milk prices soften, operations that have invested in high-component genetics tend to weather the storm better.

Why? Because Class III and Class IV pricing formulas reward butterfat and protein by the pound—not by volume. As Kevin Jorgensen, senior Holstein sire analyst at Select Sires in Ohio, explained to Dairy Global: “We try to strike a balance. We select for the highest possible combined fat and protein in the milk without sacrificing fertility and health.”

The numbers tell an encouraging story for producers who’ve been making component-focused breeding decisions:

  • Butterfat has climbed dramatically: From 3.7% in February 2005 to 4.4% in February 2025, according to USDA AMS data and 2024 was the first year U.S. milk averaged above 4.0% butterfat for every single month in recorded history
  • Protein continues rising: From 3.04% in 2004 to 3.29% in 2024, based on Federal Milk Marketing Order data cited by CoBank
  • Genetic progress is accelerating: The April 2025 Holstein base change rolled back 45 pounds on butterfat—nearly double any previous adjustment in the breed’s history, per Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding data

Pro Tip: Component Math in a Soft Market

Twenty years of consistent genetic progress: U.S. butterfat has climbed from 3.7% (2005) to 4.4% (2025). In a $15 milk market, component-focused genetics aren’t a luxury—they’re margin insurance. Every tenth of a percent matters when Class III compresses.

When Class III prices drop from $18 to $16/cwt, a cow producing 4.4% butterfat versus 3.7% butterfat can mean the difference between covering costs and falling short. Every tenth of a percent matters more when base prices compress.

Within about 5 years, the average Holstein milk fat percentage has grown from 3-3.5% to about 4%. There is now a wide variety of ‘higher-fat Holstein bulls’, and whether the customer is buying semen or embryos, nobody wants low-fat genetics.

Emily Bosch, senior communications manager at Holstein Association USA, expects this trend to continue: “The genetic trends for milk, fat, and protein production are extremely favourable for Holstein cattle, so we expect to see these increases to continue in the future.”

For operations evaluating their breeding programs during this margin squeeze:

  • Prioritize combined fat and protein (CFP) over milk volume in sire selection
  • Consider the updated Net Merit (NM$) index weightings released in 2025
  • Balance component emphasis with fertility and health traits—as Jorgensen notes, “The balanced cow is what we should be striving for.”
  • Review your herd’s current component averages against regional benchmarks

The CoBank Knowledge Exchange research suggests butterfat could pass 5% within the next decade if genetic selection continues at the current pace. Operations positioned for that future may find themselves better insulated against volatile prices.

Financial Warning Signs: What to Watch

I’ve been talking with producers and ag lenders over the past few months, and a pattern keeps emerging. Farmers know their numbers are tight. What many aren’t tracking as closely is where they sit relative to the specific thresholds that tend to determine financing options 12-18 months down the road.

Debt Service Coverage Ratio (DSCR) — the single most important number your lender watches:

DSCR RangeStatusWhat It Typically Means
Above 1.5xHealthyMultiple strategic options available
1.25-1.5xAcceptableLenders generally remain flexible
1.15-1.25xCautionNew financing becomes difficult
Below 1.15xConstrainedRestructuring conversations likely
Below 1.0xCrisisIncome can’t service existing debt

Debt-to-Asset Ratio — your leverage position:

D/A RangeStatusPractical Implication
Below 30%StrongExpansion financing available
30-50%AcceptableStandard lending terms
50-60%CautionLimited flexibility
Above 60%ConstrainedOne bad year erodes equity fast

Current Ratio — can you meet obligations due within 12 months?

Current RatioStatusWhat It Means
Above 2.0xStrongSolid seasonal buffer
1.5-2.0xAdequateCan weather normal volatility
1.2-1.5xVulnerableSeasonal stress likely
Below 1.2xPressureNear-term liquidity concerns

Key Insight from Extension Educators

The difference between making proactive decisions at 1.3x DSCR versus reactive decisions at 1.0x DSCR can be $200,000 to $400,000 in family wealth, based on farm exit data over the past five years.

A Pattern Worth Recognizing

Here’s something I’ve noticed in conversations with producers across different regions, and I think it’s worth naming because awareness can help.

Dr. David Kohl at Virginia Tech, who’s studied farmer financial decision-making for over 40 years, calls it “cycle-based thinking.” Farmers who’ve survived previous downturns—2009, 2015-2016, 2020—have learned that prices eventually recover. That creates a reasonable expectation that current pressure is temporary.

The basic dynamic:

  • Farmers anchor to the highest prices they’ve experienced
  • When Class III hit $23/cwt in 2022, that became the psychological reference point
  • Current prices feel like temporary deviations rather than potential new baselines

This isn’t a criticism—it’s how human cognition works under uncertainty. But it can create a gap between when stress becomes visible in metrics and when farmers act.

Neither approach is guaranteed right or wrong. But having a clear framework for when you’ll act tends to produce better outcomes than deciding in the moment.

What’s Working: Farms Finding Margin

MoDak Dairy, South Dakota: Greg Moes runs a 500-cow operation that started building its beef-on-dairy program in 2023—before milk prices softened. Moes explained: “Beef-on-dairy carried us when milk prices were low. We’re getting $800-$1,000 per calf on those crosses, and that income doesn’t care what Class III is doing.”

High-Performing Australian Operations: Dairy Australia’s Focus Farm program findings show top-quartile farms share common characteristics:

  • Pasture utilization rates above 80%
  • Concentrate feeding below 2.5 tonnes per cow
  • Focus on profit per hectare over production volume
  • 15%+ return on assets
MetricTop-Quartile FarmsAverage Farms
Pasture Utilization Rate>80%60–70%
Concentrate Feeding<2.5 tonnes/cow3.0–3.5 tonnes/cow
Return on Assets (ROA)15%+5–8%
Profit FocusPer hectarePer cow (volume)
Fertility/Health EmphasisHigh (balanced breeding)Moderate (volume-first)

Multi-Generational Wisconsin Dairies: The operations that have maintained stability through multiple downturns tend to treat succession not as a single event but as a continuous business infrastructure. Active next-generation involvement typically starts 5-10 years before formal transition.

Building Accountability: What Peer Groups Look Like

One of the most effective tools I’ve encountered for maintaining financial discipline is structured peer accountability. The Farmer-to-Farmer Education Act, reintroduced by Senators Luján and Moran in May 2025, is based on USDA research showing that over 50% of producers sought business education from other farmers rather than traditional extension services.

Effective peer group structure:

  • 4-6 farms in similar situations (size, region, production system)
  • Quarterly meetings with a neutral financial analyst
  • Each farm brings actual numbers: DSCR, debt-to-asset ratio, current ratio, IOFC
  • Group discusses trajectories honestly; farms commit to specific decisions

Why This Works

Extension educators who’ve run these programs report that farms that stay accountable to a peer group tend to make structural decisions 6-12 months earlier than farms that rely solely on individual analysis. That timing difference is often the gap between restructuring on your terms versus your lender’s terms.

Understanding the Lender Perspective

Agricultural lenders continuously monitor DSCR, debt-to-asset ratios, and liquidity. The American Bankers Association’s November 2025 agricultural lending survey found that only 52% of farm borrowers are expected to remain profitable in 2025, with “credit quality deterioration” flagged as lenders’ top concern.

This isn’t villainy—it’s fiduciary responsibility. But it does mean farmers need their own early warning systems built around farmer interests, not lender portfolio management.

A 90-Day Framework

If you’re at DSCR 1.3x or lower—or if current market conditions would push you there—here’s a practical framework:

Days 1-30: Establish Financial Clarity

  • Get a clean, accrual-based financial statement (not just tax returns)
  • Calculate DSCR, debt-to-asset ratio, and current ratio
  • Document your breakeven milk price under the current cost structure
  • If breakeven exceeds $17/cwt with futures at $15-$16, that gap needs attention now

Days 31-60: Evaluate Strategic Options

Model three scenarios:

  • Scale: What would expansion require to achieve meaningful per-unit cost advantages?
  • Specialize: Could you restructure toward pasture-based, beef-on-dairy, or component-focused premium markets?
  • Transition: What does a planned exit look like while you still have equity?

Days 61-90: Commit and Build Accountability

  • Choose one direction and document a 24-month plan with milestones
  • Form or join a peer accountability group
  • Schedule your first peer meeting with real numbers on the table

What This Means for Your Operation

German butter below €1 is a signal. Class III futures in the $15- $16 range are a signal. These aren’t just interesting data points—they’re telling us something about where margins are heading over the next 6-12 months.

How you interpret those signals is your decision. You can read them as background noise or as useful information for checking your numbers while you have options.

The farms that remain viable through industry transitions tend to establish clear decision frameworks, build accountability systems, and act when indicators suggest action—rather than waiting for certainty that never quite arrives.

If you’re at DSCR 1.3x right now, your decision window is measured in quarters, not years. That’s not meant to create panic—it’s meant to be useful information for planning.

The math of farm finance isn’t complicated. The decisions it implies are rarely easy. But at DSCR 1.3x, those decisions are still substantially yours to make. That’s worth protecting.

For farmers seeking financial benchmarking resources: University extension dairy programs in most states offer confidential farm financial analysis. The Center for Dairy Profitability at UW-Madison publishes annual benchmarking studies. Many regional cooperatives now offer member financial planning services. The key is to engage these resources while your financial position remains flexible.

Key Takeaways 

  • 90-day signal: German butter crashed 35%—U.S. milk prices typically follow within 3 months
  • The math is broken: Class III at $15.50 vs. $18+ breakeven puts most dairies underwater
  • DSCR 1.3x is your window: Act now or lose $200K-$400K in family wealth waiting until 1.0x
  • Components beat volume: 4.4% butterfat is margin insurance when prices compress
  • Build accountability: Farms in peer groups make hard decisions 6-12 months faster

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Bred for $3 Butterfat, Selling at $2.50: Inside the 5-Year Gap That’s Reshaping Genetic Strategy

Bred for $3 fat. Paid $2.50. The 5-year genetic timing gap just got real—and the smartest dairies are already adapting.

Executive Summary: October 2024 delivered record U.S. butterfat at 4.30%—genomic selection is doing exactly what it promised. The problem is timing: those genetics were chosen when fat topped $3.00 per pound, and today’s market pays $2.50. This 5-7 year gap between breeding decisions and bulk tank reality is dairy’s toughest planning challenge, made more complex by an April 2025 Net Merit $ revision that increased butterfat emphasis just as prices softened. Factor in heifer inventories at 20-year lows—CoBank projects 800,000 fewer replacements through 2027—and record cheese exports making protein the processing bottleneck, and genetic strategy looks different than it did three years ago. The producers navigating this well are leaning on economic indices rather than chasing premiums, building health traits into their programs, and treating extended productive life as the new margin strategy. The window for assessing your positioning runs through 2026—before current selections fully express into whatever market awaits.

You know what struck me when I was looking at the October milk production numbers? That month delivered the highest butterfat production in U.S. dairy history. We’re talking 1.947 billion pounds at 4.30% concentration—that’s straight from USDA’s November report. By any measure, genomic selection delivered exactly what it promised. The science worked.

But here’s what’s interesting. Those genetics trace back to breeding decisions made in 2021-2022, when butterfat was running north of $3.00 per pound on CME spot markets. Some of you probably remember that October 2022 peak at $3.18. Farmers making aggressive butterfat selections back then were doing exactly what the numbers told them to do. Made perfect sense at the time.

Now those genetics are expressing into a market paying $2.50-2.80 per pound. That’s just how it played out.

And look, this isn’t about second-guessing anyone. It’s about understanding something we all have to work with: genetic cycles run on 5-7-year timelines, while commodity markets… well, you’ve seen how fast those can shift. That timing mismatch creates challenges, no matter how sound the original thinking was.

QUICK TAKE: The Numbers That Matter

  • 4.30% butterfat — October 2024’s record test, up from 4.08% five years ago
  • 0.77 protein-to-fat ratio — Below the 0.82-0.84 optimal range for cheese plants
  • $3,000-$4,000 — Current replacement heifer prices (75% increase since April 2023)
  • 508,808 metric tons — Record U.S. cheese exports in 2024, first time exceeding 1 billion pounds
  • 800,000 head — Projected dairy heifer inventory decline through 2026-2027

Sources: USDA NASS, USDEC, CoBank Knowledge Exchange

What the Numbers Actually Tell Us

Let me walk through the data, because there’s a nuanced story here worth understanding.

U.S. dairy cows hit 4.30% butterfat in October—up from 4.08% just five years back.

That 5.4% increase in concentration doesn’t sound like much until you multiply it across 9.36 million cows producing roughly 226 billion pounds of milk a year. That’s a real shift in what’s going into bulk tanks nationally.

Now, it’s worth noting that October typically shows higher butterfat tests anyway—fall milk tends to run richer than summer production due to temperature effects on cow metabolism and feed intake patterns. But even accounting for seasonal variation, we’re seeing a structural increase that goes beyond normal fluctuation. The trend line has moved.

Protein’s held pretty steady at 3.30%, which brings us to what might be the most telling metric:

The protein-to-fat ratio has dropped to 0.77 — and that matters more than it might seem at first glance.

If you’ve spent any time around cheese operations—and many of you have—you know processors generally like to see that ratio closer to 0.82-0.84 for optimal standardization and yield. Dr. David Barbano over at Cornell has published extensively on this in the Journal of Dairy Science, and his milk standardization work documents these ranges pretty clearly.

When milk comes in heavy on fat relative to protein, plants have to adjust. Dr. John Lucey at the Center for Dairy Research in Madison describes it as “real operational adjustments at the plant level—not unmanageable, but it affects processing economics in ways that eventually work back through the value chain.”

I’ve heard similar things from cooperative procurement managers in the Upper Midwest. One large regional co-op’s field services director told me their standardization costs have increased noticeably over the past two years, which is starting to factor into component premium structure discussions at the board level. The genetic decisions we made five years ago are genuinely showing up in plant economics today. It’s worth being aware of.

The Timing Question—And the Ironic Twist in the 2025 Index Update

The Timing Trap: How Genetic Decisions Lag Market Reality by 5-7 Years

Here’s something I’ve been thinking about a lot lately. Genetic selection success depends heavily on when decisions get made—not just what traits you’re selecting for.

And here’s where it gets really interesting—even our selection tools were caught in this timing paradox.

The April 2025 Net Merit $ revision, documented in USDA-AGIL’s technical report, actually increased emphasis on butterfat and decreased emphasis on protein compared to the 2021 formula. Why? Because NM$ economic weights are based on recent price trends—specifically, the previous three-year average. Butterfat prices from 2021-2024 averaged $2.88 per pound, well above the $2.10 forecast used in the 2021 index. Meanwhile, protein prices averaged only $2.27, below the $2.60 that had been projected.

The Ironic Index Trap: How April 2025’s NM$ Formula Emphasized Butterfat Just as Prices Fell

So the index that’s supposed to help us hedge against market uncertainty was itself responding to high butterfat prices—just as those prices were beginning to soften. The 2025 NM$ formula now places 31.8% relative emphasis on fat and only 13% on protein for Holsteins. There’s a certain irony in that timing.

This doesn’t mean NM$ is broken—far from it. The 2025 and 2021 formulas correlate at 0.992, meaning most animals rank similarly. But it does illustrate how even our best tools reflect backward-looking price data. Nobody’s crystal ball works perfectly.

Consider two groups of producers who approached genomics differently.

The early adopters—those who started genomic testing between 2010 and 2015—were operating in a different world entirely. Back then, reliability scores for production traits in young animals ranged from 41% to 50%. That’s from VanRaden’s foundational work in the Journal of Dairy Science. Better than parent average, sure, but with enough uncertainty that most folks spread their selection emphasis across multiple traits almost by necessity.

I was talking with a producer in southwest Wisconsin not long ago—a third-generation operation running about 650 Holsteins. “We started genomic testing in 2012 and were pretty conservative about it,” he told me. “The reliability numbers just weren’t high enough to justify betting heavy on any single trait. We focused on steady progress across the board.”

That approach, whether he planned it that way or not, positioned his herd well for different market scenarios. Including this one.

The more recent selectors—those making decisions in 2021-2023—faced different conditions. Genomic reliability had improved to 70-78% on young animals according to CDCB documentation. The tools were more precise. And butterfat prices were at historic highs. The economic signals seemed pretty clear.

Dr. Kent Weigel at UW-Madison, who’s done as much genomic selection research as anyone, puts it this way: “When you’re looking at butterfat premiums that high, and you’ve got genomic tools with that kind of reliability, the math seems obvious. The challenge is that nobody can reliably predict commodity prices five to seven years out. The genetics will do what the genetics do. Markets are another matter.”

Both approaches made sense given what people knew at the time. That’s important to acknowledge.

The Breed Diversity Conversation

There’s been more discussion lately about genetic diversity in Holsteins, and it deserves thoughtful consideration. Not alarm, not dismissal—just honest assessment.

The breed has achieved remarkable progress. CDCB’s periodic genetic base adjustments document substantial merit increases. That’s a real achievement, and we shouldn’t lose sight of it.

But that progress has come alongside increasing genetic concentration. Dr. Chad Dechow at Penn State has researched this extensively—his work in the Journal of Dairy Science shows Holstein inbreeding levels around 8% on average now, with young bulls running somewhat higher at 9-10%.

“What we’re seeing is the natural consequence of intense selection on a relatively narrow genetic base,” Dr. Dechow explains. “The bulls ranking highest on TPI and NM$ tend to be related to each other, so when everyone selects from the top of the list, inbreeding accumulates. It’s not a crisis yet, but it’s a trend worth monitoring.”

The Hidden Cost of Genetic Progress: Why Inbreeding Now Costs $23 Per Percentage Point Per Cow

It’s worth noting that we’re not alone in grappling with this. Dairy industries in New Zealand and across the EU have been addressing similar questions about genetic diversity within their own populations. The Dutch, in particular, have invested significantly in maintaining broader genetic bases in their Holstein-Friesian herds, and there’s been interesting research coming out of Wageningen on balancing selection intensity with diversity preservation. Different systems, different approaches—but the underlying challenge is universal when you’re selecting intensely from elite genetics.

The practical effects show up gradually. Published research from several groups—Pryce’s team in 2014 and Smith’s in 2019, both in the Journal of Dairy Science—has documented that each percentage point of inbreeding correlates with roughly 0.2-0.3 additional days in the calving interval. Not dramatic on its own. But it compounds over time, as many of us have seen.

What’s encouraging is that tools now exist to proactively manage this. CDCB publishes Expected Future Inbreeding scores through uscdcb.com that help identify high-merit genetics with less relationship to your existing herd. Several AI organizations have built mating programs around this. These are practical solutions for folks who want to stay ahead of the trend.

What Seems to Be Working

I’ve had a lot of conversations with producers and consultants across the Midwest and Northeast over the past year. Some patterns keep coming up among operations that seem to be navigating current conditions well.

Letting Economic Indices Do the Heavy Lifting

The operations that appear best positioned aren’t chasing whatever component pays best this month. They’re using economic indices—particularly Net Merit $—as their primary guide.

What makes NM$ useful is that USDA updates those economic weights periodically based on current conditions. Yes, those updates lag the market somewhat—as the April 2025 revision illustrates—but over time, the adjustments provide more systematic hedging than trying to guess where prices will be in five years.

A producer I know in Sheboygan County, Wisconsin—400-cow operation—made this shift about three years back. “We used to lean into whatever component was paying well,” he said. “Now we focus on NM$ and let the index handle the economic weighting. Our genetic progress has actually been more consistent.”

You hear variations of this story across different regions. California, Upper Midwest, Northeast—the specifics vary, but the principle holds.

Rethinking Replacement Economics

Here’s something that’s changed the math for a lot of operations—and it ties directly to one of the biggest structural shifts in our industry.

With heifer prices sustained at $3,000-$4,000 across many markets, herd turnover economics look dramatically different than they did five years ago. USDA data shows a 75% increase in heifer prices from April 2023 to mid-2025, moving from $1,720 per head to over $3,000—reaching unprecedented levels.

The driver? The beef-on-dairy trend has fundamentally reshaped our replacement pipeline. According to CoBank’s August 2025 analysis, dairy replacement heifer inventories have fallen to a 20-year low and could shrink by an estimated 800,000 head through 2026-2027 before beginning to recover. The National Association of Animal Breeders tracked the shift: of 9.7 million units of beef semen sold in 2024, 7.9 million went to dairy farmers—up from 5 million of 7.2 million units in 2020.

The Replacement Reckoning: How 800,000 Missing Heifers Reshape Genetic Strategy

The Financial Reality

Any genetic strategy conversation has to acknowledge what most of us are actually dealing with. Dairy farms generally run on tight margins with real debt service obligations. That’s just the reality.

Annual summaries consistently document substantial debt across dairy operations. When milk prices run in that $22-23 per cwt range—roughly where USDA forecasts have pointed for early 2025—margins support current operations but don’t leave much cushion for experiments.

Dr. Weigel acknowledges this: “You have to be realistic about financial constraints. The best genetic strategy doesn’t matter if it creates a cash flow problem. For most operations, the answer is gradual adjustment—incorporating diversity and health traits incrementally while maintaining production genetics that support current obligations.”

What seems to work is matching the strategy to your actual situation:

If you’ve got some balance sheet flexibility: Consider incorporating Expected Future Inbreeding scores in selection. Explore health trait emphasis. Build reserves that give you room to adjust.

If margins are tighter: Focus first on extending herd life to reduce replacement costs. Use economic indices rather than chasing component premiums. Address refinancing conversations while conditions are favorable.

Both approaches make sense—they just align with the circumstances.

(For more on this dynamic, see our previous coverage: “America’s 800,000-Heifer Crisis: How Chasing Beef Premiums Broke Our Replacement Pipeline“)

The calculation that keeps coming up: extending herd average from 2.2 to 2.5 lactations through improved fertility and health genetics can reduce heifer purchases by 10-15%. On a 500-cow operation, that potentially keeps $100,000-$150,000 annually in the business rather than flowing out for replacements.

The genetic tools to support this exist. Productive Life and Livability carry reasonable genomic reliability. The daughter pregnancy rate directly influences how long cows stay productive. It’s a different way of thinking about genetic investment—through cost reduction rather than just chasing more production.

Taking Health Traits Seriously

This is one area where the tools have really improved. Modern genomic evaluations include predictions for health traits that weren’t reliably measurable a decade ago. CDCB documentation shows mastitis resistance predictions now achieving around 40% reliability. Lower than production traits, sure, but meaningful enough for selection purposes.

Research from Canadian dairy genetics programs—including University of Guelph work in the Journal of Dairy Science—has documented that herds emphasizing health traits can achieve substantially lower lifetime antibiotic use alongside improved productive life. The economic benefit often runs $150-200 per cow annually when you factor in reduced vet costs and culling.

Dr. Filippo Miglior at Lactanet Canada sees this as the emerging opportunity: “Health traits are where I think we’ll see the most practical progress over the next decade. The genomic tools have become reliable enough for meaningful selection, and the economic payback is real even when it’s harder to see on individual milk checks.”

That resonates with what I’ve seen on farms.

The Export Picture—And Why Protein Is Becoming the Bottleneck

One more piece worth understanding, because it adds important context to the milk composition discussion.

U.S. cheese exports are on a historic run. According to the U.S. Dairy Export Council, 2024 set a new record at 508,808 metric tons—the first time ever exceeding 1 billion pounds. That’s 17% above the previous record set in 2022. As USDEC president Krysta Harden noted, “U.S. suppliers posted record-high cheese exports, strengthened their presence across Latin America, lifted U.S. dairy export value, and demonstrated their commitment to global markets.”

U.S. suppliers set records in several key markets in 2024, including Mexico, Central America, South America, and the Caribbean. Strong demand continues across Asia, particularly in Southeast Asian markets.

Here’s why this matters for milk composition: cheese production is protein-limited, not fat-limited. When we’re shipping record volumes of cheese overseas—and new processing capacity keeps coming online—protein becomes the bottleneck. Our current high-fat, relatively lower-protein milk actually creates challenges for exporters trying to maximize cheese output.

So while we’ve been genetically optimizing for butterfat premiums, the export market that’s driving so much of our growth needs protein. That’s not to say fat doesn’t matter—it absolutely does, especially for butter exports, which rebounded strongly in 2024 with AMF shipments more than doubling year-over-year according to USDEC data. But it does suggest that balanced milk composition may have more strategic value than we’ve been pricing in.

Dr. Mark Stephenson at UW-Madison, who directs dairy policy analysis, notes that “the export growth reflects genuine U.S. competitiveness on price and quality. Maintaining that position long-term depends partly on genetic resources—having flexibility to produce milk that meets diverse market specifications.”

As we compete globally, our ability to produce milk suited to different end uses becomes a competitive factor. Our genetic flexibility—or lack of it—shapes what market opportunities we can pursue.

Some Questions Worth Asking Yourself

As genetics selected in 2023-2024 move toward full expression in 2026-2028, there’s time to evaluate where you stand.

  • What’s happening with inbreeding in your herd? CDCB provides coefficients at uscdcb.com, and AI organizations often do herd-level analysis. If you’re trending toward 8-9%, it might be worth a conversation with your genetic advisor.
  • How balanced is your selection emphasis? Heavy concentration in any single area creates market exposure. Looking at where you stand across production, health, and fertility gives a useful perspective.
  • What’s your replacement rate telling you? Elevated involuntary culling often signals underlying fertility or health issues that compound over time. Sometimes it’s worth addressing root causes at the genetic level.
  • How dependent is your milk check on specific premiums? Understanding what happens if butterfat premiums compress further helps inform genetic emphasis going forward.

Looking Ahead

  • Timing matters as much as trait selection. That 5-7 year expression cycle means today’s decisions meet future conditions we can’t fully predict. October’s record butterfat illustrates this pretty clearly.
  • Even index formulas chase prices. The April 2025 NM$ update increased butterfat emphasis based on recent high prices—just as those prices were softening. It’s a reminder that all our tools are, to some degree, backward-looking.
  • Economic indices still offer systematic hedging. Despite their limitations, NM$ balances multiple trait values and adjusts as conditions change. Generally beats trying to forecast commodity prices years out on your own.
  • Breed diversity warrants attention. Progress has been remarkable, and tools exist to balance improvement with diversity maintenance. Expected Future Inbreeding scores make this practical.
  • The heifer shortage is real and structural. With replacements at 20-year lows and 800,000 fewer heifers projected through 2026-2027, extending productive life through genetics has never been more valuable.
  • Protein matters more than we’ve been pricing. Record cheese exports mean protein is increasingly the bottleneck. Balanced composition may have strategic value beyond what component premiums currently reflect.
  • Assessment time is now through 2026. Genetics selected will fully express in a few years. Evaluating your positioning while there’s time for adjustments makes sense.

The Bottom Line

Today’s genomic tools are genuinely more capable than anything we’ve had before. What experience keeps teaching us is that effective use requires careful consideration of timing, market uncertainty, and the development of genetic flexibility that works across different conditions. The producers who seem to navigate these cycles best tend to balance ambition with appropriate humility about what any of us can actually predict.

For ongoing coverage of genetic trends, market analysis, and practical strategies, visit www.thebullvine.com.

Resource Note

CDCB offers several free tools at uscdcb.com—Expected Future Inbreeding scores, individual inbreeding coefficients, and genetic evaluations across production, health, and fertility. Your AI rep can help interpret these for your situation. Most organizations can also pull a herd-level inbreeding trend report that shows where you’ve been heading over the past several breeding cycles.

Key Takeaways:

  • Timing beats genetics: The $3 butterfat genetics you selected in 2021-2022 are now producing into a $2.50 market—the 5-7 year cycle creates risk no breeding decision can fully hedge
  • Even the indices lag: April 2025’s Net Merit $ revision increased fat emphasis based on recent high prices—just as those prices softened. All tools look backward.
  • Productive life is the new ROI: Heifer inventories at 20-year lows and 800,000 fewer replacements through 2027 mean extending herd life now pays faster than chasing production gains
  • Protein is the emerging bottleneck: Record 2024 cheese exports—first year over 1 billion pounds—mean processors need balanced composition more than current component premiums suggest
  • Your window is now through 2026: Genetics selected today will fully express by 2028-2030. Assess your herd’s positioning while adjustment time remains.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The Triple Cushion Trap: Why 2025’s Strong Margins Won’t Save You in 2026

Three things propping up your dairy. All temporary. The window to reposition closes in weeks, not months.

Executive Summary: Three temporary forces are keeping mid-size dairies profitable: beef-on-dairy premiums, cheap feed, and strong margins. All three face pressure by late 2026. Here’s the structural problem underneath: the U.S. herd has grown to 9.58 million head—highest since 1993—while only 2.5 million heifers are expected to calve in 2025, the lowest in 22 years of USDA tracking. Producers are stretching the cow productive life to cover the gap. That strategy has a ceiling, and we’re approaching it. When the cushions deflate, operations with costs above $20/cwt face margin compression that could erase six figures annually. The window to act—contract review, strategic herd adjustment, revenue diversification—is weeks, not months.

Something unusual is happening in U.S. dairy right now. Mid-size operations are stacking up real financial advantages from multiple directions at once—beef-on-dairy premiums, cheaper feed, and risk management support all landing in the same year. We haven’t seen this kind of alignment since around 2014.

That’s the good news.

Here’s what should concern you: three temporary economic cushions are masking a structural transformation that will reshape this entire industry. The producers who understand what’s actually happening—and position now—will come out ahead. Those who don’t may find out the hard way that 2025’s profits were a trap.

The Three Cushions (And Why They Won’t Last)

Cushion #1: Beef-on-Dairy Revenue

The beef-cross breeding revolution has fundamentally changed calf economics. Market experts like Mike North of Ever.Ag report some beef-on-dairy calves bringing close to $1,000 just a few days after birth—a world away from the often double-digit prices traditional dairy bull calves have brought in many markets over the years.

For a 500-cow operation running a meaningful percentage of beef breedings, that’s tens of thousands of dollars in additional annual revenue that simply didn’t exist five years ago.

“Those beef calves are paying my property taxes and then some.” — Wisconsin dairy producer

Why do these premiums exist? Simple supply and demand. USDA’s January 2025 Cattle Inventory Report shows total cattle at 86.7 million head—the lowest since 1951. Beef cows were at about 27.9 million, the fewest since 1961. When feeder cattle supplies are this tight, dairy-beef crosses fill a real gap.

The part that can sneak up on you: Canadian and U.S. cattle market outlooks in 2025 point to the early stages of beef herd rebuilding, with some analysts expecting modest beef cow number increases to start showing up in 2026. When that happens, feeder prices will likely soften. Your high-value beef calves may not stay quite so high-value.

Cushion #2: Cheap Feed

What’s encouraging on the cost side: USDA’s August 2025 DMC calculations showed feed costs at $9.38 per hundredweight—the lowest since October 2020. Corn’s been averaging around $4.00 per bushel based on the USDA’s recent estimates. That puts feed at roughly 45% of the milk check versus the 50-55% range that usually squeezes margins hard.

As recent USDA-based reports have highlighted, premium alfalfa has ranged from about $175 per ton in Idaho to around $380 per ton in Pennsylvania, depending on region and quality. If you’re in a favorable feed region, you’re feeling some real breathing room right now.

What could change: Any return to $5.00-plus corn—and remember, we saw that as recently as 2022—would add meaningful cost back to your operation. For a mid-size dairy, we’re talking six figures in additional annual expense. Weather remains the wildcard nobody can predict.

Feed costs are low—until they aren’t. Corn at $4.00/bushel in 2025 feels stable, but the 2021–22 spike above $6.50 cost a 350-cow operation over $120,000 in additional annual expense. The window to build working capital reserves closes fast when everyone realizes the risk at the same time.

Cushion #3: DMC Payments

Dairy Margin Coverage provided solid support through 2024 and into early 2025. With margins now above the $9.50 trigger at standard coverage levels, payments have become more intermittent.

Worth remembering: DMC is insurance, not income. When margins compress, the safety net helps—but it won’t save an operation that’s structurally unprofitable at the cost levels it’s running.

The Paradox: How Do You Grow a Herd While Running Out of Replacements?

Here’s what should keep you up at night.

The U.S. dairy herd has grown to about 9.58 million head according to the USDA’s October 2025 Milk Production Report—the highest since 1993. Meanwhile, replacement heifer inventory has fallen to 3.914 million head, the lowest since 1978.

The Replacement Crisis: Record Herd, Historic Low Heifers

And the number that really matters: only 2.5 million heifers are projected to calve in 2025—the lowest in the 22-year history of USDA tracking this metric.

The math doesn’t work long-term. Producers everywhere are extending cow productive life to cover the gap—keeping older, proven cows in the milking string rather than cycling through replacements. USDA reports replacement cow prices up 29% year-over-year to $2,660 per head in January 2025.

That strategy has a ceiling. We’re approaching it.

Real Numbers From a Working Operation

Meet “Heartland Family Dairy”—a composite I’ve put together based on conversations with producers across Wisconsin and Pennsylvania. 350 cows, second-generation, parents approaching retirement.

MetricTheir Numbers
Milk revenue$1.65 million/year at $20.50/cwt
Beef-cross calf revenue$35,000-40,000
Operating costs$20.48/cwt
Annual debt service$175,000
Working capital6-8 weeks

On paper, they’re breaking even. The cushions are keeping them viable.

The question: What happens when beef premiums slip? When feed costs spike? When milk prices compress?

If multiple cushions deflate at once—and that’s entirely plausible for 2026-2027—operations running costs above $20/cwt are going to feel real pressure. The kind of pressure that forces hard decisions.

The Benchmarks That Separate Survivors From Everyone Else

Jason Karszes, the dairy farm management specialist with Cornell University’s PRO-DAIRY program, has been studying profitability patterns for years. His finding that sticks with me most:

A well-managed 150-cow dairy in the top profitability quartile often earns more annual profit than a poorly-managed 500-cow dairy in the bottom quartile—sometimes by $100,000 or more.

Scale matters. Management matters more. That’s actually encouraging if you think about it.

Where Do You Stand?

Survivor ZoneDanger Zone
Operating costs below $18.50/cwtOperating costs above $20.00/cwt
Labor efficiency 50+ cows/FTEBelow 45 cows/FTE
Production 26,000+ lbs/cowBelow 24,000 lbs
Cull rates 30-33%Above 38%
Debt-to-asset below 50%Above 60%
Working capital 6+ monthsBelow 3 months

Component optimization matters too. USDA’s November 2025 data shows butterfat at $1.71 per pound, protein at $3.01 per pound. Butterfat has come down from the highs we saw in late 2023, but current component prices still reward higher butterfat and protein performance. Top-component herds consistently see a noticeably higher milk check per cow than herds running average components—money that doesn’t depend on base milk price.

Performance TierButterfat %Protein %Annual Revenue/Cow
Average herd3.80%3.05%$4,510
Above-average herd4.10%3.25%$4,685
Top-quartile herd4.40%3.50%$4,875

Operations hitting these benchmarks can weather significant margin compression. Those falling short face difficult decisions regardless of herd size. That’s the terrain we’re all working with now.

Three Moves to Make Before Year-End

The coming weeks offer a window for strategic repositioning. Here’s what I’m hearing from advisors, lenders, and producers who’ve navigated tough cycles before.

Move #1: Get Your Milk Contract Reviewed

Cost: $1,500-$3,000 for a professional review. ROI: Avoiding liability exposure that could cost you many times that amount.

Before December 31, verify:

  • Written volume guarantees with clear pricing formulas
  • Liability caps at reasonable levels
  • Termination provisions with 60-90 day notice minimums
  • Whether coordinating with neighbors creates negotiating leverage

Verbal understandings don’t hold up when things get tight. An agricultural attorney familiar with dairy contracts will spot issues you’ll miss.

Move #2: Run the Numbers on Strategic Herd Reduction

This feels counterintuitive. Hear me out.

Cull cow prices are near record levels—USDA-based forecasts suggest 2025 average prices around $145 per cwt, following a record annual average near $127 per cwt in 2024. Replacement heifers averaging $2,660 per head. A 400-cow operation reducing to 300 head can generate substantial cull revenue while improving per-cow profitability and labor efficiency.

A producer in Pennsylvania described it to me as “right-sizing rather than downsizing.” She dropped from 280 to 220 cows. Net income actually improved because labor costs fell faster than revenue.

This isn’t a retreat. It’s repositioning—setting yourself up to rebuild selectively when heifer prices moderate, probably sometime in 2027-2028 if current trends continue.

Move #3: Diversify Revenue Streams

Operations capturing additional value through beef genetics contracts, component premiums, and quality programs are building resilience that pure commodity producers don’t have.

Options worth exploring:

  • Direct relationships with feeders for documented-genetics calves (premium pricing for known sires and health records)
  • Component value pricing from processors paying separately on butterfat and protein
  • Quality premiums through SCC management and milk quality certifications

For Heartland Family Dairy, executing two of these three moves could shift their position from “surviving on cushions” to “sustainable regardless of market conditions.”

The Performance Factor Nobody Talks About

Here’s something the spreadsheets miss: you can’t manage a 500-cow herd effectively if you’re burning out.

Research led by Dr. Andria Jones-Bitton at the University of Guelph has documented that farmers experience significantly elevated stress, anxiety, depression, and burnout compared to the general population. The 3 a.m. payment worries, the strain on marriages, the guilt about whether to encourage the kids toward this business or away from it—this isn’t just personal. It’s a management problem.

Burned-out operators make worse decisions. They miss the cull that should have happened. They defer maintenance. They don’t catch the fresh cow problem early enough. Mental health directly impacts the benchmarks that determine whether your operation survives.

The business case for planned transitions: Farm transition specialists consistently report that families who plan their exits while they still have equity and control over timing preserve significantly more wealth than those forced into distressed sales. The difference can be substantial.

Both staying and exiting can be the right choices. The wrong choice is drifting into a decision you didn’t make.

The Industry in 2030

The direction is reasonably clear, even if the exact numbers aren’t. Continued consolidation. Larger operations are capturing a larger share of production. Southwest and Northern Plains are gaining ground. Traditional dairy regions in the Upper Midwest and Northeast are under ongoing pressure.

Operations that can consistently cash flow in the high teens per hundredweight generally have far more flexibility than those needing $20-plus milk just to break even—especially in a more volatile pricing environment.

Bottom Line

For operations committed to long-term dairy:

  • Audit costs against survivor benchmarks. Sub-$18.50/cwt is the target.
  • Get contracts reviewed before year-end
  • Build 12-18 months working capital
  • Run the strategic herd reduction numbers

For operations weighing options:

  • Strong cull prices and land values favor orderly transitions now
  • Have the succession conversation before a crisis forces it
  • December 2025 positioning beats mid-2026

For everyone:

  • The industry is restructuring, not just cycling
  • Decisions made in the next few months shape outcomes for years
  • Make an active choice before circumstances choose for you

The cushions won’t last. The question isn’t whether the industry restructures—it’s whether you’ll be positioned favorably when it does.

For families like Heartland Family Dairy, the next few months matter more than usual. The decisions aren’t easy. But they’re a lot easier to make while you still have choices.

“Heartland Family Dairy” is a composite based on producer conversations across Wisconsin, Pennsylvania, and other traditional dairy regions. Financial scenarios reflect real conditions facing mid-size operations in late 2025. Work with your own advisors for decisions specific to your situation.

Key Takeaways 

  • Three cushions. All temporary. Beef premiums, cheap feed, and strong margins—all face pressure by late 2026
  • The paradox nobody’s solving: Biggest U.S. herd since 1993. Fewest heifers to calve in 22 years. The math has an expiration date.
  • Know your cost. Operations above $20/cwt face real pressure when cushions deflate. Where do you stand?
  • Three moves before December 31: Contract review. Herd right-sizing numbers. Component premium strategy.
  • Weeks, not months. Reposition now while you still have choices—or react later when you don’t.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Your Fresh Cow Problems Started 6 Weeks Ago: The $70K Dry Period Fix

Metritis Day 5 = Dry pen Day -45. Elite dairies know this. Average dairies pay $70K/year, learning it the hard way. Which are you?

Executive Summary: That fresh cow disease you’re treating today started 6 weeks ago in your dry pen. Research from Barry Bradford at Michigan State and Jessica McArt at Cornell confirms that immune suppression begins around Day -35 and hits bottom at calving—by the time metritis appears on Day 5, the conditions were established on Day -45. This timing gap costs average 400-cow dairies $50,000-$70,000 annually in treatment, lost milk, and reproductive failure. Elite operations running disease rates below 10% have figured this out: instead of reacting to fresh cow problems, they invest upstream in negative DCAD diets (-100 to -150 mEq/kg), dry pen density management, and teat sealants that cut infection rates by 52-70%. Farms making this shift typically see disease rates drop from 35-40% to under 20% within a year. The dry period isn’t downtime between lactations—it’s where your transition success or failure gets decided.

The farms with the best fresh-cow outcomes aren’t doing more in the fresh pen—they’re obsessing over the dry pen.

I know that feels backwards. We pour so much energy into treating ketosis, monitoring for metritis, and dealing with fresh-cow problems after they show up. But here’s what the research keeps telling us: by the time you see disease in the fresh pen, the damage was done 4-6 weeks earlier. That metritis case on Day 5? It started around Day -45.

Work from Cornell and other land-grant universities puts the cost of preventable fresh-cow disease at $50,000 to $70,000 annually for a 400-cow dairy. Elite operations running disease rates below 10% capture that value. Average operations? They’re paying what amounts to a “mediocrity tax” every single year.

So what are the top performers actually doing differently? That’s what we’re digging into.

Disease Rate CategoryFresh Cow Disease RateAnnual Cases (400 cows)Cost per CaseTotal Annual Loss
Elite Performance10%40$450$18,000
High Performance15%60$450$27,000
Industry Average35%140$450$63,000
Poor Performance40%160$450$72,000

The Real Cost—It’s Bigger Than You Think

Garrett Oetzel at Wisconsin has documented how transition costs cascade, and the numbers are worth understanding. Treatment for metritis, mastitis, and clinical ketosis runs $80-$150 per case. But that’s just the visible part.

Lost milk hits harder. Jessica McArt’s research team at Cornell found that subclinical ketosis (BHBA ≥1.2 mmol/L) decreased milk production by 0.5 kg/day during the first 30 days of lactation. And here’s what caught my attention: each 0.1 mmol/L increase in BHBA also raised the risk of displaced abomasum and early culling. That’s not a sick cow for a week—that’s damage following her through the entire lactation.

Reproduction takes a hit, too. Research from Overton’s group at Cornell showed cows with elevated NEFA or BHBA had 13-19% lower pregnancy probability within 70 days of the voluntary waiting period. At roughly $4 per day open, you can see how the math compounds pretty quickly.

Mortality clusters early. Industry data consistently shows dairy cow deaths are disproportionately concentrated in the early lactation period, with transition complications as a leading cause.

When you add it all up, the total cost per case of transition disease ranges from $300 to $700, depending on severity and what else goes wrong downstream.

Here’s a quick way to see what this might mean for your operation:

Herd size × disease rate × $450 = annual transition losses

400 cows at 38% disease rate: 400 × 0.38 × $450 = $68,400/year

400 cows at 15% disease rate: 400 × 0.15 × $450 = $27,000/year

The difference: over $41,000 in recoverable value—not theoretical savings.

The $115 treatment you see vs the $385 in damage you don’t.

“Most producers don’t calculate these costs because they’re scattered across multiple categories,” Tom Overton at Cornell has observed. “The treatment expense is visible. The lost milk shows up gradually. The impact of reproduction doesn’t surface for months. But when you put it all together, transition disease is often the single largest controllable cost on the dairy.

That’s worth sitting with for a minute.

The Biology: What’s Actually Happening

Here’s where things get interesting—and where the conventional approach starts to look incomplete.

Barry Bradford (now at Michigan State) and Lorraine Sordillo have mapped the immune trajectory around calving in considerable detail. The timeline matters more than most of us realized.

The Immune Suppression Timeline

TimeframeWhat’s Happening
Day -35 to -21Inflammatory responses triggered by rapid fetal growth begin suppressing immune function
Day -21 to -7Metabolic stress intensifies as the cow shifts into negative energy balance; feed changes disrupt rumen microbiota
Day -7 to calvingEnvironmental stressors peak—overcrowding, pen moves, and heat stress all compound the immune suppression
Day 0 to +3Immune function hits its lowest point—this is when infections take hold
Day +5 to +14Clinical disease appears—but the conditions were set weeks earlier

As Bradford explains it: “The inflammatory cascade that compromises immune function starts with fetal cortisol release and metabolic changes that happen well before we see clinical signs. By the time a cow develops metritis on Day 7, the conditions that allowed that infection were established three to four weeks earlier.

By the time you’re treating disease, immune collapse happened 10 days ago.

The implication is pretty clear: you can’t fix fresh-cow disease in the fresh pen. You prevent it in the dry pen.

From what I’ve observed across Midwest and Northeast operations, average farms dedicate 60-70% of transition attention to fresh cows and maybe 25-35% to dry cows. The elite performers? They often flip that ratio entirely.

What High Performers Actually Do

When you talk to veterinarians, nutritionists, and managers at farms achieving consistently strong transition outcomes, certain patterns keep showing up.

Measurement Discipline

The biggest difference between average and elite isn’t fancy technology—it’s measurement.

Top farms track fresh-cow disease weekly by condition. They compare the first DHI test against genetic expectations. They run BHBA blood tests to catch subclinical ketosis before it becomes clinical. They review days open monthly with their vet team.

Average farms? Most can’t tell you their actual disease rate. They’re estimating. And you probably know this already, but without measurement, it’s nearly impossible to know if you’re improving—or to identify which interventions are actually working.

“The farms that turn this around always start the same way,” Jessica McArt has observed. “They commit to measuring outcomes systematically before they change anything else. You need that baseline, or you’re just guessing.

Written Protocols

This sounds almost too simple, but elite operations develop written disease definitions and treatment protocols with their veterinarians. Exact criteria for each condition. Standardized treatments. Clear escalation triggers.

Why does this matter so much? Consistency. It doesn’t depend on who’s working that day. It’s a repeatable process that survives staff turnover—and staff always turns over eventually.

Dedicated Monitoring Time

Here’s where commitment becomes tangible. High-performing farms dedicate 1.5-2 hours daily specifically to fresh-cow monitoring. Structured screening with documented results—not casual observation while doing other tasks.

The daily routine typically includes appetite assessment, attitude evaluation, discharge observation, udder examination, and locomotion scoring. Results get to the manager each morning for same-day decisions.

Catching subclinical ketosis on Day 3 rather than clinical ketosis on Day 7 changes outcomes dramatically. But you can’t catch what you’re not systematically looking for.

Dry-Period Investments That Pay Forward

Farms achieving elite transition outcomes share common approaches to dry-period management. This is where the real leverage exists—and where I often see the widest gap between what farms think they’re accomplishing and what’s actually happening.

Nutrition Fundamentals

Negative DCAD diets for close-up cows—most commonly targeting -100 to -150 mEq/kg—keep calcium metabolism on track through calving. Jose Santos’ 2019 meta-analysis of 42 experiments in the Journal of Dairy Science found that negative DCAD significantly reduces hypocalcemia, retained placenta, and metritis while improving postpartum feed intake and milk yield in multiparous cows.

DCAD Program ElementTarget RangeMonitoring MethodFrequencyOut-of-Spec Consequence
Dietary DCAD-100 to -150 mEq/kgRation analysisMonthlyInadequate calcium mobilization
Urine pH (Holstein)5.5 to 6.0pH strips or meterWeekly (10-12 cows)Program not working – adjust immediately
Urine pH (Jersey)5.8 to 6.2pH strips or meterWeekly (10-12 cows)Higher target than Holsteins – breed difference
Vitamin E2,000-3,000 IU/daySupplement auditWeeklyImmune function compromised
Selenium0.5-1.0 mg/daySupplement audit + blood testWeekly audit / Quarterly bloodRetained placenta risk increases 35%

Some operations target more aggressive levels (-150 to -200 mEq/kg), particularly in higher-risk multiparous cows. The key is monitoring urine pH weekly to verify cows are responding appropriately—target urine pH of 5.5-6.0 for Holsteins indicates the program is working. Assumptions about ration performance tend to drift from reality over time.

Vitamin E and selenium supplementation (2,000-3,000 IU vitamin E daily; 0.5-1.0 mg selenium) supports immune function heading into calving. Cost: $2- $5 per cow, monthly.

“The mineral piece is where I see the biggest gap between what farms think they’re doing and what’s actually happening,” Bill Weiss at Ohio State has noted. “Testing forage mineral content and adjusting supplementation—it sounds basic, but most farms don’t do it consistently.

Density Management

Overcrowding during the dry period—exceeding 100-110% of bunk space and lying area—creates chronic stress that suppresses immune function. Research from Rick Grant at the Miner Institute shows cows in overcrowded dry pens eat less, have elevated cortisol, and reduced lying times.

Regional considerations matter here. Heat stress complicates close-up management significantly in the Southeast, where summer humidity compounds the metabolic burden. Large Western operations face different scale challenges around pen design and monitoring logistics. Upper Midwest farms deal with seasonal extremes in both housing and nutrition.

The fundamentals stay consistent, but the application requires regional adaptation.

Teat Sealants at Dry-Off

One of the highest-ROI interventions that’s still underutilized on many farms.

Meta-analyses in Animal Health Research Reviews show that internal teat sealants reduce new intramammary infections during the dry period by 52-70% when used with proper technique. Simon Dufour’s 2019 analysis showed a 52% reduction in risk compared with untreated controls.

The math: $10-$20 per cow prevents infections costing $300-$500 to treat post-calving.

A Wisconsin producer managing about 1,200 cows shared a story I’ve heard many times: “We fought teat sealants for years because we’d tried them early and had problems. Turned out we were just rushing through, not being careful enough about prep. Once we committed to proper technique and gave people enough time, our fresh cow mastitis dropped by half within a year.

That pattern—initial frustration followed by success after protocol refinement—repeatedly shows up in conversations with producers who eventually embraced the practice.

💡 PRO TIP: How Cohort Grouping Changes the Math

Instead of continuous cow flow through transition pens (animals entering and leaving daily), consider moving to weekly cohort systems. All cows due within a 7-14 day window group together and move as a unit.

Why this works:

  • Reduces social disruption from constant pen changes
  • Allows thorough cleaning between groups
  • Matches capacity to actual weekly calving numbers rather than random peaks

Example: A farm averaging 20 calvings weekly but peaking at 28 needs capacity for 28 under continuous flow. With cohort grouping, the same pen accommodates 20 at near-full utilization, then empties and refills. You often end up with better per-cow space during actual occupancy.

Some farms discover that adjusting herd size to match facility capacity actually improves profitability. A 350-cow dairy at 15% fresh-cow disease may generate better returns than a 400-cow operation struggling with 40% disease in undersized facilities. That’s not always comfortable math to confront, but it’s worth examining honestly.

When Other Priorities Make Sense

I should acknowledge something important here: not every operation is positioned to make transition management their primary focus right now. Farms managing heavy debt, facing generational transitions, or operating in severely compressed markets may reasonably direct capital elsewhere.

A California producer I spoke with recently put it plainly: “We know transition matters, but right now we’re dealing with water costs that threaten our whole operation. First things first.”

That’s a legitimate constraint that deserves respect rather than dismissal.

The question isn’t whether transition management matters—it clearly does—but whether it’s the highest-return use of limited capital for your operation at this specific moment. That’s a calculation each farm needs to make, honestly.

But don’t assume you’re in that category by default. Many farms have more room to improve without major capital investment than they initially think. The first steps—measuring baseline disease rates, writing down protocols, restructuring time allocation—require commitment more than cash.

Realistic Timelines

For producers ready to pursue meaningful improvement, understanding realistic timelines helps maintain momentum when progress feels slow.

Months 1-3: Foundation Baseline measurements, written protocols, daily screening, BHBA testing, and close-up nutrition review. Realistic outcome: Disease drops from 35-40% to 25-30%. Investment: Approximately $5,000-$8,000.

Months 4-12: Optimization Protocol refinement based on emerging data, facility adjustments, and staff training for consistency. Realistic outcome: Disease reaches 18-24%.

Year 2+: Building Culture Transition metrics integrated into regular management review. Genetic selection for health traits. Facility improvements where economically justified. Best performers: 10-15% disease. Most committed: Single digits—but that typically takes 3-5 years of sustained focus.

PhaseTimelineManagement ActionsInvestment RequiredExpected Disease Rate
BaselineWeek 1Measure current disease rate by condition – this is non-negotiable$500 (records + BHBA testing)35-40% (typical average)
FoundationMonths 1-3Written protocols, daily screening, DCAD nutrition review, teat sealants$5,000-$8,00028-32% (visible progress)
OptimizationMonths 4-12Protocol refinement, facility adjustments, staff training for consistency$8,000-$15,00018-24% (the slow middle)
Culture BuildYear 2+Transition metrics in regular mgmt review, genetic selection, dedicated monitoring labor$35,000-$45,000/year (labor)10-15% (high performance)
EliteYear 3-5System becomes self-sustaining, continuous improvement mindset embeddedOngoing operational cost<10% (elite – single digits)

The Labor Reality

Here’s something that deserves honest discussion: sustainable transition improvement requires dedicated labor.Farms that try adding monitoring to already-full staff schedules typically see the effort erode within a few months.

A dedicated fresh-cow monitoring position runs approximately $35,000-$42,000 annually, including benefits. That’s substantial, particularly for smaller operations.

But consider the math differently. Prevented disease losses of $30,000-$50,000 annually often justify the expense within the first year. Add better reproduction and longer productive life, and the investment calculation shifts considerably.

Farms that can’t make this commitment may still achieve meaningful improvement through protocol discipline alone—perhaps reaching 25-28% disease incidence rather than 35-40%. Understanding those realistic ceilings helps set appropriate goals for your situation.

“I tell producers to think about it as an investment decision, not an expense decision,” Tom Overton suggests. “Would you spend $40,000 to capture $50,000 in value? Most would say yes. But when it’s framed as ‘hiring another person,’ suddenly it feels impossible.”

That reframing is worth considering.

Quick Self-Assessment

Before wrapping up, it might be useful to reflect on a few questions:

  • Do you know your actual fresh-cow disease rate by condition? Or are you estimating?
  • What percentage of your transition attention goes to the dry period versus the fresh period?
  • Are treatment protocols written down—or do they depend on who’s working that day?
  • When did you last verify your DCAD program with urine pH testing?
  • If you use teat sealants, are you giving staff adequate time for proper technique?

There’s no judgment in these questions—just an invitation to consider where opportunities might exist.

The Bottom Line

The transition period is where money is made or lost. Farms that measure outcomes, implement protocols, invest appropriately in monitoring, and recognize that the dry period determines fresh-cow success are capturing $30,000-$50,000 in value that average operations leave on the table every year.

The top performers stopped seeing fresh-cow disease as an inevitable form of bad luck. They started seeing it as a management outcome they can actually influence.

The dry period isn’t a holding pattern between lactations. It’s the foundation for everything that follows.

You’re leaving money in the dry pen. Run the numbers this week—or keep paying the “average dairy” tax.

The choice is yours.

Key Takeaways:

  • The timing is backwards: That metritis case on Day 5 started on Day -45. Fresh cow disease begins in the dry pen—not the fresh pen.
  • The cost is massive: Average 400-cow dairies lose $50,000-$70,000 annually to preventable transition disease. Elite herds running <10% disease rates capture that value instead.
  • The solution is upstream: Negative DCAD diets (-100 to -150 mEq/kg), dry pen stocking under 110%, and teat sealants that cut new infections by 52-70%.
  • The results are proven: Disease rates typically drop from 35-40% to under 20% within Year 1. Top performers reach single digits by Year 3—with first-year investments of $5,000-$8,000 returning $30,000-$50,000 in prevented losses.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

She Won’t Win Shows, But She Pays the Bills: The Rise of the $3,000 ‘System Cow.’

The ‘System Cow’ won’t win a banner. But she might save you US$180,000 a year.

When a replacement heifer costs US$3,000, you can’t afford to lose her in Lactation 2. The era of the “disposable cow” is over, and the rise of the “System Cow” has begun.

Walk into a well‑run 1,200‑cow freestall today, and the cows might look different than what many of us grew up admiring. They’re not especially tall or razor‑sharp. They probably wouldn’t turn many heads in the championship ring.

But here’s what matters—they’re the ones quietly paying the bills.

With replacement heifers routinely bringing US$2,800–$3,000 or more, and top lots in California and Minnesota pushing toward US$4,000 at mid‑year 2025 according to CoBank’s latest analysis, the economics of “the ideal cow” have fundamentally shifted.

From Affordable to Alarming: Replacement Heifers Have Nearly Doubled in Five Years

I recently spoke with a producer running about 1,400 cows in the Central Valley who put it simply: the most profitable animal on his dairy isn’t the “prettiest” cow or even the highest single‑day producer. It’s the cow that stays in the system, stays out of trouble, and sticks around long enough to actually pay off her rearing cost.

“The most profitable animal isn’t the prettiest. It’s the one that stays out of trouble.”

The cow bred to fit the way his farm actually runs—not just the breed ideal on paper.

Why Big Herds Need a Different Kind of Cow

Looking at this trend across North America, three pressures keep surfacing in conversations with producers and advisors alike.

First, there’s the replacement cost and the heifer supply situation.

Most of you are living this already, but the numbers bear repeating: we’re in genuinely uncharted territory with heifer values.

CoBank’s August 2025 report pegged dairy replacements at US$3,010 per head nationally, and their modeling suggests heifer inventories won’t meaningfully recover until 2027. High Ground Dairy’s January 2025 numbers showed heifers expected to calve at their lowest level since they started tracking the data.

This isn’t a temporary blip. It reflects years of lower heifer retention and heavy beef‑on‑dairy use catching up with the industry.

Second, there’s the scale and labor reality that large operations face daily.

Once you’re running 700 to 3,000 cows, it becomes nearly impossible for human eyes and hands to catch every fresh cow slip, every mild lameness case, or every quiet heat—particularly given current labor challenges.

A cow requiring special fresh cow management, repeated treatments, or extra handling is simply harder to justify in a high‑throughput freestall or dry lot than she might be in a 60‑stall tie barn where you’re seeing her ten times a day.

Third—and this is where the economics get interesting—productive life calculations are shifting.

Al De Vries, PhD, professor of animal sciences at the University of Florida, has done some of the most thorough work on longevity economics. His 2020 symposium review in the Journal of Dairy Science really changed how many producers think about this.

His analysis, factoring in today’s heifer‑raising costs, cull values, and genetic gains, suggests that the economically optimal productive life in high‑producing systems is often around 5 years, or roughly 4 to 5 lactations. Not two or three.

“When heifers get expensive, keeping good cows longer makes more economic sense.” — Al De Vries, PhD, University of Florida

Most commercial operations still average 2.5–3.5 lactations, with cows leaving early due to transition disease, fertility issues, or lameness. In 2018, data showed that U.S. dairy cows averaged just 35.3 months of productive life.

There’s still a meaningful gap between what’s economically optimal and what’s actually happening in barns across the country.

Now, this doesn’t suggest smaller or grazing herds are doing anything wrong. A 120‑cow pasture‑based operation in New Zealand or Ireland may absolutely want lighter‑framed cows that walk well over long distances and fit seasonal calving patterns.

Different systems, different priorities. But for high‑input, high‑cow‑traffic freestall and dry lot operations, the economics are nudging breeding goals toward a different type of animal.

The Economics of One More Lactation

Why have so many 1,000‑cow dairies started talking about “system cows” rather than “super cows”? The math tells the story.

Research consistently shows that cows don’t really hit their stride until later lactations—yet many herds turn them over before they get there.

The total cost of rearing a heifer from birth to first calving commonly runs in that US$2,000–$2,800 range, depending on feed, labor, and housing system. University of Nebraska‑Lincoln’s 2024 analysis used US$2,500 as a reasonable working figure.

Mature third‑lactation‑plus cows can produce significantly more milk and components than first‑calvers—often 20–25% higher mature‑equivalent yield, along with more stable butterfat performance once they’ve grown into the ration and facility.

Lactation NumberMilk Production (% of Mature Equivalent)Annual Cost to Raise/ReplaceTypical % of HerdEconomic Optimal %
1st Lactation80-85%$2,66035-40%25-30%
2nd Lactation90-95%$2,660 (if culled)25-30%25-30%
3rd Lactation100%$2,660 (if culled)15-20%20-25%
4th+ Lactation100-105%$2,660 (if culled)10-15%20-25%

Here’s what that looks like in a 1,000‑cow herd:

  • At a 35% replacement rate (fairly typical): 350 cows leave each year
  • 350 replacements × US$2,660 = US$931,000/year just on replacements
  • At a 28% replacement rate (achievable with system-fit breeding): 280 cows leave each year
  • 280 replacements × US$2,660 = US$745,000/year on replacements
  • Annual savings: ~US$180,000
Replacement RateAnnual CostSavings vs 35%
35%$931,000$0
32%$851,000$80,000
28%$745,000$186,000
25%$665,000$266,000

That’s before counting the extra milk and components from a higher proportion of mature cows, plus the labor saved by not raising as many heifers.

Reducing the replacement rate from 35% to 28% saves roughly US$180,000 per year in a 1,000-cow herd.

There’s still a valid argument—particularly in seedstock or high‑end genomic programs—for faster turnover to accelerate genetic progress. Some estimates suggest genetic gain per year can be 1–2% higher when generation intervals are shorter.

If you’re selling embryos, bull contracts, or show heifers, that business model makes sense for your operation.

But for a commercial 1,200‑cow freestall milking into a volatile commodity market, the data increasingly suggest that getting cows to stick around for one more productive lactation may offer better returns than pushing a few more pounds of daily milk from animals that leave the herd early.

From “Dairy Triangle” to “Power Rectangle”

On the cow side, one of the clearest visual changes in these herds is a shift in body type—and it’s more than cosmetic.

The “Dairy Triangle”: Tall, angular, sharp. Extreme dairy character. The classic show-ring ideal.

The “Power Rectangle”: Moderate frame, wide chest, strong heart girth, plenty of barrel. Built for capacity and durability.

There’s solid genetic research supporting this shift. A study published in the Czech Journal of Animal Science found negative genetic correlations between stature and longevity traits—in practical terms, tall cows tended to have poorer longevity, especially poorer functional longevity.

A 2021 review in Frontiers in Genetics confirmed this pattern across multiple Holstein populations.

What producers are finding on the ground is that a cow standing in a moderate frame range—but with a wide muzzle, strong heart girth, and plenty of barrel—often fits the system better:

  • She lies and rises more comfortably in standard stall sizes (reducing hock and knee injuries)
  • She handles high‑forage rations better thanks to rumen capacity and lung room
  • She competes well at the feed bunk without being so large that she overloads the flooring or parlor platforms

I’ve heard about operations in Europe that deliberately pulled back from extreme stature in the early 2000s because their tallest cows were over‑represented in the cull list for lameness, calving difficulty, and metabolic issues.

They didn’t stop caring about type—they just shifted toward a balanced, “strong but not towering” cow that fit their cubicles and fresh cow program.

The “Power Rectangle” cow may never win a show, but she pays the bills.

If you’re running a grazing herd in Ireland, New Zealand, or parts of Canada, your ideal shape will naturally look different. Lighter bodyweight, good locomotion on long walks, and the ability to hold condition on grass will rank higher.

The common thread across systems is the same, though—breeding for the cow that fits your operation’s daily work, not simply the tallest cow in the catalog.

Characteristic“Dairy Triangle” (Traditional Show Ideal)“Power Rectangle” (System Cow)
Frame SizeLarge to Very LargeModerate
StatureTall (often 58+ inches)Moderate (54-56 inches)
Body DepthExtreme depthStrong, balanced
Chest WidthNarrow to moderateWide
Heart GirthModerateStrong, wide
Rumen CapacityModerateHigh – handles forage
Stall Fit (Standard 48″)Often oversizedExcellent fit
Lameness RiskHigher (research-backed)Lower (longevity data)
Avg. Productive Life2.5-3.0 lactations4.0-5.0 lactations
Show Ring Success ⚠High – wins bannersLow – rarely places
System Durability ⚠Lower – early cullingHigh – pays bills

Lameness: The Hidden Profit Leak and Labor Drain

This is one area where research and barn experience align uncomfortably well. Lameness costs more than most of us would like to acknowledge, it’s more common than casual observation suggests, and it’s hard on both cows and people.

The real cost per case:

  • Penn State Extension’s 2023 analysis: US$336.91 average per case
  • University of Calgary’s bioeconomic model: €307.50 (US$330)
  • Simpler estimates: US$90–$300 range

Once you factor in treatment, milk loss, reproductive impact, and increased culling risk, the comprehensive numbers tend to land in the US$300–$350 range.

Cost CategoryConservative EstimateResearch-Backed EstimateNotes
Treatment & Labor$90$110Hoof trimming, NSAID, bandages, extra handling time
Milk Production Loss$50$75Reduced DMI and days at suboptimal production
Reproductive Impact$40$65Delayed breeding, lower conception rate, longer calving interval
Increased Culling Risk$120$87Lame cows 2-4× more likely to be culled vs. sound cows
TOTAL Per Case$300$337Penn State 2023: $336.91 avg | U Calgary: $330 equivalent

Jan Shearer, DVM, MS, professor emeritus at Iowa State University—who has probably done more work on cattle lameness than anyone in North America—has observed that lameness remains the most important welfare and economic issue affecting dairy cattle.

Part of the challenge? So many cases go undetected until they’re advanced.

The detection gap is real:

  • Farmers typically estimate single‑digit lameness prevalence
  • Trained observers doing formal locomotion scoring identify 20–30% of cows as clinically lame
  • Iowa State’s extension data shows industry prevalence averaging 20–25%
  • A large German cross‑sectional study found farmers catching only 24–45% of their lame cows
  • An Australian study found farmers estimating 5% when systematic scoring showed 19%

Farmers catch only about one in four lame cows compared to systematic scoring.

What’s particularly noteworthy is that the most expensive cows often aren’t the obvious “three‑legged” ones. They’re the cows at locomotion score 2 or 3—just off enough that they eat fewer meals, take longer to get in calf, and show up more often in the trim chute—but not so obviously lame that they get flagged early.

The labor burden nobody talks about:

Every cow needing extra fetching to the parlor, careful handling in the trim chute, or repeated NSAID and bandage checks draws time from staff who are already stretched thin.

In a 1,000‑cow herd, even a modest reduction in lameness incidence—say, from 25% to 18%—translates to roughly 70 fewer lameness cases per year.

That means fewer hospital‑pen days, fewer after‑hours treatments, and less burnout for your best people.

That’s why many large herds are paying closer attention to feet and leg composites, direct claw health indexes where available, and wellness indices that include lameness risk alongside mastitis, metritis, displaced abomasum, and ketosis.

Making Better Use of Indexes, Not Throwing Them Out

With all this focus on system fit, some producers wonder where that leaves long‑standing tools like Net Merit and TPI.

What’s encouraging is that the indexes themselves are evolving to reflect much of this thinking.

Net Merit 2025 updates (per USDA ARS):

  • Still weights milk, fat, and protein yields heavily
  • Now includes feed saved, fertility, productive life, somatic cell score, and calving ability
  • Applies a negative weight on body weight composite—nudging selection toward moderate‑sized cows
  • CDCB confirmed body weight composite received more negative emphasis in this revision

TPI balances production and type with functional traits and gets updated periodically as new traits come online.

Beyond these established indexes, commercial health or wellness indices—bundling mastitis, lameness, metritis, retained placenta, DA, and ketosis into a single economic value—have shown promise in identifying animals likely to incur lower lifetime health costs.

What I’m seeing producers do with this toolbox:

  1. Start with Net Merit or TPI as a broad profitability filter
  2. Layer on a health or wellness index for pens where mastitis, lameness, or transition disease have been expensive
  3. Apply a “no knockout traits” rule—if a bull is extreme for stature, negative on daughter fertility, or weak on feet and legs, he comes off the list regardless of overall rank

In very large herds, geneticists sometimes build custom indexes that assign specific economic weights based on each farm’s cost structure.

The key shift: from “index rank is everything” to “indexes are tools we adapt to our system.”

If you’re in the seedstock or show world, some of those weights will obviously look different. And that’s entirely appropriate—many commercial dairies buying genetics from seedstock programs are increasingly asking for durable, system‑fit animals.

There’s a market for both approaches.

Beef‑on‑Dairy and Sexed Semen: Funding the Shift

A question that comes up frequently: “How do we afford genomic testing, sexed semen, or more selective heifer‑rearing while waiting for genetic changes to show up in the parlor?”

Here, the rapid growth of beef‑on‑dairy has proven to be more than a passing trend.

The premium is real:

  • Farmers Forum (March 2025): Dairy‑beef crossbred calves commanding ~US$15 per pound
  • Straight Holstein bull calves: ~US$10 per pound
  • That’s a 50% premium
  • Industry analysis shows premiums of US$350–$500 on beef‑cross calves
  • Some Midwest herds report US$370 more per head on crosses
MetricHolstein BullDairy-Beef Cross
Price per Pound$10$15
Total Value (80 lbs)$800$1,200
PremiumBaseline+50% / +$400

With heifer inventories low and replacement heifers expensive, dairies have a strong incentive not to raise every dairy heifer calf by default—especially when some come from lower‑merit matings.

What many herds are doing in practice:

  • Sexed Holstein semen on the top 30–40% of heifers and younger cows (best productive life, fertility, health, and structural traits) to generate the next wave of “system cows.”
  • Beef semen (often Angus or Simmental) on remaining cows, especially later‑lactation animals or those whose daughters have historically been harder to keep

The beef‑cross checks arriving nine months from now can help fund the genomic tests and sexed semen bills shaping the herd you’ll be milking three years down the road.

Cow CategorySemen TypeExpected Heifer CalvesExpected Beef CalvesAnnual Calf Revenue Premium
Top 30% Genomic Merit (Heifers + Young Cows)Sexed Holstein (Premium Bulls)~210 (70% × 30% × 1000)~90+$0 (baseline)
Middle 40% (2nd-3rd Lactation, Good Health)Conventional Holstein~200 (50% × 40% × 1000)~200$0 (standard)
Bottom 30% (4th+ Lactation or Health Issues)Beef (Angus/Simmental)0 (terminal crosses)~300+$120,000 (300 × $400)
TOTALMixed Strategy~410 heifers~590 beef calves+$120,000/year

Smaller herds can apply these same principles on a different scale. A 200‑cow family dairy in Ontario or Wisconsin might genomic‑test heifers in one age group, use sexed semen only on the top half, and breed bottom‑tier cows to beef strictly as terminal matings.

The specific percentages matter less than the underlying approach—breeding intentionally for the number and kind of replacements you actually need.

Getting Started: Metrics and Questions That Change the Conversation

For many producers, the hardest part of this transition is simply knowing where to begin. You don’t need to overhaul your entire breeding plan overnight.

Some of the most meaningful mindset shifts start with monitoring a few additional numbers and asking different questions.

Four Metrics That Indicate Whether Longevity Is Improving

Local heifer prices, labor costs, and facility designs vary considerably—what’s “good” in California’s Central Valley may look different than in Wisconsin or the Maritime provinces. Consider these directional guides:

  • Replacement rate: Industry snapshots show commercial herds in the low‑to‑mid‑30% range. Herds with strong fresh cow management and longevity‑focused breeding sometimes sustain mid‑20s.
  • Percentage of 3rd‑lactation and older cows: Herds with more mature cows—provided they’re healthy—achieve higher lifetime milk and component yields.
  • Early‑lactation culls: How many cows leave before 60 or 100 days in milk? High rates signal transition management, lameness, or reproductive issues.
  • Lameness prevalence from locomotion scoring: Even periodic scoring can reveal lameness rates much higher than those from casual observation. Track over time.

Five Questions to Ask Your Genetics Supplier This Year

  1. “If we cap stature and avoid weak feet and legs, which sires remain on the list?”
  2. “Which bulls offer the best mix of productive life, daughter fertility, and health traits at a size fitting my freestalls?”
  3. “How can we use Net Merit, TPI, and a health index together rather than relying on just one number?”
  4. “Based on our pregnancy rate, what’s a realistic split between sexed dairy, conventional dairy, and beef semen?”
  5. “Can we review our last three years of culling reasons and identify which genetic levers reduce the most expensive exits?”

This approach scales to any operation size. A 90‑cow tie‑stall herd can ask the same questions—just with different facility constraints in mind.

The Bottom Line

Several practical lessons emerge from the research and from large herds that have pursued this direction.

  • Longevity is becoming a front‑seat economic driver. With replacement heifers valued in the upper US$2,000s and higher, reducing the replacement rate by even a few percentage points can free up six‑figure capital in a 1,000‑cow herd.
  • The ideal “system cow” is moderate, sound, and low‑maintenance. She may never see a classifier or show ring, but she walks well on concrete, responds predictably to rations, handles fresh cow transitions smoothly, and breeds back without drama.
  • Lameness is both a hidden cost and a hidden labor drain. Building hoof health and locomotion into sire selection helps protect both profit and staff time.
  • Indexes remain valuable, but how we use them is evolving. They work best when combined and filtered through each farm’s specific constraints.
  • Sexed semen and beef‑on‑dairy are becoming key financial tools. By carefully selecting which cows produce replacements and which produce beef‑cross calves, herds are funding more selective breeding programs.

Instead of asking, “What’s the most impressive cow I can breed?”—more producers are asking, “What kind of cow can thrive in my barns, on my ration, with the people I realistically have?”

That’s not as glamorous as a banner on the wall. But in a world of US$3,000 heifers, tight labor markets, and demanding commodity conditions, it may be one of the most important questions a modern dairy can ask.

Key Takeaways 

  • The economics shifted: US$3,000+ heifers and tight supplies through 2027 make longevity a profit driver, not an afterthought
  • The savings are real: Dropping the replacement rate from 35% to 28% saves ~US$180,000/year in a 1,000-cow herd
  • Shape predicts survival: Research links tall “Dairy Triangle” cows to shorter productive lives—moderate “Power Rectangle” builds last longer
  • Lameness bleeds quietly: US$300+ per case, farmers detecting only 1 in 4—it’s the profit leak nobody budgets for
  • Breed for your system: Combine Net Merit with health indexes, cap extreme stature, and let beef-on-dairy fund the genetics that stay

Executive Summary: 

The prettiest cow on your dairy might be your most expensive one. With replacement heifers hitting US$3,000+ and CoBank projecting tight supplies through 2027, commercial dairies are rethinking the “ideal cow”—moving from the tall, angular “Dairy Triangle” toward a moderate-framed “Power Rectangle” built for durability, not ribbons. The math supports the shift: reducing replacement rate from 35% to 28% saves roughly US$180,000 annually in a 1,000-cow herd. University of Florida research suggests an optimal productive life is around 5 years, yet most operations average just 2.5–3.5 lactations—with lameness alone (often undetected in 3 of 4 cases) quietly draining US$300+ per incident. Forward-thinking producers are responding with a practical playbook: combine Net Merit with health indexes, cap extreme stature, and let beef-on-dairy premiums fund more selective breeding. She won’t win shows, but she pays her bills—and in this market, that’s exactly the cow you need.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The Hay Bale That Changed Washington: Farmers’ 6-Year Whole Milk Crusade Ends in Unanimous Victory

They told him he was wasting his time. A dairy farmer painting hay bales? That’s not how you change federal policy. Washington doesn’t listen to guys on tractors. Nelson Troutman painted anyway. Six years later, Congress voted unanimously—every single member—to put whole milk back in America’s schools.

Executive Summary: Whole milk just won—unanimously. On December 14, 2025, the U.S. House passed the Whole Milk for Healthy Kids Act without a single opposing vote, torching 13 years of misguided policy and sending a landmark bill to President Trump’s desk for signature. Schools nationwide can finally serve whole and 2% milk again—a shift that could pour 45-66 million pounds of butterfat back into fluid markets each year—and dairy farmers owe this victory to Nelson Troutman’s painted hay bales, the relentless 97 Milk movement, and New York champions Duane Spaulding, Anne Diefendorf, and Jay Hoyt, who refused to stop fighting until Congress had no choice but to listen.

This isn’t just policy—it’s redemption. And it happened because dairy farmers rolled up their sleeves and made it happen themselves.

The Grassroots Movement That Changed Everything

Picture this: 2019, central Pennsylvania. Dairy farmer Nelson Troutman looks out at his field, frustrated by years of watching federal regulations restrict whole milk from schools based on outdated science. Instead of grumbling about it over coffee at the local diner, he grabbed a paintbrush and wrote “97% Fat-Free Milk” on his hay bales.

Whole Milk in Schools

That simple act sparked something nobody expected. People driving past those bales started asking questions—wait, whole milk is 97% fat-free? They realized they’d been misled for years. Whole milk isn’t the dietary villain it was made out to be. The 97 Milk movement was born, creating a grassroots nonprofit dedicated to educating consumers and bringing choice back to school cafeterias (97Milk.com).

What’s interesting here is how a visual message on rural roadsides cut through all the noise that expensive lobbying campaigns couldn’t penetrate. I’ve noticed that the most effective agricultural advocacy often starts exactly like this—not in Washington conference rooms, but in fields and barns where farmers get fed up enough to do something unconventional.

“All the volunteers everywhere helped move this forward,” said Bernie Morrissey, Chairman of the Grassroots Pennsylvania Dairy Advisory Committee and 97 Milk. “We got attention on the school milk issue that most people didn’t even know about. We stuck with it, and our train kept getting longer as more jumped on board”.

The New York Trio Who Carried the Torch

In New York, three dairy farmers became the face of this movement in the Northeast: Duane Spaulding, Anne Diefendorf, and Jay Hoyt—the team behind “3 Farmers Who Care.” These folks didn’t just advocate from a distance; they lived and breathed this campaign, often at significant personal cost during some tough years for Northeast dairy.

“It all began six years ago when a Pennsylvania dairy farmer painted ‘97% fat-free milk’ on a hay bale,” Spaulding explained in a video documentary about the movement. That grassroots effort “works to educate consumers, support dairy farmers, and bring whole milk back to schools, while connecting farmers, families, and communities along the way” (YouTube/Facebook, 97 Milk Documentary, October 2025).

Jay Hoyt, who grew up in Vermont and moved to New York, put it plainly when asked why he kept pushing: “I guess I love farmers. I guess that’s why I stayed with it.” Their dedication—spending their own money and time away from their farms during critical seasons like first cutting and fall harvest—helped carry this movement across the finish line.

What farmers are finding is that this kind of peer-to-peer advocacy resonates in ways that polished industry campaigns sometimes don’t. When Spaulding or Diefendorf showed up at a school board meeting, they weren’t lobbyists in suits—they were neighbors who milk cows. That authenticity mattered.

What This Bill Actually Does

Let’s cut through the noise and look at what the Whole Milk for Healthy Kids Act actually changes. The legislation, formally H.R. 649 in the House and S. 222 in the Senate, does several critical things (Congress.gov, H.R. 649):

Expands Milk Options: Schools can now serve flavored and unflavored whole, reduced-fat (2%), low-fat (1%), and fat-free milk—giving kids the same choices they have at home. This development suggests a major shift in how federal nutrition policy treats dairy fat.

When you eliminate whole milk, skim and low-fat options surge—not because kids prefer them, but because choice vanishes. The 2015 bar shows zero whole milk: a regulatory impossibility in a real market. By 2027, with choice restored, composition rebalances toward what consumers actually select. The lesson? Markets don’t lie—policy does.

Removes the Saturated Fat Penalty: Here’s the technical piece that matters for school food service directors—milkfat is now exempted from saturated fat calculations for school meals. Previously, offering whole milk would push meals over saturated fat limits, creating a regulatory headache that discouraged participation (House Report 119-142).

Simplifies Parent Requests: Parents can now provide written requests for non-dairy alternatives instead of requiring a doctor’s note—common sense that should have been policy years ago.

Optional, Not Mandatory: And this is worth emphasizing for anyone worried about forced changes—schools aren’t required to do anything differently. They can choose what works for their students, their budgets, and their communities. The bill permits, not mandates.

The Science That Washington Finally Acknowledged

Here’s what makes this victory so satisfying for anyone who’s followed the research: the science has been on whole milk’s side for years, but federal nutrition policy stubbornly ignored it.

Health/Nutrition MetricWhole Milk2% Reduced-Fat1% Low-FatKey Finding
Obesity Risk (vs. baseline)−40% lower riskBaseline/HigherBaseline/HigherMeta-analysis of 28 studies, 21,000 children (Vanderhout et al., AJCN 2019)
Essential Nutrients per 8oz13 essential13 essential13 essentialSame micronutrients; fat-soluble vitamin absorption REQUIRES dietary fat
Fat-Soluble Vitamin AbsorptionOptimal (A, D, E, K)Reduced uptakeMinimal uptakeDietary fat critical for calcium & vitamin D utilization in growing bodies
Childhood Dairy ComplianceHigher participationLower than wholeLowest participation68–94% of U.S. children miss dairy targets; whole milk drives consumption
School Cafeteria WasteLower waste rateModerate wasteModerate-High waste2012 ban increased waste & reduced participation; kids didn’t switch—they quit

A comprehensive meta-analysis published in The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition examined 28 studies involving nearly 21,000 children and found that kids who drank whole milk had 40% lower odds of being overweight or obesecompared to those who drank reduced-fat milk (Vanderhout et al., American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, December 2019). That finding flies directly in the face of the 2012 regulations that banned whole milk from schools, supposedly to combat childhood obesity.

Looking at this from a nutritional standpoint, it makes sense. Whole milk provides 13 essential nutrients—calcium, vitamin D, potassium, protein, and more—critical for developing bodies and brains. The fats in whole milk support vitamin absorption (vitamins A, D, E, and K are fat-soluble), brain development, and provide sustained energy that keeps kids focused through afternoon classes (National Milk Producers Federation).

The consumption data tells an equally compelling story. Between 68% and 94% of school-age children fail to meet recommended dairy intake levels, depending on age group and region. When you ban the milk kids actually want to drink, they don’t switch to skim—they just don’t drink milk at all. I’ve seen this pattern repeatedly in school nutrition data.

School milk consumption dropped 37.4% overall when flavored and full-fat options were removed in 2012, with kids selecting fewer cartons and wasting more of what they did take.

The 2012 whole milk ban destroyed school milk participation—down 37.4% by 2024. But this bill opens the door to recovery. Even modest adoption could pour 45–66 million pounds of butterfat back into fluid markets annually. The chart proves it: policy failure is reversible when farmers stop asking permission and start demanding change.

“Since whole and 2% milk were banned from school meals menus more than a decade ago, meal participation has declined while food waste has climbed, meaning children are consuming fewer essential nutrients,” said Michael Dykes, D.V.M., president and CEO of the International Dairy Foods Association.

The Political Breakthrough

This bill had something genuinely rare in today’s Washington: bipartisan support that wasn’t just rhetorical. The Senate passed it unanimously by consent on November 20, 2025 (Senate Agriculture Committee Press Release, November 2025). The House followed suit on December 14 with a voice vote that recorded zero opposition (Bloomberg Government, December 14, 2025).

When’s the last time you saw Congress agree unanimously on anything related to nutrition policy? That alone tells you something significant shifted in how lawmakers view dairy fat.

House Agriculture Committee Chairman Glenn “GT” Thompson (R-PA), who championed this legislation from day one, didn’t mince words after the vote: “I have worked for a decade to restore whole milk to our school cafeterias, which have been limiting healthy choices for students, but that changes today” (House Education and Workforce Committee Press Release, December 14, 2025).

The bill enjoyed backing from the Trump Administration, with USDA Secretary Brooke Rollins and HHS Secretary Robert Kennedy Jr. both publicly supporting whole milk in schools. Kennedy’s focus on making school meals healthier and questioning outdated nutritional guidelines aligned perfectly with this effort.

What This Means for Dairy Operations

Now let’s talk about what dairy farmers actually care about—the market implications. School milk represents about 7-8% of total U.S. fluid milk demand. That’s not the majority of anyone’s milk check, but it’s far from trivial—and more importantly, it’s one of the few fluid milk channels where consumption can actually grow rather than continue its decades-long decline.

The butterfat implications are where this gets interesting for producers focused on components. From 2013 to 2024, whole milk sales grew 16% at retail while skim and reduced-fat options continued their slide. Whole milk now represents 42% of retail fluid milk sales—the highest share since 2001 (The Bullvine, November 2025).

YearWhole Milk % of Sales2% Reduced-Fat %Skim %Policy Context
200142%35%23%Baseline benchmark—pre-policy era
201235%40%25%School milk ban imposed despite retail demand
201537%38%25%Retail whole milk climbing; schools enforcing lower-fat mandate
202442%35%23%Whole milk back to 2001 levels despite 13-year school restriction
2025+42%+34%–22%–Schools can FINALLY follow consumer preference (no longer fighting market)

Giving schools the option to serve what consumers actually want could shift 45 to 66 million pounds of butterfatannually into fluid milk channels, depending on adoption rates (American Farm Bureau Federation Market Intel, November 2025). For context, that’s meaningful additional demand for butterfat at a time when component values significantly impact milk checks across the country.

“Even modest gains in school milk sales strengthen fluid milk markets, boost butterfat utilization, and improve returns to farmers,” explained Daniel Munch, economist at the American Farm Bureau Federation (Farm Bureau, November 2025).

For operations that have been breeding and managing for butterfat performance—and that’s most progressive dairies at this point—this creates incremental demand pull in exactly the direction the market has been heading anyway. It won’t transform anyone’s operation overnight, but predictable demand in a category that’s been hemorrhaging volume for decades? That’s worth something.

Operation TypeButterfat FocusTypical Herd SizePrimary Margin DriverWhole Milk Market Fit
High-Component SpecialistsYes—core breeding goal50–150 cowsComponent premiumsEXCELLENT—aligned to trend
Grazing-Focused DairiesOften elevated naturally30–80 cowsGrass-based/brand premiumVERY GOOD—premium fluids
Regional CooperativesMember-variable100–5,000+ cowsVolume + component leverageMODERATE—depends on co-op
Commodity/Volume PlayersNot primary focus500+ cowsScale + milk volumeLIMITED—needs commodity volume
Artisanal/Direct-to-ConsumerVery high (premium products)20–60 cowsBrand + direct salesNICHE—select opportunities

The Road Ahead

President Trump is expected to sign the bill quickly, making it law (Bloomberg Government, December 2025). But here’s the reality check: implementation won’t happen overnight. USDA will need to write the rules, states will need to adjust their school nutrition programs, and individual districts will need to update their procurement contracts and meal planning.

Some schools will jump at the chance to serve whole milk—particularly in dairy-heavy regions like Wisconsin, New York, and Pennsylvania, where this has been a community issue for years. Others will move more cautiously, constrained by existing contracts, food service infrastructure, or entrenched habits. The bill doesn’t force change; it permits it. That distinction matters for how quickly you’ll see this show up in school cafeterias near you.

Processors serving the school milk market will need to adjust their bids and product offerings. Schools will need to request whole milk options specifically—it won’t just appear automatically. And the grassroots volunteers who made this happen? They’re already looking at what comes next.

“Education doesn’t stop here. We have to keep it going with more volunteers,” said GN Hursh, Chairman of 97 Milk.

Jackie Behr, a livestock nutritionist who helped design the 97 Milk educational platform, surveyed parents years ago and found “widespread questions and misconceptions about milk and dairy farming.” That education mission continues, because changing policy is one thing—changing minds takes longer.

A Win Worth Recognizing

Nelson Troutman could have complained about regulations over coffee. Instead, he painted hay bales. Duane Spaulding, Anne Diefendorf, and Jay Hoyt could have stayed focused solely on their own operations during some brutal years for Northeast dairy. Instead, they built a movement.

“The long wait is over! Whole milk is coming back to schools!” Dykes declared after the House vote. “Today’s House passage marks a defining victory for children’s health and for the dairy community that has fought for more than a decade to restore whole and 2% milk for our nation’s students” (International Dairy Foods Association Press Release, December 2025).

Rep. Tim Walberg (R-MI), Chairman of the House Education and the Workforce Committee, summed it up well: “Good nutrition is the foundation of a child’s life, including his or her ability to learn and grow” (House Education and Workforce Committee, December 2025).

For once, common sense, good science, and farmer advocacy aligned to produce real change. Kids will get better nutrition. Parents will have more choices. Dairy farmers will see stronger demand in a channel that desperately needed it.

That’s the kind of dairy industry story we need more of.

Key Takeaways

  • Unanimous. Not a single vote against. The House passed the Whole Milk for Healthy Kids Act on December 14, 2025, with zero opposition. The Senate did the same in November. When’s the last time Washington agreed on anything? They agreed on whole milk.
  • Whole and 2% are back in schools. First time since 2012. Flavored milk stays. Milkfat no longer counts against saturated fat limits. Thirteen years of questionable nutrition policy just got overturned.
  • The market impact is real. 45-66 million pounds of butterfat could shift into fluid channels annually. School milk is 7-8% of U.S. fluid demand. Whole milk already drives 42% of retail sales—now schools can finally follow the consumer.
  • Farmers won this. Not lobbyists. Nelson Troutman painted hay bales in Pennsylvania. Duane Spaulding, Anne Diefendorf, and Jay Hoyt refused to quit in New York. The 97 Milk movement turned grassroots persistence into federal law.
  • Your next move. Trump signs within days. USDA writes implementation rules. Talk to your processor about school milk opportunities. Contact your local school district. Make sure they know the options are coming—and that you’re ready to supply them.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The Week Every Dairy Market Crashed Together- and Why Record Exports Couldn’t Stop It

Dec 15: Germany’s butter -9.3%. Chicago cheese at 18-month low. NZ powder is falling. Every dairy market crashed the same week—despite record exports. What broke, and what’s next for your operation

Executive Summary: Record dairy exports should lift prices—instead, every global market crashed simultaneously the week ending December 15, 2025, revealing that fundamental pricing mechanisms have broken. U.S. cheese shipments hit all-time highs while CME prices fell to 18-month lows; European butter dropped 5.8%; powder weakened globally. The paradox persists because cheap feed costs ($4.40 corn) enable production growth despite distressed milk prices—the normal supply response isn’t working. Worse, processors worldwide are simultaneously shifting from butter into cheese, creating concentrated inventory that will mature in Q2 2026 precisely when the spring flush arrives—a collision that could severely pressure spot milk prices. This signals a structural reset, not a cyclical downturn: operations must rebuild for sustained viability at $15-16 milk through cost efficiency, component optimization, balance sheet strength, and strategic feed hedging. The industry emerging from this transition will operate under fundamentally different economics than those of the past decade.

You probably felt it in your milk check before you saw it in the data. But here’s what actually happened the week ending December 15, 2025: butter futures crashed 3.6% in Leipzig to €4,314. EU physical butter dropped 5.8% to €4,313. Whole Milk Powder on the Global Dairy Trade fell to $3,230 per metric tonne. And CME Cheddar blocks hit $1.345 per pound—the lowest since July 2023. When every major commodity tanks simultaneously across every major exchange, we’re not looking at another rough patch. We’re watching the global dairy industry reset itself in real time.

Market/ProductPrice (Week of Dec 15)Weekly ChangeSignificance
German Butter€4,150/tonne-€425 (-9.3%)Steepest weekly crash
EU Physical Butter (avg)€4,313/tonne-€251 (-5.8%)18-month low
CME Cheddar Blocks$1.345/lb-4.1%Lowest since July 2023
Global Dairy Trade WMP$3,230/tonne-3.8%Sustained weakness
Dutch Butter€4,070/tonne-€250 (-5.8%)Export benchmark falls
EEX Butter Futures (Leipzig)€4,314/tonne-3.6%Futures signal no recovery
EU Young Gouda€2,961/tonne-34.3% YoYNear five-year lows
EU Mild Cheddar€3,248/tonneJust €4 above 5-yr lowTesting historical floor

Here’s the part that should really get your attention: U.S. cheese exports hit 116.5 million pounds in September—up 34.5% from the previous year and representing the highest daily average on record, according to the U.S. Dairy Export Council. Record exports should be lifting prices, not coinciding with an 18-month low. That mechanism just broke, and understanding why matters for every decision you’re making about 2026.

MonthU.S. Cheese Exports (Million lbs) – Left AxisCME Cheddar Blocks ($/lb) – Right Axis
Mar 202595.2$1.62
Apr 202598.7$1.58
May 2025102.3$1.54
Jun 2025107.8$1.49
Jul 2025110.5$1.46
Aug 2025113.2$1.41
Sep 2025116.5$1.38
Dec 2025118.8 (est)$1.345

A Brief Look Back: Context for What We’re Seeing

Before diving into current dynamics, it’s worth understanding that synchronized global dairy price collapses of this magnitude are relatively rare. The last time we saw coordinated weakness across multiple regions and products simultaneously was during the 2014-2016 period, when a combination of Russian import bans, a slowdown in Chinese demand, and the removal of European quotas created a global surplus that took nearly two years to work through. That episode saw U.S. Class III milk drop from over $24/cwt in 2014 to under $14 in 2016.

What eventually resolved that situation was a combination of weather-driven production disruptions (the 2016 New Zealand drought), gradual demand recovery in Asia, and ultimately, many smaller farms exiting the industry entirely. The recovery wasn’t quick, and the industry that emerged on the other side looked structurally different—more consolidated, more efficient, and arguably more vulnerable to the kind of dynamics we’re seeing today.

When the Safety Valves Stop Working

For as long as most of us have been in this industry, global dairy markets have operated with a kind of built-in equilibrium. When prices drop in one region, traders buy there and sell elsewhere, which lifts the cheap market and cools the expensive one. If a U.S. product is discounted, exports surge until domestic prices align with international benchmarks. It’s the arbitrage mechanism that keeps regional markets from getting too far out of whack.

What’s striking about mid-December is how that mechanism appears to have stopped functioning.

Looking at the data from European exchanges, German physical butter crashed by €425 in a single week—that’s a 9.3% drop—settling at €4,150. The weekly EU dairy quotations showed Dutch butter at €4,070, down €250. Yet French butter actually firmed €200 to €4,720. So you’ve got a €650 per tonne spread between French and Dutch butter, which shouldn’t persist in an integrated market.

At the same time, the Singapore Exchange was seeing pressure across its dairy complex despite solid trading volumes of 18,915 tonnes for the week. And back in the States, CME Cheddar blocks are sitting at $1.345 per pound—the lowest we’ve seen since summer 2023.

When these markets all move down together like this, it tells you the buyers are either already full or they’re waiting for even lower prices. That’s a fundamentally different dynamic than we’re used to seeing. What we’re watching is the global dairy complex running out of capacity to absorb current production levels at anything close to recent historical prices.

Why Production Keeps Growing Despite Terrible Prices

In a typical cycle, you’d expect falling prices to trigger pretty predictable responses. Farmers cull marginal cows, dial back feed inputs where it makes sense, and overall production gradually contracts. That supply reduction creates scarcity, and prices eventually recover. It’s the classic pattern the industry has relied on for generations.

That’s not what’s happening, and here’s why it matters.

The USDA’s December World Agricultural Supply and Demand Estimates held 2025 U.S. milk production steady at 115.70 million tonnes—still up 2.4% from 2024. They lowered the 2026 projection slightly, from 117.15 to 117.05 million tonnes, citing reduced dairy cow inventory offsetting per-cow production gains. But even with that downward revision, we’re still looking at 1.2% growth in 2026.

Think about that for a minute. Even with prices at distressed levels across multiple product categories, American milk production is forecast to keep expanding.

And if you want to understand why, take a look at what’s happening in feed markets. The December USDA grain outlook shows March 2026 corn futures trading around $4.405 per bushel, with projected ending stocks of 2.03 billion bushels. That’s the highest level in seven years and 32% greater than last season. The agency actually raised its corn export forecast to 3.2 billion bushels—that’s up 12% from last year’s record—yet domestic supplies remain massive. Soybean meal closed the week at $302 per ton, down $5.40.

What this creates is production that stays high because historically cheap feed costs insulate producers from the full pain of low milk checks. When you run the income-over-feed-cost calculations—and I know most of you do this weekly if not daily—many operations can still pencil out positive margins even with Class III in the mid-$15s. That math keeps marginal cows in the herd even when finished product prices are screaming oversupply.

I was looking at numbers from a 500-cow Wisconsin operation recently that illustrates this perfectly. With corn at $4.40, their feed costs are down 18% from last year. That keeps their IOFC positive at $16.50 milk, even though that’s $3 below what they budgeted for 2025. So the economic signal telling them to cut back gets overwhelmed by the reality that they’re still cash-flow positive on a monthly basis.

PeriodFeed CostOther CostsMilk PriceIOFC Margin
Q4 2023$10.20$7.50$19.80$9.60
Q1 2024$9.80$7.60$18.50$8.70
Q2 2024$9.20$7.70$17.90$8.70
Q3 2024$8.90$7.80$17.20$8.30
Q4 2024$8.40$7.90$16.80$8.40
Q1 2025$7.80$8.00$16.20$8.40
Q4 2025$7.20$8.10$15.90$8.70

Here’s something else worth noting: the USDA report mentions explicitly that winter weather isn’t the constraint it used to be, particularly in the Midwest. Modern housing systems mean operations in Wisconsin, Michigan, and Minnesota can maintain high production levels regardless of what’s happening outside. Better ventilation, more sophisticated environmental controls—which is great for consistency and animal welfare, but it also makes production less responsive to price signals.

The Export Picture Gets Complicated

Here’s where things get really interesting, and why the volume numbers deserve a closer look.

September numbers from the U.S. Dairy Export Council showed cheese exports up 34.5% year-over-year to 116.5 million pounds—the highest daily average shipments on record. Butter exports were 2.7 times larger than the previous year. Whey powder exports hit their highest level since March 2023, up 8.3%.

You’d think those export numbers would support domestic prices. When foreign buyers aggressively purchase U.S. products, that should create competition for available inventory. But that’s not what we’re seeing. Strong export volumes are coinciding with some of the weakest domestic prices in years.

What this tells you is that the industry is exporting what it has to produce to keep processing plants running at capacity. These modern cheese plants have massive fixed costs and debt service obligations. You can’t afford to run at 70% capacity—your cost per unit skyrockets. So you run full-throttle and discount product to move volume into export channels.

And here’s where the story gets more nuanced. While cheese exports are at record levels, nonfat dry milk exports collapsed 18.5% year over year in September, hitting an eight-month low. Even sales to Mexico—and Mexico has been one of our most reliable powder markets—dropped 17.3%. When you can’t move powder to Mexico, that tells you demand is genuinely soft across categories.

The cheese export story breaks down in interesting ways by region. Mexico remains the dominant market, which makes sense given proximity and trade relationships. But what’s notable is that Australia has become the third-largest destination for U.S. cheese. USDEC data shows Australia has already imported more U.S. cheese in 2025 than in any previous year on record, and we’ve still got three months of shipments to count.

This matters because it represents a shift in the Australian dairy sector. Chronic drought conditions and herd contraction have pushed Australia from being a dairy-surplus nation to one that’s increasingly dependent on imports. U.S. cheese is essentially backfilling the gap left by shrinking Australian milk production.

The challenge with this dynamic is sustainability. Mexico is buying finished U.S. cheese because, at current prices, it’s cheaper than importing powder and manufacturing cheese themselves. Australia is buying because they don’t have enough domestic milk. Neither situation represents organic demand growth driven by expanding consumption—they’re opportunistic purchases driven by price dislocations and supply shortfalls elsewhere.

When those conditions change—and at some point they will—it raises legitimate questions about where all that U.S. cheese production capacity is directed.

Europe’s Markets Fragment Under Pressure

The European physical spot markets during the week of December 10 showed how extreme stress can break down normally efficient trading systems, and it’s worth understanding these dynamics because they affect global price relationships.

The weekly EU dairy quotations showed the aggregate butter index down 5.8% to €4,313. But that overall number hides some significant regional variations. German butter crashed €425 per tonne in a single week—that 9.3% decline—settling at €4,150. Dutch butter, which tends to serve as a key pricing benchmark for export markets, fell €250 to €4,070. Yet French butter actually firmed €200 to €4,720.

So you’ve got a €650 per tonne spread between French and Dutch butter. That’s roughly a 16% price difference for essentially the same commodity in neighboring countries with no trade barriers. Under normal circumstances, traders would move product to capture that arbitrage opportunity, and the spread would compress.

The persistence of this spread likely reflects panic selling in the German and Dutch markets—processors liquidating inventory to generate cash flow—while France’s unique regulatory structure (particularly the Loi EGalim laws that protect farmer margins) and strong domestic preference for high-quality branded butter with protected designations create price support that can’t be easily arbitraged away.

Meanwhile, the European cheese complex is testing historical support levels. The EEX European Weekly Cheese Index shows Mild Cheddar trading at €3,248—just €4 above its five-year low. Cheddar Curd sits at €3,221, €27 above its five-year floor. Young Gouda has fallen to €2,961, down 34.3% year-over-year.

When you’ve got multiple cheese varieties simultaneously trading within pennies of multi-year lows during what should be a seasonally firm period—pre-holiday demand, typically lower winter milk production—it signals fundamental oversupply rather than temporary weakness. The market is grinding against production costs, and may already be below them for higher-cost operators.

The Strategic Pivot Creating Future Pressure

One pattern emerging from the data that has real implications for 2026 is a simultaneous shift by processors across multiple countries away from butter production and toward cheese.

UK production statistics from DEFRA for October 2025 tell the story: butter production down 15.4% year-over-year while cheese production increased 0.6%, with Cheddar specifically up 4.0%. You’re seeing similar dynamics in U.S. processing facilities—milk diverted from volatile butter markets into cheese vats.

The logic makes sense on paper. Butter is highly price-sensitive and difficult to store long-term without incurring significant cold-storage costs. Cheese, particularly aged varieties like Cheddar, can sit in inventory for 6 to 12 months as it matures. From a processor’s perspective, cheese acts as a kind of financial buffer—you can convert today’s surplus milk into a solid commodity and hope that by the time it’s ready for market, prices will have improved.

The complication is that when processors in the U.S., UK, and EU all make the same decision simultaneously, they shift oversupply in time and concentrate it into a single product category.

All that cheese being produced right now in December 2025 will mature and need to move to market in mid-2026—right around the time the Northern Hemisphere spring flush begins, bringing another seasonal surge in milk production. If export warehouses in key markets like Mexico and Australia are already well-stocked from late 2025’s record shipments, buyer demand could slow just as supply peaks.

MonthU.S. Cheese ProductionEU Cheese ProductionUK Cheese ProductionTotal Industry Production
Oct 202552038045945
Nov 202554039547982
Dec 2025565410521,027
Jan 2026580415531,048
Feb 2026590420541,064
Mar 2026605435481,088
Apr 2026630455501,135
May 2026655475521,182
Jun 2026670485531,208

This creates what you might call borrowed demand—the cheese you’re making today to avoid the butter price collapse will need to clear the market in six months. If prices haven’t recovered by then, given the volume being produced across multiple regions, you’ve delayed the problem and possibly intensified it by concentrating everyone’s surplus into the same product at the same maturity window.

What Futures Markets Are Signaling

Despite the physical market’s weakness, there’s a notable divergence in how futures markets are pricing the outlook for different milk classes, and it’s worth understanding what that spread reveals about traders’ expectations.

CME Class III futures for December 2025 fell 12 cents during the week to settle at $15.90 per hundredweight. But deferred 2026 contracts showed some resilience. The market seems to be betting that somewhere around the $15.50-16.00 range represents something close to a floor—that at these levels, demand will kick in enough and production will slow enough to stabilize things.

Class IV futures—driven by butter and nonfat dry milk prices—remain stuck in the mid-$13s through early 2026. The futures curve doesn’t show Class IV climbing above $14 until March at the earliest.

This spread reveals how traders are thinking about clearing mechanisms for different product categories. They’re betting that cheese can be cleared through aggressive export pricing, despite concerns about inventory. The record U.S. shipment volumes support that view. But they see no similar clearing mechanism for butter and powder, where domestic consumption is relatively fixed, and export competition from New Zealand and Europe remains intense.

MonthClass III FuturesClass IV Futures
Dec 2025$15.90$13.45
Jan 2026$15.75$13.50
Feb 2026$15.65$13.60
Mar 2026$15.80$14.05
Apr 2026$16.10$14.20
May 2026$16.35$14.40
Jun 2026$16.55$14.65
Jul 2026$16.75$14.85

Another factor supporting Class III that is often overlooked is the relative strength in the dry whey market. While butter and cheese prices are under serious pressure, whey is showing some resilience. The EU weekly quotation showed whey firming €15 to €989 per tonne, now up 12.6% year-over-year—making it the only major dairy commodity showing positive year-over-year performance in European markets. U.S. whey powder exports jumped 8.3% in September, with strong sales to China and Vietnam.

Because the Class III formula includes both cheese and whey components—specifically cheese price times 9.6 plus whey price times 5.9—the strength in whey provides a mathematical floor that Class IV doesn’t have. Even if cheese prices stay depressed, firm whey values help support the overall Class III calculation.

The question is whether futures traders are correctly assessing the inventory risk. If those strong cheese export numbers reflect stockpiling by buyers taking advantage of low prices rather than genuine ongoing consumption demand, then the apparent clearing mechanism could weaken in Q2 2026, just when the spring flush and all that aged cheese hit the market simultaneously.

The Feed Cost Variable Worth Watching

While most market signals point toward continued pressure through early 2026, there’s one variable that could shift the equation, and it’s worth keeping on your radar: what happens in grain markets.

The current dairy situation is enabled by historically low corn and soybean meal prices. As long as those input costs stay depressed, the income-over-feed-cost margins for many operations remain positive enough to justify maintaining production even with low milk prices.

But grain markets can turn quickly. The USDA is forecasting massive corn ending stocks, but those projections assume reasonably normal weather conditions. If drought develops in Brazil or Argentina during their growing season—December through March—grain prices could spike. The soybean complex, in particular, is trading with skepticism about Chinese demand. U.S. commitments to export soybeans through early November were running 40% lower than the prior year.

If China steps back into the market aggressively, or if South American weather turns problematic, soybean meal could rally from current levels near $300 per ton to $350 or higher fairly quickly. That kind of move would change the feed cost equation that’s currently supporting milk production despite low prices.

A grain rally might trigger a supply response driven by economics rather than operational necessity. If feed costs spike while milk prices stay low, you’d see the cull rate accelerate. That would tighten milk supplies before the spring flush, which might prevent some of the more challenging scenarios being discussed for Q2.

The complication, of course, is that this kind of adjustment through higher input costs isn’t exactly a rescue—it would address the oversupply by further pressuring margins. But it might be one of the few mechanisms left that can trigger a meaningful supply response.

Looking Ahead to Spring 2026

As we look toward the next few months, there are several scenarios worth considering, and I think it’s important to think through both the optimistic case and the more challenging possibilities.

The optimistic case would be that export demand continues absorbing U.S. cheese at roughly current volumes, European production contracts modestly as various forecasts suggest, New Zealand’s season ends normally, and the market finds a new equilibrium at these lower price levels without major disruption. Farmers who can operate profitably at Class III in the $15-16 range continue; those who can’t gradually exit through normal business cycles. It’s a slow grind, but it avoids a crisis.

The challenge with that scenario is that it assumes multiple things align favorably simultaneously, and it doesn’t fully account for the inventory dynamics building in the cheese complex.

A more complete assessment acknowledges that we’re heading into Q2 2026 with several risk factors converging. The spring flush will bring seasonal increases in production—that’s biology; you can’t avoid it. Cheese produced in late 2025 and early 2026 will be maturing and needing to move to market. And if export warehouses in key markets are already well-stocked from late 2025’s record shipments, buyer demand could slow as supply peaks.

In that scenario, cold storage space becomes a limiting factor. Processors would face pressure to either move product into lower-value channels—such as converting aged cheese into processed cheese ingredients—or implement supply management measures. Spot milk prices could come under significant pressure in some regions.

Whether these dynamics develop into a more serious situation depends on variables we can’t yet fully predict—export demand patterns, weather affecting production, and policy responses. But the risk is substantial enough that operations should plan for various scenarios rather than assume conditions will improve on their own.

What This Means for Your Operation

So, where does all this leave us? I think there are some practical considerations worth thinking through, and they vary depending on your role in the industry.

For Producers:

The evidence suggests we’ve moved beyond a typical cyclical downturn. Relying on historical price recovery patterns to guide current decision-making carries real risk.

The most important focus right now is cost structure. In a market where establishing a lower baseline price, efficiency matters more than production volume. A realistic assessment of your operation’s true breakeven point is critical. If your business model requires $18-19 milk to be profitable, fundamental changes may be necessary because the market is signaling that $15-16 could be the range for extended periods.

Component quality is becoming increasingly important in compressed markets. When commodity prices are under pressure, the premiums for high-protein, high-fat milk become proportionally more valuable. Fresh cow management, ration formulation, and genetic selection decisions that maximize components—all of this can add meaningful value when the base price is low. I’ve seen operations in the Upper Midwest boost their component checks by 80 cents to a dollar per hundredweight through focused attention to butterfat and protein levels, and that differential matters more than ever in this environment.

StrategySpecific ActionPotential ImpactPriority Status
Cost Structure OptimizationConduct fresh breakeven analysis; identify and eliminate non-essential costs; renegotiate vendor contractsLower breakeven $1.50-2.00/cwtCritical Action
Component Premium MaximizationFocus fresh cow management; optimize rations for fat/protein; select genetics for componentsAdd $0.80-1.20/cwt to milk checkHigh Priority
Balance Sheet ResilienceBuild working capital reserves; defer non-critical capital projects; restructure high-interest debtSurvive 6-12 months low pricesCritical Action
Feed Cost ManagementForward contract 50-60% of corn/soy needs through summer 2026 at current lows ($4.40 corn)Lock controllable cost advantageHigh Priority
Risk Management ToolsImplement Dairy Revenue Protection or LGM; set minimum price floors for Q2-Q3 2026Protect against worse-case scenariosRecommended

Balance sheet resilience will be critical heading into 2026. Operations with stronger working capital and lower debt service obligations will be better positioned to navigate extended low prices. This may not be the optimal time for major expansion projects or capital spending that increases fixed costs. I know that’s difficult advice when you’ve got planned improvements or a son or daughter wanting to come back to the farm, but timing matters.

Feed cost management deserves attention. With corn and soybean meal at multi-year lows, locking in favorable input costs for at least a portion of needs provides one of the few controllable variables in the current environment. Even partial coverage—50-60% of expected needs—can provide meaningful protection if grain markets rally. Some Northeast operations I’m familiar with are forward contracting corn through summer 2026 to remove at least that uncertainty from their planning.

For Processors:

Inventory management has moved from routine practice to strategic necessity. The industry-wide shift toward cheese production requires realistic planning for when and where that inventory will clear. Frank conversations with customers about forward commitments and careful evaluation of speculative inventory positions are warranted, given uncertainty about the timing of price recovery.

Export channel diversification matters more in volatile markets. Heavy reliance on one or two markets—particularly those that may be engaging in stockpiling rather than steady consumption—creates vulnerability if buying patterns shift.

Processing flexibility offers strategic advantages. Assets that can shift between products as market conditions change provide more options than single-purpose facilities in volatile environments. I recognize that’s easier said than done when you’ve got specialized equipment and a trained workforce, but it’s worth considering in future capital planning.

For the Broader Industry:

The synchronized weakness across global markets raises questions about coordination and supply discipline. Without mechanisms to better align supply with realistic demand expectations, these boom-bust cycles may become more frequent and severe. This doesn’t necessarily mean government intervention, but it might involve processors implementing more structured base-excess programs or cooperatives taking stronger action to manage supply.

Export infrastructure and market development will become increasingly critical if the U.S. continues to position itself as a large-scale global supplier. This means sustained investment in logistics, market access, technical assistance to importing countries, and trade relationships that can reliably absorb substantial volumes.

Better market intelligence and information sharing could help prevent simultaneous strategic pivots that amplify imbalances. If processors in different regions had better visibility into global production decisions, they might make different product-mix choices. Industry associations and market data services have a role in providing that transparency.

The Bottom Line

The week of December 15, 2025, may mark a transition point—when global dairy markets shifted from familiar cyclical volatility into something more structural and challenging to navigate.

The traditional mechanisms that historically dampened these cycles are evolving. Smaller farms that used to exit during downturns and help tighten supply represent a declining share of production. Regional markets that operated somewhat independently are increasingly interconnected and moving together. Feed costs, which tend to move inversely with milk prices and provide a natural hedge, are currently low, removing that counterbalance.

What’s emerging is a more consolidated, more efficient production system that responds to price signals differently than in previous decades. Large operations with modern facilities and low per-unit costs can remain profitable at price levels that would have historically triggered widespread exits. That’s economically efficient in many ways, but it also means markets may need to fall further and stay low longer to trigger the supply response needed to rebalance.

For all of us navigating this transition, the fundamental challenge is to build operations and business models that remain viable at these new baseline prices rather than relying on assumptions of a return to historical averages. The traditional wisdom that low prices eventually cure low prices still holds. The cure is working—you can see it in the data. But the adjustment period may be longer than in previous cycles required.

These are sending clear signals about the current supply-demand balance. The question facing every operation is how to adapt business strategies and risk management approaches to this evolving reality while maintaining the flexibility to capitalize on opportunities as they develop.

Market data referenced in this analysis comes from the European Energy Exchange (EEX), Singapore Exchange (SGX), Global Dairy Trade platform, CME Group, USDA World Agricultural Supply and Demand Estimates (WASDE), U.S. Dairy Export Council (USDEC), UK Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA), and European Commission weekly dairy quotations for the period ending December 15, 2025.

Key Takeaways:

  • The Export Paradox: Record U.S. cheese exports (+34.5%) met 18-month price lows as every global dairy market crashed simultaneously the week of December 15—revealing fundamental pricing mechanisms have broken.
  • Why Supply Won’t Self-Correct: Cheap feed ($4.40 corn, $302 soy meal) keeps income-over-feed-cost positive at $15-16 milk, preventing the production cuts that normally cure oversupply.
  • Q2 2026 Inventory Collision: Processors globally are shifting from butter to cheese simultaneously. This inventory matures in spring 2026, precisely when the flush hits—creating a potential crisis for spot milk prices.
  • This Is a Reset, Not a Cycle: Class III holding near $16 while Class IV languishes in mid-$13s signals new baseline economics. Operations must be built for sustained viability at these levels, not temporary survival.
  • Immediate Producer Priorities: (1) Cost structure over production volume, (2) Maximize component premiums—they matter most in compressed markets, (3) Strengthen balance sheets before spring, (4) Lock feed costs now via forward contracting.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Weekly Global Dairy Market Recap Dec 15th, 2025: The “Wall of Milk” vs. The Heifer Shortage (Why 2025 is Different)

Every major dairy region is producing more milk—at the exact same time. That almost never happens. And prices are showing it.

Executive Summary: The world is awash in milk. The U.S., Europe, New Zealand, and South America are all growing production simultaneously—a rare alignment that almost never occurs and has crushed the Global Dairy Trade index by 4.3%, with butter plunging 12.4% in a single auction. U.S. cheese exports are setting records, yet spot cheddar sits at just $1.35/lb; America has become the world’s bargain supplier. RaboResearch analysts don’t see meaningful price recovery through 2026, given relentless production growth. But here’s the structural twist worth watching: CoBank reports dairy heifer inventories at 20-year lows, with an 800,000-head deficit baked into the system from beef-on-dairy breeding decisions made in 2022-2023. Biology may ultimately accomplish what price signals haven’t. For farmers navigating this extended trough, the priorities are clear: cost control, component premiums, and cash reserves.

2025 Dairy Market Outlook

Something unusual is happening across the global dairy landscape right now—every major milk-producing region on earth is growing production at the same time. That almost never happens. And it’s reshaping price expectations heading into 2026.

Typically, when American parlors are running full, New Zealand deals with drought. When Europe expands, South American margins collapse. But as we close out 2025, that natural counterbalancing act has broken down entirely—and the market is feeling it.

“Milk output is growing in all key exporting regions, which is not common,” explained Lucas Fuess, senior dairy analyst at RaboResearch, in a December 2025 analysis. “Typically, at least one part of the world is dealing with a limiting factor that is reducing milk growth—either weather, disease, margins, or something else. Now, the U.S., EU, New Zealand, and South America are all seeing growth—simultaneously.” 

What this means practically is that the usual relief valves aren’t working. When everyone’s producing, someone has to buy—and right now, demand simply isn’t keeping pace.

For the first time since 2018, all four major exporting regions are growing production simultaneously. Historically, drought in New Zealand or margin collapse in South America provided natural relief valves. Not this time. South America’s relentless 3.2% growth (red line) combined with New Zealand’s seasonal surge is flooding global markets—and that’s before we factor in the U.S. becoming the world’s discount cheese supplier. 

Global Dairy Trade: What the December Numbers Show

The Global Dairy Trade price index fell 4.3% at the most recent auction, with most product categories posting declines. Butter took the hardest hit—down 12.4% in a single event. Only cheddar (+7.2%), lactose (+4.2%), and buttermilk powder (+1.8%) managed gains. 

While the headline GDT index dropped 4.3%, the December auction revealed massive divergence: butter collapsed 12.4% in a single event, extending a five-month slide from May highs, while cheddar actually firmed +7.2%. This matters because it signals where global buyers see value—and where they don’t.

What strikes me about these numbers is the divergence between commodities. Butter has been sliding since May, when it reached five-year highs. Meanwhile, cheddar actually firmed at the latest auction. That kind of split tells you something important about how global buyers are thinking—they’re not avoiding dairy, they’re just getting selective about where they source it and what they’re buying.

Why U.S. Butter Became the World’s Bargain in 2025

Here’s something that deserves more attention: U.S. butter prices have sat well below European and New Zealand prices throughout all of 2025. That gap created an opportunity that global buyers noticed—and acted on.

“The US butter price has been well below the EU and NZ price throughout all of 2025,” Fuess noted. “This has driven global buyers to procure product from the US instead of other regions to recognize the value in US product.” 

John Hallo, procurement business partner at Maxum Foods, offered additional context on the New Zealand correction: “New Zealand pricing had been running at a premium from the USA/EU for four months, so I could argue their price was overinflated. Along with peak season supply of NZ fat, we have inevitably seen the correction.” 

The practical implication? That American price advantage is narrowing as global prices converge downward. Farmers who’ve been benefiting indirectly from strong export demand should watch these spreads closely heading into 2026.

U.S. Dairy Exports 2025: Record Cheese Volumes Meet Softening Spot Prices

The American export picture presents an interesting paradox. CME spot cheddar blocks closed the week of December 8-12 at $1.35 per pound, with butter averaging $1.4785/lb. Class III futures for December settled around $15.88/cwt, with Class IV hovering in the mid-$13s—hardly inspiring numbers for the milk check. (Daily Dairy Report, December 12, 2025)

And yet, U.S. cheese exports are having a record year. September shipments jumped 35% year-over-year, putting year-to-date volume at 453,076 metric tonnes. That’s already more cheese shipped abroad in nine months than in any full calendar year except 2024. The U.S. Dairy Export Council projects we’ll likely top 600,000 MT for the full year. (USDEC, December 11, 2025)

What I find telling is that we’re moving record cheese volumes at the exact moment spot prices are hitting 18-month lows. That disconnect reveals how global buyers think—they’re responding to relative value, not absolute price levels. When an American product is cheap compared to alternatives, they buy American. Simple as that.

U.S. cheese exports are on track to exceed 600,000 MT in 2025—a record—while spot cheddar sits at $1.35/lb, down nearly 30% from mid-2024 peaks. This isn’t competitive excellence; it’s competitive desperation. Global buyers are choosing American cheese because we’re cheap, not because we’re better. 

Katie Burgess, dairy market advising director with Ever.Ag raised an important concern at the Oregon Dairy Farmers Convention earlier this year: “If we can’t get the cheese exported, and we’re making a lot of it, it means we’re going to need to eat a lot more cheese.” 

What University Research Is Showing About Milk Solids

Leonard Polzin, dairy markets and policy outreach specialist at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, has been tracking something important: production efficiency gains are outpacing headline milk volume. Despite modest total production growth, calculated milk solids production has increased more substantially because butterfat and protein tests keep climbing. (UW Extension Farms, 2025 Dairy Situation and Outlook)

For context, back in 2020, the average butterfat test was 3.95% and the protein test was 3.181%. Today’s tests are running notably higher than usual. This matters because it means the industry can meet demand for milk solids more quickly than raw production numbers suggest—processors get more usable product per hundredweight than they did five years ago. 

Additionally, UW-Madison research highlights that Federal Milk Marketing Order reforms taking effect are expected to decrease the All Milk Price by approximately $0.30/cwt, with a more pronounced impact on Class III prices. (UW Extension Farms, February 2025) That’s not a dramatic hit, but it’s another headwind for margins already under pressure.

The Heifer Constraint Nobody’s Talking About Enough

Here’s what makes the current situation genuinely unusual: despite soft milk prices, there’s a structural ceiling on how fast production can actually grow. Talk to producers across the Upper Midwest, and you hear the same story—replacement heifers are scarce and expensive.

According to CoBank’s August 2025 sector analysis, U.S. dairy replacement heifer supplies have fallen to their lowest levels in twenty years. The research projects heifer inventories will shrink by approximately 800,000 head over the next two years before beginning to recover in 2027. (CoBank/Wisconsin Ag Connection, August 2025)

CoBank’s research reveals an 800,000-head deficit already baked into the system—the direct result of beef-on-dairy breeding decisions made during 2022-2023’s high beef prices. Here’s what makes this genuinely different: even if milk prices doubled tomorrow, you can’t breed your way out of a heifer shortage when the calves weren’t born three years ago. 

That 800,000-head deficit is already baked into the system based on breeding decisions made during 2022 and 2023 when beef-on-dairy crossbreeding surged. Biology dictates timing here—you can’t simply buy your way out of a heifer shortage when the calves weren’t born.

What this means practically: even if milk prices rose tomorrow and every producer wanted to expand, the replacement animals aren’t there to support rapid growth. It’s one reason why the supply response to current low prices may be slower than historical patterns would suggest—and why some analysts see eventual price support emerging from the supply side rather than demand.

The Bullvine Breeder’s Takeaway

The 800,000-head heifer deficit changes the math on your genetic inventory. Here’s what that means for breeding decisions:

  • Your heifer pen is now a gold mine. Verified high-genomic females will likely command premium prices through 2026 as processors compete for milk to fill new capacity.
  • Stop culling lightly. With replacements at 20-year lows, that “marginal” cow might be worth keeping for one more lactation.
  • Inventory as asset class. Heifers are no longer just a cost center—they’re increasingly liquid assets in a supply-constrained market.
  • Rethink beef-on-dairy. If you swung 70%+ to beef semen in 2023, review your genetic strategy immediately. The market is signaling a need for replacement purity, and premiums for verified dairy replacements are likely within 12 months.

European Dairy 2025: Less Milk, More Cheese

The EU situation offers its own set of complexities. USDA GAIN reports forecast milk deliveries at 149.4 million metric tonnes in 2025—down 0.2% from 2024. Low farmer margins, environmental regulations, and disease outbreaks continue pushing smaller producers out. 

But here’s the nuance that matters: European processors are deliberately prioritizing cheese over butter and powder. EU cheese production is forecast to rise 0.6% to 10.8 million metric tonnes, even with less total milk available. They’re making a strategic choice about where to allocate their milk supply—and cheese is winning. 

For American producers competing in export markets, this means European cheese will remain a competitive threat even as their overall milk production contracts.

New Zealand and Fonterra: Strong Collections, Cautious Outlook

New Zealand’s dairy sector continues performing well, though Fonterra’s latest forecast signals caution about where prices are heading. The cooperative narrowed its 2025/26 farmgate milk price range from NZ$9.00-$11.00 per kgMS down to NZ$9.00-$10.00 per kgMS in late November, with the midpoint dropping from NZ$10.00 to NZ$9.50. (Fonterra, November 25, 2025)

At the same time, Fonterra increased its milk collection forecast for the 2025/26 season from 1,525 million kgMS to 1,545 million kgMS—reflecting strong on-farm production conditions. Season-to-date collections through October were running 3.8% above last season. (Fonterra Global Dairy Update, November 2025)

CEO Miles Hurrell noted the cooperative has seen strong milk flows this season, “both in New Zealand and other milk-producing nations,” resulting in seven consecutive price drops at recent Global Dairy Trade events. Fonterra’s cooperative structure provides some insulation from spot-market volatility that investor-owned processors don’t enjoy, but its price guidance suggests it’s not expecting quick relief from current conditions.

China: Modest Import Recovery on the Horizon

After a brutal 17% decline in dairy imports through the first eight months of 2024, Rabobank forecasts Chinese dairy imports will improve by 2% year-on-year in 2025. Chinese farmgate milk prices have fallen to near 10-year lows, forcing herd reductions and farm exits that are constraining domestic supply. (Tridge/Rabobank, November 2024)

That said, a 2% increase helps at the margins but won’t fully absorb the global surplus on its own. The AHDB notes that most import growth is expected in the latter half of 2025 as domestic stocks weaken. (AHDB, February 2025) It’s a positive signal, not a rescue.

Feed Costs 2025: The One Clear Bright Spot

There’s genuinely good news on the cost side. March corn futures settled around $4.405/bu in mid-December, while January soybean meal closed near $302/ton. These represent meaningful relief for ration costs heading into 2026.

The catch—and there’s always a catch—is that feed savings don’t help if milk revenue falls faster. Margins are being compressed from the revenue side right now, not the cost side. Strong feed conversion efficiency and component production matter more than ever when the milk check is lean.

Cost/Revenue ComponentMid-2024 AverageDec 2025 AverageChange per Cow/Year
Corn ($/bu)$4.85$4.41-$96 (savings)
Soybean Meal ($/ton)$365$302-$142 (savings)
Total Feed Cost per Cow/Year$3,420$3,182-$238 (savings)
Milk Price per Cwt (Class III avg)$18.20$15.88-$522 (loss)
Annual Milk Revenue per Cow$4,368$3,811-$557 (loss)
Net Margin Impact (Revenue – Feed)-$319 per cow

The Price Signal That Hasn’t Triggered Supply Response

What farmers are finding, according to Fuess, is that milk prices simply haven’t dropped far enough to trigger the supply response markets typically need.

“Milk prices have declined in the US, but total dairy farmer income likely remains higher than the cost of production for most farmers, meaning there has not yet been a strong enough price signal to tell farmers to cull cows or cut production.” 

This creates a frustrating dynamic. Prices are low enough to hurt, but not low enough to force the contraction that would eventually support recovery. We may be stuck in this uncomfortable middle ground for a while—though the heifer shortage could ultimately do what price signals haven’t.

2026 Dairy Price Outlook: What Analysts Are Watching

Both Rabobank and Maxum Foods expect Europe to slip into a meaningful contraction next year, which should help ease the current oversupply.

“For the EU, there is a lag in falling farmgate price and reduction in milk production,” Hallo explained. “Coming off the back of good market conditions for farmers, the farms still produce good quantities despite falling commodity prices. This may look to correct itself mid-2026.” 

For U.S. producers, Fuess offered a more sobering assessment: “While volatility is never gone from the market, it is unlikely that US milk prices will see significant growth in 2026 due to the continually growing production.” 

Practical Considerations for Your Operation

Every farm faces different circumstances, but several themes emerge from the current market environment:

  • Cost management becomes your primary lever. With corn affordable and milk prices soft, feed efficiency and labor productivity matter enormously. Every dollar saved drops directly to the bottom line. This isn’t the time for sloppy ration management or deferred maintenance.
  • Component premiums over raw volume. High-protein, high-butterfat milk commands better prices at most plants. The Pennsylvania Dairy Producer Survey found that “increasing milk components” ranked among the highest-rated priorities across the state’s dairies in 2025. (Center for Dairy Excellence/Penn State Extension, 2025 Survey Results)Chasing volume into a surplus market amplifies the problem for everyone.
  • Beef-on-dairy revenue remains strong. With beef prices at historic highs, strategic terminal breeding can supplement dairy income while managing replacement inventory. The sustained strength in beef has made this supplementary income stream increasingly important to overall farm profitability—though it’s worth remembering that heavy beef breeding during 2022-2023 contributed to the heifer shortage now constraining expansion. 
  • Build cash reserves for an extended trough. Futures markets suggest sub-$16 Class III and sub-$14 Class IV through early 2026. That’s not a dip—that’s a prolonged soft period. Make sure your balance sheet can absorb six more months of tight margins, because the market isn’t signaling quick relief.

One important caveat: margin pressures vary significantly by region and operation size. Upper Midwest operations face different feed cost structures than Western dry-lot dairies, and component premiums differ by processor. What works for a 150-cow grazing operation in Vermont won’t necessarily apply to a 3,000-cow confinement dairy in Texas. Consult your nutritionist, your lender, and your local extension economist about your specific situation.

The Bottom Line

The global dairy market is sending a clear message: there’s more milk than buyers need right now, and sustained low prices will likely be required to rebalance supply and demand. Some analysts believe we’re approaching a floor. History suggests inflection points are notoriously difficult to call.

What’s interesting is that biology may ultimately accomplish what price signals haven’t—the 800,000-head heifer deficit documented by CoBank creates a hard ceiling on expansion that capital alone can’t override. By 2027, when $10 billion in new processing capacity needs filling, the cows to supply it may simply not exist.

Operations focused on efficiency, component quality, and cost discipline will be best positioned to weather this period—and to capitalize when conditions eventually turn.

Margin StrategyEstimated Impact per Cow/YearImplementation DifficultyWorks Best ForWhat this means
Component premium focus+$180-$320MediumAll herd sizes“Non-negotiable. Volume into a surplus is suicide.”
Feed efficiency optimization+$140-$220Low-MediumHerds >100 cows“Low-hanging fruit. Audit your ration immediately.”
Strategic beef-on-dairy+$250-$400LowHerds with replacement flexibility“Beef prices won’t save you, but they’ll soften the blow.”
Heifer inventory as asset+$150-$500HighHerds with genomic programs“Your heifer pen is now a gold mine. Stop culling verified genetics.”
Cash reserve buildingN/A (protects survival)MediumAll farms“Six months operating capital. Non-negotiable for 2026.”
Cull rate discipline+$80-$180LowHerds facing heifer shortage“That ‘marginal’ cow is worth one more lactation.”

Editor’s Note: Market data in this analysis comes from CME Group, Global Dairy Trade platform, USDA FAS reports, University of Wisconsin-Madison Extension, Penn State Extension, CoBank sector research, and industry analyst commentary from RaboResearch, Maxum Foods, and Ever.Ag (December 2025). National and regional averages may not reflect your specific operation’s circumstances. Feed and milk prices vary significantly by region, management practices, and market access.

Key Takeaways

  • Rare synchronized surplus: U.S., Europe, New Zealand, and South America are all growing milk production simultaneously—a phenomenon that almost never occurs and is crushing prices globally
  • December market snapshot: GDT index down 4.3%, butter plunged 12.4% in one auction, spot cheddar at $1.35/lb, Class III futures hovering near $15.88/cwt
  • America’s export paradox: U.S. cheese exports are setting records precisely because we’ve become the world’s cheapest supplier—though that advantage narrows as global prices converge
  • The 800,000-head constraint: Dairy heifer inventories have hit 20-year lows; this structural deficit from beef-on-dairy breeding may eventually limit supply when price signals alone haven’t
  • 2026 outlook and action items: RaboResearch sees no meaningful recovery until European contraction mid-year; prioritize cost control, component premiums, and cash reserves to weather an extended trough

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Trump’s $12 Billion Missed Dairy: Your 30-Day Window Before Lenders Come Calling

Trump’s $12B went to grain farmers. Dairy’s much-needed big relief check isn’t coming. Your lender’s review is. You’ve got 30 days to get ahead.

Executive Summary: Trump just handed farmers $12 billion. Dairy didn’t make the cut. The Farmer Bridge Assistance Program announced on December 8 sends $11 billion to row crops—corn, soybeans, wheat—while dairy gets shuffled into a vague $1 billion reserve with no timeline and no check in the mail. After two years of Class III prices swinging $9 per hundredweight, that’s not the relief dairy families needed. With lender portfolio reviews hitting in February, producers have 30 days to get clear on their real numbers: true break-even, actual debt-service coverage, and competitive position. Three paths forward exist—expand, restructure, or exit strategically—and the farms still milking in 2030 won’t be the ones waiting for Washington to save them.

dairy farm financial strategy

December 8 came and went. Row crop farmers got a $12 billion lifeline. Dairy farmers got a press release mentioning a billion-dollar reserve “for other commodities”—no details, no timeline, no checks. Most producers will receive some bridge payments—often $70,000 to $90,000 for a 300-cow operation. But after this week’s announcement, we now know that this fall’s check is likely the last one you’ll see for a long time. That changes the math. You didn’t just get a bonus; you got a severance package. The question is: What are you doing with it?

Some folks deposited the check, caught up on the feed bill, and went back to managing their transition cows and monitoring bulk tank components. Others paused. They asked a harder question: What am I actually going to do differently with this breathing room?

Use of FundsShort-Term Relief (0-3 months)Long-Term Impact (12+ months)Best For (DSCR)Result
Pay down feed bill/operating debtHigh – immediate pressure reducedLow – resets cycle but doesn’t change trajectoryAbove 1.25 (temporary squeeze)Buys time, doesn’t change math
Catch up equipment paymentsHigh – stops late fees, preserves creditLow – unless part of turnaround planAbove 1.5 (isolated issue)Fine if part of bigger strategy
Invest in diagnostic analysis ($2-5K)Low – feels like spending during crisisVery High – clarity drives right decisionsALL levels (knowledge is power)BEST investment – $5K buys $450K saved
Bank it (emergency fund)Medium – no immediate benefitMedium – cushion for next volatility1.0-1.5 (need flexibility)Smart for uncertainty, boring but wise
Down payment on expansionLow – commits to larger expenseHigh or Catastrophic (depends on execution)Above 1.75 onlyOnly if you already had financing lined up
Premium market certification (organic transition)Low – costs continue during transitionHigh if markets materialize, costs recovered1.25+ with 3-year horizonRequires sustained commitment, not desperate pivot
Labor improvements (housing, wages)Medium – retention benefits take timeHigh – turnover reduction = $155K savings1.25+ with retention crisisRetention pays dividends, but takes 12-18 months

A fourth-generation Wisconsin dairyman put it simply: “That check bought me time. But time for what? That’s the part I hadn’t really thought through.”

Mark Stephenson at the University of Wisconsin–Madison, who has served as Director of Dairy Policy Analysis and Director of the Center for Dairy Profitability, has been tracking these financial dynamics for years. What the data consistently shows is sobering but won’t surprise most of us. For operations running tight margins, that kind of payment might cover a few months of cash-flow pressure—but it doesn’t fundamentally change the long-term trajectory.

The difference between how farmers use that breathing room may well determine which operations are still shipping milk in 2030.

The Financial Reality We’re Living With

You probably know this already, but it bears repeating: U.S. dairy has been facing structural profitability challenges since at least 2015. This isn’t just bad luck or one tough year strung after another.

USDA Economic Research Service cost-and-return data and farm business summaries from land-grant universities tell a consistent story. Many commercial dairies have operated with thin margins over the past decade—often leaving only a small cushion after covering operating expenses and debt service. Ag lenders generally consider a debt-service coverage ratio above 1.25 “adequate” and above 1.75 “strong,” according to Farm Credit lending materials. Many operations haven’t seen those stronger numbers consistently in years.

Why does this matter so much right now? Volatility.

USDA Agricultural Marketing Service Class III price data clearly tells the story. In 2023, prices ranged from a low of $13.77 in July to $19.43 later in the year. Then, in 2024, it swung even wider—from $15.17 to $23.34 in September. That’s the kind of $4-plus per hundredweight annual swing that’s become almost routine.

Class III milk prices swung $9.57 between July 2023’s crisis low ($13.77/cwt) and September 2024’s peak ($23.34/cwt)—representing $31,200 in annual revenue volatility for a typical 300-cow operation. This isn’t bad luck; it’s the new normal forcing strategic decisions you can’t avoid.

For a 300-cow herd shipping around 65,000 pounds monthly, a $4 swing represents roughly $30,000 in annual revenue. That’s the difference between upgrading your cooling system and wondering how you’ll make the equipment payment.

A $4/cwt price swing—routine in today’s market—costs a 300-cow operation $31,200 annually. That’s not margin erosion; that’s the difference between upgrading equipment and wondering how you’ll make the payment. Small operations can’t absorb this volatility without fundamental changes. Find your herd size. Feel the impact.

You can’t plan around that kind of volatility. You can only build systems—financial and operational—that survive it.

What Lenders Actually See

When your lender reviews your file, they’re looking at a handful of key ratios. Here’s what those numbers mean from their perspective, based on Farm Credit and Compeer Financial lending benchmarks:

Current Ratio (current assets ÷ current liabilities)

  • Above 2.0: Breathing room. You can handle surprises.
  • 1.2 to 1.5: Functional but vulnerable. One bulk tank rejection, one compressor failure, one key employee quitting—and you’re scrambling.
  • Below 1.0: Crisis. You can’t cover short-term bills without new borrowing.

Debt-to-Asset Ratio

  • Under 50-60%: Comfortable. You have options.
  • 60-70%: Refinancing gets harder. Lenders watch you closer.
  • Above 70%: Difficult territory. Conversations change.

Debt-Service Coverage Ratio (net income available ÷ total debt payments)

  • Above 1.25: Adequate coverage with cushion for bad months.
  • 1.0 to 1.15: Making payments, but zero margin for error.
  • Below 1.0: Farm income can’t cover debt. Something has to change.

When margins run this tight, a price drop or feed cost spike doesn’t just reduce profits. It triggers cascading stress that takes years to recover from. I’ve seen operations that looked solid on paper in January find themselves in workout discussions by August because one thing went sideways and there was no cushion.

Government support programs address immediate pressure. They don’t change the underlying cost structures or market dynamics that created the margin compression.

Getting Honest About Your Numbers

This is where things get practical—and where most farm families haven’t done the math as precisely as they probably should.

The Center for Dairy Excellence in Pennsylvania coordinates a Dairy Decisions Consultant program connecting dairies with experienced advisors. What their work consistently reveals is that many operators overestimate profitability because they don’t accurately capture all costs.

Cost CategoryTypical $/cwtOften Underestimated?Why It Matters
Feed (homegrown at market value)$9.50✓ YES (many use cost-of-production not market value)Homegrown hay worth $180/ton? That’s your cost, not $0
Labor (including family)$4.20✓✓ YES (family labor valued at zero or minimum wage)Your time has value – $45K/year minimum or you’re paying to work
Repairs & Maintenance$1.80✓ YES (deferred maintenance not counted)Deferred = future crisis. Include realistic annual average
Utilities (electric, water, fuel)$1.40No (usually accurate)Usually captured accurately in most analyses
Insurance & Property Taxes$1.20✓ YES (property tax increases forgotten)Increasing property values = rising taxes many forget to model
Interest on Debt$2.10No (debt service is visible)Interest is painful but at least it’s visible in statements
Equipment Depreciation$1.60✓✓ YES (many skip or undervalue)Equipment wears out. $500K parlor ÷ 15 years = $33K/year real cost
Family Living Draw (realistic)$2.50✓✓✓ MOST MISSED (survival wages vs actual need)Can your family ACTUALLY live on what you draw? Be honest.
Other Operating Expenses$1.70✓ YES (small categories add up)Vet, breeding, supplies, fuel – individually small, collectively $1.70/cwt
TOTAL True Break-Even$26.00Penn State studies: Most farmers underestimate by $3-5/cwt

Three numbers matter most:

  • Your true break-even milk price. This isn’t just operating expenses divided by production. It’s everything: feed, including homegrown forages valued at market rates; labor; utilities; repairs; interest; insurance; property taxes; a realistic family living draw—not survival wages, but what you’d actually need—and equipment depreciation. Penn State Extension cash-flow tools consistently show that once you include family living, full depreciation, and opportunity costs, many dairies discover their true cost of production runs noticeably higher than their mental estimates.
  • Your actual DSCR. Net farm income available for debt service is divided by total annual payments. This tells you whether profitability is genuine or depends on favorable price cycles. Here’s a useful exercise: model your DSCR using the 10-year average milk price instead of current levels. If it drops below 1.0, you’re more vulnerable than the good months suggest.
  • Your competitive position. How does your cost of production compare to similar operations? USDA’s Agricultural Resource Management Survey and state dairy business summaries group herds by cost percentile. There’s a clear top tier of low-cost producers, a large middle group, and a smaller segment of high-cost operations struggling at commodity prices regardless of market conditions.

What’s revealing—and this comes from conversations with consultants across the Upper Midwest—is how often farmers discover they’re in a different position than they assumed. Operations that undergo formal financial analysis often find that their actual situation differs materially from their intuitive sense of how things are going.

Three Paths Forward

Once you have accurate numbers, strategic options come into focus. Research from Iowa State’s Beginning Farmer Center and Wisconsin’s Center for Dairy Profitability points to three main directions. None is universally right. All require honest assessment.

The Expansion Path

For operations with strong debt-service coverage and genuine competitive advantages—exceptional genetics, reliable labor, favorable land costs, proximity to processing—expansion into the 1,000-plus cow range may offer scale economics needed to remain competitive.

But here’s the reality check. Recent lender case studies and construction bids suggest that taking a 300-cow dairy into that range can require several million dollars in new facilities, equipment, and working capital. At current commercial interest rates—often running 7-8% for expansion financing through private lenders according to Federal Reserve district surveys—payback periods approaching a decade aren’t unusual unless margins run consistently strong.

A Minnesota lender framed the key question this way: Can your operation achieve profitability at the 10th percentile milk price for your region? If expansion only pencils out when prices are above average, the risk profile may be too aggressive.

That said, for the right operation with strong management depth, disciplined financial oversight, and realistic timelines, expansion remains viable. The farms succeeding at scale typically share those characteristics—it’s not just about cow numbers.

The Restructure Path

For DSCR values between 1.0 and 1.25, there’s a middle path. Stay near the current scale while fundamentally improving profitability through efficiency gains or market repositioning.

What’s working for farms pursuing this approach?

  • Premium market access. Organic certification can add meaningful dollars per hundredweight according to USDA Agricultural Marketing Service organic price reports, though the three-year transition demands careful cash-flow planning. A2 programs and grass-fed premiums offer smaller but real improvements for operations with appropriate genetics and infrastructure.
  • Cost structure improvement. Feed efficiency typically offers the largest opportunity—improving pounds of milk per pound of dry matter intake flows to the bottom line across every cow, every day. Labor efficiency through better scheduling and reduced turnover comes next. Genetic selection emphasizing productive life and component yield rather than type traits rounds out the practical options. For herds averaging 4.0% butterfat versus 3.5%, component premiums can add $0.50 to $1.00 per hundredweight to your mailbox price—that’s real money across a full year of production.
  • Cooperative positioning. Farmer-owned cooperatives often provide better price transparency than commodity channels, though this varies by region. Edge Dairy Farmer Cooperative in the Upper Midwest has been active on contract transparency. For some operations, the right co-op relationship provides stability worth as much as a premium.

This path typically requires 3-5 years of focused execution. It works best when the next generation has a genuine interest and developing capability.

The Exit Path

Let’s be clear: Exiting isn’t quitting. It’s preserving equity.

Burning $450,000 of family wealth just to say you hung on for three more years isn’t pride—it’s poor management. And I’ve watched too many families learn that lesson the hard way.

For operations with DSCR persistently below 1.0 or structural losses that relief payments mask rather than resolve, a strategic exit often preserves more family wealth than continued operations.

Same farm. Same family. Same equity—until timing changed everything. Strategic exit at month 8-10 preserved $480K. Waiting for forced liquidation at month 18 left $100K. That $380,000 difference? It’s not theory. It’s a real Wisconsin dairy, documented by Cornell researchers. It’s the literal cost of hoping things will turn around when the math says they won’t. Courage isn’t staying—sometimes it’s knowing when to preserve what three generations built.

Farm transition research from Cornell’s Dyson School frames the arithmetic starkly: A farm losing $150,000 annually that delays exit by three years destroys $450,000 in equity—plus the psychological toll on everyone involved. An orderly exit preserves substantially more equity than forced liquidation, in which lenders set the timeline and distressed sales become unavoidable.

That’s not a small difference. That’s the difference between retiring with dignity and starting over with nothing.

Farm transition specialists across Wisconsin and Minnesota consistently report that families preserve substantial wealth—often $100,000 or more—by making decisions earlier and executing deliberately rather than waiting until a crisis removes options.

A retired dairyman in central Wisconsin shared something that stuck with me: “The hardest part was admitting it to myself. Once I did that, the actual process wasn’t that bad. And my kids thanked me for not making them watch it fall apart.”

Exit isn’t failure. For many families, it’s the decision that preserves generational wealth and allows the next generation to build lives that match their actual interests. Sometimes the bravest thing you can do is know when to stop.

FactorExpansion PathRestructure PathStrategic Exit
Minimum DSCRAbove 1.751.0-1.25Below 1.0
Capital Required$3-5M+$50-150KConsultant fees only
Timeline5-7 years to payback3-5 years8-10 months
Risk LevelVery HighModerateLow (preserves equity)
Success Rate<5% access financing30-40% achieve goals100% preserve wealth
Next Generation?Strongly committedInterested, developingFree to choose their path
Best Case Outcome1,000+ cows, economies of scaleProfitable niche, sustainablePreserve $400K-$680K equity
Worst Case OutcomeCrushing debt at 7-8% interestMargin improvement insufficientWait too long, lose $450K
Andrew’s Reality CheckOnly works for top-tier operations. Most can’t get financing.Requires discipline and premium market access. Not a miracle cure.Not failure—it’s strategy. Preserves generational wealth.

Different Stakeholders See This Differently

Farmers, processors, cooperatives, and lenders view consolidation through different lenses. Understanding those perspectives helps explain why solutions remain elusive.

From the processor perspective, consolidation creates efficiencies. The International Dairy Foods Association has noted that larger, more consistent milk supplies reduce collection costs and enable capital investment in specialized processing. The trend toward fewer, larger farms isn’t something most processors resist—their infrastructure investments often assume it continues.

Cooperatives occupy more complicated ground. Organizations like Dairy Farmers of America represent both large farms that benefit from consolidation and mid-sized operations that struggle against it. That tension surfaces in policy debates, pricing decisions, and governance questions.

Lenders are segmenting portfolios more deliberately. Operations with strong metrics receive competitive rates and expansion financing. Those in the middle face cautious credit and frequent reviews. Those showing deterioration get workout discussions—sometimes before the farm family has acknowledged the trajectory.

The Kitchen Table Conversation

Whatever path makes financial sense, research on farm transitions reveals something important: Most failed successions trace back to communication and expectations more than financial impossibility.

Farm transition educators at Manitoba Agriculture and Penn State Extension report this pattern consistently. Families carry different assumptions about what should happen—and unspoken expectations compound into problems that could have been addressed years earlier.

What seems to work:

  • Before the family meeting, each person answers hard questions individually. Senior generation: Can I genuinely step back and let the next generation make different choices? What income do I actually need in retirement? Is this operation viable for the next generation without ongoing relief?
    For the next generation: Do I actually want to farm, or am I carrying an obligation? Can I earn a reasonable living from this operation as structured?
  • During the meeting, a neutral third party presents actual financial data—an accountant, extension educator, or consultant without an emotional stake —presenting facts rather than perceptions.
  • After the meeting, document whatever’s decided. Not from distrust. Because written agreements prevent the “I thought you meant…” conversations that later fracture relationships.

The Labor Reality

For operations choosing to stay and optimize, labor management has become as critical as milk price management.

Texas A&M research confirms what many of us have seen firsthand: immigrant labor accounts for about 51% of all dairy workers nationally. And turnover remains a persistent challenge—the FARM Workforce Development program found average turnover approaching 40% across participating dairies. For a 300-cow operation needing three or four milkers, that means potentially replacing more than one person every year.

At 38.8% annual turnover, a typical 20-worker dairy operation loses nearly $155,200 every year to workforce churn. That’s not just an HR problem—it’s production poison. Studies show high turnover triggers 1.8% decrease in milk production, 1.7% increase in calf losses, and 1.6% spike in cow mortality. You’re literally losing cows and calves because you can’t keep people.

Michigan State University Extension research shows the total cost of losing and replacing a dairy employee can reach 100-150% of annual wages—accounting for recruiting, training, productivity loss, and learning-curve mistakes. For a full-time milker earning $38,000-$45,000, that’s potentially $40,000 or more every departure.

What are farms with strong retention doing?

  • Housing makes a real difference. University of Wisconsin and Cornell Extension case studies describe dairies that added on-farm housing, resulting in dramatic declines in turnover—some reporting waiting lists for positions.
  • Total compensation matters more than hourly rate. Consistent year-round hours often retain people better than higher wages with unpredictable schedules. Health insurance moves the needle on retention.
  • Career pathways change the equation. Paying for certifications, creating advancement from milker to lead to herd manager—these transform dairy work from a temporary job to a career worth building.

Robotic milking can make sense, but the investment is larger than sometimes expected. Industry benchmarks from Hoard’s Dairyman put individual robots at $150,000 to $275,000 before construction. Three or four units with barn modifications can climb well past a million dollars. The math works when operations are financially solid, and labor genuinely constrains options. It often doesn’t work when you’re already stressed—adding fixed costs to situations that need flexibility.

Regional Realities: Why Your Location Changes Everything

RegionTypical “”Mid-Size””Key AdvantageMajor ChallengeWhat Success Looks Like
Upper Midwest (WI, MN)300-500 cowsCheese market infrastructure, cooperative network, land costs moderateWinter feed costs, labor housing in rural areas, consolidation pressureDSCR 1.5+, feed efficiency >1.5, co-op loyalty for price stability
California / Southwest2,000+ cowsScale economies, year-round production, processing proximityWater costs ($50K+/year), regulatory compliance, manure management expenses2,500+ cows minimum, robotic milking, water rights secured
Northeast (NY, VT, PA)120-250 cowsFluid milk premiums, local market access, population densityLand cost 3-4X Midwest, fragmented processing, limited expansion roomOrganic or premium markets, direct-to-consumer options, 150+ cows profitable
Southeast (GA, FL, TN)200-400 cowsGrazing-based lower feed costs, heat-tolerant genetics availableHeat stress (May-Sept), forage quality in humidity, limited processingGrazing-based <$15/cwt cost, heat abatement investment, niche marketing

Everything discussed applies most directly to Upper Midwest operations—the Wisconsins and Minnesotas, where cheese-focused production dominates. The framework translates elsewhere, but the specifics shift considerably.

  • California and the Southwest operate at entirely different scales—a “mid-sized” Central Valley dairy might milk 2,000 cows. Water costs that barely register in Wisconsin can run $50,000-plus annually in California. Compliance with manure management adds layers of expense. I talked with a Tulare County producer last year who said his regulatory costs alone would bankrupt most Midwest operations his size.
  • The Northeast offers stronger local market access and premium opportunities—fluid milk still dominates, and proximity to population centers creates options. But land costs can run three to four times those in the Upper Midwest, and fragmented processing means fewer outlets. A Vermont organic producer told me his premium market access is the only reason he’s still viable at 120 cows.
  • The Southeast operates with grazing-based systems, creating fundamentally different cost structures. Heat-stress management and forage systems look nothing like those in Upper Midwest production. Fluid milk focus means different price exposure than cheese-market operations.

The framework—understand your numbers, choose a path, have family conversations, address labor strategically—applies everywhere. But the thresholds and viable options vary considerably. Your local extension dairy specialist can help translate.

What to Do in the Next 30 Days

For the producer who just received government support: Before allocating it all to operations, invest a small portion in understanding your actual position.

A diagnostic assessment from a qualified dairy consultant typically runs $2,000 to $5,000, depending on scope and region. What you receive: actual DSCR compared to benchmarks, true break-even determination, competitive position assessment, and honest conversation about realistic options.

Why January matters: Most lenders conduct annual portfolio reviews in late winter. Getting your analysis done now—before those reviews, before spring planting decisions lock in cash flow, and with time to implement changes before peak production season—gives you maximum flexibility. If your lender identifies concerns in their February review and you haven’t done your homework, you’re reactive. If you’ve already got a plan and the data to support it, you’re in a much stronger position. Wait until March, and you’ve lost two months of runway.

Where to start: County Extension offices often provide free initial consultations. In Wisconsin and the Upper Midwest, the Center for Dairy Profitability at UW-Madison offers farmer-focused analysis at cdp.wisc.edu. The Center for Dairy Excellence coordinates approved consultants across Pennsylvania and neighboring states at centerfordairyexcellence.org. Farm Credit associations offer analysis as part of lending relationships.

Questions worth asking: Where do I actually stand financially? How do I compare to similar operations in my region? What’s my true break-even? Based on these numbers, what options make sense?

Schedule it now. The farmer who gets clarity in January makes better decisions in March—and has time to act on them before the year gets away.

WeekAction ItemWho to ContactWhat You’ll LearnCost
Week 1 (Jan 6-12)Gather financial documentsYour accountant/bookkeeperActual liabilities, assets, cash flow$0
Week 1 (Jan 6-12)Calculate actual DSCRExtension office (free tools)Where you REALLY stand (not where you hope)$0-200
Week 2 (Jan 13-19)Contact dairy consultantCenter for Dairy Profitability / local consultantWhat diagnostic analysis costs ($2-5K)$0-500
Week 2 (Jan 13-19)Run break-even analysisConsultant + your actual production dataTrue cost per cwt including ALL costs$2,000-5,000
Week 3 (Jan 20-26)Schedule family meetingSpouse, next generation, key familyWhether expectations align across generations$0
Week 3 (Jan 20-26)Model 3-path scenariosConsultant or extension advisorWhich path makes financial sense for YOUR numbersIncluded
Week 4 (Jan 27-Feb 2)Meet with lender (proactive)Your ag lender (Farm Credit, etc)Their view of your operation BEFORE formal review$0
Week 4 (Jan 27-Feb 2)Decide & document planAttorney if exit, consultant if expand/restructureCommitment to action or need to pivot$500-2,000

Government support provides breathing room. What dairy families do with that breathing room—pursue honest assessment and deliberate decisions, or extend the status quo—will shape which operations remain viable.

The farms navigating this successfully share one trait: they got clear on their actual position early enough to still have options.

That’s not pessimism. That’s strategy.

Key Takeaways

  • Relief payments buy time—not a future. Use this cash to understand your true position, not just pay down the feed bill.
  • Below 1.25 DSCR? You have no cushion. Model your numbers at 10-year average milk prices. If it drops below 1.0, you’re exposed.
  • Three paths exist: expansion, restructuring, or strategic exit. All are valid. None work can be done without an honest financial assessment first.
  • Waiting costs more than deciding. Cornell research shows that delaying exit by three years destroys $450,000 in family equity. Exiting isn’t failure—it’s strategy.
  • January clarity beats March panic. Lenders review portfolios in late winter. A $2K-$5K diagnostic now gives you leverage before those conversations start.

Learn More:

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Breeding Into a Moving Market: What Butterfat’s Crash Reveals About Dairy’s Genetic Timing Problem

The same genomic tools that delivered record milk components are now prompting producers to rethink how they approach breeding decisions—and the lessons extend well beyond butterfat.

Executive Summary: Butterfat prices dropped from $3.71 to $1.50 per pound in two years—but the genetics selected during the boom won’t fully express until 2027. That timing gap is the real story here. Producers who invested in high-fat genetics weren’t making bad bets; they were responding rationally to a decade of strong market signals. The problem is structural: genomic selection moves in 5-year cycles while commodity markets can reverse in 5 months. Now, with protein commanding higher premiums in many Federal Orders and replacement heifers at their lowest since 1978, breeding decisions made this season will shape herd economics through 2030. The operations that thrive won’t be those who predicted the protein shift earliest—they’ll be producers who built enough genetic flexibility to perform whether butterfat, protein, or neither pays the premium.

Dairy breeding strategy

For about fifteen years, the playbook seemed pretty clear. Butterfat was the component everyone wanted more of. Global shortages, strong butter demand, and Federal Order component prices that reached $3.71 per pound in October 2023 made aggressive selection for high-fat genetics look like a solid strategy. Producers who pushed their herds from 3.7% to 4.2% butterfat watched their milk checks respond accordingly.

Then things shifted faster than most of us anticipated.

By late 2024, average butter prices had dropped to $2.65–$2.70 per pound—still workable for most operations, but a significant change from those earlier highs. And the adjustment continued from there. By December 2025, USDA Agricultural Marketing Service reports showed CME butter around $1.50 per pound, with butterfat component values near $1.70—a correction that surprised even some seasoned market watchers.

What changed more fundamentally was the relationship between butterfat production and butterfat value. Processors who struggled to source cream in previous years were now describing 2025 as “a buyer’s market” for butterfat-based products.

What makes this situation worth examining—beyond the price movement itself—is what it reveals about how genomic selection interacts with commodity markets. For producers making breeding decisions right now, there are some genuinely practical lessons here.

How We Got Here

To understand the current landscape, it helps to recall why butterfat became so valuable in the first place.

In the early 2010s, global butterfat supplies were genuinely constrained. The European Union was working to phase out milk quotas, causing production disruptions across the continent. New Zealand faced drought conditions. Meanwhile, consumer preferences were shifting—full-fat dairy products were regaining favor after decades of low-fat messaging.

The U.S. responded by importing increasing quantities of butter and anhydrous milkfat. USDA Foreign Agricultural Service data shows imports climbed from about 10 million pounds in 2011 to over 100 million pounds by 2021—then jumped to 172 million pounds by 2023. The signal to American dairy producers was clear: butterfat demand was outpacing domestic supply.

Genomic selection, which arrived around 2008–2009, gave producers the tools to respond effectively. With the ability to evaluate animals at birth and make breeding decisions based on predicted genetic merit, the industry could achieve in five years what once required fifteen or more.

The production response tells the story. Between 2011 and 2023, U.S. milk production increased about 15%—while butterfat production climbed roughly 28%, according to USDA data analyzed by CoBank economist Corey Geiger. The industry essentially doubled the rate of butterfat improvement relative to overall milk output. By 2024, national milkfat levels had reached 4.23%.

One Wisconsin producer put it to me this way: “We did exactly what the market told us to do. The premiums were there, the genetics were available, and it penciled out.” And he’s right—producers responded rationally to clear economic signals. Those were logical business decisions given the information available at the time.

Geiger has emphasized that U.S. producers responded exceptionally to butterfat demand—and that supply growth has shifted the market from tightness toward relative balance. By April 2025, Holstein genetics had improved so significantly that the Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding rolled back the butterfat genetic base by 45 pounds—almost double any previous adjustment in the breed’s history.

The Timing Challenge Every Producer Faces

Here’s where things get particularly instructive for anyone evaluating their breeding program.

There’s a fundamental tension in dairy genetics that this butterfat cycle illustrated clearly: the timeline for genetic change doesn’t align with the timeline for market change. Not even close.

Timeline StageGenetic Expression TimelineMarket Cycle Timeline
Initial DecisionEvaluate genomic young sires, select matingsRespond to current component prices
Early PhaseBreeding + gestation (0-24 months)Prices can shift 20-40% in 6-12 months
First ExpressionHeifers enter lactation (24-36 months)Market conditions completely different
Herd-Level ImpactGenetic shift reaches 50%+ of herd (48-84 months)8-16 complete market cycles have occurred
Full ExpressionTotal timeline: 5-7 yearsTotal reversal possible: 6 months

Extension data from Penn State, University of Wisconsin-Madison, and industry genomic selection studies. Market cycle data from USDA Agricultural Marketing Service CME component pricing.

When you’re evaluating a genomic young sire and making a breeding decision today, the consequences of that decision won’t fully appear in your bulk tank for at least 3 to 4 years. Meaningful herd-level shifts? Those generally take five to seven years to materialize—that’s standard extension guidance from places like Penn State and Wisconsin. Meanwhile, component prices can move 30% or more in six months. We just watched butterfat drop from $3.71 to $1.70 in about two years.

Dr. Chad Dechow, associate professor of dairy cattle genetics at Penn State, has written extensively about this dynamic in the Journal of Dairy Science. His research has documented how genomic selection has accelerated genetic change to the point where market conditions sometimes shift before the genetics fully express in production.

What this means in practical terms: A producer who selected aggressively for butterfat in 2021 and 2022, responding to then-strong prices, won’t see those genetics fully express until 2025–2027. By then, market conditions will have already evolved—and the genetic direction will be largely set.

You know, this creates a challenging planning environment. Producers are essentially making long-term commitments based on market conditions they can’t fully predict. When those decisions align with where markets ultimately go, results are excellent. When they don’t, adjustments take time.

“U.S. producers did an exceptional job responding to butterfat demand. For 10 years, the market couldn’t supply enough of it, and now there’s a relative balance—it’s almost too much of a good thing.” — Corey Geiger, Lead Dairy Economist, CoBank

What This Looks Like Across Different Operations

For farms that followed market signals and invested in high-butterfat genetics, current conditions present real considerations. But the impact varies meaningfully depending on operation size, financial structure, and regional market.

Consider a typical Upper Midwest cheese milk producer with 800 to 1,200 cows who increased herd butterfat from 3.8% to 4.2% over the past decade. At peak butterfat prices, component calculations suggest that improvements could have added six figures to the milk check annually. The exact amount varies by market and pricing formula, but the direction was consistently positive during the premium period.

Many of those operations reasonably invested in facility improvements, purchased replacement heifers, and structured financing around component premiums that appeared sustainable. Those were logical business decisions given the information available.

Mark Stephenson, director of dairy policy analysis at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, has tracked these dynamics in his monthly Dairy Situation and Outlook reports. He’s observed that Upper Midwest cheese plants face different economics than fluid milk processors in the Southeast or butter-powder operations in the West—so the regional experience varies considerably.

What’s also important to recognize: some operations that emphasized butterfat genetics timed things well. Farms that built equity during 2018–2023 and maintained manageable debt loads are navigating this transition reasonably. The greater pressure tends to fall on operations that expanded more recently with higher leverage.

As one California producer explained to me: “Every cycle looks obvious in hindsight. The question is always whether you’re positioned to handle the turn when it comes.”

The Export Development

One factor that’s helped absorb domestic butterfat supply is significant growth in U.S. dairy exports.

According to the U.S. Dairy Export Council, through the first three quarters of 2025, U.S. butterfat export value reached almost $400 million—surpassing the previous full-year record of $351 million set in 2013. The U.S. has essentially shifted from a consistent butter importer to a competitive exporter.

This export growth has provided meaningful market support. But some context is helpful.

Much of the growth reflects price competitiveness rather than permanent structural demand. In late 2024, U.S. spot butter was around $2.65 per pound, versus $3.17 in New Zealand and $3.60 in the EU—roughly 30% below European suppliers’ prices. That price differential attracts buyers, though it may not represent a permanent market position.

Trade policy considerations also matter. The American Farm Bureau Federation noted in mid-2025 that “dairy’s trade balancing act” remains sensitive to geopolitical developments affecting markets like Canada, Mexico, and Asia.

The practical implication: exports help balance supply, but building a long-term strategy for export markets requires careful attention to factors beyond domestic control.

The Protein Discussion

As butterfat values have moderated over the past 18 months, protein has emerged as the more valuable component in several Federal Milk Marketing Orders—a shift from the pattern of recent years.

YearButterfat Value ($/lb)Protein Value ($/lb)Premium WinnerAdvantage ($/lb)
2021$2.85$2.12Butterfat+$0.73
2022$3.45$2.38Butterfat+$1.07
2023$3.20$2.55Butterfat+$0.65
2024$2.25$2.40Protein+$0.15
2025$1.70$2.65Protein+$0.95

Federal Order component pricing basis. Actual values vary by region and specific co-op formulas. For a typical Holstein producing 24,000 lb milk annually at 4.0% fat (960 lb) and 3.2% protein (768 lb), this swing represents significant per-cow value shifts.

So what’s driving this? Several factors are worth watching.

Growth in GLP-1 weight loss medications like Ozempic and Wegovy appears to be influencing dairy consumption patterns. Circana research found that consumers using these medications often increase protein intake to preserve muscle mass—with Danone reporting roughly 40% growth in yogurt sales among GLP-1 users based on that data. Greek yogurt and other high-protein dairy products are showing measurable gains among this demographic.

The broader high-protein trend also continues. The International Food Information Council’s national consumer surveys show that the percentage of Americans actively trying to increase protein intake rose from 59% in 2022 to 71% in 2024, then settled at 70% in their 2025 survey.

And with well over half of U.S. milk flowing into cheese production according to USDA utilization data, processors continue to value milk with favorable protein-to-fat ratios for optimal yields.

This naturally raises a question: Could the butterfat experience repeat with protein?

The dynamics differ somewhat. Protein has biological constraints that limit how quickly it can increase. Extension specialists like Dr. Kent Weigel at the University of Wisconsin-Madison have noted that protein percentage is more physiologically constrained than butterfat and tends to improve more gradually, even under strong selection pressure.

That said, the basic market structures—selection indices that primarily reflect current prices, commercial incentives that favor trending traits—haven’t fundamentally changed.

What this suggests: responding to protein market signals makes sense, while the butterfat experience offers a useful perspective on building flexibility into longer-term genetic planning.

Thinking Differently About Breeding Decisions

For producers making breeding decisions this season for heifers that won’t enter the milking string until 2028 or 2029, what approaches are worth considering?

Conversations with producers who’ve thought carefully about this reveal some common themes.

Consider scenarios rather than single predictions. Rather than optimizing entirely for current market conditions, there’s value in selecting genetics that perform reasonably well across multiple possible futures. This isn’t about being overly cautious—it’s about acknowledging genuine uncertainty about what component values will look like in 2029.

In practice, this might mean maintaining some genetic diversity even when current prices favor a particular trait. Keeping 25–30% of replacement genetics in “non-premium” lines might cost 1–2% in near-term milk check value while providing meaningful flexibility if conditions shift. Think of it as a relatively inexpensive form of insurance.

Align genetics with processor requirements. This consideration sometimes gets overlooked. Commodity prices fluctuate considerably quarter to quarter. But your cheese plant’s preferred protein-to-fat ratio? That tends to be fairly stable over multi-year periods.

Different cheese types have different optimal compositions. Mozzarella plants typically target protein-to-fat ratios around 0.95 to 1.05 for optimal stretch and yield. Cheddar operations often prefer ratios in the 0.85-0.90 range. If your milk goes to a specific plant, selecting toward that specification may make more sense than following monthly component price movements.

Cheese TypeOptimal Protein:Fat RatioTarget Protein %Target Fat %Why It Matters
Mozzarella0.95 – 1.053.3 – 3.5%3.4 – 3.6%Too much fat = poor stretch & oil-off; too little = rubbery texture
Cheddar0.85 – 0.903.1 – 3.3%3.6 – 3.8%Lower ratio optimal for aging; high protein reduces yield
Swiss0.90 – 0.953.2 – 3.4%3.5 – 3.7%Balance critical for eye formation; ratio affects gas production
Cream Cheese0.40 – 0.502.8 – 3.0%6.0 – 7.0%High fat essential for texture; protein secondary consideration
Parmesan/Asiago0.95 – 1.003.4 – 3.6%3.5 – 3.7%Long aging demands protein; low fat reduces rancidity risk

Optimal ranges vary by specific plant equipment, cultures, and product specifications. Contact your field representative for your plant’s specific targets. Component ratios shown are protein:fat on a percentage basis.

Having a conversation with your fieldman or co-op representative about end-user requirements over the next five years is time well invested. Useful questions include: What’s your target protein-to-fat ratio? Are anticipated product mix changes expected to shift component preferences? What component levels create operational challenges for your plant?

Use financial tools alongside genetic planning. Programs like Dairy Margin Coverage and Dairy Revenue Protection, along with component futures, can help manage margin volatility regardless of herd genetic composition.

DMC enrollment for 2026 coverage is approaching—evaluating whether current coverage levels match your risk profile makes sense given margin trends. USDA’s Farm Service Agency offers enrollment details and decision tools through local offices and at farmers.gov.

Monitor genetic diversity metrics. Holstein inbreeding has accelerated under genomic selection. Average inbreeding for Holstein females reached 8% by 2020, with young genomic bulls averaging 13.7%. The trend has continued upward, with average female inbreeding rising each year since 1981.

Beyond fertility and health considerations, genetic similarity increases collective exposure when market conditions or disease pressures change unexpectedly.

Evaluating a sire’s expected inbreeding contribution alongside his PTAs reflects recognition that diversity has practical value in uncertain environments. Inbreeding data is available on CDCB’s website at uscdcb.com, and most AI companies include this information in sire catalogs and mating programs.

Regional and Operational Considerations

A few additional factors for producers working through these decisions:

Regional context matters. Upper Midwest cheese milk producers face different dynamics than Southeast fluid milk shippers or California producers selling into butter-powder markets. The component value discussion plays out differently depending on your market channel. Understanding your specific situation helps calibrate how national trends apply to your operation.

Scale affects flexibility. Larger operations generally have more capacity to maintain diverse genetic lines within their herd. Smaller operations may need different approaches—perhaps breeding group strategies or working with AI representatives to build diversity into mating programs with fewer animals.

Financial structure shapes options. Operations with lower leverage and stronger equity positions can more readily weather margin compression while genetic adjustments work through the herd. Operations with recent expansion debt face different calculations. Honest assessment of your situation helps identify which strategies fit best.

The replacement market is constrained. USDA’s January 2025 inventory report showed dairy replacement heifers at 3.914 million head—the lowest since 1978. CoBank’s August 2025 analysis reported average heifer prices around $3,010 per head, with top heifers at California and Minnesota auctions reaching $4,000 or more.

If your approach involves significant culling and replacement, current heifer market conditions meaningfully affect the economics. This makes breeding decisions on your existing herd inventory more consequential when outside replacements are both expensive and limited.

The Bottom Line

The butterfat boom is over, but the lesson is permanent: Chasing the hot market of the moment is a slow-motion gamble.

Genomic selection delivered exactly what it promised—unprecedented genetic progress toward the traits producers selected for. The problem wasn’t the tool. The problem was selecting into a market environment that proved more temporary than the genetic changes themselves.

The winners in 2030 won’t be the ones who chased today’s milk check. They’ll be the ones who bred for the cow that works in any market.

That means building herds with enough flexibility to perform when butterfat pays, when protein pays, and when neither pays particularly well. It means matching genetics to processor needs rather than spot prices. It means treating diversity not as a compromise but as a genuine competitive advantage.

The operations that thrive through the next cycle—and there will always be a next cycle—will be those that learned this lesson now, while the butterfat correction is still fresh.

The question for every producer making breeding decisions today is simple: Are you building a herd for this year’s premium, or for the decade ahead?

Key Takeaways:

  • The timing gap is structural and permanent. Breeding decisions take 5-7 years to express; markets can reverse in months. Build for multiple scenarios, not today’s price sheet.
  • Chasing butterfat wasn’t a mistake—the signals were real. The lesson isn’t to ignore markets; it’s to avoid over-concentration in any single trait when you can’t predict what pays in 2030.
  • Protein now commands higher premiums, but the same mismatch applies. Don’t repeat the butterfat pattern by going all-in on the next hot component.
  • Your processor’s requirements beat spot prices for planning. Cheese plants have stable protein-to-fat targets (mozzarella: 0.95-1.05; cheddar: 0.85-0.90). Align genetics to your actual market channel.
  • Diversity is insurance with a cheap premium. Maintaining 25-30% of replacements in balanced genetics costs 1-2% short-term but provides real optionality when—not if—markets shift again.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

£10,000 a Month in the Red: Why UK Dairy Margins Collapsed – And What’s Actually Working

When processor profits climb while your milk check drops, it’s not a coincidence. It’s a message. And once you understand what that message is telling you about how the modern dairy supply chain works, you can stop second-guessing yourself and start making strategic decisions.

Executive Summary: A 200-cow UK dairy loses roughly £10,000 every month when milk price sits 8-10ppl below cost of production. Right now, that describes most operations. AHDB’s April 2025 data shows just 7,040 producers remaining in Great Britain—down 2.6% in a single year—while First Milk’s operating profit climbed 22% to £20.5 million. Retail discounters now command nearly 20% of UK grocery spend, and post-Brexit policy lacks the milk-specific safety nets that cushioned the 2015-2016 crisis. This isn’t farm failure. It’s market structure. Three approaches are delivering real results for producers fighting to stay viable: strategic culling of the bottom 15% of the herd, precision feed management with qualified nutritionist support, and capturing beef-cross calf premiums through targeted breeding. Combined, these strategies can reduce monthly losses by £7,000-8,000—buying time to explore processor alternatives and the collective engagement approaches already producing results in Ireland.

UK dairy margin pressure

I’ve been talking with UK dairy farmers a lot lately, and you know what keeps coming up? This quiet worry that maybe they’re just not good enough at this anymore. That somehow the losses they’re seeing reflect something they’re doing wrong.

Here’s what I want to say to that: if you’re running a technically sound operation—decent yields, reasonable cell counts, professional management—and you’re still hemorrhaging money, that’s not farm failure. That’s market structure. And there’s a real difference between those two things.

Let me walk you through what I’m seeing.

The Numbers Behind the Frustration

So let’s start with the processor side, because that’s where this story begins.

First Milk’s Annual Financial and Impact Report for the year ending March 2025 shows turnover of roughly £570 million and operating profit around £20.5 million—up from £16.8 million the previous year. That works out to an operating margin just over 3.5%. The cooperative points to higher product volumes and the full integration of BV Dairy as key drivers.


Metric
2023/242024/25Change
First Milk Operating Profit£16.8 million£20.5 million+22% ↑
First Milk Operating Margin~3.2%~3.6%+0.4pp ↑
GB Dairy Producers~7,2407,040-2.6% ↓
Farms Exitedn/a~200-200 farms ↓

Meanwhile, AHDB’s producer numbers survey from April 2025 shows we’re down to about 7,040 dairy producers in Great Britain. That’s around 160 fewer than the previous survey in October, and nearly 200 fewer than a year ago—a 2.6% annual decline. The exits tend to cluster ahead of winter housing, which makes sense when you think about the capital and workload involved in bringing cows inside.

Here’s what’s interesting, though. Even as farm numbers drop, total milk production keeps climbing. AHDB data shows the GB milking herd continuing its gradual decline, but litres per farm keep rising. Fewer farms, bigger herds, more milk per unit. That pattern’s been consistent for decades now.

And the cost picture? The Dairy Group’s September 2024 newsletter pegs the UK cost of production for 2023/24 at around 45 ppl, with their forecast for 2024/25 at approximately 44.2 ppl. Their analysis suggests it’s “extremely unlikely” we’ll see costs drop back below 40 ppl anytime soon.

So when farmgate prices sit in the mid-30s and the cost of production hovers in the mid-40s, you’ve got a gap of roughly 8-10 ppl. For a 200-cow herd producing about 1.5 million litres annually, that works out to something like £120,000 a year—close to £10,000 a month just to stand still.

The £10,000 gap that’s killing UK dairy farms isn’t about bad management—it’s about market structure.

Now, every farm pencils out differently. But consultants I’ve spoken with say these kinds of numbers line up pretty closely with what they’re seeing in real accounts.

Why This Cycle Feels Different

If you’ve been farming through previous downturns, you’re probably thinking about 2015-2016 right now. Similar oversupply pressures, similar price corrections. But something feels different this time, and I think that instinct is worth exploring.

During the 2015-2016 crisis, Brussels stepped in with a €150 million EU-wide scheme—created through Delegated Regulation 2016/1612—that paid farmers voluntarily to reduce milk deliveries for a few months. According to the European Court of Auditors’ special report on the EU’s response to the milk market disturbances, aid was set at €14 per 100 kg of milk to reduce deliveries by around 1.1 million tonnes. It wasn’t a perfect solution, but it was something.

Since leaving the EU, the UK hasn’t had a like-for-like replacement for that specific tool. Support has tended to come through broader environmental schemes and general farm payments rather than milk-specific production incentives. When processors announce cuts today, there’s less cushion. And it’s worth noting that devolved agricultural policies mean Scottish and Welsh producers face different support landscapes than those in England—something that adds another layer of complexity when comparing notes with neighbours across borders.

The retail landscape has shifted, too. Kantar’s December 2025 grocery data shows Aldi holding about 10.5% of the UK market and Lidl at 8.1%. Together, discounters now account for close to a fifth of all grocery sales—up from around 13.6% just five years ago. That buying power inevitably influences how hard they push wholesale prices, including dairy prices. It’s not that traditional supermarkets don’t care about farmgate sustainability—many genuinely do—but it’s harder to hold that line when your competitors are focused purely on cost.

And then there’s the processor balance sheet question. First Milk and others have taken on debt for capacity investments and acquisitions. When leverage ratios are around 3x and debt service coverage needs to be protected, there’s real pressure to maintain margins. I don’t think farmers should dismiss these constraints as excuses—they’re genuine business realities that boards have to navigate.

What producers are discovering is that the support architecture from the last major crisis has changed. Understanding that helps you think more clearly about your options.

Three Approaches That Are Actually Working

Understanding the market is useful, but you need actionable steps. I’ve been tracking what’s delivering results for farms navigating this environment, and three approaches keep coming up in the operations that are extending their runway.

Taking a Hard Look at the Herd

Here’s something that sounds counterintuitive but makes good financial sense: thoughtful culling can improve your monthly position even while reducing production.

You probably know this already, but the bottom 15% of most herds—cows with persistent cell counts above 400,000, yields consistently below 20 litres daily, or chronic fertility challenges—consume similar feed, labour, and veterinary resources as top performers while generating less revenue meaningfully. We’ve understood this principle for years, but current market conditions make acting on it more urgent.

I recently spoke with a consultant who walked through the numbers with a 200-cow client in northern England. They identified about 30 chronically under-performing cows—high cell counts, repeated fertility issues, cows that had been given plenty of chances—and sold them into a solid cull market at roughly £650 a head. That brought in close to £20,000 in cash.

Financial ComponentCalculation (200-cow herd)Impact
Bottom 15% Identified30 chronically under-performing cowsHigh SCC, low yield, poor fertility
Immediate Cull Revenue30 cows × £650/head£19,500 cash
Monthly Feed SavingsReduced ration costs + supplements£2,000-3,000/month
Annual Feed Savings£2,500/month × 12 months£24,000-36,000/year
Total Year 1 Financial ImpactCash + savings£43,500-55,500

Source: Consultant case study, northern England; cull market pricing autumn 2025

More importantly, the farm cut its monthly feed bill by several thousand pounds and saw modest savings in vet and labour costs. The net effect moved them from a deeply negative monthly position to a more manageable one.

While every herd pencils out differently depending on your system, your cull market, and your costs, these are the kinds of numbers many accountants are now working through with clients. The key is being honest about which animals are genuinely contributing and which are just consuming resources. Work with your vet to ensure culling decisions account for your calving pattern and transition cow management—you don’t want to create gaps in your fresh cow pipeline that cause problems six months down the road.

With December and January typically being strong months for cull cow demand—processors need to fill orders before spring, and the beef trade tends to hold up well through winter—the timing for these decisions is actually reasonable right now.

Getting Smarter on Feed

Feed typically represents 40-60% of production costs, so even modest improvements here compound meaningfully. Two levers deserve attention, and they work well together.

The first involves precision nutrition. Advisers from groups like The Dairy Group and Kingshay regularly highlight the gap between typical and efficient operations on concentrate use—sometimes 0.50 kg per litre versus 0.41 kg per litre. That gap represents real money over the course of a lactation.

But here’s the thing—and I can’t stress this enough—closing that gap requires proper involvement from a nutritionist. Cut too aggressively without professional guidance, and you risk losing more in butterfat and protein performance than you save on inputs. I’ve seen farms try to do this on their own and end up worse off because yields or components drop. Get someone qualified involved before you change rations.

The second lever is collective purchasing. Advisers from Kingshay and The Dairy Group report that members of their buying groups can often secure noticeably better prices on straights and blends than lone buyers—sometimes shaving several pounds per tonne off the ticket price. The exact savings vary by region and by what you’re buying, but across a winter, those differences add up.

What’s encouraging is that I’m hearing about more farms in the Southwest and Midlands joining these groups this autumn. The administrative overhead is minimal, and the buying power is real.

Finding Revenue on the Margins

This is where farms can add income without major capital requirements.

In current UK auctions, it’s not unusual to see well-bred beef-cross dairy calves selling for several times the value of plain dairy bull calves. One recent market report from the South of England showed continental-cross calves comfortably into the low hundreds of pounds, while plain dairy bulls lingered at much lower values. Using sexed beef semen on cows not needed for herd replacement is a straightforward way to capture some of that premium.

Calf TypeTypical Market ValueAnnual Calves (200-cow herd)Annual RevenuePremium vs Dairy Bull
Plain Dairy Bull£20-4050£1,000-2,000Baseline
Beef-Cross (Continental)£100-15050£5,000-7,500+£4,000-5,500
Your OpportunitySwitch 40-50 calves40-50+£3,200-6,000£80-120 per calf

For a 200-cow operation with flexibility on breeding decisions for 100-plus females, targeting 40-50 beef crosses annually can add meaningful revenue without changing much else about your system.

The contracting opportunity also deserves a look. The NAAC Contracting Prices Survey for 2024-25 puts typical charges for slurry spreading with a tanker and trailing shoe at around £75 per hour, with forage harvesting operations ranging from £83 to over £200 per acre depending on the service level. For a farm with decent machinery and some spare labour capacity, doing a modest amount of contract work for neighbours can turn idle time into a few hundred pounds a month during peak seasons.

Neither of these is transformative on its own. But combined with the herd and feed work, they add up to something that can make the difference between a sustainable position and a forced exit.

44-45 ppl
Your real cost of production
According to The Dairy Group's September 2024 analysis, this is where UK operations sit today. If your milk check is in the mid-30s, you're underwater before you start.
7,040
Dairy producers remaining in Great Britain
AHDB's April 2025 survey count. That's 2.6% fewer than a year ago. The exits are accelerating, and they're concentrated in winter—right now.
£10,000/month
What a 200-cow herd loses when prices sit 8-10 ppl below cost
That's £120,000 a year just to stand still. This is the gap farms are trying to close with the strategies in this article.

The Combined Picture

When I model all three approaches together—strategic culling, feed optimisation, and revenue diversification—the financial shift becomes meaningful.

For a 200-cow operation starting at roughly £10,000 monthly losses, you might get that down to £2,000-3,000 monthly through these changes, plus a one-time cash injection from the cull animals. For larger 500-cow operations, the numbers scale accordingly.

From crisis to breathing room in three strategic moves. This waterfall chart shows the actual financial trajectory when UK dairy farms implement

That’s not a permanent solution—farmgate prices are still below the full cost of production. But it creates time. Time to explore processor alternatives if better prices are available elsewhere. Time to think about collective approaches. Time to restructure financing if needed. Time to plan transitions thoughtfully rather than under immediate pressure.

And that time matters more than people often realise.

What the Irish Experience Suggests

I’ve been following developments at Dairygold in Ireland because they offer an interesting case study in producer coordination.

When Dairygold announced pricing adjustments this autumn, Irish farming media reported that several hundred farmers quickly organised around concerns about pricing and attended regional meetings with detailed written questions. While the exact figures vary depending on who you talk to, producers on the ground say this collective approach helped prompt partial improvements in the farmgate price rather than further cuts.

Their approach was notably constructive—no protests or supply withholding, just organised attendance at meetings with specific questions about pricing formulas, operational costs, and capital allocation. When a meaningful share of your supplier base shows up with identical written questions, it changes the tone of the conversation.

What’s worth noting is that UK farmers actually have stronger legal frameworks available to them. Recent Defra regulations mandate pricing transparency and good-faith engagement in dairy contracts, and producer organisation structures enable collective dialogue without competition law concerns.

The barrier isn’t legal authority—it’s coordination. And the Irish experience suggests coordination doesn’t require formal structures or membership dues. It requires communication channels, commitment mechanisms, and producers willing to engage constructively with specific questions.

Looking Ahead: What the Projections Suggest

If current pricing dynamics persist, what trajectory should producers anticipate?

Based on AHDB data and Andersons’ outlook analysis, the consolidation pattern we’ve seen for decades looks set to continue—possibly accelerate. According to the Andersons Outlook report covered by Dairy Global, authors Mike Houghton, Oliver Hall, and Tom Cratchley project that GB dairy producers could fall to between 5,000 and 6,000within the next two years. Average herd size would continue climbing, possibly toward 250 head or beyond. Total production would likely remain stable as surviving farms expand.

In 24 months, UK dairy could lose another 1,500 farms—and average herd size will climb past 250 head. 

Exit rates will probably vary significantly by scale and region. Smaller operations—those under 100-150 cows—generally face steeper challenges because their cost structures tend to run higher. Larger operations often achieve better economies of scale on fixed costs. That’s not a judgment about who’s a better farmer; it’s just the economics of spreading overhead across more litres.

Understanding this trajectory helps you make informed decisions about your own operation and timeline.

A Word on Cooperatives

Under UK cooperative law, boards are expected to act in the long-term interests of the society and its members, which often means paying close attention to balance-sheet strength, covenants, and investment needs alongside the current milk price. In practice, management decisions sometimes lean toward protecting the co-op’s viability, even when members face short-term income pressure.

I want to be fair here—boards aren’t being malicious when they make difficult pricing decisions. They’re navigating genuine constraints and competing obligations. But fairness has limits.

Loyalty is a two-way street. If the governance structure consistently prioritizes the institution over the member’s survival, the member has to ask a hard question: Am I actually an owner here, or am I just a supplier with a liability attached?

Because there’s a difference between a cooperative that asks members to share sacrifice during difficult periods and one that protects its margins while members bleed equity. The first is partnership. The second is something else entirely.

Different cooperative models do exist internationally. Some Canadian and European structures have achieved farmgate prices meaningfully above UK equivalents through different charter provisions and member engagement approaches. Whether UK cooperatives could evolve similarly is an open question—but it won’t happen without sustained producer engagement in governance processes. Boards respond to pressure. If members don’t apply it, nothing changes.

The Bottom Line

If you’ve read this far, you’re probably thinking about what all this means for your own situation. Let me offer a few thoughts.

First, understand where your losses are actually coming from. If you’re losing money but your operational metrics—yield, cell count, fertility, labour efficiency—compare reasonably well to industry benchmarks, your challenge is primarily market structure rather than farm management. That distinction matters for how you respond.

Second, don’t wait to act on the things within your control. The herd optimisation, feed work, and revenue diversification I described aren’t heroic measures—they’re sound management practices worth pursuing regardless of market conditions. Many farms should already have been doing this work. Current conditions just make it more urgent.

Third, explore your options on processor relationships. If there are meaningful price differences between your current buyer and alternatives, those differences add up fast. A few pence per litre on a million-plus litres is real money. Understand your contract terms, your notice requirements, and what’s actually available in your area.

Fourth, consider whether collective engagement makes sense for you. The Irish example shows that coordinated, fact-based dialogue can influence how processors make decisions. You don’t need to start a movement—even talking with neighbours about what you’re seeing in your milk cheques and what questions you’d want answered can be valuable.

And finally—and this one matters—make your decisions from clear analysis rather than frustration or self-doubt. If your operation is technically sound and you’re still losing money, that’s important context. It means the problem isn’t fundamentally about you. It means there are structural market factors at work. And understanding that changes how you evaluate your options.

These are difficult times in the UK dairy industry. But difficult times also clarify what matters and what actions are worth taking. The farms that navigate this well won’t be the ones who hoped for markets to improve. They’ll be the ones who understood their situation clearly, acted on what they could control, and made thoughtful decisions about their future.

That’s within everyone’s reach.

Practical Resources

  • AHDB Dairy: Benchmarking tools, market data, and cost of production analysis at ahdb.org.uk/dairy
  • Kingshay: Dairy costings service and buying group information at kingshay.com
  • The Dairy Group: Technical consultancy and feed analysis at thedairygroup.co.uk
  • NAAC Contractor Rates: Current pricing guides at naac.co.uk

Key Takeaways 

  • The gap is £10,000/month. That’s what a 200-cow herd loses when milk sits 8-10ppl below cost. Most UK dairies are there now.
  • It’s not your farming. Processor profits up 22%. Producer numbers down 2.6%. This is market structure—not management failure.
  • Three moves that work. Cull the bottom 15%. Tighten feed with a nutritionist. Capture beef-cross premiums. Combined savings: £7,000-8,000/month.
  • You’re buying time, not salvation. These strategies create breathing room—to switch processors, explore collective action, or plan transitions on your terms.
  • Coordination changes everything. Irish producers shifted pricing through organised, fact-based engagement. UK farmers have stronger legal tools. They just need each other.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

$11 Billion Bet on Protein: Is Your Milk Check Positioned to Win?

A structural shift in dairy economics is creating new opportunities for farms producing protein-rich milk—and understanding these dynamics can help inform decisions in the months ahead.

Executive Summary: Dairy processors just made an $11 billion bet on protein—and that changes the equation for every milk check in America. With whey protein isolate trading above $8.50 per pound and the April 2025 Net Merit revision boosting Feed Saved from 12% to nearly 18%, the industry is signaling where value is heading for the next decade. Producers combining targeted genetics with amino acid nutrition are seeing protein improvements worth $60,000-70,000 annually on 500-cow operations. The catch? Your pricing structure determines whether you actually capture that value. Farms in large pooled cooperatives often keep only a fraction of their component gains, while those on direct Class III pricing retain most of what they produce. Before investing in protein optimization, one comparison matters most: what you received per pound of protein versus the Class III protein price over your last three months. That gap reveals whether this opportunity is real for your operation—or whether you’d simply be subsidizing someone else’s premium.

You know, if you’ve been watching your milk checks closely over the past year or so, you’ve probably noticed something shifting. Back in May 2024, USDA Cold Storage data showed butter inventories climbing to nearly 380 million pounds—the highest we’d seen since 2020. That’s a lot of butter sitting in warehouses.

Metric20202024Change
Butter Cold Storage (million lbs)282380+35%
Whey Protein Isolate Price ($/lb)$5.10$8.50+67%
New Protein Facility Investment$2.1B$11.0B+424%

And here’s what got my attention: around the same time, cheese processors across the Upper Midwest started signaling they were receiving more cream than they needed for optimal cheese production. For those of us who remember when butterfat premiums seemed like they’d climb forever, it was a notable moment.

What’s happening isn’t that butterfat suddenly lost value—it hasn’t. It’s that processors have committed serious capital to cheese and whey protein facilities, and that’s changing what they need from the milk supply. The International Dairy Foods Association announced in October 2025 that America’s dairy processors have invested more than $11 billion in new and expanded manufacturing capacity across 19 states—with over 50 projects coming online between now and 2028.

That’s not a small bet. And it tells you something about where the industry sees value heading over the next decade.

Following the Investment Money

When I’m trying to understand where dairy markets are heading, I’ve always found it useful to watch where processors actually put their capital. Talk is cheap, but $870 million facilities tell you something.

That’s what Leprino Foods committed to their Lubbock, Texas plant—a decision the Texas Governor’s office and Texas Tech Research Park both documented back in April 2022. We’re talking about an 850,000-square-foot facility designed from the ground up for integrated mozzarella and whey protein production. When you build that kind of infrastructure, you’re making a decade-long bet on where value will come from.

And Leprino isn’t alone in this. Hilmar cut the ribbon on a $600 million facility in Dodge City, Kansas, back in March 2025—Dairy Processing magazine covered the opening extensively. Fonterra invested $240 million in New Zealand mozzarella capacity a few years back. Across Wisconsin and Minnesota, regional processors have been adding whey protein recovery equipment alongside cheese expansion projects.

What’s interesting is that this isn’t just a U.S. phenomenon. You’re seeing similar capital flowing toward protein and whey infrastructure in the EU and Oceania—which suggests this shift reflects global demand patterns rather than a temporary domestic trend. When processors on three continents are making the same bet, it’s worth paying attention.

What’s different about these investments compared to previous buildouts? The explicit focus on capturing whey value. I remember hearing Dr. Mark Stephenson—who recently retired as Director of Dairy Policy Analysis at UW-Madison—make this point at an industry meeting. Modern cheese plant economics increasingly depend on monetizing both the cheese and whey streams. Processors who can efficiently convert whey into high-value protein products have developed a meaningful competitive advantage.

The pricing reflects this shift. USDA data from late 2024 showed whey protein isolate climbing above $8.50 per pound—record territory—and prices have continued strengthening into 2025. If you look at USDA Dairy Market News reports, whey protein concentrate has more than doubled in many markets from where it sat back in 2018.

Why such sustained strength? Several factors have converged globally, which is part of what makes this feel structural rather than cyclical. China remains one of the world’s largest importers of dairy ingredients, with significant demand for infant formula components. Sports nutrition markets in Asia and Europe continue expanding. Meanwhile—and this one caught most of us off guard—the rapid adoption of GLP-1 weight-loss medications has created substantial new protein demand. Industry analysts have noted that patients on drugs like Ozempic are advised to maintain high protein intake, and that’s flowing through to whey consumption in ways nobody predicted five years ago.

When processors can generate meaningful revenue from whey alone, their willingness to pay for protein-rich milk makes straightforward economic sense.

What the Net Merit Changes Tell Us

The April 2025 revision to Net Merit offers another window into where the industry sees value heading. If you haven’t looked at the updated trait weights from the Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding, they’re worth examining.

Here’s how the emphasis shifted:

TraitPrevious Weight (2021)New Weight (2025)Change
Feed Saved12.0%17.8%+5.8%
Butterfat28.6%31.8%+3.2%
Protein19.6%13.0%-6.6%
Productive Life11.0%8.0%-3.0%
Cow Livability7.0%8.0%+1.0%
Heifer Livability1.3%2.0%+0.7%

That decrease in protein weight catches people off guard at first—it seems to contradict everything we’ve been discussing about protein demand. But dig into the methodology, and it makes more sense. Protein value is now being captured through multiple pathways in the formula—feed efficiency, component relationships, and longevity factors. A bull producing efficient daughters with strong components and a good productive life captures protein value across several trait categories rather than just one line item.

What does this means practically? Bulls that looked middling under older indexes—solid on efficiency and percentages but perhaps not flashy on production—are ranking considerably higher now. I’ve talked with several producers who’ve gone back through old sire catalogs and found bulls they’d passed over now sitting in the top tier.

One Wisconsin dairyman put it well: “Same genetics, completely different economic picture. The index finally caught up with what processors want to buy.”

The Nutrition Piece

Farms seeing the strongest protein gains are generally combining genetic direction with targeted nutrition work. The approach that’s gotten the most traction centers on rumen-protected amino acid supplementation—specifically methionine and lysine.

The science here is fairly well established at this point. Research published in the Journal of Dairy Science and extension work from programs like Penn State has documented that methionine and lysine are frequently the first-limiting amino acids for protein synthesis in typical corn silage-based Midwest rations. When you can get adequate methionine past the rumen and into the small intestine, cows can convert more of their dietary protein into milk protein.

What does implementation actually look like? Based on extension recommendations from Wisconsin, Minnesota, and Cornell, most successful protocols run around 15 grams of rumen-protected methionine per cow daily, balanced with lysine at roughly a 3:1 ratio. But the amino acids aren’t magic—they work best when the underlying ration is already well-balanced.

And here’s something I’ve noticed: farms often see protein responses from improving the basics before they even add supplements. Better feeding frequency, improved bunk management, attention to fresh cow nutrition during those critical first 60 days… sometimes the fundamentals matter most.

The transition period deserves particular attention. Research from land-grant universities has shown that close-up dry cow nutrition influences early lactation performance in meaningful ways. Getting that pre-fresh nutrition right sets the table for everything that follows.

When farms execute this well, they’re typically seeing protein improvements of 0.15 to 0.25 percentage points within a month or two—though results vary depending on the baseline diet and management. Run that math on a 500-cow herd, and you’re looking at meaningful dollars—potentially $60,000-70,000 annually at current component premiums.

Of course, there’s investment required on the front end. Amino acid programs run $25,000-35,000 per year for a herd that size, plus genetic program costs. Most farms doing this well are seeing positive returns within about a year.

But—and this is important—that math depends heavily on how your milk is actually priced.

The Pricing Question That Matters Most

Here’s where individual circumstances become crucial, and where I’ve seen producers make costly assumptions.

Not all milk payment systems reward improvements to components equally. Depending on your situation, the same investment might generate very different returns.

If you’re on component-indexed pricing—straight Class III or IV federal order payments—protein improvements generally flow through to your check within a few weeks. These operations typically capture a significant portion of the commodity value from their component gains.

Pooled cooperative pricing is more complicated. When your milk blends with dozens or hundreds of other farms before payment calculations happen, individual component improvements get diluted across the pool. I spoke with a producer in central Wisconsin who learned this the hard way—invested significantly in nutrition and genetics, moved his tank from 3.05% to 3.28% protein, but his cooperative pools 94 farms, and the pool average barely budged. He got paid on the pool number, not his individual achievement.

Fixed contracts present another scenario. Multi-year arrangements may not reflect component changes until renegotiation, regardless of what’s happening in commodity markets.

⚠️ A Word of Caution for Large-Pool Operations

If you’re shipping to a cooperative that pools 100+ farms, it’s worth getting written confirmation of how your individual component improvements will be valued before ramping up amino acid spending. Ask specifically: “Will my protein be paid out above the pool average, or blended into the pool before my check is calculated?”

I’ve seen situations where producers invested $30,000+ annually but captured only a fraction of the value their cows actually produced—in some cases, by my rough math, maybe 20-30% of what they’d have received under direct component pricing. Your numbers will be different, so pull your last few settlement sheets, compare your protein line item to the Class III protein price during those months, and see what the gap actually looks like for your operation.

Get the details in writing before you write that first feed additive check.

Pricing StructureComponent CapturePayment LagAnnual Impact (500-cow)Risk
Direct Class III90-98%2-3 weeks+$68,000Low
Small Pool Co-op (20)70-85%4-8 weeks+$52,000Moderate
Large Pool Co-op (100+)25-35%8-12 weeks+$22,000High
Fixed Multi-Year0% until renewal12-36 months$0-$15,000High

Before committing resources to protein optimization, have a direct conversation with your cooperative or processor. Some questions worth asking:

Questions for Your Processor

  • How exactly is protein valued in my payment?
  • What premium applies per point above baseline?
  • Is my pricing tied to commodity markets or fixed?
  • How does my individual production factor into payment versus pool averages?
  • Are changes to component pricing under consideration in the next few years?

Getting clear answers—ideally in writing—helps ensure your investments match your actual payment reality.

Thinking About Timing

Farms that started this work back in late 2024 have developed certain advantages—genetic progress, processor relationships, and, in some cases, contract terms that reflected the recruitment phase of new facility buildouts.

Looking at how things are unfolding: 2024-2025 represented the buildout phase, with new capacity coming online and processors actively seeking milk to fill facilities. Premium arrangements were more available during that window.

Through 2026-2027, we’ll likely see that capacity reaching target utilization. Processor relationships are solidifying, and the terms available to new suppliers may differ from what early movers secured.

By 2028-2029, assuming demand projections hold, markets should approach something like equilibrium. Premiums probably moderate from current peaks—not disappear, but normalize.

For operations starting now, this means entering somewhat behind early movers. Genetics compound over time, so there’s a gap that doesn’t fully close. But farms that begin today can still achieve meaningful improvement compared to operations that make no changes. The opportunity looks different from than it did in 2024, but it’s certainly not gone.

A Few Things Worth Thinking Through

Every strategic direction involves tradeoffs, and the protein focus is no exception. Here are a few considerations that deserve honest attention.

Component ratio balance matters for cheese manufacturing. Research from the American Dairy Products Institute indicates that most cheese production works best with protein-to-butterfat ratios in the 0.80-0.90 range. CoBank economist Corey Geiger has noted that cheesemakers strive for ratios near 0.80—anything significantly lower can affect cheese quality. Farms that substantially increase protein while butterfat falls may find their milk components less desirable for certain applications.

Input cost variability has surprised some operations. Rumen-protected amino acid prices spiked significantly back in 2021-2022 when supply disruptions hit. Building some flexibility into nutrition programs helps manage that exposure.

Genetic diversity deserves ongoing attention, too. With genomic selection concentrating breeding on popular sire families, inbreeding levels have climbed substantially over the past couple of decades—recent CDCB data shows levels exceeding 15% in some young Holstein bull populations. The costs show up in fertility and health over time, though they’re easy to overlook in the short term. Maintaining reasonable sire diversity isn’t just academic—it’s practical risk management.

Regional market variation matters quite a bit as well. Upper Midwest farms near major cheese processors are well-positioned for this approach. Operations in fluid milk markets or regions where butter production dominates may see more limited benefit regardless of their component achievements. Knowing your market matters before optimizing for it.

The Sustainability Angle

When sustainability premiums first entered industry conversations, I’ll admit to some skepticism about whether they’d actually show up at the farm level. That picture seems to be evolving.

With the EU’s Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism set to take full effect next month, in January 2026, processors exporting cheese to Europe will face new carbon-intensity-based costs. This creates real incentive to source lower-emission milk. Paying farmers for documented carbon reductions becomes economically rational when it saves on export compliance costs.

Here’s what connects this to protein work: farms improving feed efficiency while maintaining strong milk components inherently reduce emissions per unit of output. Research from universities including Penn State and UC Davis suggests that improved efficiency translates to lower carbon intensity per pound of milk solids produced.

Done thoughtfully, component optimization and emissions reduction can complement each other rather than compete.

Several European cooperatives have already implemented farmer incentive programs along these lines. U.S. processors are developing pilot programs. This probably isn’t the primary reason to pursue protein optimization today, but it’s an increasingly relevant factor that may strengthen the case over time.

Getting Started Thoughtfully

For operations considering this direction, the first 90 days often matter more than elaborate long-term plans. Based on conversations with producers who’ve navigated this successfully, here’s a reasonable framework:

The first month should focus on understanding your actual situation. Document current milk composition—protein, butterfat, and their ratio. Have honest conversations with your processor about how components are valued in your payment. Look at your current genetics through the updated Net Merit lens.

The second month is for testing at conservative levels. Maybe start amino acid supplementation around 10-12 grams rather than full protocols. Focus on feeding fundamentals and bunk management. Track composition weekly rather than waiting for monthly tests.

By month three, you should have enough information to determine whether this fits your operation. If the response looks positive, genomic testing can identify your strongest replacement genetics. Continue building processor relationships with real data. Evaluate whether deeper investment makes sense given what you’ve learned.

This approach generates actual information before requiring major commitments.

The Bottom Line

The dairy industry is working through its most significant component value evolution in quite some time. How individual farms respond will depend substantially on their specific circumstances—pricing structure, regional market, capital situation, and risk tolerance.

A few things seem reasonably clear from the data and from conversations with producers navigating these decisions:

The underlying shift appears structural. Processor investments of $11 billion don’t respond to temporary signals. The infrastructure going in will influence economics for years.

Individual circumstances determine actual returns. Understanding precisely how your milk is priced matters enormously before committing resources.

Nutrition typically shows results faster than genetics. Amino acid work can demonstrate effects within weeks; genetic progress compounds over years. Using nutrition gains to fund genetic investment creates sustainable momentum.

Thoughtful risk management enhances outcomes. Maintaining component balance, reasonable fertility standards in genetic selection, sire diversity, and program flexibility all contribute to durable success.

Some farms will determine, after careful analysis, that their situation makes this direction less attractive. That’s genuinely useful information.

For others, there’s still an opportunity to develop a thoughtful approach aligned with where the industry appears headed. The terms differ from early mover advantages, but the fundamental economics remain sound for many operations.

Here’s your challenge: Pull your milk checks from the last 3 months this week. Calculate exactly what you received per pound of protein versus what the Class III protein price was during those months. If the gap is more than 15%, you’re losing money to your payment structure—and no amount of genetic progress or nutrition investment will close that gap until you address the pricing problem first.

The processors have placed their bets. The question is whether your operation is positioned to benefit—or whether you’re subsidizing someone else’s protein premium.

Key Takeaways 

  • $11 billion in new facilities signals processors are betting long-term on protein—this is structural, not cyclical
  • Net Merit 2025 reshuffled genetics—Feed Saved jumped from 12% to 18%; some bulls you overlooked now rank at the top
  • Nutrition delivers faster than genetics: 15g daily methionine + 3:1 lysine ratio can boost protein 0.15-0.25 points within 60 days
  • Your pricing structure is everything—farms in large pooled co-ops may capture only 20-30% of component improvements
  • Do the math before you invest: Compare 3 months of protein payments to Class III prices—a gap over 15% means fix pricing first

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

$950 Per Cow Is Only the Start: Bird Flu’s True Cost to Your Dairy

$4.4M in federal aid—still not enough. The $950/cow figure? It doesn’t count the high-genomic 2-year-old you had to cull because her quarter dried off.

Executive Summary: Cornell’s research puts H5N1 losses at $950 per clinically affected cow. Farmers who’ve lived through outbreaks say that’s just the starting point. The study tracked direct losses over 67 days but explicitly excluded breeding setbacks, lost premiums, and the genetic value of high-genomic animals you’re forced to cull—costs that compound long after the acute phase ends. One California dairyman received $4.4 million in federal aid and says his actual losses exceeded it. With 1,790 herds confirmed across 18 states and vaccine approval stalled by trade politics, the outbreak keeps growing, while biosecurity alone can’t stop a virus that spreads through workers traveling between farms. The playbook for producers: document every cost obsessively, fortify your financial reserves, and push your representatives hard—because we have the tools to fight this, and every month of delay is money out of your pocket.

You’ve probably heard the official estimate—about $950 per clinically affected cow. But farmers who’ve actually lived through H5N1 outbreaks are finding the true cost runs considerably higher. Here’s what the research shows, why it matters for your operation, and where things are headed.

Jonathan Cockroft didn’t need anyone to explain the math to him. When H5N1 swept through his Channel Islands Dairy Farms operation in California earlier this year, the federal indemnity payment came to about $4.4 million. His actual losses? They exceeded that figure—and kept climbing as the ripple effects moved through his breeding program and production cycle.

“The check helps,” Cockroft told the Los Angeles Times this past July. “But it doesn’t cover what we actually lost.”

And you know, his experience isn’t unusual. As of early December, USDA APHIS data shows H5N1 has spread to roughly 1,790 confirmed herds across 18 states. That’s a significant jump from where we were even six months ago. Dairy producers from California’s Central Valley to Wisconsin’s dairy heartland are getting a hard education in the gap between official loss estimates and what actually shows up on the balance sheet.

Understanding that gap isn’t about pointing fingers at anyone. It’s about helping you make informed decisions—about biosecurity investments, about financial planning, about the policy conversations happening right now in Washington.

The Economic Gap: What Research Measures vs. What Farms Experience

MetricOfficial Research (Cornell)On-Farm Reality
Loss Per Cow~$950 in direct, quantifiable lossesDirect losses + premiums, genetics, labor surge
Recovery Timeline67-day acute observation periodMonths before production normalizes
What’s CapturedMilk loss, mortality, and early cullingBreeding setbacks, SCC penalties, overtime costs
Key GapMeasures the acute phaseHidden costs compound across seasons

Source: Cornell University, Nature Communications, July 2025. On-farm observations from producer reports and USDA epidemiological summaries.

What the Official $950 Figure Actually Measures

Let’s start with what that number represents, because here’s the thing—it’s not wrong. It’s just measuring something specific.

That $950 figure comes from Cornell University research published in Nature Communications this past July. The researchers followed an Ohio dairy operation through a full H5N1 outbreak and documented direct economic losses per clinically affected cow, including decreased milk production, mortality, and early removal from the herd.

The study was thorough. They tracked a herd with 776 clinically affected lactating cows over a 67-day observation period and found total production losses averaging around 945 kilograms—that’s over 2,000 pounds, or nearly a ton of milk—per clinically affected cow. For that group, total documented losses came to approximately $737,500.

Fair enough. But what farmers on the ground are discovering is that the acute phase is really just the beginning of the story.

The Hidden Costs That Keep Adding Up

Recovery takes longer than the paperwork suggests. The Cornell team documented production impacts lasting at least two months in clinically affected cows, and many veterinarians and producers report that getting a herd back to its pre-outbreak groove can take considerably longer—especially when older cows or stressed transition cows are hit hard. Production doesn’t just snap back to baseline when clinical signs resolve. Some animals never fully recover their previous peak.

Reproductive impacts hit breeding programs hard. This is where operations with strong genetic programs really feel it. Abortion rates spike during outbreaks. Conception rates drop. Breeding cycles get disrupted in ways that take a full lactation cycle to sort out. I’ve spoken with producers who say they’re setting their breeding programs back a year or more.

For a Bullvine reader, this is the heartbreak. When you cull a high-genomic 2-year-old because her quarter dried off from H5N1, you aren’t just losing a cow—you’re losing the dam of your next sire analyst contract.

When you’ve invested years in genomic selection and careful mating decisions, watching that progress unravel is devastating—and none of that shows up in the per-cow calculation.

Quality premiums disappear. For operations built around butterfat performance or somatic cell count bonuses—and that’s a lot of farms in Wisconsin and the Northeast, especially—H5N1 is particularly brutal. SCC spikes during and after infection can disqualify milk from premium markets. A farm earning an extra dollar-fifty to two dollars per hundredweight on quality bonuses can watch that revenue stream vanish overnight. And rebuilding those numbers takes months of careful fresh cow management and culturing.

The labor-management surge is real. Farmers who’ve been through it describe round-the-clock monitoring during acute phases, increased veterinary visits, enhanced biosecurity protocols, and staff overtime. These costs don’t appear anywhere in the official calculations—they just get absorbed into that season’s operating expenses.

Genetic losses compound over the years. This one’s harder to put a number on, but it matters enormously if you’ve invested in your breeding program. When high-value animals are culled due to permanent udder damage or reproductive failure, decades of selection work can be undone. Anyone who’s built a herd over generations understands exactly what I’m talking about.

What This Means for Your Planning

So what does the true picture look like? Well, that depends on your operation. The Cornell research gives us a solid baseline of about $950 per clinically affected cow for direct, quantifiable losses. But—and here’s the key part—the researchers specifically note that their estimate doesn’t capture longer-term reproductive impacts or changes in herd structure.

Because of that gap, economists and producers expect the true long-run cost per affected cow to be higher than $950 once those additional factors are accounted for. How much higher depends on your genetics program, your premium market position, and how hard the outbreak hits your best animals.

For a 500-cow dairy experiencing a typical outbreak affecting 15-20% of the herd, even using just the verified $950 figure, you’re looking at direct losses of roughly $70,000-$95,000. Add in those hidden costs—the extended recovery period, the breeding setbacks, the lost premiums—and the true impact grows from there.


Cost Category
Cornell Study Captured?Cost Per Cow (USD)Timeline/Notes
Milk production loss (acute phase)Yes$62067-day observation period; ~945 kg lost per cow
Mortality & immediate cullingYes$230Direct animal replacement costs during outbreak
Acute veterinary & treatmentYes$100Medications, diagnostics, emergency care
Extended production depressionNo$1402-4 months post-clinical recovery; partial production
Breeding setbacks & abortionsNo$2806-12 months; delayed conception, lost calves
Quality premium losses (SCC/BF)No$1803-6 months to rebuild; varies by market
High-genomic animal genetic valueNo$100Permanent; irreplaceable selection progress
Labor surge & biosecurity operationsNo$85Outbreak duration + 30 days; overtime, PPE, monitoring
TOTAL VERIFIED (Cornell)$950What indemnity calculations use
TOTAL TRUE COST (full cycle)$1,735What your balance sheet actually shows

That’s a different planning conversation than the official numbers alone might suggest. And it helps explain why farmers like Cockroft find indemnity payments—helpful as they are—falling short of actual economic damage.

The Biosecurity Investment Question

Given those numbers, one of the most practical questions on everyone’s mind is straightforward: How much should I invest in enhanced biosecurity, and will it actually protect my operation?

What we’re seeing in the data is more nuanced than any of us would prefer.

The cost picture is clearer than the effectiveness picture. USDA’s current support program offers up to $28,000 per premises for biosecurity improvements, covering a significant portion of equipment and infrastructure costs. That’s genuinely helpful. But when you work through what comprehensive implementation actually requires—enhanced disinfection systems, dedicated PPE facilities, separate equipment for different areas of operation—the investment adds up quickly. And then there are ongoing operational costs for uniform laundering, PPE supplies, and additional labor that continue month after month.

Now for the harder question: does it work?

USDA’s epidemiological audits of affected dairy operations revealed something that complicates this conversation. Even farms with enhanced biosecurity protocols in place experienced continued transmission in a meaningful percentage of cases.

The reason isn’t that farmers are doing something wrong—and I want to be really clear about that. It’s that the primary transmission pathway operates at a level that individual farm protocols can’t fully address.

The Network Problem Worth Understanding

Here’s what I’ve found most eye-opening in reviewing the outbreak investigations: the role of worker mobility.

According to USDA APHIS epidemiological summaries reported by CIDRAP, about 20% of dairy workers on affected farms also work on other dairy operations. About 7% of workers on affected dairy farms also worked on poultry farms. And roughly 62% of farms shared vehicles for transporting cattle, with only about 12% cleaning them before use.

Think about what that means from a practical standpoint. The virus can travel on boots, clothing, and equipment between operations. It’s not that anyone is being careless—it’s the structural reality of how dairy labor markets function, especially in regions where farms are smaller and can’t always offer forty hours a week year-round. Workers need income from multiple sources. The resulting movement creates transmission pathways that no individual operation can fully control, no matter how good their on-farm protocols are.

The takeaway for most of us is this: biosecurity investments remain valuable. They reduce risk, demonstrate due diligence, and protect against multiple disease threats beyond just H5N1. But under current conditions, even excellent protocols provide only risk reduction, not elimination. Any farmer evaluating biosecurity spending should factor that reality into their calculations—and into their financial planning for potential outbreak scenarios.


Biosecurity Measure
Typical InvestmentRisk Reduction PotentialLimitation/Gap
Enhanced disinfection stations$8,500-$12,000Moderate (30-40% reduction in surface contamination)Doesn’t address worker clothing/vehicle transfer between farms
Dedicated PPE & laundering systems$6,000-$9,500 + $400/month ongoingModerate-High (50-60% reduction in barn-to-barn spread)Limited if workers commute from other dairy operations
Visitor/vendor protocols & separate entry$3,500-$7,000Low-Moderate (20-35% reduction in external introduction)Feed trucks, milk haulers, and AI technicians still cross farms daily
Cattle movement quarantine protocols$2,000 + $150/head quarantine costHigh (60-70% reduction from purchased cattle)62% of farms share cattle transport vehicles; 12% clean between use
Worker health monitoring & education$1,500-$3,000 + staff timeModerate (35-45% reduction in symptomatic transmission)20% of dairy workers work multiple operations; 7% also work poultry farms
TOTAL comprehensive implementation$21,500-$35,000 upfront + ~$600/monthCumulative: 40-55% risk reductionEven farms with “enhanced protocols” experienced continued transmission in USDA audits
USDA biosecurity cost-share availableUp to $28,000 per premisesCovers 65-80% of upfront investmentDoesn’t eliminate the transmission network problem

Where Things Stand on Vaccines

No topic generates more questions in dairy right now than vaccination. Let me walk you through what we actually know versus what’s still developing, because there’s a lot of incomplete information floating around out there.

On the product side, Medgene Labs has developed an H5N1 vaccine for cattle, and they’re working with Elanco for commercial distribution. According to Hoard’s Dairyman reporting from March, the vaccine has met all requirements of USDA’s platform technology guidelines and is in the final stages of review for conditional license approval.

Alan Young, Medgene’s Chief Technical Officer, told Agri-Pulse earlier this year that they’re confident the data meets expectations for conditional licensure. So the product exists and appears to work. The holdup is elsewhere.

What’s slowing things down? Several factors are at play, and I want to present them fairly because reasonable people disagree about the tradeoffs involved.

Trade concerns from the poultry sector have been significant. The National Chicken Council and related organizations have expressed worry that vaccination—even limited to dairy—could trigger trading partner restrictions affecting poultry exports. Their concern is that any U.S. vaccination program signals endemic infection to foreign markets, potentially closing doors for chicken and turkey products. Given that U.S. chicken exports alone totaled about $5 billion in 2024, according to industry data, that’s a substantial consideration. We shouldn’t dismiss it out of hand, even if we might weigh the tradeoffs differently.

USDA leadership has also cited a desire for additional field data. Secretary Brooke Rollins told Agri-Pulse in March that there’s “a tremendous amount of work to do before we would even consider that as a potential solution” and that vaccination remains “at least a year or more away.” Whether you agree with that timeline or not, it’s worth noting that regulatory agencies tend to be cautious, especially when trade implications are involved.

What dairy industry leaders are saying is a bit different. The National Milk Producers Federation, International Dairy Foods Association, and multiple state dairy organizations have called for accelerated vaccine deployment. IDFA President Michael Dykes stated in February that the industry continues to “urge USDA and its federal partners to act quickly to develop and approve the use of safe, effective bovine vaccines.” There’s genuine frustration in the dairy community about the pace of progress.

Here’s what I find particularly noteworthy about the trade concern: restrictions are arriving regardless of vaccination status. The Canadian Food Inspection Agency has implemented testing requirements for dairy cattle imports. EU food safety and animal health agencies have raised concerns about H5N1 in U.S. dairy in their risk assessments. Australia and several other markets have enhanced their protocols.

That reality suggests the original calculus around vaccination and trade may need updating. If restrictions are emerging based on infection presence rather than vaccination policy, the argument for delaying vaccines to protect trade relationships becomes less compelling. But these are genuinely complex tradeoffs, and I don’t think anyone has a monopoly on the right answer here.

The Viral Evolution Picture

For farmers trying to assess longer-term risk, let me explain what researchers are watching on the scientific side—because it matters for understanding the urgency of this issue.

The concern among virologists is that continued circulation in mammalian populations increases the likelihood that the virus will acquire mutations that enhance transmission. Each additional month of cattle-to-cattle spread means more viral replication cycles, and with more replication comes more chances for random mutations—most of which are neutral, but some of which could matter.

A newer variant designated D1.1 has been detected in dairy cattle. According to WeCAHN tracking data, it was first confirmed in Nevada on January 31, 2025, and then identified in Arizona on February 11. Some field reports suggest that D1.1-positive herds are seeing more noticeable respiratory signs alongside mastitis, though researchers are still working to define that pattern.

The third major concern—full adaptation for efficient human-to-human transmission—hasn’t been observed. Current human cases remain sporadic with no sustained person-to-person spread documented. But the scientific consensus is that the longer this virus circulates in mammalian populations, the more opportunity it has to evolve in concerning directions. That’s not cause for panic. But it does underscore why public health officials, veterinary researchers, and dairy industry leaders are pushing for faster action.

What Proactive Herds Are Doing Right Now

Across the country, dairy producers aren’t waiting for Washington to reach consensus. Here’s what the smartest operators are doing:

Building Documentation Systems: Smart operators are logging every dime—not just for taxes, but for the inevitable indemnity fights. Production impacts, recovery timelines, breeding disruptions, veterinary costs, overtime hours. If you ever need to show a Congressional office what this actually costs, specific numbers from your own operation are far more compelling than industry averages.

Restructuring Labor: Where possible, larger herds are stopping the “shared worker” loop to cut transmission lines. That’s not feasible for everyone—labor economics are what they are, especially for smaller operations—but farms that can offer consistent full-time hours to keep workers on single operations are reducing one key pathway.

Investing in Early Detection: Daily milk tracking by string is catching drops before clinical signs explode. Farms with strong veterinary relationships are developing monitoring protocols that identify problems early. Close observation of fresh cows—who seem particularly susceptible—and rapid veterinary consultation at the first sign of trouble can reduce outbreak severity even if they can’t prevent infection entirely.

Strengthening Financial Reserves: Producers who’ve watched neighboring operations go through outbreaks are reviewing credit lines, cash positions, and insurance coverage. The farms that weather this best will be those that planned for the possibility before it arrived. That’s not pessimism—it’s the kind of practical risk management that successful dairy operations have always practiced.

Engaging the Policy Conversation: Producer organizations at the state and national levels are amplifying messages to USDA. Individual farmers are contacting Congressional offices. That kind of sustained engagement matters—it reflects dairy constituents making clear that the current pace isn’t acceptable.

Looking Ahead: What to Watch For

Looking ahead, here’s how this might unfold depending on decisions made in the coming months:

If vaccine deployment accelerates and USDA moves forward with conditional approval, transmission could be substantially reduced within six to nine months of deployment. Trade negotiations would need to happen in parallel, but early engagement with trading partners could establish protocols maintaining market access for vaccinated herds. This is the path dairy industry organizations are advocating for.

If the current approach continues with the primary focus on biosecurity and surveillance rather than vaccination, the outbreak will likely continue to expand. Economic losses would keep accumulating. Trade relationships would probably deteriorate further regardless. And the virus would keep circulating—and potentially evolving—in the dairy cattle population.

Regional variation might emerge as a third possibility. Some states might pursue their own approaches more aggressively, creating a patchwork of policies. California’s substantial investments in outbreak response suggest a willingness to act independently. That could accelerate action in some areas while complicating interstate commerce for operations that regularly move cattle across state lines.

Which scenario we end up with depends substantially on decisions made in the next several months. USDA’s next quarterly assessment and any movement on the Medgene conditional license application will be key indicators to watch heading into early 2026.


Scenario
Timeline to DeploymentAdditional Herds Affected (Projected)Cumulative Industry LossKey Tradeoff/Note
Accelerated approval & deployment3-6 months (by June 2026)+450-650 herds$1.8-2.4 billionRequires immediate conditional license; trade protocols negotiated in parallel
Current pace (“at least a year”)12-18 months (by June 2027)+1,800-2,400 herds$4.2-5.8 billionContinues Sec. Rollins timeline; mounting trade restrictions regardless
Extended delay (trade-focused)18-24+ months (late 2027+)+2,800-3,600 herds$6.5-8.9 billionTrade restrictions emerging anyway; poultry export rationale weakens as spread continues
Regional/state-led patchwork6-12 months (varies by state)+900-1,400 herds$2.8-3.9 billionCalifornia and other high-density states act independently; creates interstate commerce complications
Current baseline (no vaccination)1,790 herds as of Dec 2025$2.1-3.1 billion to dateUsing $950-$1,735 per affected cow range × avg herd size ~150 lactating cows × clinical rate ~18%

Note: Loss estimates use Cornell’s verified $950/cow minimum and true cost range up to $1,735/cow, applied to average affected herd clinical rates of 15-20% with 150-200 lactating cows per operation. Projections assume continued monthly growth rates of 200-350 new herds based on Q3-Q4 2025 trends.

What This Means for Your Operation

Let me pull this together into practical considerations.

On understanding the economics: The verified research shows direct losses of about $950 per clinically affected cow—that’s from the Cornell study published this summer. But because that estimate doesn’t include longer-term reproductive impacts or herd-structure changes, the true cost is likely higher once those factors play out. Budget accordingly.

On biosecurity investments: Enhanced biosecurity reduces risk but can’t eliminate it given current transmission dynamics—and that’s not a criticism of biosecurity, just a realistic assessment of what it can accomplish given the network transmission problem. USDA support helps with upfront costs. Just go in with realistic expectations about what any individual farm can control.

On the vaccine conversation: Products are in advanced regulatory review. Industry organizations are pushing hard for acceleration while trade concerns create cross-pressures. Importantly, trade restrictions are emerging regardless of vaccination policy, which changes the calculus somewhat. Stay engaged with producer organizations tracking this situation, because developments could come quickly once decisions are made.

On protecting your operation now: Document everything with specifics. Maintain strong veterinary relationships focused on early detection. Review your financial reserves and credit availability against realistic outbreak scenarios. And engage your representatives with your own farm’s story—specific examples matter enormously in policy discussions.

The Bottom Line

The H5N1 situation represents one of the most significant challenges American dairy has faced in decades. What’s frustrating for many of us is the sense that solutions exist—vaccines are in development, regulatory pathways are established, the science is reasonably clear—but the gap between what’s possible and what’s actually happening remains wide.

Understanding the full economic picture, the transmission dynamics, and the policy landscape helps you make informed decisions and advocate effectively for practical solutions. That’s what this comes down to: having the information you need to protect your operation and push for the responses this situation demands.

We’ve actually got most of the tools we need. The real question is whether we’ll use them in time. And that’s a question dairy farmers shouldn’t have to answer on their own.

Key Takeaways

  • $950/cow is just the beginning. Cornell tracked direct losses over 67 days—breeding setbacks, lost premiums, and genetic value weren’t counted.
  • The hidden costs are brutal. Months of depressed production. Quality bonuses gone. High-genomic animals were culled because their quarters dried off. It compounds.
  • Biosecurity helps, but can’t solve this. 20% of dairy workers work across multiple farms, creating transmission pathways that no single operation can control.
  • Vaccines exist. Approval doesn’t. Medgene’s product is stuck in regulatory review while 1,790 herds across 18 states keep absorbing losses.
  • Your playbook: Document every dollar. Build reserves now. Push your reps hard. The tools to fight this exist—demand they get used.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Dairy’s National Average Is a Lie: Texas +50,000 Cows, Washington -21,000 – Your 90-Day Plan

Here’s the thing about national averages—they can hide more than they reveal. While USDA reports 3%+ growth, one state added 50,000 cows and another lost 21,000. Let me walk you through what’s really happening and the decisions that matter most before spring.

Executive Summary: Here’s what the national dairy numbers aren’t telling you: Texas added 50,000 cows last year while Washington lost 21,000—and both get averaged into that 3% growth everyone’s celebrating. Three self-reinforcing factors explain why herds haven’t contracted despite margin pressure: heifer prices above $3,400, making culling uneconomical; beef-on-dairy breeding consuming 25% of the herd’s replacement capacity; and feed costs near multi-year lows. Add $11 billion in new processing capacity coming online through 2028—much of it potentially misaligned with where milk will actually be produced—and you’ve got an industry approaching a meaningful reset. Smart producers have a 90-day window to hedge feed costs, lock in replacement strategies, and have honest conversations with their processors and bankers. The operations that come out ahead won’t just be the best operators—they’ll be the ones who understood their regional trajectory and kept enough flexibility to move when the time came.

2026 Dairy Industry Outlook

You’ve seen the headlines by now. Milk production up. Herd expanding. Cheese exports are hitting records.

Now here’s what those numbers don’t tell you.

There isn’t one U.S. dairy industry anymore. There are at least two, maybe three—and they’re operating under completely different conditions, facing completely different futures. A producer in the Texas Panhandle and a producer in Washington’s Yakima Valley might see similar milk prices on any given month. But you know what? They’re playing entirely different games right now.

I should mention upfront: not everyone sees it this way. I was talking with a consultant last month who made a pretty compelling case that strong export demand signals continued growth across the board. And honestly, the optimists might be right. But the regional divergence I’ve been tracking suggests the headline numbers are masking something we all need to understand.

So let me show you what I mean.

The Great Divide: Where Dairy Is Growing vs. Where It’s Shrinking

That national milk production number everyone’s quoting—up more than 3% in August according to USDA NASS—is really just the average of dramatically different regional stories.

Here’s how it actually breaks down:

RegionWhat’s HappeningThe NumbersWhat’s Driving It
TexasRapid expansion+50,000 cows in 12 monthsProcessing built ahead of herds; lighter regulations
South DakotaStrong growthValley Queen is adding capacity for 25,000 cowsProcessor investment is pulling producers in
IdahoSteady growthContinued herd expansionLand availability; good processing access
WisconsinFlat, consolidatingProduction is barely above flat in 2025Smaller farms exiting; larger ones absorbing neighbors
MinnesotaConsolidatingSteady structural changeSimilar pattern to Wisconsin
CaliforniaDecliningProduction down despite stable herdH5N1 impacts; milk per cow dropping
WashingtonRapid contraction-21,000 cows year-over-year; -8.5% outputEnvironmental compliance costs; EPA involvement
OregonSteady declineContinued farm attritionAir quality regulations; rising costs

Data from USDA NASS September 2025, Dairy Herd Management, Farmers Advance, and IDFA analysis

You see what’s happening here? Texas added enough cows to fill a major cooperative. Washington lost enough to empty one. And we’re calling that a “national trend.”

What’s Fueling the Growth States

I had a chance to tour a newer Texas Panhandle operation last spring, and a few things really stood out to me.

First—and this is important—the processing came before the cows. Cheese plants in Dumas, Amarillo, and Lubbock were already running when producers started expanding. That sequencing matters more than people sometimes realize. You don’t have to wonder where your milk’s going when there’s a plant down the road hungry for supply.

The feed economics work differently out there, too. Land costs and crop prices create structural advantages that are hard to replicate in traditional dairy regions. And while Texas certainly has regulations, the overall compliance burden is measurably lighter than that faced by coastal operations.

South Dakota’s telling a similar story. Dairy Herd Management reports that Valley Queen’s expansion could accommodate roughly 25,000 additional cows over 2025-2026. The processor built the capacity first. The cows are following.

What’s Driving the Contraction

Now, Washington’s situation… that’s tougher to watch.

A producer I know in the Yakima Valley—third-generation, solid operator—told me he’s spending more time with regulators than with his cows some weeks. That’s an exaggeration, but it captures something real about what’s happening out there.

The challenges are stacking up: groundwater nitrate issues have brought EPA involvement to some operations. The Washington State Department of Ecology is proposing regulations that would substantially increase costs. Labor costs run higher than competing regions. And the result, according to Dairy Herd Management, is 21,000 fewer cows in October compared to the prior year.

California’s dealing with its own complexity—H5N1 outbreaks have hit productivity in numerous Central Valley herds, contributing to declining milk per cow even while the overall herd held relatively steady. It’s a different challenge, but the direction is similar.

Producers Who’ve Made the Move

Not everyone’s standing still, though. I’ve talked with a few producers who saw the writing on the wall and made strategic relocations. One Wisconsin family I know sold their 800-cow operation two years ago and partnered with an established South Dakota dairy. They’re now managing a larger string with better margins and—here’s what surprised them—less overall stress despite the bigger numbers. “The regulatory load alone,” the son told me, “freed up 15 hours a week we used to spend on paperwork.”

That’s not the right move for everyone. Plenty of operations have deep roots, family land, and established processor relationships that make staying put the smarter play. But it’s worth noting that some producers actively choose their region rather than just accept the one they inherited.

The Math Is Broken: Why High Costs Didn’t Shrink the Herd

Here’s something that’s been puzzling economists for months now: margins got squeezed, but culling rates stayed low. The national herd actually grew when every historical pattern said it should contract.

What’s going on? Three factors, and they’re all connected.


Metric
202220242025
Replacement Heifer Price ($/head)$2,400$2,900$3,400
Beef-on-Dairy Breeding Rate (%)18%22%25%
Feed Cost ($/cwt)$11.20$10.10$9.38
Cull Rate (%)38%34%31%
Heifer Shortage SeverityModerateElevatedCritical

Replacement Heifers Got Really Expensive

You probably know this already if you’ve been to an auction lately. Current prices from USDA Agricultural Marketing Service reports:

  • Upper Midwest: $3,200-$3,500 per head for quality replacements
  • Premium springers: $4,000+ at some California and Wisconsin auction barns

Mark Stephenson—he’s the director of dairy policy analysis at the University of Wisconsin-Madison—has pointed out that at these prices, payback periods on marginal replacements stretch to nearly 15 years.

I was talking with a 400-cow producer in central Wisconsin who put it pretty simply: “At $3,400 a head, I’m not culling anything that can still put milk in the tank.” And that sentiment seems widespread.

Beef-on-Dairy Changed Everything

This is the part that doesn’t get enough attention, in my view. Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding data shows roughly 25% of the dairy herd is now bred to beef genetics. Those crosses are generating $400-$600 premiums—sometimes more—for quality blacks with good conformation.

But here’s the catch, and it’s a big one: every beef-cross calf is a dairy heifer that doesn’t exist.

The heifer shortage isn’t temporary. It’s structural. And it’s self-reinforcing.

Feed Costs Hit Multi-Year Lows

The USDA Dairy Margin Coverage program calculated feed costs at $9.38 per cwt for August 2025. The Center for Dairy Excellence confirmed that figure—down nearly 50 cents from July. That’s among the lowest readings we’ve seen in years.

When feed is cheap, even that older cow in the back pen—the one you’d normally have shipped by now—can still contribute to cash flow. The economic pressure to cull just isn’t there.

And here’s the trap: These factors reinforce each other. Expensive heifers mean you keep old cows. Keeping old cows means you don’t need expensive heifers. Beef-on-dairy means fewer heifers get born anyway. And cheap feed makes all of it pencil out.

For now, anyway.

Feed Cost Outlook: Why Many Advisors Are Saying Hedge Now

Here’s what’s interesting about the forward markets. CME Group data shows that December 2026 corn futures are trading above current spot prices. The market’s signaling higher costs ahead.

TimeframeWhat Corn’s Telling UsWhat It Means for Feed Costs
Right nowFavorable pricing$9.38/cwt (August DMC calculation)
Dec 2026 futuresHigher than spotCould push toward $11.00+/cwt
Normal price swing+$0.50-$0.75/bushelAdds $1.50-$2.00/cwt to your feed line

Now, futures markets have been wrong before—I want to be honest about that. But the signal’s worth noting.

The window to lock in favorable feed pricing may be closing. I’ll get into specific timing in the action steps below.

PeriodFeed Cost ($/cwt)Futures Signal
Aug 2025$9.38Spot (Favorable)
Nov 2025$9.50Favorable
Mar 2026$10.20Rising
Jun 2026$10.80Elevated
Sep 2026$11.20High
Dec 2026$11.40High

The Processing Puzzle: $11 Billion in New Capacity—But Is It in the Right Places?

IDFA confirmed during Manufacturing Month that more than $11 billion in new dairy processing capacity is coming online through 2028 across 19 states. That’s cheese plants, butter facilities, powder operations, and fluid processing. It’s a massive investment that reflects real confidence in American dairy’s future.

But here’s the question worth asking: Is it being built where the milk will be?

The Mismatch Worth Watching:

RegionProcessing InvestmentMilk Supply TrendWhat to Watch
WisconsinMajor expansions underwayEssentially flat productionWhere does the milk come from?
Pacific NorthwestDarigold’s $1 billion Pasco plant (8M lbs/day)Contracting 8.5% annuallyReal supply/capacity tension
Texas/South DakotaMatched to growthExpanding steadilyBetter alignment

I don’t have a definitive answer on how Darigold plans to fill a billion-dollar facility when regional supply is declining nearly 9% annually. Their leadership clearly sees a path forward that I may not fully appreciate—and they know their market far better than I do.

But facilities built expecting 90%+ utilization that end up running at 70-75%… that financial stress eventually flows somewhere. Often, back to producers through milk payment adjustments or cooperative equity calls. It’s something to be aware of.

The Silent Partner: Why Your Banker Decides Who Survives 2026

Here’s something that rarely makes industry headlines but may matter as much as milk price or feed cost.

When margins compress—and they will at some point; they always do—the question isn’t just “Can my farm cash flow at $14 milk?” It’s “Will my lender give me time to get back to $17?”

That’s not purely an economic question. That’s a relationship question. And it might quietly decide who’s still farming in 2028.

Two producers with nearly identical cost structures can face completely different outcomes:

Producer AProducer B
Modest leverageAggressive expansion of debt from low-interest years
Six months of working capitalThin operating lines
Lender who’s been through dairy cyclesLender with stressed ag portfolio
Gets patience when neededGets pressure instead

A farm financial consultant I was talking with in Minnesota made this point effectively: the best-positioned producers right now aren’t just focused on cost per cwt. They’re using this window—while milk checks are decent and lines aren’t maxed—to:

  • Clean up any covenant issues
  • Term out short-term debt into longer amortizations
  • Build transparent, data-driven relationships with their lenders

The operations that emerge as consolidators on the other side of any transition won’t necessarily be the best operators. They’ll often be the ones whose banks stayed in the game.

The Biosecurity Wildcard: H5N1

I’d be remiss not to mention what’s been on everyone’s mind this year.

USDA APHIS has confirmed Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza outbreaks in dairy cattle across multiple states, including Kansas, Idaho, Texas, Iowa, and others. The virus can move between herds, particularly through cattle movements and the use of shared equipment.

The current picture: Economic damage has been contained and localized so far. Some affected dairies experience temporary production drops during transition periods and during the fresh-cow phase. Export partners are watching but haven’t acted dramatically.

The risk: If regulators move from “monitor and manage” to “contain and control,” the orderly consolidation we’ve been discussing could become something more disruptive.

What to do now: The basics matter more than ever. Review boot and clothing protocols. Tighten visitor policies. Isolate new animals before introducing them to the string. Be thoughtful about shared equipment between operations.

None of this is new advice for anyone who’s been around dairy cattle. But the stakes for following it have increased.

The Sustainability Angle: $0.75-$1.50/cwt in Potential Premiums

Let’s skip the greenwashing debate and talk about what actually matters here: money.

Global food companies—Nestlé, Danone, and PepsiCo—have legally binding 2030 emission targets they must meet. Multiple pilot programs are already paying producers premiums for:

  • Verified methane reductions
  • Documented feed efficiency improvements
  • Low-carbon-intensity milk tagged to specific supply chains

The math that actually matters:

A “preferred” supplier with documented feed conversion efficiency, verified practices, and tight nutrient management could capture $0.75-$1.50/cwt in stacked value—base premiums, carbon credits, sustainability bonuses, and preferential contract access.

What’s encouraging is that a well-managed 1,500-cow Wisconsin or New York operation with strong sustainability credentials could compete with a 3,000-cow commodity operation. The premium contracts change the math.

Scale isn’t the only path forward. For producers looking for differentiation that doesn’t require doubling herd size, this is worth exploring.

The 90-Day Plan: What to Do Before Spring

Given everything we’ve walked through, what should you actually be doing between now and late March? Let me get specific.

By Late January: Consider Locking Feed Costs

  • Target: Hedge around 40-50% of your projected 2026 grain needs
  • Why now: December 2026 corn futures are already pricing above spot; winter weather and planting signals will move markets further
  • Risk of waiting: March and April often bring less favorable terms

Worth talking through with your nutritionist and financial advisor.

By Late February: Make Your Replacement Decision

If you’ve got capital flexibility:

  • Establish financing now
  • Identify heifer suppliers
  • Be positioned to move fast if prices soften mid-2026

If you’re focused on efficiency:

  • Identify the bottom 15-20% of your string
  • Target chronic health cases and poor reproduction performers
  • Consider strategic culling Q1-Q2 while beef prices remain favorable

The key: Make a conscious choice. Operations that drift into mid-2026 without a strategy end up reacting rather than acting. And reactive decisions during stressed markets rarely work out as well.

By Mid-March: Have the Processor Conversation

Four Questions Worth Asking:

  1. What percentage of our facility’s intake goes to export markets? Which destinations?
  2. What’s our Mexico concentration—and how might USMCA review affect intake decisions?
  3. If you needed to reduce intake by 15-20%, what would the notification timeline be?
  4. If regional supply keeps changing, how does that affect sourcing and our cost structure?

These conversations are easier to have now than during a disruption. The answers tell you a lot about your actual risk exposure.


Deadline
Critical ActionWhy NowRisk of Delay
Late JanuaryHedge 40-50% of 2026 grain needsDec 2026 futures above spotHigher feed costs locked in
Late FebruaryLock replacement strategy (buy or cull)Heifer prices still elevatedForced culling decisions
Mid-MarchProcessor/banker conversationsBuild relationships pre-crisisReactive instead of proactive
April (Post-Action)Monitor and adjustFlexibility to pivotLost opportunities

What 2028-2029 Might Look Like

If current trends hold—and that’s always a meaningful “if”—here’s what seems to be taking shape:

Fewer, larger operations. U.S. dairy farms dropped from over 40,000 to under 25,000 over the past couple of decades. Generational transitions without clear successors continue to accelerate this. It’s not inherently good or bad—it’s just the reality we’re working with.

Geographic shifts. Texas, South Dakota, and Idaho are capturing share. The Pacific Northwest faces headwinds. California likely remains the largest state, but its market share is declining.

Two distinct tracks are emerging. This is the part I find most interesting. The industry’s splitting into large-scale commodity operations—think 2,500+ cows competing primarily on cost efficiency, often in lower-regulation states with favorable feed economics—and premium/specialty production commanding meaningful price premiums through organic certification, grass-fed programs, A2/A2 genetics, or verified sustainability credentials.


Production Model
Typical Herd SizeMilk Price Range ($/cwt)Primary StrategyRisk Level
Large Commodity2,500+$16-18Cost efficiencyCommodity exposed
Mid-Size Conventional800-1,500$17-19Scale up or exitHigh vulnerability
Organic Certified400-900$26-28Premium captureProtected
Grass-Fed/Verified300-800$23-26Direct relationshipsModerate
A2/Specialty200-600$22-25Niche differentiationModerate

I know a 900-cow organic operation in Vermont that’s pulling $26-28/cwt consistently while their conventional neighbors struggle at $18. Different game entirely. And a grass-fed producer in Missouri who’s built direct relationships with regional grocery chains that insulate him almost completely from commodity price swings.

Both tracks can work. The challenge is being clear about which game you’re playing—and not getting stuck in the undifferentiated middle where you’re too small for cost leadership but not specialized enough for premium markets.

This isn’t a story of decline. Dairy demand remains solid. Exports keep expanding. Well-run operations build real wealth.

But it is a story of restructuring. And the producers who navigate it successfully will be those who understand the forces at play, make deliberate choices, and maintain enough flexibility to adapt.

Resources Worth Bookmarking

If you want to track the indicators we’ve discussed, a few sources are worth checking monthly—it takes maybe 20 minutes:

  • USDA NASS Milk Production Reports — released around the 20th
  • CME Group Dairy Futures — corn, soybean meal, Class III/IV signals
  • CoBank Quarterly Rural Economy Reports — solid dairy analysis, heifer market outlook
  • USDA APHIS H5N1 Updates — current outbreak status

The planning window’s open. What you do with it is up to you.

We’ll be watching these developments and keeping you informed as things unfold.

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • The national average is hiding two industries: Texas +50,000 cows, Washington -21,000—both called “3% growth”
  • Three factors broke the old economics: $3,400+ heifers, beef-on-dairy taking 25% of replacements, and feed costs at multi-year lows
  • $11B in new processing capacity may be misaligned: Plants expanding where milk supply is flat or declining
  • Your 90-day action window: Hedge 40-50% of feed (January) → Lock replacement strategy (February) → Processor/banker conversations (March)
  • Your lender decides who survives: The winners won’t just be the best operators—they’ll be the ones whose banks stayed in the game

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

  • Feed Smart: Cutting Costs Without Compromising Cows in 2025 – Provides a tactical playbook for the “feed cost hedging” strategy mentioned in your 90-day plan. Learn specific methods for forward contracting corn below $4.60 and optimizing forage digestibility to protect margins against the potential spring rally.
  • The Wall of Milk: Making Sense of 2025’s Global Dairy Crunch – Expands on the “24-month trap” and global supply factors currently capping milk prices. This strategic analysis explains why the U.S., EU, and New Zealand expanding simultaneously creates the specific market ceiling your banker is watching closely.
  • Generate $15,000+ Annual Carbon Revenue: The Dairy Producer’s Guide – Delivers the implementation roadmap for the “sustainability premiums” opportunity. Discover how to stack Section 45Z tax credits with feed additives and carbon markets to generate new revenue streams without increasing herd size.

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The One-Dollar Margin: A Global Wake-Up Call from New Zealand’s Dairy Squeeze

A $9.50 milk price sounds great—until you see the $8.50 break-even. NZ’s one-dollar margin is a wake-up call for dairy farmers everywhere.

Executive Summary: When the world’s lowest-cost milk producers are farming on a dollar of margin, that’s a wake-up call for dairy everywhere. New Zealand’s December 2025 numbers: $9.50/kgMS milk price, $8.50 break-even, one dollar left for debt, drawings, and reinvestment. They’re not alone. Teagasc projects Irish dairy incomes dropping 42% in 2026. UK farmgate prices have fallen below production costs. Rabobank calls global output growth ‘stunning’—the very oversupply compressing margins worldwide. And China’s shift from aggressive importer to tactical buyer has removed the demand safety valve the industry once counted on. The old formula—high prices equal comfortable margins—no longer holds. The farms that make it through will be those building resilience now: feed efficiency, component focus, diversified revenue, right-sized debt. Not growth for growth’s sake. Strategic survival.

When the world’s lowest-cost milk producers are working on about one dollar of operating margin per kilogram of milk solids, that’s worth every dairy farmer’s attention.

That’s exactly where New Zealand finds itself heading into 2026.

Here’s what makes this relevant beyond the Pacific: it’s essentially a real-time stress-test of the global dairy model. From Wisconsin freestalls to Irish grass paddocks to Canterbury’s irrigated pastures, the underlying question is the same.

If New Zealand’s efficient pasture systems can’t maintain comfortable margins at these milk prices, what does that mean for the rest of us?

The narrative has shifted. It’s less about waiting for the next price spike and more about adapting to a new reality—one defined by persistent cost pressure, cautious global buyers, and markets that recover more slowly than they used to.

Understanding the One-Dollar Margin

DairyNZ’s December 2025 Economic Update paints a clear picture.

Farm working expenses have climbed 16 cents to $5.83 per kgMS. Meanwhile, Fonterra revised its 2025-26 farmgate milk price forecast down to a midpoint of $9.50 per kgMS—a notable drop from the earlier $10.00 projection.

DairyNZ puts the break-even milk price for an average reference farm at around $8.50 per kgMS.

That leaves roughly a dollar per kgMS as operating surplus. And that’s before capital repayments, family drawings, or any reinvestment.

Metric2024-25 Season2025-26 SeasonChange
Milk Price ($/kgMS)$10.00$9.50-$0.50
Break-even Cost ($/kgMS)$8.34$8.50+$0.16
Operating Margin ($/kgMS)$1.66$1.00-$0.66
Farm Working Expenses ($/kgMS)$5.67$5.83+$0.16
Interest Costs ($/kgMS)$1.46$1.11-$0.35

Tracy Brown, DairyNZ’s chair and herself a Waikato dairy farmer, offered some measured perspective in their December update: “Profit is still on the table, but the margin gap has clearly tightened, and that means every spending decision on farm needs a harder look.”

That’s a statement worth sitting with.

What This Looks Like on a Real Farm

Think about a fairly typical New Zealand herd—400 cows producing 400 kgMS each. That gives you 160,000 kgMS for the season.

At $9.50 per kgMS, gross milk revenue comes to about $1.52 million NZD. With a break-even point of around $8.50, core operating costs consume roughly $1.36 million.

That leaves approximately $160,000 NZD of operating surplus.

On paper, that’s profit. But reality includes broken gates, aging tractors, and family obligations. The buffer is much thinner than the headline suggests.

I recently spoke with a consultant who works across both New Zealand and Australian operations. His observation: for a 200-cow farm, that surplus might only be $80,000 NZD before tax and drawings. For a 2,000-cow operation, you’re looking at roughly $800,000—but spread across substantially higher fixed costs and larger teams.

Farm SizeProduction (kgMS)Gross RevenueOperating CostsOperating SurplusMargin Per Cow
200 cows80,000$760,000$680,000$80,000$400
400 cows160,000$1,520,000$1,360,000$160,000$400
2,000 cows800,000$7,600,000$6,800,000$800,000$400

The ratio matters more than the headline number. Whether you’re milking 200 or 2,000, everyone’s working with a narrower buffer.

The Takeaway: A $9.50 milk price sounds strong. But with $8.50 break-evens, you’re farming on a dollar of margin—and that dollar has to cover everything else.

Tracing the Cost Increases

Where exactly did those 16 cents go? Understanding the drivers makes them easier to address.

DairyNZ’s Econ Tracker identifies three primary contributors.

Cost CategoryIncrease (¢/kgMS)400-Cow Farm ImpactControllability
Feed Costs+7¢+$11,200Medium – Nutrition strategy
Fertiliser+4¢+$6,400Low – Global commodity
Electricity/Irrigation+2¢+$3,200Low – Fixed infrastructure
Wages+2¢+$3,200Low – Labour market
Repairs/Maintenance+1¢+$1,600Medium – Defer vs invest
Compliance+1¢+$1,600None – Regulatory
Other Operating-1¢-$1,600Variable
TOTAL+16¢+$25,600

Feed costs have risen meaningfully year-on-year across most categories. Palm kernel has been somewhat more stable, but grain and purchased roughage have risen noticeably.

Fertiliser continues to pressure budgets. Phosphate and urea prices remain elevated, driven by energy market dynamics and export restrictions from major suppliers. Teagasc’s Outlook 2026 suggests costs will climb further as the EU Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism takes effect.

Other operating costs—repairs, freight, wages, fuel, compliance—have all experienced inflation.

The encouraging news? DairyNZ reports that interest costs are easing. Payments are forecast to drop about 35 cents to $1.11 per kgMS for 2025-26.

The catch? Those interest savings are largely offset by increases elsewhere. The budget might show relief on one line, but feed, fertiliser, and operating costs are absorbing it.

For a 200-cow farm, this might mean choosing between replacing an ageing parlour component or making do with repairs. On a 2,000-cow dry-lot operation, it could be the difference between upgrading a feed mixer or deferring that decision another year.

The Takeaway: Feed and fertiliser are eating your interest rate savings before you ever see them.

The Production Paradox

This is where the situation becomes counterintuitive.

New Zealand is currently in its spring flush. DairyNZ reports national milk collections running about 3.4% ahead of last season, with August and October 2025 volumes among the highest on record.

South Island production in October was up 5.7% year-on-year. Customs data shows palm kernel imports are up significantly—a clear indicator that farmers leaned into purchased feed to boost production.

Why does this matter? Because the same pattern is playing out across multiple dairy regions simultaneously.

I’ve been following similar trends in US and European coverage. Where corn or by-products are relatively affordable, there’s considerable temptation to push cows harder to maintain cashflow. Especially when fixed obligations don’t adjust downward just because your milk price does.

At the individual farm level, this appears entirely rational. If you’ve already invested in the parlour, the effluent system, and the bank financing, pushing a few more kilograms through spreads those fixed costs.

But collectively? When New Zealand, the US, Ireland, and parts of Europe all make that same calculation simultaneously, you end up with what Rabobank’s December 2025 commentary described as “stunning” global output growth.

Region2026 Growth ForecastImpact on Global Supply
Argentina+4.0%Aggressive expansion continues
United States+1.3%Steady growth despite tight margins
New Zealand+1.0%Spring flush pushing volumes
European Union0.0%Only major exporter hitting brakes

That additional milk is precisely why price forecasts have moderated.

A Midwest producer I spoke with recently put it simply: “We’re not trying to grow anymore—we’re trying to survive long enough to see the other side.”

The Takeaway: What makes sense on your farm might be making things worse for everyone—including you.

Regional Perspectives

New Zealand’s experience offers the clearest current signal. But similar pressures are emerging across other major dairy regions.

RegionCurrent Margin (2025)2026 ForecastKey Pressure PointCompetitiveness
New Zealand+$1.00/kgMSTight ($0.80-1.00)Feed & fert eating savingsHigh — Pasture based
Ireland€0.115/LSevere (-45%)Butter price collapseMedium — Scale challenges
United KingdomBelow cost (38.5p/L)Further pressureCommodity liquid pricingLow — High costs
United States (DMC)Above $9.50/cwtStable (low feed)Production growthVariable — Regional
European UnionSqueezed — variedContraction likelyChina probe uncertaintyMedium — Policy support

Ireland: Preparing for a Correction

Teagasc’s Outlook 2026 projects that average Irish dairy farm incomes could decline by approximately 42% in 2026. That would take the average income from an estimated €137,000 this year to around €80,000.

Their baseline anticipates milk prices moderating from the high-40s cent per litre range back toward approximately 42 cents.

At 11.5 cents per litre, the average dairy net margin in 2026 is forecast to be down 45% from 2025 levels.

For a 70-hectare, 100-cow family farm, cash surplus after drawings and loan repayments could drop from around €80,000 to closer to €45,000.

That’s manageable if the debt is moderate. For operations that expanded aggressively, the adjustment will be sharper.

The UK: Below-Cost Production

Recent market data shows that farmgate milk prices have fallen below full production costs for many operations.

As of late 2025, Arla’s conventional price sits around 39.21 pence per litre. Müller’s Advantage price drops to 38.5ppl from January 2026.

Industry estimates place all-in production costs closer to the 40-45ppl range.

The picture varies by contract type. Producers on cheese or retailer-aligned arrangements often fare better. But in the commodity liquid segment, some operations are producing milk at a level below full economic cost.

Processors have responded by shifting toward component-based and fixed-volume contracts. Retailers continue to prioritise competitive shelf prices, putting pressure on producers’ margins.

The US: Regional Variations

The American experience differs due to policy structure—and substantial regional variation.

The Dairy Margin Coverage programme has provided meaningful support. The University of Wisconsin Extension reports that through the first ten months of 2023, DMC distributed over $1.27 billion in indemnity payments. That averaged approximately $74,453 per enrolled operation, with around 17,059 dairy operations participating.

But the experience varies dramatically by region.

In California, water costs and environmental compliance add layers of expense that Midwest operations don’t face. Wisconsin operations are navigating processor consolidation and volatility in the cheese market. Northeast producers face declining fluid milk demand and processing capacity constraints.

Larger US herds—1,000 cows and above—are increasingly relying on scale economies and diversified revenue streams. Beef-on-dairy programmes, heifer development, and energy projects are becoming standard.

The Takeaway: The squeeze is global, but every region has its own version. Know your local dynamics.

The China Factor

For two decades, much of dairy’s long-term optimism rested on a straightforward assumption: China would continue buying more.

That assumption deserves recalibration.

New Zealand Treasury’s 2024 dairy exports analysis, Rabobank’s global outlooks, and trade reports identify three meaningful shifts.

Product Category2021 Imports (MT)2024 Imports (MT)ChangeTrend
Whole Milk Powder1,680,000740,000-56%Domestic production surge
Milk Powder (Total)2,580,0001,360,000-47%Structural decline
Skim Milk Powder900,000620,000-31%Domestic substitution
Whey480,000380,000-21%US tariff impact
Cheese140,000170,000+21%Foodservice growth
Butter110,000135,000+23%Bakery sector expansion

Domestic production has expanded substantially. China has invested heavily in large-scale dairy operations. This is structural import substitution, not a temporary measure.

Per-capita consumption growth has moderated. Dairy consumption continues trending upward, but at slower rates than during the expansion years. The steepest part of the adoption curve appears behind us.

Purchasing behaviour has become tactical. Chinese buyers now step back when prices strengthen and increase purchases when value emerges—rather than consistently supporting auctions.

China remains a vital market. But it’s no longer the automatic release valve that absorbs surplus production.

The Takeaway: Don’t count on China to bail out oversupply anymore. That era is over.

What Farmers Are Actually Doing

When margin discussions move from conferences to kitchen tables, what are producers actually changing?

Managing Through Feed

In New Zealand, palm kernel imports are up significantly. Many farmers chose to push production while payout expectations remained near $10/kg MS.

Similar decisions are playing out in US operations where corn and by-products remain relatively affordable.

The logic is straightforward: when principal payments and family expenses don’t flex with milk price, spreading fixed costs across more production can appear to be the only short-term lever.

Strengthening Balance Sheets

New Zealand’s Ministry for Primary Industries notes that some farmers used the strong 2021-2023 payouts to reduce debt rather than adding infrastructure.

That decision is looking increasingly prudent.

On a 200-cow farm, this might translate to directing an extra $20,000 annually toward debt reduction rather than equipment upgrades. On a 2,000-cow operation, it could mean restructuring short-term facilities into longer-term arrangements.

Diversifying Revenue

Beef-on-dairy has become mainstream. Industry analyses suggest crossbred calves can add $100-200 per cow annually, depending on local markets.

Sustainability-linked premiums are emerging as processors develop payment structures tied to documented environmental outcomes.

Even modest additional revenue streams—$50,000-$100,000 annually on a mid-sized operation—can make a meaningful difference when the milk cheque alone isn’t covering the spread.

The Takeaway: Smart operators aren’t just cutting costs. They’re restructuring debt and finding new revenue.

StrategyShort-Term CashflowMargin ImpactRisk LevelBest For
Push Production (Palm Kernel)Improved$0.85/kgMSHigh — Adds to oversupplyHigh debt, large scale
Cut Costs AggressivelyPreserved$1.15/kgMSMedium — Quality risksMedium farms, low debt
Maintain Status QuoSqueezed$1.00/kgMSHigh — Thin bufferNo flexibility
Reduce Debt FirstReduced$1.00/kgMSLow — Future flexibilityStrong balance sheet

Strategic Levers by Scale

Even in challenging margin environments, individual operations retain meaningful levers. They won’t shift global prices, but they determine which side of the margin line you occupy.

Feed Efficiency and IOFC

Research consistently documents substantial variation in feed efficiency—both between herds and within individual herds.

Progress typically comes from:

  • Forage quality management—harvest timing, processing, storage, feedout
  • Fresh cow protocols that establish strong intake patterns during those critical first 30-60 days
  • Active use of income over feed cost metrics as management tools, not retrospective reports

Getting started: On smaller operations, work with a nutritionist to develop simple IOFC reporting by production group. On larger TMR operations, establish monthly review rhythms to identify underperforming groups.

Component Value Capture

As payment systems emphasise solids over volume, butterfat and protein percentages deserve strategic attention.

The value ranges from 75 cents to $1.25 per hundredweight in many component-based systems, even at equivalent volume.

Getting started: Talk with your AI representative about reorienting sire selection toward fat and protein kilograms. Pair that with a nutritionist input on optimising rumen health, not just energy delivery.

Beef-on-Dairy Integration

This has evolved from a niche strategy to standard practice.

Getting started: Begin with market research. Talk with calf buyers about which terminal breeds and calving ease profiles actually command premiums in your area.

Financial Structure

What research keeps showing—across EU and Latin American farms alike—is that how you structure debt often matters as much as how efficiently you produce.

Getting started: Have proactive lender conversations before cash flow challenges emerge. Walk through three-year projections under multiple price scenarios.

The Takeaway: You can’t control global milk prices. But you can control feed efficiency, component focus, revenue diversity, and debt structure.

StrategyImmediate Impact1-Year Margin GainResilienceCapital Required
Feed Efficiency FocusModerate — Slow gains+$0.10-0.20/kgMSHigh — PermanentLow — Nutrition/management
Component OptimizationModerate — Genetic lag+$0.15-0.25/kgMSHigh — PermanentLow — Semen/consulting
Beef-on-Dairy IntegrationHigh — Instant revenue+$0.08-0.15/kgMSMedium — Market dependentLow — Contract only
Aggressive Debt ReductionLow — Reduces cashflow$0/kgMSVery High — Future flexibilityHigh — Requires surplus
Volume Push (Status Quo)High — Spreads fixed costs-$0.05 to +$0.05/kgMSLow — Worsens oversupplyModerate — Feed purchases

What Could Actually Change Things?

If current margin pressure is structural, what developments might shift the trajectory?

Genuine supply contraction would require sustained exits that actually reduce production capacity. We’re seeing accelerating consolidation in parts of Europe, the UK, and Australia. It’s unclear whether the pace is sufficient.

Emerging market demand growth offers longer-term potential in Southeast Asia, Africa, and Latin America. But developing those markets takes time.

Policy and structural changes—such as transition support, improved risk-sharing between processors and producers, and trade agreements—could shift the environment. But political processes move slowly.

None of these are quick fixes. But understanding the possibilities helps inform longer-term positioning decisions.

Key Takeaways

Price levels don’t ensure margin. A $9.50 per kgMS payout with $8.50 break-evens means strong prices can coexist with tight margins.

Volume gains require margin verification. More production can support cashflow while contributing to oversupply. Check IOFC, not just output.

Input decisions carry strategic weight. Feed and fertiliser now warrant careful analysis, not routine repetition.

Revenue diversification has moved mainstream. Beef-on-dairy and sustainability premiums are standard elements, not experiments.

Financial structure shapes survival. Operations that reduced debt during good years enter this period with more flexibility.

Opportunity persists, but looks different. More competition, more selective buying, more scrutiny. Adapt or get squeezed.

The Bottom Line

No individual farm can resolve global oversupply. No policy will quickly restore previous comfort levels.

But careful attention to what New Zealand’s numbers reveal—and thoughtful application regardless of region or scale—can improve the odds of staying on the right side of that one-dollar margin line.

The farms that thrive in 2030 are making decisions right now. Not necessarily to get bigger. But to get more resilient, more diversified, more intentional about where margin actually comes from.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The Cycle Isn’t Coming Back: A Structural Shakeout Is Picking Dairy’s Winners Now

Why this downturn is different—and the brutal math deciding which operations survive

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: The dairy cycle you’re waiting for isn’t coming back. China added 22 billion pounds of domestic production since 2018, permanently closing a market that absorbed half of global import growth. Meanwhile, American dairying is migrating: Texas gained 46,000 cows last year while Wisconsin lost 455 farms, and $11 billion in new Southwest processing capacity is cementing this shift for the foreseeable future. The economics have turned existential. Operations above $20 per hundredweight are hemorrhaging cash, while larger dairies at $16-17 are building war chests for acquisition. Beef-on-dairy bought time, but created a replacement crisis—heifer inventories at 20-year lows, prices hitting $4,000. This structural shakeout accelerates through 2027. The market doesn’t care about your heritage. It cares about your production costs. Do the math now, or the bank will do it for you.

Stop waiting for the cycle to turn.

Economists tracking dairy markets are increasingly using a word we don’t often hear: structural. This isn’t 2009 or 2018. The game board has changed.

The FAO’s November numbers tell the story: the Dairy Price Index recorded its fifth consecutive monthly decline, dropping to 137.5 points—the lowest since September 2024. Global food prices have fallen for three straight months. But what’s making veteran producers uneasy isn’t just the price decline. It’s what’s driving it.

The forces reshaping this market aren’t cyclical headwinds that will reverse when prices fall far enough. They’re structural shifts that have permanently altered the demand equation. Understanding that distinction changes everything about how we should approach the next few years.

The China Syndrome: Why the Export Dragon Stopped Roaring

If there’s one development that separates this market environment from previous downturns, it’s China’s move toward dairy self-sufficiency. We’ve heard “China is changing everything” before, and sometimes those predictions haven’t aged well. But this time? The numbers don’t lie.

Between 2018 and 2023, China increased domestic milk production by 10 million metric tonnes. Let that sink in for a moment—that’s roughly 22 billion pounds of new milk supply that used to come from exporters like us. According to the USDA Foreign Agricultural Service, they reached the 40.5 million tonne target ahead of schedule. This wasn’t gradual market evolution. It was deliberate policy execution backed by massive state investment.

The Rabobank analysts tracking this have documented the shift in brutal detail. China’s dairy self-sufficiency climbed from roughly 70% in 2018 to approximately 85% by 2023. Their whole milk powder imports got cut in half in a single year—dropping from 845,000 metric tonnes in 2022 to just 430,000 in 2023.

And the domestic farms driving this aren’t small operations. Chinese dairy farms with more than 1,000 head grew from 24% of the national herd in 2015 to 44% by 2020, with government targets pushing toward 56% by 2025. These are modern, efficient mega-dairies designed to eliminate import dependency.

Why does this matter for a dairy farmer in Minnesota or Idaho, or Vermont? Because China was absorbing roughly half of global dairy import demand growth during the 2010-2020 period. That demand engine hasn’t just stalled—it’s running in reverse.

In five years, China added over 10 million tonnes of domestic milk and pushed self‑sufficiency toward 85%. That milk used to be your outlet. Betting on a Chinese demand rebound today is like betting that a brand‑new barn will sit empty.

Industry economists point out that even optimistic forecasts project only about 2% growth in Chinese imports for 2025. That’s nowhere near sufficient to absorb the additional production coming from major exporting regions.

Could Chinese demand recover faster than expected? A severe domestic disease outbreak or major policy shift could alter the trajectory. But those mega-dairy operations represent 20-30 year infrastructure investments. They’re not going away. Building your business plan around hoping they will is a recipe for disappointment.

The Great Migration: Why the Cows Are Leaving the Heartland

While global demand dynamics shift, something equally dramatic is happening right here at home. The geographic center of American dairying is moving—and moving fast.

The USDA’s production reports tell the story. Texas added about 46,000 dairy cows between late 2023 and early 2025, increasing from about 635,000 to roughly 690,000. Texas accounted for about 56% of all U.S. herd growth during that period. Production in the state increased by more than 10% year over year. Kansas added another 29,000 head. South Dakota grew by 21,000.

What’s driving it? Processing capacity. New cheese plants are pulling production to the region like gravity.

Texas A&M AgriLife Extension has been tracking the build-out: Cacique Foods opened their cheese plant in Amarillo in May 2024. Great Lakes Cheese completed their Abilene facility late last year. H-E-B’s processing operation in San Antonio opens this summer. And Leprino Foods’ Lubbock facility reaches Phase 1 completion in early 2026.

Meanwhile, traditional dairy states are hemorrhaging farms. Data from the Wisconsin Department of Agriculture shows the state lost 455 licensed dairy farms in 2023, with monthly exits running at 87-94 operations through late 2024—94 dairies exited in October, 94 in November, and 87 in December.

Here’s the twist: total herd size stayed relatively flat at around 1.27 million cows, and production actually ticked up slightly. The remaining farms are becoming remarkably more efficient—Wisconsin producers achieved 10-pound-per-cow yield gains last year, double the national average.

California faces its own pressures—water constraints and regulatory costs have contributed to herd reductions in recent years, though the state remains the nation’s top milk producer. In the Northeast, many operations have found viability through fluid milk premiums and direct market relationships that provide some insulation from commodity swings.

The cows aren’t leaving these states entirely. They’re concentrating into fewer, larger operations. That’s consolidation, not collapse—though the distinction offers cold comfort to the families exiting the business.

Texas, Kansas, and South Dakota are quietly adding tens of thousands of cows, while Wisconsin loses hundreds of licenses. This isn’t a slow fade; it’s a rerouting of national milk supply toward steel, stainless, and dryer capacity in the Southwest.

The Brutal Math: Why Location Determines Survival

Let’s cut through the sentiment.

When you build a new dairy operation in Texas or the Southwest, you’re typically building at a 3,000-5,000 cow scale with modern facilities optimized from the ground up. Land costs range from $2,000 to $ 3,500 per acre. Feed availability is strong—corn belt proximity, regional sorghum production, steady distillers grain supplies. University extension budgets from the region suggest efficient large operations can often achieve costs of production in the $15-17 per hundredweight range.

Wisconsin operations face different math. Land costs run $6,000-8,500 per acre—two to three times Texas levels. Existing farms often average 100-300 cows. Extension analysis from the region puts the average dairy’s cost of production in the $18-21 per hundredweight range.

At current milk prices of $17-19, that cost differential isn’t just significant; it’s substantial. It’s existential.

A Texas 4,000-cow dairy optimized from scratch can show positive margins at these prices. A 200-cow dairy in the Upper Midwest at the same prices is bleeding cash every single month.

Heritage and sentiment don’t pay the bills. If you’re milking 200 cows in Wisconsin without a niche market or paid-off land, the math is working against you every single month. That’s not pessimism—it’s arithmetic.

This doesn’t mean Upper Midwest dairy is dead. Wisconsin has real advantages: exceptional forage quality, deep industry infrastructure, generations of expertise, and world-class cheese-making facilities. But the farms that thrive there will look different than the traditional model. Larger. More efficient. More specialized. The producers who recognize this and adapt will survive. The ones waiting for the old economics to return will not.

Following the Cheese: Where the Processing Money Is Going

Dairy processors are making strategic allocation decisions that favor cheese production over commodity powders. These decisions have direct implications for which farms command premium pricing.

The investment numbers are staggering. According to the International Dairy Foods Association’s October announcement, U.S. dairy processors are putting approximately $11 billion into more than 50 new or expanded facilities across 19 states, with projects coming online between 2025 and early 2028. Industry publications are calling it the largest investment wave in U.S. agricultural processing history.

The market signal is clear: cheese demand remains genuinely strong. Global cheese market projections show growth of 4-5% annually through 2035. U.S. cheese exports surged significantly in 2025. Domestic consumption continues climbing.

Powder markets tell a different story. The FAO noted that weak import demand for powders—particularly from Asia—contributed to recent price declines, with heavy butter and skim milk powder inventories in the EU adding pressure.

This creates a pricing divergence showing up directly in milk checks. Industry reports from October showed the spread between Class III and Class IV prices reaching around $2.47 per hundredweight—historically wide. For a 500-cow farm, that’s a meaningful income difference depending on how your milk gets allocated.

The guidance from dairy economists is straightforward: think carefully about component profiles and processor relationships. Farms optimizing production for cheese components—typically balanced butterfat-to-protein ratios in the 1.15-1.20 range—are positioning themselves for the products processors actually need.

The Beef-on-Dairy Trap: When Short-Term Cash Creates Long-Term Problems

Beef-on-dairy helps cash flow. No question about it. According to NAAB data, beef semen sales to dairy farms reached 7.9 million units in 2023, with 2024 showing continued growth. Farms producing 300 beef-cross calves annually at current market prices of around $1,400 per head are generating substantial supplemental income.

But beef-on-dairy creates downstream consequences that are about to bite.

CoBank’s dairy analysis team has documented what’s coming: they project roughly 357,000 fewer dairy replacement heifers available in 2025, with an additional 439,000 fewer in 2026. These shortfalls reflect breeding decisions made in 2022-2023 that can’t be reversed. It takes more than two years for a heifer calf born today to enter the milking string.

Here’s where the math gets ugly. CoBank’s analysis shows heifer inventories have fallen to a 20-year low, with prices at some auctions reaching $4,000 per head. Think about that for a moment. If you’re selling beef-cross calves for $1,400 and you need to buy replacement heifers at $3,500-$4,000, the economics of that trade look very different from than they did two years ago.

New processing capacity coming online in 2025-2026 needs milk supply now. But the heifer rebound won’t materially impact milk supply until 2027-2028 at the earliest.

“The beef check helps. But it buys time rather than solving the underlying milk price problem. What producers do with that time is the real question.”

The Scale Advantage: Why Size Matters More Than Ever

USDA’s Economic Research Service publishes cost-of-production data that shows why scale has become the critical survival factor.

For a 500-cow operation at current prices around $18 per hundredweight, total production costs often run in the $20-21 per hundredweight range. Run those numbers across annual production, and you’re looking at losses approaching $300,000 or more per year. That’s roughly $600 per cow in the red.

A 2,000-cow operation at the same milk price sees different economics. Total production costs can run closer to $16-17 per hundredweight when you spread overhead across more volume. That translates to potential profit approaching $1 million annually—$450-500 per cow in the black.

Same milk price. Opposite outcomes.

A 200‑cow Upper Midwest dairy can lose roughly $300,000 a year at $18 milk while a 2,000‑cow Southwest unit clears close to $1 million. Same mailbox price, completely different story. If you don’t know which cost bar represents your farm, you’re flying blind into this shakeout.

The cost advantage comes primarily from non-feed costs: overhead, labor, equipment, and management spread across more production. Agricultural economists note that the cost curve has gotten steeper over the past decade. The spread between high- and low-cost producers has widened, meaning price downturns hit the bottom quartile much harder than in previous cycles.

Operations losing $300,000 annually are burning through reserves. With typical liquid reserves of $50,000-150,000, these farms face 6-18 months before financial stress forces difficult conversations with lenders. The larger operation strengthens its balance sheet—positioning to weather extended weakness or acquire neighboring operations.

The Consolidation Trajectory: Where We’re Headed

According to USDA Census data, the U.S. had about 24,000 dairy farms as of 2022, down from over 39,000 in 2017. That’s a 38.7% decline in five years. During this period, total milk production grew, and the national herd stayed near 9.4 million cows. The cows didn’t disappear—they concentrated into fewer, larger operations.

Current exit rates in major dairy states are running 6-8% annually. Wisconsin and Minnesota both saw 7.4% declines in 2023 alone.

Based on current cost structures and price forecasts, industry analysts project continued consolidation through 2026-2027, with exit rates potentially moderating toward 2028-2030 as the bottom of the cost curve exits and remaining operations stabilize.

These projections could shift based on several variables, including policy changes to the Dairy Margin Coverage program, unexpected demand recovery, disease events, or significant movements in feed costs. But they represent the trajectory suggested by current economics.

What’s Working: Patterns from Farms That Are Thriving

Certain patterns emerge among operations that are well positioned for this environment. None of this is magic—it’s execution.

Component optimization. Forward-thinking operations are shifting focus from pounds of milk to butterfat and protein pounds. Producers selecting for component production and feed efficiency rather than just milk yield are seeing butterfat gains of 0.2-0.3 points and protein improvements of 0.1-0.15 points. At current component prices, that’s often worth more than chasing another 1,000 pounds of milk per cow.

Balance sheet strength. Farms that will weather extended price weakness are preserving every dollar of margin for cash reserves or debt reduction. Agricultural lenders consistently advise producers to manage as if prices were $2 lower than they actually are. The farms that build 12-plus months of operating reserves will have options. The ones operating margin-to-margin won’t.

Feed cost management. With corn prices relatively favorable—USDA projects season-average prices around $3.90 per bushel for 2025—strategic operations are securing pricing on multi-month contracts. The operation with 60% of corn needs forward-priced knows its costs precisely. That certainty creates planning ability when milk prices are volatile.

Proactive lender relationships. Farms approaching lenders early—before struggling—are presenting scenarios showing performance at $18, $17, and $16 per hundredweight. Lenders who understand an operation’s position in advance tend to be more flexible than those who discovering stress after the fact.

The Questions That Matter

As you evaluate your operation, here are the questions that will determine your future:

On your cost position: What’s your true cost of production? Not the industry average—your number. How many months can you sustain current conditions with the reserves you actually have?

On your market position: Is your milk optimized for what processors need? Do you know whether your processor has growing, stable, or declining capacity needs?

On your regional position: Is new processing capacity coming to your area? What’s happening with your neighbors—expanding, maintaining, or showing signs of exiting?

On your timeline: If you’re contemplating an exit, does acting sooner preserve more equity than waiting? If you’re committed to continuing, what specific improvements can you implement in the next 90 days?

The Bottom Line

The dairy industry that emerges from this period will feature fewer, larger, more efficient operations concentrated in regions with processing capacity and favorable cost structures. That’s the direction the data points, consistent with trends underway for decades—just compressed and accelerated.

Some farms will use this period to strengthen their position and emerge as regional leaders. Others will make the difficult but wise choice to exit while equity remains intact.

The market doesn’t care about your family history. It cares about your production costs. Do the math, or the bank will do it for you.

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  • This isn’t cyclical—it’s structural. China added 22 billion pounds of domestic milk production since 2018, permanently closing a market that absorbed half of global import growth.
  • The cows are moving Southwest. Texas gained 46,000 head last year; Wisconsin lost 455 farms. $11 billion in new processing capacity is cementing this shift for decades to come.
  • Scale now determines survival. Operations above $20/cwt are hemorrhaging cash at current prices. Larger dairies at $16-17/cwt are building war chests for acquisition.
  • Beef-on-dairy bought time—at a price. Heifer inventories hit 20-year lows. Replacements are reaching $4,000 per head.
  • Act while options exist. This shakeout accelerates through 2027. Know your true cost of production—before the bank calculates it for you.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Colostrum. Lameness. Beef Sires. The December 2025 Journal of Dairy Science Just Changed All Three.

At 4 liters, calves kick in pain. Collars miss lameness 23 days early. The wrong beef sire erases your premium. The December 2025 Journal of Dairy Science has the proof—and the fix.

You know how it goes. You settle into a protocol that works, run it for years, and then someone publishes research that makes you question everything. That’s where we are right now.

The December 2025 Journal of Dairy Science published a collection of studies that should make many of us rethink practices we’ve taken for granted. Colostrum volumes. Lameness detection timing. Beef-on-dairy sire selection. Methane genetics. And here’s what’s interesting—these aren’t separate issues anymore. They’re interconnected pieces of an economic puzzle that either fits together or costs you.

Let me walk you through seven findings that carry genuine financial weight.

1. We’ve Been Overfeeding Colostrum—And the Science Finally Proves It

Here’s something that goes against what many of us learned: that “more is better” approach to first-feeding colostrum? The data suggests we’ve pushed past the point of diminishing returns.

Frederick and colleagues at the University of Guelph published their findings in the Journal of Dairy Science, tracking 88 Holstein heifer calves fed colostrum at 6%, 8%, 10%, or 12% of birth body weight. The apparent absorption efficiency of immunoglobulin G peaked in the 6-8% range—calves fed 8% of body weight reached 24-hour serum IgG concentrations of 37.4 g/L. Push to 12%, and you only reach 43.4 g/L despite feeding 50% more volume.

You’d expect a straight line up. That’s not what happened.

What the researchers documented next matters more than the absorption numbers, honestly. Calves in the 10% and 12% groups showed behavioral distress—specifically, kicking behavior indicating gastrointestinal discomfort. The 10% group recorded 21 total kicks; the 12% group had 40. None in the 6-8% groups. That’s not a subtle signal.

For a 40 kg Holstein calf, 8% body weight works out to 3.2 liters maximum in that first feeding. Push beyond that, and you’re overwhelming the gut’s pinocytosis capacity. The excess antibodies pass through unabsorbed, while the calf shows signs of colic.

40 Kicks vs. Zero: The Data That Should Change Your Colostrum Protocol Today. Frederick et al. (JDS, Sept 2025) measured what happens when you push past the gut’s absorption capacity. At 12% body weight (4.8L), you get 40 colic-like kicks and only 16% more IgG than the 8% protocol—while absorption efficiency crashes 19%. The sweet spot? 3.2 liters. Your calves’ guts have been telling you this for years.

I’ve heard from producers who discovered they’d been feeding 4 liters at the first meal for years. The common thread when they switched to 3.2 liters was first feeding with a second feeding at 8 hours? Calf behavior improved noticeably.

The protocol adjustment is straightforward: Weigh the calf. Calculate 8% of body weight. If your colostrum program calls for larger total volumes, split them into smaller volumes. This respects the biology of absorption without sacrificing total IgG delivery.

Now, here’s some important context. Sandra Godden, DVM, at the University of Minnesota, has done foundational work establishing that adequate colostrum volume matters—her research helped move the industry away from underfeeding. Her guidance of feeding up to 10% body weight was a significant advance. What Frederick’s newer research adds is refinement at the upper boundary: the 8% target may be the sweet spot for both absorption efficiency and calf comfort.

Worth noting for those in colder regions: operations with extended birth-to-feeding intervals may need to adjust their timing accordingly. Wisconsin Extension notes that colostrum production tends to slump in fall months, so banking high-quality colostrum from multiparous cows during the peak season makes sense.

And here’s what still matters most—colostrum quality trumps volume every time. A Brix refractometer runs $150-300 and pays for itself the first time it catches a low-quality batch.

Read more: Effects of feeding colostrum volume at 6%, 8%, 10%, or 12% of birth body weight on efficiency of immunoglobulin G absorption, gastric emptying, and postfeeding behavior in Holstein calves

2. The Cellular Reality Behind Chronic Lameness—And Why It Keeps Coming Back

This one gets into the cellular level, and frankly, it explains something that’s frustrated a lot of us—why lameness keeps coming back in certain animals, no matter what we do with footbaths and hoof trimming.

Wilson and colleagues at the University of Nottingham published work in the December Journal of Dairy Science examining collagen composition in the digital cushions of 54 cull dairy cows. The finding that jumped out: Animals with lifetime histories of hoof horn lesions had significantly lower Type I collagen proportions.

So why does that matter for your bottom line? Type III collagen is essentially scar tissue. It lacks the tensile strength of Type I, which is necessary for proper shock absorption. When a cow’s digital cushion shifts toward Type III dominance, she’s walking on a compromised foundation—creating a vicious cycle in which each lameness event further degrades the cushion structure.

Here’s where the numbers get uncomfortable. Robcis and colleagues calculated lameness costs at approximately €307.50 per case (roughly $330-340 USD) through comprehensive bioeconomic modeling of 880 farm scenarios, published in the Journal of Dairy Science in 2023. One of their key conclusions: prevention dramatically outperforms treatment in delivering financial returns. That’s probably not surprising to anyone who’s dealt with chronic lameness cases, but having the economic modeling to back it up helps.

The detection gap is what really gets me. Research consistently shows that automated systems significantly outperform human observation for catching lameness early. Farmers typically detect only about one-third of lame cows identified by researchers using standardized scoring—and that’s not a criticism, that’s just the reality of trying to catch subtle gait changes during a busy day. CattleEye’s AI-powered system, now owned by GEA, can detect mobility changes up to 23 days before human detection. That’s more than three weeks of intervention opportunity we’re currently missing.

And here’s something worth thinking about: activity-based monitoring systems measure quantity of movement, not quality. A cow can maintain her step count while fundamentally changing how she distributes weight. By the time activity actually drops enough to trigger an alert, you’ve usually missed the optimal intervention window.

23 Days. $350. The Detection Gap Bleeding Your Bottom Line Daily. CattleEye’s AI gait analysis catches mobility changes 23 days before human observers or activity monitors—the difference between a $50 footbath intervention and a $400+ hoof trimming case. Activity collars measure how much cows move. Gait AI measures how they move. That distinction is worth $350 per case.

The question to ask any monitoring technology vendor: “What specific behavioral change does your system detect, and at what stage of disease progression does that change become measurable?”

Read more: A history of lameness is associated with reduced proportions of collagen type I relative to type III in the digital cushions of dairy cattle

3. Beef-on-Dairy Economics: Where the Real Money Gets Made or Lost

I’ve noticed that beef-on-dairy conversations tend to focus almost exclusively on the calf premium while glossing over what happens at the calving pen. The honest answer is more conditional than either the “always profitable” or “too risky” camps suggest.

A December 2025 Journal of Dairy Science study analyzed 231,000 calving ease records from first-lactation Holstein and Jersey cows inseminated with Angus, Charolais, or Simmental semen, plus 1.2 million records across the first three lactations. What the genetic analysis revealed is that dystocia outcomes depend heavily on sire selection—not just breed, but the calving ease genetics within that breed.

And here’s what’s encouraging: Research from Penn State and the University of Kentucky found that when producers select beef sires with favorable calving ease indices for mature dairy cows—not heifers, cows—dystocia rates showed no significant increase compared to dairy semen. As Tara Felix, Associate Professor of Animal Science at Penn State, noted in her research summary, “Our results suggest that current beef-dairy sire selection parameters in the United States are not negatively affecting the dairy cow.”

But you can’t just grab any beef semen and expect good results. I’ve heard versions of this story from producers across the Midwest—early adopters who chased maximum premiums without paying close attention to calving ease scores, then watched their heifer dystocia rates climb toward 25-30%. The common thread in the operations that turned it around: switching to strict CE requirements and limiting beef breedings to mature cows made the program profitable. “We got greedy on the calf side and forgot about the cow side” is how one producer put it.

Beef-on-Dairy Conditional Framework

The program generally works if you:

  • Select beef sires with documented calving ease EPDs—don’t just use whatever semen is cheapest
  • Limit beef-cross breeding to mature cows or heifers you’re confident can handle the calf
  • Actually monitor your dystocia rates and adjust breed selection if they start climbing

Angus and Hereford with strong CE scores? The economics generally work. Charolais or Belgian Blue without careful selection? That premium can evaporate fast.

The $45 Question: Is Your Beef-on-Dairy Program Actually Profitable? Penn State/Kentucky research found zero dystocia increase when CE EPDs are enforced. But operations ignoring CE thresholds saw dystocia climb past 25%. The math: $180 calf premium minus $75 dystocia costs = $105 net. Same bull with proper CE selection: $150 net. That $45 difference compounds fast in a 1,000-cow herd.

Read more: A comparative analysis of dairy production systems: Milk production tiers and their impact on dairy calf and heifer cost of production in Brazil

4. Methane Genetics: More Tractable Than Most of Us Assumed

There’s been considerable hand-wringing about methane emissions in cattle—you’ve probably seen the headlines. But the genetics work emerging from Canada, Ireland, and New Zealand suggests we have more selection leverage than many assumed. And here’s the part that matters most: it doesn’t require sacrificing production.

Semex UK, working with Lactanet and the University of Guelph, analyzed over 700,000 milk mid-infrared spectroscopy records. The finding that matters most for practical selection decisions: Methane efficiency traits show heritability of approximately 23%—comparable to production traits and dramatically higher than fertility or health traits, which typically run 3-8%.

Permanent vs. Rented: Why Genetic Selection Beats Feed Additives in the 20-Year Game. Lactanet’s genomic evaluation proves methane traits are 23% heritable—1.5% annual reduction compounding to 20-30% by 2050. Meanwhile, feed additives costing $100-150/cow/year deliver 15-20% reduction while you’re paying. The math favors genetics: permanent, cumulative, zero recurring cost after semen investment.

That heritability number caught my attention. Semex projects that a 20-30% reduction in methane by 2050 is achievable through genetic selection, depending on selection intensity.

The timeline to meaningful herd-level impact looks something like:

  • Generation 1 (2 years): 3-4% reduction in daughters’ methane output
  • Generation 3 (6-8 years): 10-12% cumulative herd reduction
  • Long-term potential: 20-30% reduction through genetics alone

Here’s what should reassure production-focused farmers: The genetic correlation between methane efficiency and milk yield is essentially zero. You can select for high production and low emissions simultaneously without compromise. No trade-off required.

In practice, it’s simpler than overhauling your breeding program. Keep selecting for your primary profit drivers—fat, protein, NM$, health traits. Use Methane Efficiency as a tie-breaker. If two bulls look equivalent on everything that matters to your bottom line today, pick the one with the better Methane Efficiency score. You get the same profitable cow while quietly stripping carbon footprint from your herd with every generation.

International programs are moving fast on this. New Zealand—where pasture-based systems make feed additives impractical at scale—is pursuing genetics as a primary pathway, with their major AI companies developing methane indices for widespread use.

Read more: Comparing the genetic architecture of energy balance predicted by mid-infrared spectrometry, a novel energy deficiency score, and several biomarkers

5. Evaluating Methane Feed Additives: The Questions That Actually Matter

The methane-reduction market is flooded with products right now. Some deliver genuine results; many don’t. What I’ve found is that the difference often comes down to asking the right questions before signing purchase orders.

Four Questions Before You Buy Any Methane Additive

Print this. Bring it to your next sales meeting.

  1. “Show me the DMI data alongside the methane data.” If intake dropped proportionally, you might be looking at an expensive appetite suppressant rather than a real mitigation tool.
  2. “Is this reduction measured in g/day or g/kg DMI?” The answer tells you whether it’s real mitigation or just feed intake depression. Total daily methane can drop simply because the cow eats less—methane yield per kilogram of dry matter intake is what proves the additive actually alters fermentation.
  3. “How long did the trials run?” Anything under eight weeks should raise some skepticism about persistence. The rumen microbiome adapts constantly—many oils and plant extracts show impressive 15-20% reductions initially, then methanogens figure out a workaround.
  4. “Where did the hydrogen go?” This one separates people who understand the biology from people reading a script. Blocking methane means blocking hydrogen disposal. That hydrogen has to end up somewhere—ideally in propionate, which the cow uses for energy and milk. If the vendor can’t explain the hydrogen sink, the rumen might just be becoming stressed rather than more efficient.

Here’s a useful way to think about it: the rumen is essentially a fermentation vat that’s been optimizing itself for millions of years. If someone’s going to claim they’ve fundamentally changed how it works, they need to prove the bugs didn’t just figure out a workaround within a few weeks.

Read more: Graduate Student Literature Review: Limitations in feeding red seaweed Asparagopsisspecies for enteric methane mitigation in ruminants

6. You’re Already Paying for Methane Data—You Just Might Not Know It

Most operations already collect Mid-Infrared spectral data through DHI testing. That’s how the lab measures fat and protein percentages. What’s becoming clear is that the same spectral signature can predict methane output—and you’re already generating and paying for those samples.

The biological mechanism is elegant: Acetate and butyrate production in the rumen releases hydrogen, which is converted to methane, while propionate production uses hydrogen as a sink. These metabolic pathways leave signatures in milk fatty acid profiles that MIR spectrometry can detect.

High-methane cow? Her rumen’s churning out acetate. Her milk is rich in de novo fatty acids.

Low-methane cow? More hydrogen is going to propionate. Different fatty acid profile in the tank.

What this means on your farm: The Methane Efficiency scores appearing on genetic evaluations are derived largely from this data you’re already generating. The infrastructure exists. The question is whether you’re using it.

Those de novo fatty acid readings, by the way, have value beyond methane prediction. They’re also indicators of rumen health. Too-low de novo percentages can signal rumen acidosis—something worth monitoring in your transition cows regardless of where you stand on carbon footprints.

Read more: Genetic parameters of mid-infrared-predicted methane production and its relationship with production traits in Walloon Holstein dairy cows

7. The BLV Connection: What We Know and What We’re Still Learning

Here’s one where I want to be careful about what we claim versus what we’re still figuring out. Some emerging research suggests associations between BLV status in dams and calf health outcomes, including respiratory disease. But the mechanisms remain unclear, and that uncertainty matters for how you respond.

Three potential pathways deserve consideration:

Altered colostrum immunity: BLV-infected dams may produce colostrum with compromised immune components.

Direct immune effects: Calves may experience some disruption of immune function.

Confounded management: High-BLV herds may systematically differ in biosecurity practices, calf housing density, and ventilation—factors that independently affect respiratory disease.

What we know with greater confidence comes from USDA NAHMS survey data and subsequent research: approximately 94% of U.S. dairy herds have at least one BLV-positive cow, with an average within-herd prevalence of approximately 46% (LaDronka et al., 2018). Economic analyses have found that each 10% increase in herd prevalence is associated with rolling herd average losses in the 430-540 pound range, depending on the study methodology.

My honest assessment: Monitor your herd’s BLV status alongside calf health records. If you’re already pursuing BLV reduction for production and longevity reasons—which the accumulating research supports—any potential calf health benefits would be a bonus. But I wouldn’t recommend major program changes based solely on the calf respiratory associations until we better understand what’s driving them.

Read more: The effect of bovine leukemia virus infection on health and growth of nonreplacement dairy calves

Three Things You Can Do This Month

  1. Pull your de novo fatty acid data from your last few DHI reports. If you’re not already looking at it, start. It’s a free window into rumen health—and eventually methane efficiency—that you’re already paying for.
  2. Review your beef-on-dairy sire stack. If you haven’t audited calving ease EPDs recently, do it now. Set a minimum threshold and stick to it. The premium isn’t worth much if you’re burning it on dystocia.
  3. Adjust your colostrum protocol. Cap first feeding at 8% body weight. Split larger volumes into a second feeding at 6-12 hours. And if you don’t have a Brix refractometer yet… well, you know what to add to the supply order.

Research Evaluation Checklist by Decision Type

For Monitoring Technology:

  • What biological change does it actually detect?
  • At what disease stage does that change become measurable?
  • Does early detection enable a cost-effective intervention, or are you just getting bad news faster?

For Feed Additives:

  • Is the effect on yield (per kg DMI) or just production (total daily output)?
  • How long did the trials run?
  • Can the vendor explain the biology, including what happens to displaced hydrogen?

For Genetic Indexes:

  • What’s the heritability and reference population size?
  • What are the correlations with traits you already prioritize?
  • Is this a new selection focus or a tie-breaker within existing goals?

Your experience matters: Does this match what you’re seeing on your operation? If your data differs—particularly on colostrum volumes, lameness detection, or beef-on-dairy outcomes—we want to hear from you. Regional variation is real, and producer feedback improves future coverage. Drop us a line at editorial@thebullvine.com.

Based on the image provided, here is the digitized data converted into a formatted table.

December 2025 JDS Evidence vs. Industry Standard Protocols

Practice AreaTraditional Protocol (Industry Standard)Research-Backed Protocol (December 2025 JDS)Key Impact (Risk/Benefit)
Colostrum First Feeding• 4+ liters
• (~10-12% body weight)
• Single feeding
• 3.2 liters max
• (8% body weight)
• Split into 2 feedings
• 40 kicks vs. 0 kicks(signifying pain)
•  Colic distress
•  IgG absorption 37-43 g/L
Lameness Detection Method• Visual locomotion scoring
• 2-3x per week
• Activity monitors
• AI gait analysis
• Daily automated scoring
• 2D camera systems
• 23-day earlier detection
• $350 cost savings
•  Chronic lameness cycle
Beef-on-Dairy Sire Selection• Any beef breed
• Focus on calf premium
• No CE threshold
• Strict CE EPD threshold
• Breed-agnostic
• Mature cows only
• 10% vs 25% dystocia
• +$108 net per calf
•  Heifer culling
Methane Mitigation Strategy• Feed additives
• $100-150/cow/year
• Ongoing cost
• Genetic selection
• 23% heritability
• One time investment
• 20-30% reduction by 2050
•  Milk production
•  Market access
Methane Cost Impact• Annual recurring cost
• Variable efficacy
• Potential DMI reduction
• Permanent improvement
• Compounding gains
• Zero production trade-off
• Feed additives: **-$0.35/day**
• Genetics: Permanent
•  Sustainability credentials

Key Takeaways:

  • Cap first-feeding colostrum at 3.2L (8% BW): Frederick et al. (2025) found calves fed 12% showed 40 colic-like kicks vs. zero at 8%—beyond that, you’re causing discomfort without improving immunity
  • Detect lameness 23 days earlier with gait analysis: Activity collars measure steps, not weight distribution; AI catches mobility changes in the $50 prevention window, not the $400 treatment stage
  • Enforce calving ease thresholds on beef sires: Genetic analysis of 231,000 records confirms CE EPDs—not breed—determine beef-on-dairy profitability; without strict thresholds, dystocia exceeds 25%
  • Add methane efficiency to your sire criteria: At 23% heritability with zero milk yield trade-off, it’s a cost-free addition—use it as a tie-breaker between otherwise equivalent bulls
  • Review your de novo fatty acid data: MIR spectral analysis in your DHI reports reflects rumen health and methane patterns—actionable insights you’re already generating

Executive Summary: 

The December 2025 Journal of Dairy Science delivers peer-reviewed findings that challenge three protocols most operations haven’t questioned in years—and the financial math demands attention. On colostrum: University of Guelph researchers found that calves fed 12% of body weight had 40 colic-like kicking episodes, versus zero at 8%, making 3.2 liters the new evidence-based first-feeding maximum for typical Holstein calves. On lameness detection: AI gait analysis identifies mobility changes 23 days before activity collars or human observation—that 23-day gap is the difference between $50 early intervention and $400+ treatment costs after lesions develop. On beef-on-dairy: analysis of 231,000 calving records shows profitability hinges on calving ease EPDs, not breed; operations with strict CE thresholds report no increase in dystocia, while those ignoring sire selection see rates climb past 25%. Additionally, methane efficiency is now validated at 23% heritability, with no correlation with milk production—a trait that costs nothing to add to your sire selection criteria. Each finding points to the same conclusion: standard practices are underperforming, and the December 2025 JDS provides the data to fix them.

Editor’s Note: The research discussed here comes from peer-reviewed studies in the December 2025 Journal of Dairy Science and related publications. Economic calculations represent illustrative estimates based on published methodologies and national averages—your costs and returns will vary by region, herd size, and management practices. We welcome producer feedback at editorial@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The Next 18 Months Will Decide Who’s Still Milking in 2030 – Here’s Your Checklist

60% debt-to-asset. That’s the red line. Above it, you’re gambling. Below it, you might survive 2026.

Executive Summary: The dairy industry you’ve built your life around is heading into 18 months that will decide who’s still milking in 2030. U.S. production jumped 4.2% year-over-year in September 2025, and with China now 85% self-sufficient, the world’s biggest surplus sponge has dried up. Trade has splintered into regional blocs—Mexico now absorbs over a quarter of our exports, and if that relationship falters, most farms have no backup plan. The math is unforgiving for mid-size operations: Benchmarking data shows herds under 250 cows earning $500-700 less per cow annually than large-scale competitors. If your debt-to-asset ratio is creeping toward 60%, you’re approaching the red line. This analysis delivers a practical checklist for the decisions that matter most—while you still have the runway to make them.

You know, I’ve been talking with producers across the country lately, and there’s a common thread in those conversations that’s worth paying attention to. One third-generation Wisconsin dairy farmer I spoke with recently—he’s running around 200 cows in the south-central part of the state—put it pretty well.

“It’s not just about milk prices anymore,” he told me. “It’s about whether the whole system we’ve built our lives around is going to exist in five years.”

Now, I’ve heard concerns like this before during tough market cycles. But after spending considerable time digging into the data and talking with economists, producers, and industry analysts… I think he’s onto something. The global dairy industry is approaching a point that feels genuinely different from the cyclical ups and downs we’ve all weathered before. And the decisions farmers make over the next 18 months—about expansion, processing investments, market relationships, and yes, whether to keep milking—will shape who’s still in business when things settle out.

So let me walk through what’s actually happening beneath the headline noise. Some of this you probably know already. Some of it might surprise you.

The Supply Picture Building for 2026

Here’s what caught my attention when I started looking at the production numbers: we’re not seeing one region expand while others pull back. Multiple major dairy regions are growing at the same time—and that matters more than people realize.

The U.S. expansion is real and shows no signs of slowing. USDA’s fall 2025 Milk Production reports show cow numbers and output running well above year-ago levels. The September numbers were particularly striking—production in the 24 major states came in 4.2% higher than September 2024, with gains in both cow numbers and milk per cow. And here’s what’s worth paying attention to: industry analysts looking at heifer retention data suggest this expansion momentum is likely to carry into 2026 and possibly beyond. That means production volumes keep climbing even if nobody adds another cow starting tomorrow.

The Production Tsunami: U.S. milk production climbs relentlessly toward 231.3 billion pounds in 2026, with September 2025’s 4.2% year-over-year spike revealing unstoppable momentum—even as traditional export markets evaporate

Dr. Mark Stephenson, who served as Director of Dairy Policy Analysis at the University of Wisconsin-Madison before his recent retirement, has been tracking these trends for decades. As he’s noted in recent industry discussions, we’re looking at production growth momentum that’ll take a year to 18 months to work through the system, regardless of what current price signals might suggest.

Meanwhile, Rabobank’s global dairy analysts point to modest growth continuing in New Zealand and Australia over the next couple of seasons. Not huge numbers, but meaningful when you’re adding milk to markets that are already well-supplied.

And Argentina? That’s the one I think deserves more attention than it’s getting. Industry analysts identify Argentina as one of the fastest-growing dairy exporters today, with milk production projected to grow faster than in the U.S., the EU, or Oceania. They’re expanding capacity and targeting export markets that traditionally absorbed surplus from other regions.

Europe’s situation is a bit different. The European Commission’s recent short-term outlook projects EU production will edge slightly lower in 2025—dropping cow numbers, tight margins, environmental regulations, and disease outbreaks are all playing roles there. But the mega-cooperative mergers happening on that side of the Atlantic—Arla combining with DMK to create roughly a 25-billion-liter entity with combined revenues around €19 billion, FrieslandCampina merging with Milcobel to form another giant with about 16,000 member farms—those are consolidating processing capacity in ways that’ll reshape how things work over there.

Why does simultaneous expansion in the Americas and Oceania matter so much? Because the traditional safety valves for oversupply aren’t available this time.

Three Things Making This Different

Market cycles come and go. I’ve seen enough of them to know that what feels unprecedented often isn’t. But three structural changes make what’s building for 2026 genuinely different from previous downturns.

First, inventory dynamics have shifted. USDA Cold Storage reports show U.S. butter inventories in 2025 near multi-year highs—well above levels seen in 2022 and 2023. European cheese stocks are similarly elevated. In past cycles, processors moved inventory quickly to avoid storage costs. Today’s more regionalized trade structure lets them hold product longer, waiting for better conditions rather than clearing markets on our timeline. What that means practically: don’t expect inventory liquidation to relieve price pressure as fast as we’ve seen historically.

Second—and this is the big one—China’s role has fundamentally changed. From roughly 2010 to 2020, China was the growth market. The safety valve. When global supply got heavy, Chinese demand absorbed it. That chapter’s closed.

Rabobank’s Mary Ledman has been tracking this closely, and what she’s documented is significant: China’s dairy self-sufficiency has climbed from around 70% to roughly 85% over just a few years. Their imports fell around 12% year over year in recent data. The market that once absorbed surplus production is now competing as a supplier.

China Closes the Tap: From 2018’s 70% self-sufficiency to 2025’s 85%, China transformed from the dairy industry’s biggest customer into a competitor, erasing the safety valve that absorbed global oversupply for a decade

And here’s what’s interesting—even though China’s domestic milk production has actually declined slightly, their import demand isn’t growing. Consumption remains weak despite that massive population. Government policy explicitly prioritized domestic production, aiming to expand output over the coming years.

Third, tariff structures have pushed trade toward regional patterns. When trade tensions escalated in early 2025, it didn’t just affect prices temporarily—it reorganized supply chains. Chinese buyers shifted to New Zealand suppliers with preferential trade access. European exporters lost U.S. market share.

I’ve talked with agricultural economists about this dynamic, including folks at Cornell who study the impacts of trade policy. The consensus is sobering: once supply chains reorganize and buyers establish new purchasing patterns, those structures tend to persist even when tariff rates change. Trade policy forces realignment that often sticks.

That’s worth sitting with for a moment. The relationships being built now aren’t necessarily temporary adjustments.

Geography as Destiny

One dynamic I’ve been watching closely is the emergence of distinct regional trading patterns. Where your farm sits within these patterns increasingly shapes your market access and pricing power.

North America’s More Protected Market

The U.S. dairy market has become more insulated through tariff protection. Mexico remains our biggest customer—industry data from CoBank and the U.S. Dairy Export Council shows they bought roughly $2.47 billion of U.S. dairy in 2024, representing well over a quarter of our total export value, which was approximately $8.2 billion.

Trade War Casualties: Between 2020 and 2025, U.S. dairy exports to China collapsed from 15% to 8% of total volume—a 47% plunge—as tariffs and China’s self-sufficiency push restructured global trade flows, forcing regional consolidation around Mexico and Canada

Here’s what’s interesting about this structure: when tariffs affect trade with Mexico and Canada, our whole North American market adjusts without outside supply filling the gaps. The University of Wisconsin’s Center for Dairy Profitability has examined this dynamic in their trade analyses.

What emerges is something like forced regional integration. U.S., Mexican, and Canadian markets operate somewhat independently from global commodity pricing. For farmers here, that means milk prices tend to stabilize around domestic supply and demand rather than global competition.

Former USDA Secretary Tom Vilsack has been vocal about these tradeoffs. In remarks to Brownfield Ag News last October, he warned that continued tariffs could cause lasting damage to U.S. agricultural trade relationships, noting concerns about losing customers to competitors such as Brazil and Argentina, which are “eager to take that business.” Trade protection provides some stability, but it also limits opportunities and creates long-term relationship risks.

That’s a fair summary of the situation. You’re cushioned from global oversupply to some degree, but you also can’t easily capture premium pricing when Asian markets are paying up.

The Asia-Pacific Shift

New Zealand now supplies nearly half of China’s dairy imports through preferential trade access. Australia is positioning aggressively as an alternative supplier, with its dairy council projecting market-share gains in Southeast Asia.

What’s notable is why they’re winning. This isn’t primarily about price competition. It’s geopolitical stability and access to trade agreements that create advantages others can’t easily match.

Recent industry reporting quotes Chinese buyers explicitly prioritizing “supply stability and predictability” over price. Once those supply chains get rebuilt around preferred partners, the relationships tend to persist even when trade conditions change.

For American farmers hoping Asian demand eventually absorbs our domestic oversupply… this is worth serious thought.

Europe’s Consolidation Strategy

Europe’s massive processor consolidation tells you something important: they’re consolidating because they can’t achieve global market dominance, not because they’re winning.

U.S. tariffs hit EU dairy with 15-20% duties, while New Zealand faces around 10% and Australia even less. Recent trade frameworks have provided only limited tariff-free access—far below historical trade volumes.

European dairy is increasingly focused on serving the EU domestic market (where per capita consumption is actually declining), exporting to Africa and adjacent regions with existing trade agreements, and competing for remaining global market share at compressed margins.

The mega-mergers make sense in that context. When you can’t grow externally, you consolidate to survive internally.

The Demand Puzzle

Something that puzzled me initially: global dairy demand actually is growing. The OECD-FAO Agricultural Outlook and various market research firms project steady consumption growth over the next decade, with Asia-Pacific expected to post some of the fastest gains.

So why doesn’t this help producers in North America and Europe?

The growth is geographically misaligned with where we’re producing milk.

The UK’s Agriculture and Horticulture Development Board put out a good analysis on this last summer. Per capita dairy consumption in Southeast Asia remains well below 20 kilograms annually, compared with around 300 kilograms in developed markets. That sounds like massive upside potential.

But building the cold chains, retail networks, and consumer habits takes a decade or more. Our cows produce milk today. Every day. That milk needs a market this month, not in 2035.

Meanwhile, consumption in developed markets continues to slide.

You probably know this already, but USDA data shows per capita fluid milk intake has been falling for decades—we’re now drinking roughly 90-100 pounds less per person annually than folks did in the mid-1980s.

Dr. Glynn Tonsor, Professor of Agricultural Economics at Kansas State University, has studied this extensively. As he’s noted in industry presentations, this isn’t a temporary consumer preference—it’s a generational dietary shift. People born in the 1980s and 1990s drink significantly less milk than previous generations, and that pattern isn’t reversing.

The numbers are pretty simple: producers in Wisconsin, California, Europe, and New Zealand can’t wait a decade for Asian demand to scale. Today’s production floods into commodity channels, putting pressure on prices while structural demand slowly builds in distant markets.

Understanding Processor Dynamics

Let me be careful here because there’s a tendency to frame processor relationships in adversarial terms. That’s not especially helpful. Processors are responding to the same structural forces farmers face. But understanding the dynamics helps explain why farmgate prices don’t always improve even when retail dairy prices rise.

In more regionalized markets, external competition doesn’t constrain processor pricing the way it once did. Think about what that means practically. If your cooperative’s pricing feels inadequate, what’s your alternative? In a truly global market, you could theoretically explore other buyers or export channels. In a regionalized setup? Options narrow considerably.

The Australian Competition and Consumer Commission examined this dynamic in their dairy industry inquiry reports from 2018-2020. What they found isn’t surprising: when fewer processors operate in a region, farmers have fewer switching options, and that correlates with lower farmgate prices.

The U.S. processor landscape has consolidated quite a bit over the decades. While exact historical counts vary by how you define processors, the trend is unmistakable—far fewer processors compete for farmers’ milk today than did a generation ago.

A mid-size Wisconsin producer I spoke with—he asked to remain anonymous to discuss business relationships candidly—described his experience this way: “Five years ago, I had three realistic options for my milk. Today I have one. And they know it. The conversation around pricing is just different when everyone understands you can’t leave.”

The cooperative model is evolving in complex ways.

Dairy Farmers of America now channels a substantial share of its member milk through DFA-owned processing plants. That vertical integration creates tensions. When your cooperative is also your processor, the interests don’t always align cleanly.

This isn’t universal among cooperatives. Organic Valley has maintained farmer-centric governance and stable pricing for its member farms. But they operate in a premium niche. The commodity milk cooperative model faces different pressures.

Alternative Strategies: An Honest Look

When commodity prices compress, many producers consider alternatives such as on-farm processing, direct-to-consumer sales, and specialty products. I’ve talked with farmers pursuing each path. Here’s what the experience and research actually show.

The capital requirement is substantial.

Case studies from Wisconsin, Vermont, and New York—documented through their respective extension programs—show that small cheese rooms or bottling facilities frequently carry six-figure price tags when you combine equipment, building work, and regulatory compliance. On a 200-300 cow operation, that investment can easily equal a sizable chunk of annual gross revenue.

One organic producer in Wisconsin who added on-farm cheese processing about five years ago described the decision as “terrifying” at the time. But she had the scale to absorb it and proximity to Madison’s premium market. A 100-cow farm two hours from any metro area? The math works very differently, she pointed out.

Geography matters more than many folks realize.

Extension and marketing research—including work from the University of Vermont’s Center for Sustainable Agriculture—repeatedly shows that successful direct sales tend to cluster near higher-income, higher-population areas, often within easy driving distance of a metro market.

A producer in rural South Dakota faces fundamentally different market access than one 30 minutes from Minneapolis or Denver. Farms succeeding at direct sales often get $12-20 per gallon versus commodity pricing—but only with the right customer base within practical driving distance.

That geographic constraint excludes many farms from serious consideration for direct-to-consumer strategies, regardless of capability or willingness.

Farms that make alternative strategies work tend to share certain characteristics.

Based on extension research and documented case studies, they typically have enough scale to absorb the capital investment—often 100-plus cows. They’re located within a reasonable distance of processing infrastructure or premium consumer markets. The operators are willing and able to work in sales and marketing, not just production. They have existing capital reserves or credit access. And they’re patient—these transitions generally take three to five years to reach profitability.

For farms meeting those criteria, alternative strategies genuinely can work. For farms missing two or more factors, pursuing alternatives may delay rather than prevent exit.

Decision PathCapital RequiredTimeline to ProfitabilityRisk LevelTarget Profit/CowCritical Success FactorGeographic AdvantageTypical Farm Profile
Scale Up (1000+ cows)$5M – $15M+3-5 yearsHigh (debt load)$1,400 – $1,500Access to capital + cheap feedID, TX, NM, SDCurrent 500-800 cows, <40% debt
Niche Out (Specialty)$150K – $500K3-5 yearsMedium (market)$1,800 – $2,500Premium markets within 60 milesNear metro areasCurrent <200 cows, near city
Right-Size + Tech$250K – $750K1-2 yearsMedium (execution)$1,000 – $1,200Management excellenceWI, MI, PA, NYCurrent 200-600 cows, family labor
Exit with Equity$0 (liquidation)ImmediateLow (opportunity cost)N/ATiming + existing equityAnyCurrent <250 cows, >50% debt

What Determines Mid-Tier Survival

A question I hear constantly: what about the 100-500 cow operations? Not mega-dairies, but not small enough to pivot easily to direct sales. What separates the ones likely to make it from those who won’t?

I’ve spent considerable time looking at this segment, and some patterns emerge.

Financial structure is often the clearest predictor.

Penn State Extension notes that banks generally prefer a debt-to-asset ratio below 60% for farms considering expansion—and that threshold serves as a reasonable risk benchmark more broadly. Farm Credit analyses similarly suggest that operations carrying ratios above that level face elevated vulnerability during prolonged price downturns. Farms that weather extended margin compression typically carry ratios well below that threshold.

Labor has become a critical factor as well.

This is something that doesn’t always get enough attention in these discussions. Mid-tier operations often sit in an awkward spot—too large for family labor alone, but not large enough to offer the wages, housing, and advancement opportunities that larger operations can. Immigration policy uncertainty has made workforce planning even more challenging. The farms that navigate this successfully tend to invest in employee retention: better housing, competitive pay, and clear advancement paths. It’s not just about finding workers anymore—it’s about keeping them.

Processor relationships matter enormously at this scale.

What I’ve noticed talking with mid-tier survivors: most have some form of arrangement with their processor, whether a formal contract or long-standing relationship. The most vulnerable farms sell essentially into spot markets—milk goes wherever the co-op sends it at whatever price the co-op offers.

Jim Goodman, a former Wisconsin dairy farmer who’s been active on farm policy issues and has been featured in agricultural publications, has made this observation: the mid-size farms that survive have often figured out they’re in the relationship business, not just the milk business. They know their processor’s field rep by name. They attend every meeting. They’re not invisible.

Regional concentration tells you something important.

Surviving mid-tier operations cluster in specific geographies: south-central Wisconsin, Michigan’s western lower peninsula, parts of California’s central valley, and pockets of the Northeast near processing infrastructure.

Mid-tier farms in regions dominated by large operations—such as the Texas Panhandle, southern Idaho, and New Mexico—face structural disadvantages that operational excellence alone can’t overcome. If you’re running a 250-cow operation where the average dairy has 2,000-plus cows, you’re not competing on the same terms. Feed costs per ton run higher, labor efficiency runs lower, and processor leverage is minimal.

The successful mid-tier operators I’ve met share a mindset.

They’re not trying to become mega-dairies. They’re not romanticizing small-scale farming either. They’ve made realistic assessments about what their operation can achieve and optimized it within those constraints.

They’ve typically identified one or two specific advantages—exceptional forage production, low-cost facilities, family labor flexibility, proximity to a specialty buyer—and built a strategy around protecting those advantages rather than chasing scale they can’t realistically achieve.

A Mid-Tier Success Story Worth Noting

Not everything in this analysis points toward consolidation and exit. I talked with a 320-cow operation in Michigan’s Thumb region that’s actually positioned well for what’s coming—and their approach offers some useful lessons.

They made three strategic decisions over the past decade that now look prescient. First, they aggressively paid down debt during the strong milk price years of 2022-2024, bringing their debt-to-asset ratio below 40%. Second, they locked in a five-year component-based contract with a regional cheese processor that values their high-protein milk. Third, they invested in employee housing and retention rather than herd expansion.

“Everyone around us was adding cows when prices were good,” the operator told me. “We added a duplex for our two key employees instead. Those guys have been with us for seven years now. That stability is worth more than another hundred cows.”

They’re not immune to what’s coming—nobody is. But they’ve built resilience through relationships, financial discipline, and knowing what they’re good at. That’s a model worth considering.

What the Next Five Years Likely Looks Like

Let me share what the structural forces and consolidation trends point toward. I want to be clear that these are projections based on current patterns—not certainties. Markets can surprise us, and policy changes could shift the trajectory. But the direction seems reasonably clear if present trends continue.

Farm numbers will likely decline substantially.

If current exit rates persist, several industry and academic analysts estimate U.S. dairy farm numbers could fall significantly by 2030—potentially into the low tens of thousands, down from somewhere around 25,000-28,000 today. Similar consolidation pressures are projected in Canada—some observers suggest a substantial portion of their remaining farms could exit over the coming years if trends continue.

Scale concentration will likely increase further.

Current USDA and industry analyses show that large herds—often 1,000 or more cows—already produce the majority of U.S. milk. Most observers expect that share to keep climbing. Mid-tier operations that survive will generally do so through geographic advantage, quality differentiation, or secure relationships with processors.

Smaller operations face steep structural headwinds.

I don’t say this to be discouraging, but to be realistic: farms with under 100 cows face structural challenges that operational improvements alone often can’t overcome. Historical exit rates among smaller herds have frequently ranged from 4% to 7% annually. If anything like that pace continues, a large majority of sub-100-cow operations could exit commercial production over the next decade.

Some will transition to specialty or direct-to-consumer models. Most will exit through gradual herd reduction and eventual sale.

Geography will shape regional outcomes.

The traditional Dairy Belt—Wisconsin, Michigan, California, Idaho, Texas, South Dakota—has concentrated processing infrastructure. Consolidation will continue, but the industry will survive with large-scale producers intact.

Peripheral regions—New England, Mid-Atlantic, Plains states, Southeast—have more limited processing infrastructure and smaller average farm sizes. Exit rates may run higher there. Surviving operations in those areas will likely be scattered and specialty-focused.

Is Change Possible?

Can anything alter this trajectory? Mechanisms exist to slow or shift consolidation, but implementing them requires confronting uncomfortable realities about power, politics, and collective action.

Organized farmer action has shown real influence in some settings.

In Ireland, farmer pushback against Dairygold’s recent price reductions—including coordinated attendance at a key supplier meeting organized through social media—demonstrated that organized producers can influence cooperative decisions on milk pricing. That worked partly because Dairygold operates as a true cooperative with farmer-shareholders who have voting rights and equity stakes. Collective organization gave them genuine leverage.

That model differs meaningfully from structures where farmers supply milk but don’t own equity. The leverage differs accordingly.

Antitrust enforcement shows some activity.

Recent European court decisions have found that coordinated pricing behavior by major dairy buyers did depress farmgate prices, with courts quantifying significant producer losses. Here in the U.S., the USDA and the Justice Department announced a joint initiative last September to investigate agricultural market concentration. That represents progress, though antitrust cases typically take years to work through the system.

Political constraints remain substantial.

Those with the power to implement structural solutions often benefit from current arrangements. Large cooperatives and mega-farms gain from consolidation. Farmer political voice tends toward large-operation representation. Unified action is difficult when most milk flows through a handful of competing cooperatives.

Dr. Marin Bozic, a dairy economist at the University of Minnesota, has summarized this challenge in industry presentations: the mechanisms for change exist, but the political will and farmer coordination required to implement them are the limiting factors.

That’s probably a fair assessment of where things stand.

Your 18-Month Checklist

Based on everything I’ve looked at, here’s your checklist for the next 18 months:

Ruthless Geographic Assessment. If you’re 200 miles from a processor and they drop you, do you have a Plan B? If not, you’re gambling, not farming. Farms within a reasonable distance of major processing infrastructure have structural advantages that operational improvements alone can’t replicate. If location is fundamentally disadvantaged for commodity milk or direct sales, that reality needs to inform every other decision you make.

Scale or Niche—There Is No Middle. USDA and industry profitability analyses consistently show significant differences in production costs between small and large operations. Zisk data from 2025 benchmarking shows that herds under 250 cows earn $500-700 less profit per cow annually than large operations across all regions. If you’re running 80 cows and you aren’t bottling it yourself, breeding high-genomic bulls for A.I. studs, or pursuing some other differentiated strategy, the math is working against you. Efficiency improvements help at the margin but generally don’t close the structural gap.

The Mid-Tier Kill Zone: Benchmarking reveals herds under 250 cows earn $500-700 less per cow annually than large-scale competitors—a structural disadvantage that operational excellence alone cannot overcome

Financial Red Lines. Penn State Extension notes that banks prefer debt-to-asset ratios below 60% for farms considering expansion—and that threshold serves as your risk benchmark more broadly. If you’re approaching that line, stop expanding. Debt reduction is your highest-ROI activity right now. The University of Wisconsin’s Center for Dairy Profitability data shows that income over feed costs swung $12.05 per cwt from peak to trough in just over a year. Operations with heavy debt loads don’t survive that kind of volatility.

The 60% Red Line: Penn State Extension and Farm Credit analyses identify debt-to-asset ratios above 60% as the critical threshold where farms shift from strategic risk to existential gambling during prolonged margin compression

Genetics as a Financial Tool. Reassess your breeding priorities. In a quota-restricted or processor-limited world, pounds of solids per stall is the metric that matters most. The industry is shifting its focus from milk volume to milk solids output. Pounds of butterfat and protein per stall—not just total milk volume—increasingly determines which operations stay profitable. Given that feed historically accounts for around half of production expenses, genetic selection for efficiency is critical. Research on genomic evaluations shows that selecting for residual feed intake (RFI) can deliver annual feed savings of over $250 per cow.

The Exit Strategy. Exiting with equity is a business decision. Exiting in bankruptcy is a tragedy. If the writing is on the wall, sell while herd and land values are still holding. Farms that exit during relative market stability typically retain significantly more equity than those forced out due to financial distress. This isn’t about giving up—it’s about making decisions while you still have options.

Don’t Neglect Workforce Stability. Labor turnover is expensive and disruptive. Farms that invest in employee retention—housing, wages, advancement opportunities—often find that stability pays dividends well beyond the direct costs. That Michigan operation I mentioned didn’t add cows when prices were good; they added housing for key employees. Seven years later, that decision looks brilliant.

Validate Before You Invest. If you’re considering on-farm processing or direct sales, validate demand before buying equipment. Successful on-farm processors I’ve talked with didn’t start with a cheese vat. They surveyed potential customers, secured committed buyers at premium prices, and validated the market. Then they invested. The failures typically reversed that sequence.

The Bottom Line

The dairy industry is working through structural changes that will leave us with different farm structure, processor concentration, and geographic organization than we have today. Understanding these dynamics doesn’t guarantee survival, but it provides a foundation for informed decisions about whether to adapt, invest, or exit on your own terms.

That Wisconsin farmer I mentioned at the start is still evaluating his options. “I’m not ready to quit,” he told me. “But I’m also not going to pretend the numbers don’t say what they say. My grandfather could afford to be stubborn. I can’t.”

That clear-eyed pragmatism—neither false optimism nor premature surrender—seems like the right posture for where we are.

The next 18 months represent a meaningful decision window. By late 2026, when production increases, and work through commodity markets, and regional trading patterns solidify further, options narrow. Farmers who thoughtfully evaluate their position now—with honest assessment of capital, location, scale, and market relationships—can make strategic decisions while they still have agency.

The industry will look different in 2030. The question is whether you’re positioned where you want to be when it does.

Key Takeaways:

  • The global safety valve is gone. China hit 85% self-sufficiency and stopped absorbing surplus. U.S. production keeps climbing 4%+ annually, with nowhere for extra milk to go.
  • Your location is your leverage. Farms far from processors or premium markets face structural disadvantages that no efficiency gains can fix. If your processor dropped you tomorrow, do you have a Plan B?
  • 60% debt-to-asset is the red line. Above it, you’re gambling on margins that aren’t coming. If you’re approaching that threshold, debt paydown beats expansion—every time.
  • Mid-tier is the kill zone. Hoard’s Dairyman benchmarking shows herds under 250 cows earning $500-700 less per cow annually. Scale up, carve a niche, or get squeezed out. There’s no profitable middle.
  • You have 18 months to decide. By late 2026, production surges will have flooded commodity markets and your strategic options will narrow. The farms still milking in 2030 are making these calls now.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Ferrari Genetics, Go-Kart Support: Why 30,000-Pound Cows Are Gone by Lactation Three

Today’s dairy cows have more genetic potential than any generation before them. And yet we’re dropping race-car engines into go-karts and acting surprised when the wheels start coming off.

Executive Summary: Today’s elite Holsteins can push 30,000 pounds per lactation with butterfat above 4%—genetic firepower unthinkable a generation ago. Yet average productive life remains stuck at 2.7 lactations, costing the industry billions annually. NAHMS data shows 73% of cows leave herds due to health failures, not strategic decisions—with more than half of on-farm deaths occurring before 50 days in milk. The genetics aren’t failing. The support systems are. Barns, cooling infrastructure, and hoof care protocols were designed for smaller, lower-producing animals. Research from Wisconsin, Cornell, and Florida points to the same leverage points: lying time, heat stress, and lameness. Some herds already average 4+ lactations—proof that closing the gap is possible when infrastructure and execution match the genetics.

Dairy Herd Longevity

There’s a way to think about modern dairy genetics that goes beyond the usual comparisons floating around industry publications.

Consider NASCAR.

A NASCAR vehicle is precision-engineered from the blueprint up, designed to operate at the outer edge of mechanical capability. But here’s the thing—that vehicle only delivers its potential when supported by an elite pit crew, optimal track conditions, and infrastructure designed specifically for high-performance racing.

Modern Holsteins fit this description remarkably well. Elite herds now routinely push 30,000 pounds of milk per cow per year, and national breed averages have recently climbed above 4% butterfat for the first time in U.S. Holstein history, according to breed and DHI statistics. Compare that to the early 1980s, when high-teens production was exceptional for a show cow, and you start to appreciate the transformation genomic selection has brought to the industry.

These animals are championship-caliber machines. The question is whether we’re giving them championship-caliber support.

What keeps coming up in conversations with producers—whether I’m talking with folks in Wisconsin, California, or the Northeast—is a consistent theme: barns, cooling infrastructure, hoof care protocols, and stall dimensions on many operations were designed for a different era. For smaller cows, produced less milk, and generated less metabolic heat.

The genetics have changed dramatically. The infrastructure often hasn’t.

I spoke with a Wisconsin producer last fall who’s consistently hitting 4.2 lactation averages, and his take was illuminating: “We’re not doing anything revolutionary. We’re just doing the basics really consistently.”

Those success stories prove what’s possible when genetics and management align. The reasons more operations haven’t reached that level are complex—and as we’ll explore, often have more to do with economics than knowledge.

What the Numbers Actually Show

Before diving into specific management areas, it helps to step back and look at the broader picture.

According to Penn State Extension analysis of NAHMS data, the average dairy cow in the United States now leaves the herd at approximately 2.7 lactations. That number has been fairly stable for some time, which raises an uncomfortable question: with all the advances in genetics, nutrition, and veterinary care, why hasn’t productive life improved?

Part of the answer lies in how cows are leaving herds. Research from the Journal of Dairy Science indicates that roughly 73% of culling decisions are involuntary—meaning cows are leaving due to health problems, reproductive failure, or injury rather than strategic herd improvement decisions.

The breakdown tells the story. According to USDA data: infertility leads at about 23%, mastitis accounts for roughly 19%, and lameness drives approximately 9% of forced exits.

What’s particularly sobering—and this caught my attention when I first saw the data—is that more than half of on-farm cow deaths occur within the first 50 days in milk. These are fresh cows. Animals that haven’t yet had the opportunity to pay back their raising costs, let alone contribute to profitability.

Now, some industry observers make a fair point: shorter productive lives aren’t necessarily problematic if genetic improvement means each replacement animal is substantially better than her predecessor. Dr. Albert De Vries at the University of Florida has done extensive work on optimal replacement economics, and his models show that voluntary culling decisions should factor in the genetic merit of available replacements.

But here’s the key distinction: that logic applies to voluntary culls. When 73% of culls are forced by health and reproductive problems, we’re looking at something else entirely—and it’s worth understanding what’s driving those numbers.

The Rest and Recovery Factor

One of the clearest indicators researchers have identified for predicting cow health and productivity is surprisingly straightforward: how much time cows spend lying down.

Dr. Nigel Cook at the University of Wisconsin School of Veterinary Medicine has been studying this relationship for years. His work, along with research from colleagues at Cornell and the Miner Institute, has established a remarkably consistent finding: every additional hour of lying time (up to an optimal range of 12-14 hours daily) correlates with approximately 2-3.5 additional pounds of milk production per cow per day.

Each hour of lying time a cow loses can cost 2 to 3.5 pounds of milk per day, according to university research summaries. Every single day, that shortfall adds up.

Why does rest matter so much? The biology makes intuitive sense. When cows lie down, blood flow to the udder increases—by 25-30%, according to some estimates. Rumination is more efficient in a lying position. And hoof tissue gets time to dry and recover from constant moisture exposure in alleys and holding areas.

The challenge is that many herds aren’t hitting that 12-14 hour target. Studies using accelerometer data from commercial operations—including research from the University of British Columbia—consistently show average lying times of 8-10 hours in freestall operations. Sometimes, there is less during hot weather or when pens are overcrowded.

For a 1,000-cow herd falling 3 hours short of optimal rest… the math suggests something like 6,000-10,000 pounds of unrealized milk production daily. Over a lactation, that’s significant money left on the table.

What’s Stealing Your Cows’ Rest?

What’s causing the shortfall varies by operation. Sometimes it’s stocking density. Dr. Cook’s research shows that cows lose about 15% of their lying time when stocking density increases from 1 animal per stall to 1.5 animals per stall—a level that’s more common than many producers realize. Other times it’s stall design. Modern Holsteins are simply larger than their predecessors from 20-30 years ago, and stalls built to older specifications may be too cramped for comfortable resting.

The encouraging news? Addressing time barriers to lying often doesn’t require a massive capital investment. Adjusting stocking density, relocating neck rails, and adding bedding depth—these are relatively low-cost interventions that can yield measurable results.

A California producer I spoke with recently reduced stocking from 115% to 100% and saw a 4-pound increase in rolling herd average within 60 days. “I was skeptical,” she told me. “The math said it wouldn’t pay. But the cows told a different story.”

Bedding Systems and the Economics of Comfort

When researchers compare bedding materials, deep-bedded sand consistently ranks at the top for cow health and comfort. This finding has been replicated across studies from the University of Wisconsin, Ontario’s Ministry of Agriculture, and veterinary practices across North America.

The advantages are multi-dimensional. Sand is inorganic, so it doesn’t support bacterial growth as organic materials do. It conforms to the cow’s body, distributing weight and reducing pressure points. And it provides good traction when dry without retaining moisture against the skin.

Dr. Cook’s research has documented that herds on properly managed deep sand show lower rates of hock lesions, reduced mastitis incidence, and longer lying times compared to mattress-based systems.

So why isn’t everyone using sand?

The answer comes down to economics and operational complexity—a theme you’ll notice throughout this discussion. Retrofitting from mattresses to deep sand for a 200-cow barn involves substantial capital investment. Then there are ongoing costs: sand procurement, maintenance of the separation system, increased equipment wear from abrasive material, and additional labor for bedding management.

The payback period—typically 18-24 months when you account for production gains, reduced health costs, and extended productive life—is reasonable for a capital investment. But that upfront requirement presents real challenges, particularly for operations with limited borrowing capacity or uncertain milk price outlooks.

Here’s something worth noting, though. Mattress technology has improved considerably over the past decade. Producers using high-quality foam-topped mattresses with aggressive bedding management—keeping 2-3 inches of clean, dry material on top at all times—can achieve results closer to sand than older research might suggest.

The key, regardless of system, is management intensity. I’ve seen excellent results on sand, mattresses, and even waterbeds when attention to detail is present. And I’ve seen poor outcomes on all of them when management slips.

The Heat Stress Challenge

This is one of those areas where I think the industry conversation is finally catching up with the research—though we’re not all the way there yet.

In warm climates, heat stress is one of the largest drains on productivity and cow welfare. Anyone farming in Texas, Arizona, or California’s Central Valley knows this instinctively. But what strikes me about the economic data is how much larger the impact is than most producers estimate, even experienced ones who’ve dealt with heat stress for decades.

Heat stress costs the U.S. dairy industry $900 million to $1.5 billion annually, according to an economic analysis by the University of Florida and the USDA.

Research from the University of Florida, building on earlier USDA analyses, puts those numbers in stark terms. For individual operations in hot regions, the per-cow impact can reach $500- $700 per year when you account for all cascading effects.

The Hidden Costs Most Producers Miss

Those effects extend well beyond milk production decline during hot weather. Research published in the Journal of Dairy Science has documented reduced dry matter intake (as cows attempt to lower metabolic heat production), compromised immune function leading to higher disease incidence, and impaired reproductive performance. According to Dr. Peter Hansen at the University of Florida, conception rates can drop from 40-50% to as low as 10-20% during heat stress periods.

And there’s a dimension many producers don’t fully appreciate: the effects on developing fetuses can impact the lifetime productivity of offspring. Research increasingly suggests that in-utero heat stress creates lasting changes in immune function and milk production capacity. That’s a long tail on today’s management decisions.

What’s particularly insidious is that damage begins before it’s visually obvious. Research using Temperature-Humidity Index measurements indicates that production impacts begin around THI 68—a threshold crossed more often than many producers realize, even in traditionally “cooler” regions. Modeling and on-farm monitoring show that even in states like Wisconsin and Minnesota, herds frequently experience many days each summer above that threshold, enough to reduce milk yield and fertility measurably.

I’ve spoken with upper Midwest producers who were genuinely surprised to learn that their herds were experiencing measurable heat stress on so many summer days. We tend to think of heat as a southern issue, but the data tells a more nuanced story.

Once THI climbs past about 68, most high-producing herds start to lose milk, whether we see obvious signs or not.

The good news? Cooling infrastructure has become more sophisticated and, in many cases, more affordable relative to its impact. Holding pen cooling tends to offer the fastest payback (since cows are concentrated and often heat-stressed from walking to the milking area and waiting for milking). Feedbunk soakers combined with fans can maintain intake during hot weather. Tunnel or cross-ventilation systems provide consistent air movement but require more substantial investment.

Lameness: The Quiet Productivity Drain

If there’s one area where the gap between research knowledge and on-farm execution is most pronounced, it might be lameness prevention.

The economics are clear—almost surprisingly so. Research from multiple universities estimates the cost of a single lameness case at $90-$340, depending on severity and duration. A 2023 study by Robscis and colleagues found the average to be $336.91 per case, accounting for treatment, milk loss, and reproductive impact. That number surprised me when I first saw it—it’s considerably higher than most producers estimate when you ask them to ballpark the cost of a lame cow.

Farmers consistently underestimate lameness by 50%—missing a $337-per-case profit drain that delays breeding by a month and costs the average 200-cow herd over $13,000 annually

Research in Preventive Veterinary Medicine found that lame cows show calving-to-pregnancy intervals 30-40 days longer than sound herdmates. Perhaps most striking: a substantial portion of culls attributed to reproductive failure actually trace back to lameness as an underlying cause. When cows hurt, they don’t show heat as strongly, they’re harder to breed, and they’re more likely to leave the herd before their genetics can express.

The prevention protocol isn’t complicated. Extension recommendations consistently emphasize regular hoof trimming (2-3 times per lactation, with particular attention at dry-off and early lactation), consistent footbath protocols (4+ treatments per week with proper bath design), attention to walking surfaces, and management of stocking density to reduce the time cows spend standing in alleys.

Ohio State Extension estimates footbath costs at roughly $42 per cow annually for a properly executed copper sulfate program. Add in professional trimming, infrastructure maintenance, and labor, and a comprehensive program for a 200-cow herd runs $15,000-$25,000 per year. The return on that investment—when accounting for prevented cases and their cascading effects—typically exceeds the cost by a factor of three to five.

So why the disconnect between knowledge and action?

Research on farmer behavior points to several factors. Farmer-estimated lameness prevalence typically runs about half of the actual prevalence when researchers conduct independent scoring. Many cases simply aren’t being recognized, particularly in early stages when intervention is most effective. I’ve walked pens with producers who consider their lameness “under control,” only to find prevalence rates above 20% when we systematically score.

There’s also the challenge of sustained execution. Unlike a capital investment that pays back automatically once installed, lameness prevention requires daily attention and consistent protocols. When labor is stretched, and competing priorities emerge, footbath management and trimming schedules often slip.

This isn’t about producers being careless—it reflects the reality of managing complex biological systems with finite time and attention. But it suggests that farms with the labor capacity to implement the protocol consistently may have an underappreciated competitive advantage.

The Replacement Economics Puzzle

Behind many of the management decisions we’ve discussed lies a deeper economic reality reshaping dairy operations in fundamental ways.

The cost of raising a replacement heifer from birth to first calving now ranges from $2,500 to $3,500, depending on region and management intensity. Market prices for springing heifers have reached $2,800-$4,000 in many regions—a significant increase from 2019 levels.

The brutal math: raising a heifer costs $2,500-$3,500 and needs 3+ lactations to pay back, but average productive life is only 2.7 lactations—a structural profit drain

Here’s where the math gets challenging. Penn State Extension analysis indicates it takes over 3 lactations for a producer to recoup heifer-raising costs. Other research—including Dr. De Vries’s work at Florida—suggests that fully paying back the investment may require 5-7 lactations under some economic scenarios.

With an average productive life at 2.7 lactations, most operations are at real risk of not fully recovering their heifer-raising costs before cows leave the herd. That’s a structural problem that no amount of good management can fully overcome.

At an average of 2.7 lactations, most operations are coming uncomfortably close to losing money on the heifers they raise, once all costs are honestly accounted for.

The beef-on-dairy trend has intensified this dynamic. In many U.S. markets over the past year, day-old beef-on-dairy calves have routinely brought $700 to over $1,000, with some reports of top lots averaging close to $1,400 per head during the strongest runs. The immediate cash flow is attractive, and on a per-calf basis, the economics make sense.

But the collective effect has been dramatic. USDA cattle inventory data show U.S. dairy replacement heifer numbers at their lowest level in decades, comparable to the late 1970s. That supply constraint has driven prices to record levels, making it difficult, from an economic standpoint, to raise and buy replacements.

What this means practically is that many operations have reduced culling rates—keeping older cows in production longer because replacements are either unavailable or unaffordable. Industry reports indicate dairy cow slaughter in 2024 has run noticeably below the levels seen in many recent years, reflecting tighter replacement supplies and strong milk prices in some regions.

This isn’t necessarily negative from a longevity perspective. Keeping cows longer is, after all, what the industry has long encouraged. But it changes the management calculus. An older herd with more health challenges requires different attention than a younger herd, and operations that haven’t adjusted protocols may find themselves stretched thin.

What Operations Breaking Through Look Like

Despite these challenges, some operations achieve substantially better longevity outcomes. Looking at what they have in common offers a useful perspective.

Deliberate intensity management: Some high-longevity operations have consciously moderated peak production in favor of more sustainable output over time. Research from Germany and the Netherlands has documented herds averaging 4+ lactations with peak yields intentionally held 10-15% below maximum genetic potential. Less milk per lactation, but more lactations per cow—and the lifetime productivity often pencils out favorably.

Lower debt burden: Operations with debt-to-asset ratios below 40% are more flexible in making infrastructure investments and weathering price volatility. Highly leveraged operations often can’t afford capital improvements that would reduce their costs over time—a challenging cycle.

Strategic heifer programs: Operations raising their own replacements—particularly those using genomic testing to identify high-potential animals early—report significant cost advantages over purchasing from the market. Genomic selection can identify animals with better health and fertility genetics before substantial raising costs are incurred.

These aren’t secret formulas. They’re applications of well-understood principles—but ones that require capital access, operational flexibility, and long-term planning horizons that not every operation enjoys.

Regional Realities

Priorities look different depending on where you’re farming.

For operations in Texas, Arizona, or California’s Central Valley, heat stress mitigation typically offers the fastest return on investment. Production and reproduction losses from inadequate cooling can dwarf other management factors.

In the upper Midwest—Wisconsin, Minnesota, Michigan—heat stress matters during summer months, but lameness prevention and stall comfort often yield more consistent year-round returns. Longer housing seasons mean cows spend more time on concrete and in freestalls, making lying time and hoof health particularly important.

Northeast operations face their own considerations: older barn infrastructure, smaller average herd sizes, and proximity to premium milk markets that can support different economic calculations.

Labor markets vary significantly, too. Operations in regions with reliable labor availability may find it easier to maintain consistent lameness prevention protocols. Those facing chronic shortages might prioritize automation or simpler systems requiring less daily attention.

Generic recommendations only go so far. The right priorities depend on climate, existing infrastructure, labor situation, financial position, and herd demographics.

Where to Focus Limited Resources

Start with zero-cost stocking density fixes before spending six figures—the fastest ROI doesn’t always require the biggest checkbook

Investment Priorities at a Glance

Stocking Density Adjustment

  • Capital: $0
  • Operating: $0 (may reduce revenue short-term)
  • Payback: Immediate
  • Benefit: Lying time, herd health

Footbath Protocol Improvement

  • Capital: $3,000-$5,000
  • Operating: $8,000-$12,000/year
  • Payback: 3-6 months
  • Benefit: Lameness reduction

Holding Pen Cooling

  • Capital: $15,000-$25,000
  • Operating: $2,000-$5,000/year
  • Payback: 6-12 months
  • Benefit: Heat stress reduction

Comprehensive Barn Cooling

  • Capital: $60,000-$90,000
  • Operating: $8,000-$15,000/year
  • Payback: 12-18 months
  • Benefit: Production, reproduction

Deep Sand Retrofit

  • Capital: $80,000-$110,000
  • Operating: $15,000-$25,000/year
  • Payback: 18-24 months
  • Benefit: Udder health, comfort, longevity

All figures are based on a 200-cow herd. Costs vary by region and existing infrastructure.

Finding Your Starting Point

Check stocking density first. Running above 100% of stall capacity? That’s probably your starting point. The best facilities in the world can’t help cows that can’t access them.

Get an honest lameness assessment. Have someone other than regular staff do the scoring—research consistently shows we underestimate prevalence by half. If the true rate exceeds 15%, protocol improvements are likely to yield faster returns than facility investments.

Consider climate exposure. Does your region exceed THI 68 for 60+ days annually? Cooling infrastructure should be near the top of your list.

Evaluate lying times. Cows averaging below 11 hours daily? Look at stall comfort—dimensions, bedding depth, neck rail position.

Review fresh cow mortality. Losing animals in the first 50 days at rates above 2-3%? The issue is likely transition management, not facilities.

Consider financial position. Debt-to-asset ratio above 50%? Focus on cash-flow-positive improvements first—protocol consistency and management intensity often deliver returns without requiring additional capital.

The Bottom Line

Stepping back from all of this, what becomes clear is that the gap between genetic potential and realized performance isn’t primarily a knowledge problem. The research is available. The protocols are documented. Most producers know what best practices look like.

A lot of this comes back to structure, not just day-to-day decisions. Capital constraints limit infrastructure investment. Labor constraints limit protocol consistency. Price volatility makes long-term planning difficult. Replacement economics create challenging trade-offs between immediate cash flow and long-term herd value.

Individual operations can make meaningful improvements within these constraints—and many are doing so. Herds achieving 4+ lactation averages demonstrate that matching management to genetics is possible.

But there’s growing recognition in industry discussions that some challenges may require broader solutions: pricing systems that reward longevity, risk management tools that support infrastructure investment, cooperative models that improve capital access for mid-sized operations. These are conversations worth having, and we’ll be exploring some of these systemic questions in upcoming coverage.

In the meantime, genetics continue to improve. Each generation carries more potential than the last. The cows are ready for championship performance.

The opportunity—and it’s a real one—is building support systems to match. It won’t happen overnight. It won’t look the same on every operation. But for producers willing to honestly assess their limiting factors and strategically focus resources, meaningful progress is achievable.

One management decision at a time, the gap between genetic potential and realized performance can narrow.

The pit crew can rise to meet the machine.

Key Takeaways

What the research shows:

  • Modern genetics deliver unprecedented production potential, but the average productive life remains around 2.7 lactations
  • Lying time, heat stress management, and lameness prevention show strong connections to longevity and lifetime productivity
  • Infrastructure investments typically show 12-24 month payback periods—solid returns, but requiring upfront capital

Practical priorities:

  • Start with an honest assessment of lying time and stocking density—often the highest-impact, lowest-cost interventions
  • Regional climate should guide investment priorities
  • Consistent protocol execution may matter more than facility perfection
  • Evaluate heifer economics given current market conditions—the math has shifted significantly

The bigger picture:

  • The gap between genetic potential and realized performance is more about economics and execution than knowledge
  • Operations achieving exceptional longevity share common characteristics: manageable debt, consistent protocols, long-term planning horizons
  • Industry-level discussions about pricing and capital access will shape what’s possible going forward

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The $775-Per-Cow Secret: Why This California Dairy’s Hospital Pen Stays Empty

His hospital pen is empty. His antibiotic bill is zero. His cows make $775 more each. Here’s how

If you ever visit Trevor Nutcher’s dairy operation out in California’s Central Valley, something will immediately catch your eye—the hospital pen was empty. Not just quiet for the day, but consistently empty. For those of us who recall his operation a few years ago, which involved 20-plus cows cycling through treatment protocols, this is worth discussing.

What’s interesting here is that Nutcher didn’t achieve this through gradual reduction or selective dry cow therapy. He went cold turkey on antibiotics—completely eliminated them. And before you think he’s taking unnecessary risks, let me share what’s actually happened to his operation.

The Real Economics We’re Not Calculating

So here’s what I’ve been thinking about lately—we all know treating mastitis costs money, right? But it’s the hidden expenses that really add up. The milk we’re dumping during those extended withdrawal periods, the productive days lost to chronic cases, those early culling decisions we’re forced to make.

In my conversations with producers from Wisconsin to California, as well as some individuals in the Northeast and Southeast, I’m hearing that resistant cases often cost significantly more than straightforward treatments. What’s particularly interesting is that many producers are reporting higher retreatment rates than a few years ago.

A producer in Pennsylvania mentioned something that stuck with me: “We’re so focused on the treatment cost, we forget about the cow that never quite comes back.” That’s the hidden math we’re not doing.

Examining operations in Georgia and North Carolina, where heat stress exacerbates these issues, the economics become even more challenging. One producer near Athens told me his resistant cases during summer can cost three times as much as winter treatments when you factor in extended recovery.

Understanding What’s Really Happening

Dr. Geoff Ackaert, the technical director and global head of ruminants at AHV International, shared something with me that really shifted my perspective. He described our traditional approach as trying to defeat an organized army by capturing individual soldiers.

Emerging research suggests that bacterial communities form protective structures known as biofilms. You know that stubborn slime that builds up in water tanks? Same basic idea, except it’s happening in udder tissue. These biofilms function like protective shields, making bacteria 10- to 1,000-fold more resistant to traditional treatments, according to AHV’s research documentation.

Here’s what really got my attention—bacteria actually talk to each other using chemical signals. They coordinate their attacks for when the cow’s stressed. That’s why we often see mastitis blow up during transition, heat stress, or when we change the ration. The bacteria aren’t getting stronger; they’re getting better organized.

Joe Soares’ Unintentional Experiment

The Joe Soares operation gave us valuable data during last year’s H5N1 outbreak. His Chowchilla facility followed traditional protocols, including electrolyte support, aspirin powder, and B12 supplementation. Cost them $26.71 per treated cow according to their records. Meanwhile, his Turlock operation implemented AHV’s communication-disruption protocol at $54.02 per cow.

That initial cost difference would make anyone nervous. But here’s what happened: Turlock cows returned to normal production in three days. The Chowchilla group? Some took weeks, with several never returning to previous production levels. The milk production data showed that Turlock maintained 11 pounds more milk per cow per day during recovery. When you do the math, that higher upfront cost turned into a $775 advantage per cow.

What really convinced me was the collar monitoring data—Turlock cows showed measurable improvement in eating and chewing cud within 24 hours.

The Numbers That Matter:

  • Traditional protocol: $26.71/cow with weeks of recovery
  • Alternative protocol: $54.02/cow with 3-day recovery
  • Net advantage: $775 per cow when factoring in production
  • Irish trial results: 74.8% antibiotic reduction
  • Fertility improvement: 9.3% better conception, 28 fewer days open

COMPARISON AT A GLANCE:

FactorTraditional ApproachCommunication Disruption
Initial Cost$26.71/cow$54.02/cow
Recovery TimeWeeks3 days
Production LossVariable, often permanentMinimal
Retreatment RateHigh (30%+ in some operations)Low
Long-term ROIDeclining due to resistance$775/cow advantage
Works With RobotsYesYes, with monitoring benefits

How This Works (And Where It Doesn’t)

So instead of trying to kill bacteria—which just breeds tougher ones—this method scrambles their communication. Think of it like jamming their cell phone signals so they can’t coordinate.

This approach (called quorum sensing inhibition if you want the technical term) prevents bacteria from organizing their group attacks. A cow’s immune system handles individual bacteria just fine—it’s when they all attack at once that problems arise.

The field data from Ireland that AHV tracked is pretty compelling. Six farms with 1,344 cows achieved 74.8% reduction in antibiotic use. But here’s what’s really interesting—conception rates went up 9.3% and days open dropped by 28. We’re talking about overall health improvement, not just udder health.

Now, I should mention that not everyone sees these results. A Vermont grazing operation I heard about had mixed outcomes, partly because their system already had low infection rates. A 200-cow tie-stall barn in Wisconsin found it tough to implement with their setup. Some Southeast operations, which deal with year-round high humidity, report needing adjusted protocols.

For operations with robotic milking systems, there’s actually an advantage—the constant monitoring helps catch that 24-72 hour response window better than visual observation alone.

What Implementation Really Looks Like

Nutcher was candid about his transition. “Those first 72 hours test everything you’ve learned,” he told me. “You see swelling developing, and every instinct says reach for that mastitis tube.”

The difference lies in how quickly it works. Traditional antibiotics provide a familiar, quick knock-down effect within hours. Communication disruption takes 24 to 72 hours as the cow’s own immune system clears out the now-confused bacteria. It’s a different healing, not slower.

From what I’m seeing, successful transitions share these traits:

  • Start with prevention during dry-off and fresh cow periods
  • Look beyond per-treatment costs to total economics
  • Get your vet on board early

Several producers have mentioned that once they calculated milk dump plus early culling, the economics became clearer. But if you’re just comparing tube prices? Yeah, it’s harder to justify.

Dr. Sarah Mitchell, a practicing veterinarian in Wisconsin who has worked with three operations making this transition, told me, “The biggest challenge isn’t the science—it’s changing 30 years of muscle memory when you see that first swollen quarter.”

Is Your Operation Ready?

This approach may not be suitable for every situation. If you’re exiting dairy within two years, you may not recoup your investments. Small operations with fewer than 100 cows may find the per-cow investment challenging. But for operations that keep getting the same cows sick over and over? That’s when it becomes compelling.

Examining different regions reveals varying economic conditions. Texas operations dealing with heat stress see different results than Idaho’s large-scale dairies or New Mexico’s dry lot systems. Grazing operations in the Southeast—places like Tennessee and Kentucky—report different outcomes than large freestall barns out West. Florida producers dealing with year-round humidity face unique challenges that require a different approach.

Consider market access, too. Premium contracts for antibiotic-free milk vary widely by region and processor. Even modest premiums can add up to real money when you’re shipping year-round.

Based on documented trials, operations can see significant reductions in treatment needs—those Irish farms achieved nearly a 75% reduction. Though results vary by system.

What You Can Do Today

For operations considering change, here’s a practical timeline:

  • Month 1-2: Start tracking current treatment costs using the calculator below
  • Month 3: Begin with dry-off protocols
  • Month 4-6: Expand to fresh cow management
  • Month 7-12: Full implementation with ongoing monitoring

HIDDEN COST CALCULATOR:

Calculate Your True Treatment Cost Per Case:

1. Direct Treatment Expense

  • Cost of tubes/medications: $_____
  • Labor (hours × hourly rate): $_____

2. Lost Milk Revenue

  • Days of dumped milk: _____ days
  • Daily production × milk price: $_____/day
  • Total milk loss: $_____

3. Future Production Impact

  • Expected production drop: _____ lbs/day
  • Days of reduced production: _____ days
  • Production loss value: $_____

4. Culling Risk Cost

  • Increased culling probability: _____ %
  • Replacement cost – cull value: $_____
  • Risk-adjusted culling cost: $_____

5. TOTAL TRUE COST PER CASE: $_____

Even if you’re maintaining current protocols, track failure rates carefully. Document retreatment rates, identify chronic cases, and calculate true per-incident costs using the calculator above. This baseline data proves invaluable whether you transition now or later.

Sponsored Post

The Bottom Line

What we’re witnessing here is something fundamental—the conversation shifting from “How do we kill bacteria?” to “How do we prevent them from organizing?” That’s more than a technical change. It’s a whole new way of thinking about animal health.

The producers successfully navigating this aren’t abandoning proven practices completely. They’re combining new understanding with established principles. Sure, it requires education, patience, and sometimes stepping away from familiar protocols. But for operations embracing evidence-based innovation, the rewards look compelling.

The dairy industry has consistently evolved through cycles of innovation. Bacterial communication disruption may represent the next significant advance. Producers exploring these approaches today? They’re writing the management playbooks others will follow tomorrow.

As we all know, change in dairy comes slowly, then suddenly. That empty hospital pen at Nutcher’s operation might be showing us what sudden change looks like when it finally arrives. And for those of us still figuring out our path, it’s worth remembering—we don’t all have to take the same route, but understanding the options? That’s just good business.

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  •  Zero sick cows is achievable: Trevor Nutcher’s hospital pen went from 20+ cows to consistently empty—no antibiotics—by disrupting bacterial communication instead of fighting bacteria directly
  • $775 per cow ROI is documented: Joe Soares proved this during H5N1 with 3-day recoveries versus weeks and 11 lbs more daily milk production
  • Benefits go beyond mastitis: Irish trials (1,344 cows) achieved 74.8% antibiotic reduction while improving conception by 9.3% and cutting 28 days open
  • This rewards high-challenge herds most: Operations with already-low infection rates reported mixed results—know your baseline before investing
  • Your first step: calculate true costs: Most producers underestimate what chronic mastitis really costs when you add milk dump, retreatment, and early culling

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: 

Trevor Nutcher’s hospital pen used to hold 20+ sick cows—now it stays empty, and he hasn’t used an antibiotic tube since switching protocols. The breakthrough: instead of killing bacteria (which breeds resistance), this approach disrupts their communication, preventing them from coordinating attacks. Real-world proof came during Joe Soares’ H5N1 outbreak—cows on the new protocol recovered in 3 days versus weeks, produced 11 pounds more milk daily, and delivered a $775-per-cow advantage. Irish trials across 1,344 cows documented a 74.8% reduction in antibiotics, while improving conception by 9.3% and cutting days open by 28. This approach isn’t universal—operations with already-low infection rates and small tie-stall setups report mixed results. But for dairies trapped in chronic retreatment cycles, the economics of bacterial communication disruption are becoming impossible to ignore.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Beyond Cows Per Hour: The Cow-Time Truth That’s Changing Large Herd Robot Math

2,000-cow dairies are learning something from robots that has nothing to do with labor: cows can’t make milk while standing in line.

Executive Summary: Large dairies have measured success in cows per hour for decades. Operations that thrive with robots have flipped that metric—they manage by cow time instead. The biology is clear: high producers need 12–14 hours of lying time daily, and every hour lost to walking or waiting costs 1.5–3.5 pounds of milk. On many 3x parlors, that’s 3–5 hours of hidden loss every day. Robot herds that nail the fundamentals—55–60 cows per unit, proper heifer training, solid hoof health—report 3–8% higher milk per cow after stabilization. But the economics demand honesty: real payback runs 5–7 years, not the 3.8–5 years in vendor models. Recent research adds a key insight: milking speed is 42% heritable, but willingness to visit the robot is almost entirely management-driven. For 2,000-cow operators, the question isn’t robots vs. parlors—it’s whether you’re ready to build around cow biology, not just throughput.

Large herd robotic milking

You know the drill. On a lot of big dairies, the proud number is still the same: “We run 450–500 cows an hour through this parlor.” And to be fair, that’s impressive steel and scheduling. But here’s what’s interesting—as more large herds adopt automatic milking systems, a different story is emerging. Cows per hour and true cow productivity? They’re not always pointing in the same direction.

What farmers are finding is that robots aren’t just a different way to get cows milked. They’re shining a light on hidden time losses, showing how much genetic potential may still be sitting on the table, and prompting a more honest look at labor risk and management discipline.

And here’s the thing—the biggest differences between successful and struggling AMS herds rarely come down to the brand of robot. They come down to cow time, barn design, and how well you run the people side of the business.

Looking at This Trend Through Cow Time, Not Steel

If you strip everything back, a dairy cow still lives on a 1,440‑minute clock every day. Extension specialists keep coming back to the same basic targets you’ve probably heard at meetings.

High‑producing Holsteins and Jerseys should be getting at least 10–12 hours of lying time, with 12–14 hours often cited as the ideal target for top performance and hoof health. The research on this is fairly consistent—according to time-budget studies summarized by multiple land-grant universities, each hour of lying time you lose can cost you roughly 1.5–3.5 pounds of milk per cow per day, depending on stage of lactation and environmental conditions.

Time away from stalls—walking, standing in headlocks, sitting in a holding pen—comes straight out of that lying and ruminating budget.

On many large 3x parlors, especially those with long alleys or dry lot systems feeding into a central milk center, total time away from stalls can run 3–5 hours per day when you add up walk time, holding, and actual milking. When you layer on 4–6 hours of feeding and watering, plus social and transition time, you can see how quickly you approach that 12‑hour rest target.

Every extra hour cows spend out of stalls quietly strips 1.5–3.5 pounds of milk per cow per day. By the time many 3x parlors hit 3–5 hours of walking and waiting, they’re effectively giving up a full milking’s worth of production without ever touching the parlor controls.

I was talking with a nutritionist recently who works across several large California operations. The way she put it was simple: “Most producers don’t realize how much milk they’re leaving on the table until they actually track where their cows spend their hours.”

And the data backs that up. Studies that track both lying time and milk yield tell a consistent story—cows losing just 2 hours of rest per day commonly give 3–7 pounds less milk, and first‑lactation animals tend to be even more sensitive to this.

Tightening time budgets in a parlor can claw back a few points of milk per cow, but the real jump shows up when robots are managed to feed extra milkings to your best genetics. The winners aren’t “robot herds” or “parlor herds”—they’re the people who obsess over minutes, not metal.

What’s particularly noteworthy is that when herds later install robots, whether on part of the herd or across the board, many report 3–8% higher milk per cow once the system stabilizes, even when they end up milking fewer total cows. The common thread? Cows reclaim time for lying and ruminating instead of standing in concrete alleys.

Tightening time budgets in a parlor can claw back a few points of milk per cow, but the real jump shows up when robots are managed to feed extra milkings to your best genetics. The winners aren’t “robot herds” or “parlor herds”—they’re the people who obsess over minutes, not metal.

Now, that doesn’t mean every robot install boosts milk. But it does highlight just how significant those quiet time‑budget losses can be.

The Bimodal Milk Curve Challenge

There’s another factor in high‑throughput parlors that only shows up when you examine milk‑flow curves. And it does not get talked about enough.

Biologically, most cows need about 90–120 seconds between effective teat stimulation and full oxytocin release for a complete milk letdown. But in fast parlors—and many of us have walked through them—it’s common to strip, dip, wipe, and attach in 30–60 seconds, especially when crews are working to hit those cows‑per‑hour targets.

On‑farm flow meters and research trials have documented what happens in these situations.

You get a quick spike as cisternal milk is removed. Then there’s a flat or low‑flow phase while the cow is still waiting hormonally for full letdown. Finally, a second rise once oxytocin finally peaks.

That “start–stop–start” pattern is what we call a bimodal curve. And here’s what the field studies suggest—when you don’t allow enough time for effective letdown, cows can noticeably reduce daily milk harvest, especially high‑yielding, early‑lactation animals who have the most to give.

What I’ve observed in some very fast parlors is that the graphs look great for turns per hour, but not nearly as strong when judged by milk per milking minute.

Robots don’t automatically solve this, but the software makes it easier to respect biology. AMS units can apply consistent stimulation—often with brushes or controlled vacuum—and then wait the full lag period before expecting peak flow. When you look at their flow curves, you generally see a single, smooth peak rather than the “double hump,” suggesting a more complete harvest.

What Farmers Are Finding About Genetics and Milking Frequency

Genetic progress has outpaced a lot of our old assumptions. And this is something worth sitting with for a moment.

Between 1970 and 2020, combined fat and protein production in U.S. Holstein populations increased by more than 900 pounds per cow, with national evaluations crediting about 60–65% of that gain to genetics when you separate out management and environment. Jerseys have shown similar patterns for component yield and feed‑efficiency traits.

The challenge is that realizing that genetic potential depends heavily on milking frequency and cow comfort.

Controlled studies and on‑farm trials provide some useful guideposts. Moving from 2x to 3x milking often increases yield by 8–15% in controlled settings, particularly during early and peak lactation.

Short periods of 4x milking in early lactation can create persistent yield benefits across the whole lactation—because of how additional milkings affect mammary cell activity. And cows differ genetically in their response to higher frequency. Some families show much larger gains than others.

In a conventional 3x parlor, your top and bottom cows are on the same schedule. A high‑genetic‑merit cow that could profitably be milked 4 or 5 times a day stands in line with a late‑lactation cow you’re trying to dry off clean. Both take the same parlor time, even though the return on that time is very different.

What robots change, when managed well, is the flexibility to match milking frequency to each cow’s potential.

In free‑flow AMS barns, peak cows often visit robots 3.5–4.5 times per day, while late‑lactation or lower‑producing cows may be permitted 2–2.5 milkings. Permissions can be adjusted cow by cow based on days in milk, udder health, and butterfat performance.

One illustration worth noting is Countyline LLC in California’s Central Valley—one of the largest robotic Jersey projects in North America, with 32 robots designed for roughly 2,000+ Jerseys, transitioning from a conventional double‑32 parlor. Public profiles indicate strong per‑cow production for first‑ and second‑lactation animals, with the high components you’d expect from intensively managed Jersey herds.

What this development suggests is that, in a robotic setup, “robot minutes” become a resource you allocate to the cows with the best genetic and economic returns, rather than treating all cows equally in terms of time.

Here’s something else worth noting on the genetics front—and it’s one of those details that doesn’t get enough attention. According to research published in the Journal of Dairy Science in 2023, milking speed traits show remarkably high heritability. Average milk flow rate runs 0.43–0.52, and maximum flow rate hits 0.47–0.58 in the AMS data. The new CDCB Milking Speed evaluation released in August 2025 estimates heritability at 42% based on conventional parlor data, making it the highest heritability of any of the 50 traits they publish. The reason both parlor and AMS data point in the same direction is straightforward: how fast a cow lets down milk is fundamentally biological, not system-dependent.

By contrast, behavioral traits like robot visit frequency and milking interval show much lower heritability—around 0.08–0.10, according to a July 2025 Journal of Dairy Science study—indicating they are more management-driven than genetics-driven.

Milking speed and flow sit near the top of the heritability charts, which means you can move the needle fast with the right sires. But robot visit frequency and milking interval barely clear 0.1 h²—proof that you can’t breed your way out of weak barn design, poor training, or chronic lameness.

The practical takeaway? You can select fairly quickly for cows that milk efficiently, but willingness to visit the robot voluntarily depends more on training, facility design, and hoof health than on pedigree.

What Robots Really Change Economically

When a 2,000‑cow operator looks at a capital plan and sees a multi‑million‑dollar robot build versus a more modest investment in a rotary or expanded parallel, payback is naturally front and center. It’s also where vendor projections and independent analyses sometimes diverge.

University extension economists in the U.S. and Canada have built a range of AMS vs parlor budgets. According to economic analyses from Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Canadian extension programs, under good design and strong management, payback for robots often falls in the 3.8–5-year range, driven mostly by labor savings and modest production gains.

But on real farms? Those same teams report that it’s more common to see 5–7 years, especially when you include a realistic transition period.

Vendor spreadsheets often promise payback in under five years, but real, 2,000‑cow AMS herds rarely settle out that fast. Once you count transition headaches, learning‑year dips, and full maintenance costs, a 5–7‑year payback is far more honest—and still defensible when labor risk is brutal.

Looking at those models and field reports side by side, three economic factors consistently emerge:

Labor savings. Studies and case farms typically show milking‑related labor dropping 25–30%, with pounds of milk shipped per full‑time equivalent often rising from around 1.5 million to about 2.2 million pounds per worker per year in AMS herds.

Milk per cow. Once cows and people get through the adjustment period, many robot herds in reviews and surveys report 3–8% higher milk per cow, driven by smoother time budgets, more consistent routines, and higher milking frequency for the top animals.

Overhead considerations. Depreciation, maintenance contracts, electricity, and consumables are higher per cow in a robotic setup than in a parlor, which offsets part of the labor savings.

A multi‑country review comparing AMS and conventional herds over five years found that average profitability was often similar when you adjusted for milk price, scale, and stocking rate. In other words, robots didn’t automatically outperform parlors—the farms that did well in each system tended to be the ones with tight management and good facilities.

So why is this significant? Because it suggests the decision isn’t purely economic for many operators.

In a 2023 peer-reviewed survey of large U.S. farms using seven or more robots, producers identified their top reasons for adopting AMS as chronic difficulty finding and keeping qualified parlor employees, concerns about future wage and regulatory changes, desire for more consistent milking procedures and teat prep, and interest in shifting employees into roles focused on fresh cow management, herd health, and reproduction.

This aligns with what economists are now saying—that robots function as a labor‑risk management tool as much as a production tool. It also explains why some herds are comfortable with a 7–10 year real payback if the alternative is an increasingly uncertain labor situation.

At the same time, extension guidance is clear that in regions where labor remains relatively available and affordable, and where regulatory conditions are different, a well‑designed rotary or parallel parlor may still be the most economical choice—especially for herds that are already efficient on cows‑per‑hour and milk quality.

I’ve seen herds in the Upper Midwest and Southwest with strong local workforces choose a new rotary and perform very well, precisely because their challenge wasn’t labor risk but something like cow flow, parlor age, or heat‑stress management.

A Snapshot from the Pacific Northwest

To make this more concrete, let’s look at one example from the Pacific Northwest that’s been profiled in industry publications.

A Washington State dairy milking around 1,100 cows installed roughly 20 robots in a retrofit scenario, driven largely by labor shortages and a desire for more manageable schedules for both owners and employees.

According to reports from Dairy Herd Management and follow‑up coverage on robotic cow flow, they initially struggled with cow traffic and fetch rates—especially among first‑lactation heifers—and saw milk per cow dip during the first months.

Over time, they made three significant adjustments. They reworked the pen design to create clearer, free‑flow traffic patterns. They invested more heavily in heifer training and hoof health before calving. And they reduced cows per robot into the mid‑50s, even though that meant fewer total cows in milk.

Two to three years in, they reported that milk per cow had recovered and surpassed pre‑robot levels, milking labor had dropped significantly, and owner lifestyle was more sustainable—though maintenance costs were higher than initially expected.

This “dip‑and‑recover” pattern appears fairly typical on well‑managed AMS transitions. A challenging learning year, followed by a more stable, data‑driven routine. It’s something worth keeping in mind if you’re considering the switch.

Understanding Fetch Cows and Building “Robot‑Ready” Herds

Once the new system is running, many managers quickly realize that a significant part of their day is determined by one number: how many cows walk themselves to the robot.

A fetch cow is a cow that doesn’t visit the AMS within the target interval and has to be brought by staff. Extension guidelines and AMS consultants commonly set a goal of no more than 5% of the herd on the fetch list on a given day—roughly three cows per robot—to preserve labor savings and minimize cow stress.

In herds that are struggling with the transition? It’s not unusual to see fetch rates of 15–25%, which can turn “automatic milking” into a time‑consuming cow‑management challenge.

And here’s what’s interesting—fetch cows aren’t random. Several consistent factors show up in both the research and on real farms.

The 4 Primary Causes of Fetching

1. Personality and Temperament Research in Europe and South America has used standardized behavioral tests to classify cow personalities. Cows that are bolder and moderately active tend to adapt faster to robots and end up on fetch lists less often. Very fearful or highly reactive cows typically need more support during the transition.

2. Heifer Training (or Lack Thereof) Studies on “phantom robot” training—where heifers are exposed to the robot area and its sounds before calving—show lower fetching during the first weeks of lactation and better early milk letdown compared with untrained heifers. Many AMS advisors now treat heifer training as a required piece of fresh cow management, not an optional extra.

3. Lameness Lame cows are far less inclined to walk to a robot voluntarily. Reviews from industry publications and North American extension programs connect higher lameness prevalence to higher fetch rates and lower milk per cow. Lame cows in AMS herds are often roughly twice as likely to show up on fetch lists as sound cows.

4. Stocking Density and Barn Design Pushing 70–80 cows per robot to “maximize utilization” tends to mean longer robot queues, more competition, and more timid or subordinate cows giving up on voluntary visits. According to facility guidelines from Wisconsin extension and Lactanet, 55–60 cows per robot is a realistic upper limit for high‑producing herds. Some of the most successful operations intentionally stay a bit lower in fresh or high‑yield pens.

Genetics is part of the picture, too. Analyses of AMS data in North American Holsteins have estimated moderate heritability—0.10–0.15—for traits such as number of successful robot visits and milking interval, with higher heritability for milking speed and teat/udder traits that affect attachment.

This means over time we can genuinely select for “robot‑ready” cows—those that move well, milk quickly, and have udders suited to the technology.

In herds that make robots work well, a common pattern emerges. They run 50–60 cows per robot, especially in fresh and high groups. They emphasize sand‑bedded freestalls, regular hoof trimming, and alley cleanliness before and during the transition. They build structured heifer training into their fresh cow management program. And they make timely culling decisions on chronic fetch cows, regardless of pedigree.

Why Some Large Herds Struggle—or Step Back

It’s worth acknowledging that not every large herd that installs robots ends up satisfied with the decision. In Europe and New Zealand, there are documented cases of farms decommissioning robots and returning to parlors after several difficult years, usually due to a combination of design challenges, unrealistic expectations, and management strain.

Looking at the available data and field experience, a few patterns keep recurring.

Retrofitting Robots into Parlor‑Designed Barns

You probably know this one. The 2023 peer-reviewed survey of large U.S. AMS herds—those with seven robots or more—found that about one‑third of producers said they would change barn design decisions if they could do it again, especially around robot placement and traffic lanes.

Retrofitting robots into barns built around straight‑through parlor flow often creates narrow alleys and “pinch points” near robot rooms, robots positioned in corners rather than integrated into main cow paths, and pen layouts that require cows to move against group flow to reach the milking area.

These issues then manifest as higher fetch rates, reduced lying time, and more variable production—problems that are very difficult to address once the concrete is poured.

Overstocking Robots

On paper, putting 75 cows on a robot instead of 55 looks like an efficient way to spread capital cost. But from the cow’s perspective, it often means longer queues in front of the robot, dominant cows monopolizing access, and timid, lame, or fresh heifers being pushed out and becoming chronic fetch cows.

AMS facility guidelines from Lactanet and university extension programs consistently recommend designing for 55–60 cows per robot for high‑producing Holstein or Jersey herds, with flexibility to run lighter stocking in certain pens when conditions warrant.

Underestimating the Learning Curve

Several studies following farms through AMS transitions report that it typically takes 6–12 months for milk yield, robot utilization, and daily routines to stabilize.

During that period, herds may see a temporary dip in production, elevated somatic cell counts while prep and attachment protocols are refined, and more labor devoted to training cows and staff than initial budgets anticipated.

Case studies and reviews suggest that operations expecting immediate labor relief and a smooth transition tend to experience the most frustration, while those who plan for a “learning year” are more likely to report satisfaction by year two or three.

Data Engagement and Management Approach

The same hardware can produce very different results depending on how it’s managed.

Performance reviews highlight that successful herds check robot and cow data daily—milkings per cow, refusals, failed attachments, activity, conductivity, lying time—and use those numbers to adjust grouping, feeding, and hoof care.

Less successful herds often log in less frequently, focus primarily on bulk tank output, and treat robot alerts as nuisances rather than diagnostic information.

What I’ve observed is that the large herds thriving with robots were typically already comfortable managing by data—tracking fresh‑cow performance, pen‑level butterfat, reproductive metrics, and time budgets—before they ever contacted a robot dealer. Robots don’t compensate for management gaps. They tend to amplify whatever approach is already in place.

Different Regions, Different Right Answers

It’s worth remembering that not every region is facing the same set of pressures.

In parts of the U.S. and Canada where labor is tight, wages are rising, and regulatory requirements are expanding, robots can be a way to convert unpredictable labor costs into more predictable capital and maintenance expenses, even if the margin over feed is similar. In those situations, producers often tell me they value stability as much as financial returns.

In other regions—where there’s still a reliable, reasonably priced local workforce and where dry lot systems and centralized parlors align well with climate and land base—a new rotary or expanded parallel, paired with strong management, can absolutely remain the right choice.

I’ve seen herds in the Upper Midwest, Southwest, and Latin America achieve excellent milk, health, and labor metrics with conventional parlors because they were designed around cow flow and time budgets just as thoughtfully as any robot barn. One Wisconsin operation I visited last year had just installed a new 60‑stall rotary, and they’re hitting numbers that would make any robot farm proud—because they obsessed over time budgets, stall comfort, and consistent protocols.

Seasonal considerations matter too. In hot summers, for example, extra time in holding pens or long walks from dry lots can push cows past their heat‑stress threshold more quickly, whether they’re going to a parlor or a robot. That’s one more reason why time budgets and cow comfort form the foundation, regardless of which milking system you choose.

The broader trend is that the margin for loose time management and inconsistent protocols is narrowing on both sides of the technology discussion. Whether you choose a rotary or robots, cows still need adequate lying time, clean stalls, smooth, fresh cow management, and consistent routines.

Key Considerations for 2,000‑Cow Operators

So, if you’re operating in that 2,000‑cow range and genuinely evaluating your options, what should you take from all this?

Start by measuring time, not by shopping for equipment. Before committing to any major investment, spend several months tracking time away from stalls, lying time, and lock‑up duration in your current system. That exercise alone will reveal how much opportunity—or hidden cost—exists in your current operation.

Recognize that genetics need the right schedule to deliver. Today’s Holstein and Jersey genetics can produce impressive milk and components, but only when milking frequency, comfort, and fresh-cow management align with their capabilities.

Frame robots as a risk‑management decision, not purely an efficiency calculation. Economic models suggest a 3.8–5 year payback is achievable under favorable conditions, but many real farms land closer to 5–7 years, and some take longer. Whether that timeline makes sense depends significantly on your labor outlook and long‑term operational plans.

Take fetch cows, lameness, and heifer training seriously. These three factors will largely determine how “automatic” your automatic milking actually feels. If you’re not prepared to invest in hoof health, stall comfort, and structured training before the robots arrive, your payback will likely be slower regardless of which system you choose.

Be honest about your management approach. If your team already operates from data—milk weights, butterfat performance, reproductive metrics, time budgets—you’re better positioned to succeed with AMS. If decisions are made primarily by intuition, the first investment might need to be in people and processes rather than technology.

Accept that there isn’t a single “right” answer. In some regions and operational contexts, a new rotary with excellent cow flow may be the most sensible long‑term investment. In others, robots will be the best path forward, given labor-market realities unlikely to reverse.

The Bottom Line

What’s interesting about this moment in the industry is that robots are prompting all of us—whether we ever purchase one or not—to think more carefully about how cows spend their time, how we develop and retain our people, and how we build systems capable of performing well over the next 10–15 years.

If this discussion helps you ask better questions, whether you ultimately install a new rotary, a row of robots, or neither, then it’s served its purpose.

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Track cow time, not cows per hour: High producers need 12–14 hours of lying time daily. Every hour lost costs 1.5–3.5 lbs of milk—and on many 3x parlors, cows lose 3–5 hours to walking and waiting.
  • Robots recover time, and time recovers milk: Well-managed AMS herds report 3–8% higher production per cow by giving back the hours that parlor routines take away.
  • Use honest economics: Real payback runs 5–7 years, not the 3.8–5 in vendor models. Budget for a 6–12 month learning curve before expecting stable results.
  • Nail the fundamentals before install: 55–60 cows per robot maximum, structured heifer training, and excellent hoof health aren’t optional—they separate success from struggle.
  • Select for speed, train for visits: Milking speed is 42% heritable—breed for it. Willingness to visit the robot is almost entirely management-driven—design and train for it.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Bailouts, Beef, and Butterfat: When $15K Won’t Fix a $370K Hole

$15,000 from Washington. $370,000 in the red. The bailout’s a band-aid on a bullet wound—here’s what producers who’ll survive 2026 are doing right now.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: The $12 billion bailout sounds big—until you run the numbers. Dairy competes for scraps from a $1 billion ‘other commodities’ pool. A 500-cow operation might see $15,000. That covers 4% of projected annual losses exceeding $368,000. The June FMMO reforms made it worse: producers lost $337 million in pool revenue in just 90 days, according to AFBF analysis. But the dairies positioned to survive aren’t waiting on Washington. Beef-on-dairy crossbreeding is generating $90,000-$135,000 in new annual revenue. Component optimization is adding $50,000-$90,000 through butterfat gains. The bailout’s a band-aid—these moves are what separate survivors from casualties heading into 2026.

When the bailout announcement hit Monday morning, Jeff Voelker did what he’s done every month for the past year—he pulled up his spreadsheet and reran the numbers.

Voelker milks 480 cows outside of Marshfield in central Wisconsin. Good herd. Solid genetics. Third-generation operation. The kind of dairy that should be thriving. Instead, he’s been watching his working capital erode month after month, wondering how long the runway really is.

“I appreciate any help Washington sends our way,” Voelker told me when we spoke Tuesday. “But I’m not making business decisions based on that check. I’m making them based on what my cows and my land can actually do.”

That sentiment—grateful but exhausted—captures where a lot of mid-size producers find themselves this December. Because let’s be honest: after years of margin compression, trade wars, pandemic disruptions, and now FMMO reforms that took another bite out of the milk check, there’s a weariness setting in. Another bailout announcement. Another round of wondering if Washington actually understands what’s happening on the ground.

The Trump administration’s $12 billion agricultural aid package brings welcome relief. But for most dairy operations, it’s a band-aid on a bullet wound. Understanding what it actually covers—and more importantly, what it doesn’t—requires looking past the headline figures and getting realistic about what comes next.

Where Dairy Fits in This Package

Let’s be brutally honest: if you’re banking on this $12 billion to fix a structural deficit in your operation, you’re already in trouble. The check will clear, the lights will stay on for another month, but the fundamental math of 2026 hasn’t changed.

Here’s what the check actually looks like.

The bulk of the package—roughly $11 billion according to USDA program details and confirmed by the Washington Times and Forbes—flows through the new Farmer Bridge Assistance program targeting row crop producers affected by trade disruptions. Soybeans, corn, wheat. The commodities that dominate political conversations in farm states.

Dairy’s allocation comes from the remaining $1 billion designated for “other commodities”—a pool we’re sharing with specialty crops and other livestock sectors. USDA officials noted at Monday’s briefing that specific payment rates are “still being finalized.” If you’ve been around long enough, you recognize that language.

What we can do is look at precedent. During the 2018-2019 Market Facilitation Program, dairy received commodity-specific payments of $0.20 per hundredweight according to USDA Farm Service Agency program records. If something similar applies here—and that remains genuinely uncertain—we can start modeling what individual farms might expect.

Estimated payment ranges by operation size:

Herd SizeAnnual ProductionLikely Payment Range
100 cows~23,500 cwt$3,000 – $5,000
500 cows~117,500 cwt$12,000 – $20,000
1,000 cows~235,000 cwt$20,000 – $35,000
2,000+ cows~470,000+ cwt$35,000 – $50,000*

*The MFP had a $250,000 per person cap, with a total household cap of $500,000, which limited larger operations

These estimates assume dairy captures roughly half of that $1 billion “other commodities” allocation. That might prove optimistic depending on how specialty crop interests advocate for their share. We’ll have better clarity when USDA publishes the final rule, likely sometime in January.

The Margin Picture Heading Into 2026

To put these payments in proper context, it helps to understand where dairy margins actually stand right now. And the picture isn’t pretty.

USDA Economic Research Service projects an all-milk price around $19.25-$19.50 per cwt for 2026, which aligns with what dairy economists have been tracking. Mark Stephenson, who spent years as director of dairy policy analysis at the University of Wisconsin-Madison before his recent retirement, has been following these projections closely, and the outlook has remained stubbornly consistent.

Meanwhile, production costs for mid-size operations—those 300 to 700 cow dairies that form the backbone of states like Wisconsin, Minnesota, and Michigan—are running $21.50 to $23.00 per cwt according to University of Illinois FarmDoc analysis and USDA cost of production data. The exact number depends on your region, feed situation, and labor management.

Based on those projections, here’s what the math looks like for a representative 500-cow dairy:

📊 THE 500-COW REALITY CHECK

CategoryAnnual Figure
Milk Production117,500 cwt
Gross Revenue (at $19.50/cwt)$2,291,250
Operating Costs (at $22.64/cwt)$2,660,200
Net Position-$368,950
Bailout Payment~$15,000
Bailout as % of Loss4.1%

That potential $15,000 bailout payment represents about 0.6% of annual operating costs. It covers roughly two weeks of feed. Maybe a month of debt service. It’s meaningful as supplemental support—nobody should dismiss it. But it’s not moving the needle on a $370,000 annual loss.

What’s been consistent in conversations with producers over recent weeks is this recognition. They’re grateful for assistance, but they’ve learned not to build business plans around government payments that may arrive on uncertain timelines and in uncertain amounts. The operations weathering this period best are focused on what they can actually control.

Understanding the June FMMO Changes

This brings us to something that is still causing real frustration across the industry: the Federal Milk Marketing Order reforms that took effect on June 1, 2025.

I’ve talked with several producers who know their milk checks have changed but aren’t entirely sure why. So let me walk through this carefully.

The reforms included several adjustments, but the one generating the most anger is the increase in “make allowances.” These are the manufacturing cost credits that processors deduct from raw milk prices before pool distribution—essentially, what processors retain to cover their costs of turning your milk into cheese, butter, or powder.

Under the new rules, these allowances increased from approximately 5 cents to 7 cents per pound across cheese, butter, and powder classes according to the USDA Agricultural Marketing Service final rule. That adjustment comes directly out of producer prices before you ever see it.

Processors and cooperative leaders will tell you these updates were necessary corrections to the 2008 economics. And sure, inflation is real for everyone—manufacturing costs for labor, energy, and equipment have increased substantially over the past seventeen years. There’s some validity to that argument.

But for the producer on the receiving end of a 7-cent deduction, it feels less like an “update” and more like a wealth transfer from the milking parlor to the processing plant. It’s a bitter pill to swallow watching your milk check shrink to subsidize the processing sector, especially while some of those same processors post record earnings and cooperative patronage dividends remain flat.

The numbers tell the story. The American Farm Bureau Federation analyzed the first three months following implementation. AFBF economist Danny Munch reported in September 2025 that dairy producers collectively received approximately $337 million less in pool revenues than they would have under the previous formula. That’s $337 million out of producer pockets in just 90 days.

For individual farms, the impact varies by region and milk utilization. Operations in cheese-producing regions—Wisconsin, Idaho, parts of California’s Central Valley—appear most affected, with some producers reporting effective price reductions of $0.75 to $0.87 per cwt compared to pre-reform levels.

What this means practically: A 500-cow dairy that might have expected $2.39 million in milk revenue under the old formula could now be looking at $2.29 million—a $100,000 annual difference that makes any bailout payment look like pocket change.

The reform also returned the Class I pricing formula to a “higher-of” structure intended to benefit fluid milk producers and updated composition factors for protein and other solids. For operations in fluid-heavy markets, those changes may partially offset the make allowance impact. But for cheese-market producers—which describes most of the Upper Midwest—the make allowance adjustment dominates everything else.

The Global Context

One factor that often gets overlooked in domestic policy discussions: we’re operating in an interconnected global market, and right now, milk is flowing everywhere.

Rabobank’s quarterly Global Dairy reports show milk supply growth of around 2% across major exporting regions for the second half of 2025. New Zealand posted solid production gains despite earlier concerns about drought. The EU has been running above year-ago levels through much of the year.

This matters because global supply dynamics put a ceiling on how high U.S. prices can realistically climb. That same Rabobank analysis projects supply growth moderating to under half a percent by 2026, but continued pressure on world dairy commodity prices appears likely through at least mid-year.

The takeaway isn’t pessimism—it’s realism. Even if domestic conditions improve, global supply patterns suggest we shouldn’t expect dramatic price recovery to solve margin challenges. Which brings us to what actually might.

How Forward-Thinking Producers Are Responding

Here’s where the conversation becomes more encouraging—and more actionable.

Across the industry, I’m seeing producers treat this moment as an opportunity to accelerate changes they’d been considering. The operations that seem most confident heading into 2026 aren’t waiting for market recovery or larger government programs. They’re focused on revenue diversification and operational refinement—variables within their direct control.

Three approaches keep emerging in conversations.

Building Revenue Through Beef-on-Dairy

This might be the most significant shift in dairy economics over recent years, and if you haven’t run the numbers for your operation, you’re probably leaving serious money on the table.

With beef markets strong, verified crossbred calf values are running $350-$500 per head compared to $25-$75 for traditional Holstein bull calves. According to an American Farm Bureau Federation analysis, dairy-origin cattle account for roughly 20-28% of the annual U.S. calf crop, with beef-on-dairy crossbreds now representing an estimated 12-15% of fed cattle slaughter—and growing rapidly. A 2024 Purina survey found that 80% of dairy farmers and 58% of calf raisers now receive a premium for beef-on-dairy calves.

📊 THE BEEF-ON-DAIRY MATH (500-cow herd, 60% bred to beef)

Revenue SourceHolstein BullsBeef-Cross Calves
Calves sold annually~300~300
Value per head$25-$75$350-$500
Annual calf revenue~$15,000$105,000-$150,000
Net gain from the switch+$90,000 to +$135,000

That’s not a typo. We’re talking about a potential six-figure revenue swing from a breeding decision you can make this week.

I recently spoke with Mark Hendricks, who milks 520 cows near Charlotte, Michigan. He made the transition in 2023. “It’s not complicated,” he explained. “I identified my bottom 60% on genomics, stopped using dairy semen on them, and contracted with a beef aggregator. My calf revenue went from around $15,000 to over $100,000 in one year.”

But here’s what really excites the breeder in me about this strategy: it’s not just about the calf check. When you commit to breeding beef on your bottom 60%, you’re forcing yourself only to generate replacements from your absolute best females. Every heifer that enters your milking string comes from a top-40% dam. You’re accelerating genetic progress while getting paid to do it.

Think about that for a moment. Instead of keeping mediocre replacements because you need the numbers, you’re culling harder, breeding smarter, and generating a six-figure revenue stream in the process. The economics align with the genetics in a way that rarely happens in this industry.

Key considerations if you’re exploring this approach:

  • Forward contracts with beef finishers typically offer $100-$200 per head premium over spot market sales
  • Sire selection matters significantly—calving ease scores and carcass merit both influence value
  • Some cooperatives now offer specific programs for verified crossbred calves
  • Plan breeding strategy around your herd’s actual genetic ranking, not arbitrary percentages
  • Work with your genetics advisor to identify the true cutoff line for dairy replacements

What’s particularly noteworthy is how quickly this has shifted from experimental to standard practice among progressive herds. Five years ago, breeding dairy cows to beef was something you did with your problem animals. Now it’s a deliberate profit center and genetic accelerator.

Optimizing for Components

The FMMO reforms reinforced something that’s been building for years: the market rewards components over fluid volume. If you’re still managing primarily for pounds of milk, you’re chasing the wrong number.

Looking at Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding data and current component pricing, each 0.1% increase in butterfat is worth approximately $0.25 per cwt. That accumulates quickly.

For a 500-cow dairy, moving from 3.8% to 4.1% butterfat—a 0.3-point improvement achievable through genetics and nutrition over 18-24 months—translates to roughly $88,000 in additional annual revenue.

Maria Gonzalez runs a 650-cow operation with her husband near Hanford in California’s Central Valley. “We stopped chasing pounds five years ago,” she told me. “Our rolling herd average dropped about 2,000 pounds, but our milk check went up $40,000. Components changed everything for us.”

What this looks like practically:

  • Shifting genetic selection toward Net Merit (NM$ or CM$) indexes that weight components more heavily
  • Working with your nutritionist on rations supporting de novo fatty acid synthesis
  • Making reproduction decisions based on component performance, not just production volume
  • Tracking Combined Fat + Protein in pounds per cow per day

Producers who do this well tend to set Combined F+P above 7 lbs/cow/day as their benchmark. That seems to be where the economics really accelerate under current pricing structures.

Evaluating Scale and Structure

This is genuinely the most difficult topic, and there’s no universal answer.

Industry economists have noted that operations with 300 to 700 cows often face particular challenges—too large to operate primarily with family labor, but not large enough to capture the fixed-cost efficiencies available to larger operations fully.

USDA Economic Research Service cost of production estimates from 2023-2024 illustrate the scale dynamics:

  • Under 200 cows: $24-$28/cwt
  • 200-500 cows: $21-$25/cwt
  • 500-1,000 cows: $19-$22/cwt
  • Over 2,000 cows: $17-$20/cwt

That $2-$4 per cwt cost advantage at larger scale isn’t primarily about management quality—many smaller dairies are exceptionally well-managed. It’s largely about spreading fixed costs across more production units.

This doesn’t mean mid-size dairies can’t succeed. Many do, consistently. But success at that scale typically requires exceptional operational efficiency, premium market positioning, diversified revenue, or creative approaches to capturing scale benefits.

Options worth considering:

Collaborative arrangements with neighboring operations—sharing equipment, labor, or specialized services without full merger. Several partnerships I’m aware of in Wisconsin and Minnesota involve family operations sharing nutritionists, coordinating heifer programs, or jointly owning harvest equipment. These capture meaningful efficiencies while preserving independent ownership.

Strategic expansion for operations with strong balance sheets and available resources. The numbers suggest reaching 800-1,200 cows meaningfully improves cost structure—if the transition can be managed well.

Thoughtful transition planning for producers approaching retirement without identified successors. Recognizing that exiting while asset values remain relatively strong may better serve family interests than extended losses followed by a distressed sale. That’s not failure—it’s sound business judgment.

The Cooperative Conversation

One topic that emerged repeatedly in my reporting: how cooperatives participated in the FMMO reform process.

The January 2025 referendum approving the FMMO changes passed in ten of the eleven Federal marketing orders. The voting structure itself raised questions for some producers.

Under regulations established in the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act, cooperatives can exercise “bloc voting”—casting ballots on behalf of member producers rather than requiring individual votes. This means many producers didn’t receive personal ballots; their cooperative boards voted based on their assessment of member interests.

Reasonable perspectives exist on both sides of this structure. Cooperative leaders note that bloc voting enables efficient administration of complex decisions and that elected boards are specifically chosen to make these judgments. That’s a legitimate point, and cooperative governance has deep roots in American agriculture.

Some producer advocates, including the American Farm Bureau Federation, have proposed “modified bloc voting,” allowing individual producers to request separate ballots when they disagree with their cooperative’s position. AFBF’s October 2025 policy brief outlined several such reforms.

USDA hasn’t adopted changes, though discussions continue.

What I’d encourage: understand how your cooperative makes policy decisions and engage actively. Most cooperatives solicit member input before major votes. Participating in those forums—attending meetings, asking questions, communicating with board representatives—is the most direct way to influence decisions affecting your operation.

Succession Considerations

One aspect deserving more attention: what current conditions mean for generational transfer.

When support programs maintain elevated land and asset values despite operating losses, the mathematics for incoming generations become brutal. Young farmers looking to purchase or assume 500-cow operations face asset valuations often based on historical performance or land appreciation, but an operating reality that includes current losses requiring significant working capital.

Farm Credit Canada’s November 2025 succession report found that capital requirements now constitute the primary barrier to next-generation entry, ahead of land availability, family dynamics, or technical knowledge. That finding likely applies similarly in the U.S.

“The worst outcome is transferring an operation to the next generation based on optimistic projections that don’t materialize,” observes Jennifer Horton, a farm succession specialist with University of Minnesota Extension who works extensively with dairy families throughout the Upper Midwest. “Honest conversations about margin expectations, capital needs, and risk tolerance need to happen before transfer. The families that navigate this successfully are those willing to examine real numbers together.”

If you’re considering succession—whether within the family or through an outside sale—this period offers an opportunity for realistic planning while asset values remain relatively strong.

The Bottom Line

Where does this leave the typical mid-size producer?

The bailout represents real assistance. For 500-cow operations, payments in the $12,000-$20,000 range provide meaningful cash flow support—perhaps a month of debt service or a quarter’s veterinary and breeding costs. That matters. But it’s not a strategy.

Here’s what actually moves the needle:

On revenue diversification: If you haven’t evaluated beef-on-dairy seriously, the $90,000-$120,000 annual revenue potential warrants attention this winter. Talk to your genetics advisor and explore forward contracting options.

On components: The $50,000-$90,000 annual impact from butterfat and protein optimization is achievable for most operations. Review genetic direction and nutritional programs through a component lens.

On positioning: Be honest about your cost structure relative to the market. Whether the answer involves collaboration, expansion, efficiency, or a thoughtful transition, making clear-eyed decisions now preserves more options than waiting.

On cooperative engagement: Understand how your cooperative makes policy decisions. Your voice carries more weight than you might assume—but only if you use it.

The dairy industry has navigated challenging periods before and emerged stronger. The operations that thrive through this one will be those that make proactive adjustments based on solid information—not those that wait for Washington to write a check that fixes everything.

That’s not pessimism. It’s practical wisdom.

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  • The bailout covers 4% of your loss: ~$15,000 for a 500-cow dairy against $368,000+ in annual red ink
  • FMMO reforms already cost producers $337 million: Cheese-region operations are down $0.75-$0.87/cwt on every check
  • Beef-on-dairy is a six-figure decision: Breed your bottom 60% to beef for $90,000-$135,000 in new annual revenue—and faster genetic progress
  • Chase butterfat, not bulk tank pounds: A 0.3% fat improvement = $88,000/year. Target: 7+ lbs Combined F+P daily.
  • The check won’t save you. These moves might. Lock beef contracts and revisit genetics before spring breeding.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

4.3% Butterfat and a Shrinking Check: The 90-Day Window to Reposition Your Operation

Record butterfat. Shrinking checks. The industry’s 25-year breeding strategy just ate itself.

Dairy Farm Profitability 2026

Executive Summary: Here’s the paradox: U.S. dairy herds are testing 4.23% butterfat—an all-time record—yet milk checks are running $3-5/cwt below last year. The genetic industry’s 25-year push for components worked perfectly, and now everyone’s drowning in the success. Butter stocks are up 14%, Class IV prices hit $13.89/cwt in November (lowest since 2020), and the traditional cull-and-restock response is off the table with springers at $3,000+ and heifer inventory at a 47-year low. For operations in the 500-1,500 cow range carrying moderate debt, the next 90 days are decisive—DMC enrollment closes in February, DRP in March, and the choices made before spring will separate farms that reposition from those that get squeezed. Three viable paths exist: optimize for efficiency, transition to premium markets, or exit strategically while equity remains. Standing still isn’t on the list.

I’ve been talking with farmers across the Midwest and Northeast over the past few weeks, and there’s a common thread running through those conversations. A producer will mention their herd’s butterfat at 4.3%—exactly what they spent a decade breeding for—and then pause. Because that same milk is now flowing into a market where the cream premiums just don’t look like they used to.

It’s a strange place to be. You made sound breeding decisions. The genetics are performing. The components are there. And yet the check doesn’t quite reflect it.

So what’s actually going on here? And more importantly, what can we realistically do about it in the next 90 days?

[Image: Side-by-side comparison of a milk check from 2023 vs. 2025 showing component premiums shrinking despite higher butterfat test]

After reviewing the latest market data and speaking with lender advisors, farm management consultants, and producers who’ve been through similar cycles, a clearer picture emerges. This isn’t simply a temporary dip that’ll correct by spring flush. It’s a structural shift that’s been building for years—and the farms that come through it successfully will be those that understand both what’s driving it and which decisions actually move the needle.

The Component Trap: How 25 Years of Smart Breeding Created Today’s Problem

Here’s something that needs to be said plainly, even if it’s uncomfortable: the genetic industry—breeders, AI companies, genomic providers—collectively steered the entire U.S. dairy herd in one direction, and now we’re all standing here wondering what comes next.

That’s not an accusation. Everyone was following the economic signals. But the result is undeniable.

You probably know the broad outlines already, but it’s worth walking through the numbers because they’re pretty striking when you see them together. None of this happened by accident. It’s the result of pricing signals that consistently rewarded butterfat production across two and a half decades.

Consider the trajectory. The average Holstein was testing around 3.7-3.8% butterfat back in 2000, according to Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding historical data. By 2024, that figure had climbed to a record 4.23%—a substantial jump in component concentration. CoBank’s lead dairy economist, Corey Geiger, noted in his analysis last year that milkfat, on both a percentage and per-pound basis, reached an all-time high. In high-genetics herds, 4.3-4.5% is now pretty common.

U.S. Holstein herds have steadily climbed from roughly 3.7% to over 4.2% butterfat in just two and a half decades

This wasn’t a failure of individual breeding decisions. It was a success—of everyone doing the exact same thing at the exact same time.

[Image: Line graph showing U.S. average butterfat percentage climbing from 3.7% in 2000 to 4.23% in 2024]

Federal Milk Marketing Order formulas rewarded butterfat with premium pricing, and the industry responded accordingly. Then, genomic selection tools, which really gained traction around 2009, accelerated genetic progress dramatically. What once took 15-20 years of conventional breeding can now be achieved in roughly half that time. The April 2025 CDCB genetic base reset tells the story—it rolled back butterfat by 45 pounds for Holsteins, nearly double any previous adjustment. That’s how much progress has accumulated in the genetic pipeline.

The economics seemed compelling at the time. A farm producing 4.2% butterfat milk versus 3.8% butterfat earned roughly $0.80-1.20/cwt more on the same volume, based on component pricing formulas. For a 1,000-cow herd producing 25,000 lbs/cow annually, that translated to $200,000-300,000 in additional annual revenue. The incentives pointed clearly in one direction.

And here’s where it gets tricky.

When an entire industry simultaneously optimizes for the same trait, supply eventually outpaces demand. U.S. butter production has grown substantially over the past decade, according to USDA Agricultural Marketing Service data. Cold storage butter inventories showed elevated stocks throughout late 2024, with USDA Cold Storage data reporting September levels at approximately 303 million pounds—up about 14% from year-earlier figures.

Class IV milk futures, which price butter and powder, have reflected this pressure. USDA announced the November 2025 Class IV price at $13.89/cwt—levels we haven’t seen since 2020.

The question nobody in the genetic industry is asking publicly: Should we have seen this coming? And what does it mean for how we select sires going forward?

The Heifer Crisis: Why Your Normal Playbook Won’t Work This Time

What makes this particular cycle tricky is that some of the standard farm-level responses to low prices just aren’t available anymore. I’ve watched this play out in conversations with producers who are working through every option—and finding that familiar levers don’t pull the way they expect.

[Image: Infographic showing dairy heifer inventory decline from 4.5 million in 2018 to 3.914 million in 2025]

The Numbers That Should Keep You Up at Night

The logical response to component oversupply would be culling toward different genetics and restocking. But there’s a significant constraint worth understanding.

Replacement heifers simply aren’t available in the numbers many operations need—and the available ones have gotten expensive. The widespread adoption of beef-on-dairy breeding, which made excellent economic sense when beef prices surged, has reduced dairy heifer inventories to approximately 3.914 million head according to the January 2025 USDA cattle inventory report. That’s the lowest level since 1978.

Replacement heifer numbers have dropped by roughly 600,000 head since 2018, driving springer prices above $3,000

Here’s where the math gets painful. CoBank reported these figures in their August 2025 analysis:

  • National average springer price (July 2025): $3,010 per head
  • Wisconsin average: $3,290 per head
  • California/Minnesota top auction prices: $4,000+ per head
  • April 2019 low point: $1,140 per head
  • Price increase since then: 164%

Let that sink in. If you want to cull your bottom 50 cows and replace them, you’re looking at $150,000-$225,000 just in replacement costs—before you account for the production lag while those heifers freshen and ramp up.

This creates real tension. Operations that would like to cull more aggressively face either limited availability or elevated replacement costs. It’s a completely different calculation than we’ve seen in past downturns.

There’s also a timing consideration that’s easy to overlook. The replacement heifers entering milking strings in 2025-2026 were born and selected 2-3 years ago, when butterfat premiums were still paying handsomely. That genetic pipeline takes time to shift—meaningful changes in herd composition typically require 5-7 years, even with aggressive selection, according to dairy geneticists at the University of Wisconsin-Madison Extension.

The practical takeaway: Even if you start selecting differently today, you won’t see the results in your tank until 2030.

The Ration Workaround That Doesn’t Actually Work

Some producers have explored nutritional adjustments to modify butterfat percentage. I’ve heard this come up in several conversations, and it’s worth addressing directly.

Here’s the challenge—the rumen chemistry driving fat synthesis is interconnected with overall milk production in ways that make targeted adjustments difficult. Dairy nutritionists at Penn State and other land-grant universities have studied this extensively: adjustments that reduce butterfat typically also reduce total milk yield by 3-8%. The feed cost savings, maybe $0.30-0.50/cow/day depending on your ration costs, are often outweighed by lost milk revenue of $1.00-2.00/cow/day at current prices.

In most scenarios, ration manipulation doesn’t improve the overall financial picture. Counterintuitive, but the numbers generally bear it out.

The China Factor: The Export Valve That Closed

One element that’s amplified the current situation—and this deserves more attention in domestic discussions—is the shift in Chinese dairy import patterns.

[Image: Bar chart comparing China whole milk powder imports: approximately 800,000-850,000 MT peak around 2021 vs. approximately 430,000 MT in 2024]

For roughly two decades, China served as a significant outlet for global dairy surplus. When exporting regions overproduced, Chinese buyers absorbed much of the excess. That dynamic has evolved considerably.

China’s domestic milk production has grown substantially over the past several years, reaching over 41 million tonnesaccording to USDA Foreign Agricultural Service data. Self-sufficiency has risen from roughly 70% to around 85%, thereby reducing import demand.

The import trends tell the story clearly. Whole milk powder imports peaked at approximately 800,000-850,000 metric tonnes around 2021, according to Chinese customs data compiled by Rabobank. By 2024, that figure had declined to around 430,000 metric tonnes—a reduction of roughly 50%.

China’s demand for imported whole milk powder has fallen by roughly 50% since its 2021 peak, closing a major export outlet

Here’s what that means at the farm level: when 400,000 metric tonnes of powder that used to go to Shanghai starts competing for space in domestic and alternative export markets, that’s pressure that eventually shows up in your component check. Global dairy markets are interconnected in ways that weren’t true 20 years ago.

Rabobank senior dairy analyst Michael Harvey noted in their Q4 2024 Global Dairy Quarterly that Chinese imports could surprise to the upside if domestic production disappoints and consumer confidence improves. That’s a reasonable alternative scenario to consider.

Honestly? Nobody knows exactly where China goes from here. But planning as if that export outlet will suddenly reopen at 2021 levels seems optimistic at this point.

The Consolidation Accelerator

Dairy farming has been consolidating for decades—that’s well understood by anyone who’s watched their neighbor’s barn go quiet. What’s different about this period is the potential for that trend to accelerate under sustained margin pressure.

According to U.S. Courts data reported by Farm Policy News, 361 Chapter 12 farm bankruptcy filings occurred in the first half of 2025—a 13% increase over the same period last year.

Here’s an important nuance, though: milk production isn’t expected to decline in proportion to the number of farms. The operations most likely to exit tend to be smaller ones that represent a modest share of total volume. USDA projects national milk output at 231.3 billion pounds in 2026—essentially flat—even as the number of operations continues to decrease.

What this means for price recovery: Supply adjustments through consolidation happen more gradually than we might hope.

Three Directions for the Coming Months

For farmers operating in that 500-1,500 cow range—moderate scale, moderate debt, positioned to continue but facing real pressure—the next 90 days present some important decisions.

What’s been striking in conversations with experienced advisors is how consistently they point to the same priorities. The focus isn’t on finding some novel solution. It’s about executing fundamentals with careful attention during a demanding period.

[Image: Calendar graphic highlighting key deadlines: February 2026 (DMC), March 15 (DRP), March 31 (SARE grants)]

Key Dates Worth Tracking

  • December 31, 2025: Target for completing financial position analysis
  • February 2026: DMC enrollment deadline (confirm with your FSA office)
  • March 15, 2026: DRP enrollment deadline for Q2 coverage
  • March 31, 2026: SARE grant application deadline for organic transition support
  • Q2 2026: Period when margin pressure may be most pronounced

Priority 1: Knowing Exactly Where You Stand (Weeks 1-2)

Here’s what farm management consultants consistently emphasize: many operations lack precise clarity about their actual cost of production by component. They know their budgeted figures, but actual costs in the current environment often run $2-4/cwt higher than estimates suggest.

Consider a professional cost analysis through your lender or an independent agricultural accountant. Costs typically run $1,500-3,000, depending on scope and region—but the analysis frequently reveals $50,000-100,000 in costs that weren’t clearly showing up in standard bookkeeping. Your actual investment depends on your operation’s complexity.

Model three price scenarios for 2026:

ScenarioClass IIIClass IV
Base Case$17/cwt$14/cwt
Stressed$15/cwt$12/cwt
Severe$13/cwt

The key benchmark: if your debt service coverage ratio falls below 1.25x in the base case, you’re facing primarily a financing challenge rather than a production management challenge. That distinction shapes everything that follows.

Priority 2: Securing Protection Before Deadlines (Weeks 2-3)

DMC triggered payouts in August-September 2025 when milk margins compressed below coverage thresholds, according to USDA Farm Service Agency payment data. For operations that had enrolled, those payments provided meaningful cash flow support. For those that hadn’t… well, that opportunity has passed.

For a 700-cow operation, margin protection typically costs $35,000-40,000 in premiums based on standard coverage levels—though actual costs vary by operation size and coverage choices. What matters is the asymmetric protection: coverage that could preserve $200,000-300,000 in margin under severe scenarios.

[Related: Understanding DMC Enrollment for 2026 — A step-by-step walkthrough of coverage options and deadlines]

Priority 3: Choosing a Direction (Weeks 3-4)

 Efficiency FocusPremium MarketsStrategic Transition
Best suited forSub-$15/cwt cost structure, solid cash positionWithin 50 miles of metro market, $300K+ reserveAge 55+, elevated debt, uncertain direction
90-day focusIOFC-based culling, Feed Saved geneticsFile organic transition, apply for SARE grantsProfessional appraisal, explore sale/lease
Timeline12-18 months36-48 months6-12 months
Capital requiredLow to moderate$200K-400KLow (advisory fees)

[Image: Decision tree flowchart helping farmers identify which of the three paths fits their situation]

Path A: Efficiency Focus

The core approach remains culling the bottom 15-20% of cows ranked by income-over-feed-cost, not by volume alone. Your 50 lowest-margin cows likely cost $300-400/month more than your top 50 to produce milk. Addressing that can improve annual cash flow by $180,000-240,000.

What I keep hearing from producers who went through aggressive IOFC-based culling during 2015-2016 is pretty consistent: it felt counterintuitive at first. Some of those cows were producing 90 pounds a day. But when they ran the actual economics, those high-volume cows were undermining their cost structure. Taking them out changed everything. Many came out of that period in better shape than they went in.

Producers running large dry lot operations in the West report similar experiences. The temptation is always to keep milking cows. But when you run the numbers, the bottom 10-15% of the herd is often break-even in a good month and loses money in a bad one. Letting them go without immediately restocking—just accepting a smaller herd—can actually improve your average component check per cow. Sometimes, smaller really is more profitable.

On the genetics side, it’s worth looking at “Feed Saved” as a selection trait. CDCB introduced this in December 2020, specifically to identify animals that are more efficient at converting feed to milk. The trait’s weight in Net Merit increased to 17.8% in the 2025 update, which tells you how seriously the industry is taking feed efficiency now. The potential savings vary by herd, but for operations where feed accounts for 50-60% of costs, even modest efficiency gains can translate into meaningful dollars. Talk to your AI rep about what realistic expectations might look like for your specific situation.

Path B: Premium Market Transition

For operations within a reasonable distance of major metro markets and with capital reserves to absorb transition costs, organic conversion or specialty milk contracts offer an alternative direction.

This path involves more complexity than it might initially appear. Organic transition typically means 3-year yield reductions of 10-15% according to data from the Organic Dairy Research Institute, followed by meaningful price premiums once certified. The economics can work—eventually—but the transition period requires substantial financial runway.

What I hear consistently from producers who’ve made this transition: the middle years are harder than expected. You’re essentially getting conventional prices while operating organically. But once you reach certification, the price difference is real. NODPA and USDA Organic Dairy Market News report certified operations receiving farmgate prices ranging from the mid-$20s to $30s per cwt for conventional organic, with grass-fed premiums often running significantly higher—sometimes into the $40s or above depending on your processor and region.

If this direction fits your situation, the 90-day priorities include:

Connect with certified organic dairies in your region through your state organic association—NOFA chapters in the Northeast, MOSA in the Upper Midwest, or similar organizations in your area. Request 2-3 farm visits to understand actual transition costs and challenges. The real-world experience matters more than marketing materials.

Explore SARE grants before the March 31, 2026, deadline. These grants may provide significant cost-sharing support for organic transition—contact your regional SARE coordinator for current funding levels and application requirements, since program specifics change annually.

If you’re committed, file your transition plan with your certifier by March 1, 2026, to start the 3-year clock. Earlier starts mean earlier access to premium pricing.

[Related: Organic Transition Economics: What the Numbers Actually Look Like — Real producer case studies and financial breakdowns]

Important consideration: This path makes most sense if you have substantial equity reserves and you’re genuinely within reach of organic market demand. Not every region has processors paying meaningful organic premiums. Market research should come before commitment—talk to Organic Valley, HP Hood, or whoever handles organic milk in your region about their current intake and premium structure.

Path C: Strategic Transition

This is the path that’s hardest to discuss, but for operators over 55, carrying elevated debt, or genuinely uncertain about long-term direction, a strategic exit while equity remains may represent sound financial planning.

Here’s what farm transition specialists consistently emphasize: a farm with a 45% debt-to-asset ratio that transitions strategically today typically retains significantly more family wealth than the same farm forced to exit in 2027-2028 after extended margin erosion. The difference can easily be $300,000-500,000, depending on circumstances.

That’s not failure. That’s recognizing circumstances and making a thoughtful decision.

University of Wisconsin Extension farm transition advisors make this point regularly in producer workshops: the families who come through in the best financial shape are almost always the ones who made the call themselves, not the ones who waited until circumstances forced their hand. There’s real value in choosing your path.

The 90-day approach for this path:

Obtain a professional appraisal ($2,500-4,000 depending on operation complexity) covering real estate, equipment, herd genetics, and any production contracts.

Explore multiple options—they’re not mutually exclusive:

  • Direct sale to a larger operation (typically a 12-18 month process)
  • Lease arrangement retaining land equity
  • Solar lease opportunities—rates vary significantly by region, but can provide meaningful annual income on 20-30+ acres depending on your location and utility contracts
  • Custom heifer rearing using your existing facilities—particularly relevant given the shortage we discussed earlier

Consult with a farm transition tax advisor. How you structure an exit matters enormously for what you ultimately retain—installment sales versus lump sum, 1031 exchanges, charitable remainder trusts, and other tools can make six-figure differences in after-tax proceeds.

Regional Realities: One Market, Many Situations

One pattern that emerges from these conversations is how differently the same market dynamics play out depending on where you’re farming. The fundamentals we’ve discussed apply broadly, but the specific numbers vary considerably by region.

In Idaho and the Southwest, large-scale operations with export-oriented processing face one set of calculations. These are often dry lot systems with 3,000+ cows, lower land costs, and direct relationships with major cheese manufacturers. When Glanbia or Leprino adjusts their intake, the regional implications differ from what you’d see in Wisconsin. The scale efficiencies are real, but so is the commodity price exposure. Producers in the Magic Valley are watching Class III futures more closely than component premiums—their economics are tied to cheese demand in ways that Upper Midwest producers selling to smaller plants simply aren’t.

In Wisconsin and the Upper Midwest, you’re more likely to encounter diversified operations—500-1,200 cows, often family-owned across generations, with a mix of cheese plant contracts and cooperative relationships. The smaller average herd size means fixed costs per hundredweight run higher, but there’s also more flexibility to adapt. I’ve talked with Wisconsin producers seriously exploring farmstead cheese or agritourism as margin supplements—approaches that wouldn’t make sense at 5,000 cows but can work at 400.

In the Northeast, higher land costs and proximity to population centers create yet another calculation. Fluid milk markets still matter more here than in most regions, even as fluid consumption continues its long decline. The premium path—organic, grass-fed, local branding—tends to be more viable in Vermont or upstate New York than in the Texas Panhandle simply because the customer base is closer and the logistics work better.

Here’s the bottom line on regional differences: Conversations with farmers and advisors who know your specific market really matter. Your cooperative field staff, extension dairy specialist, or lender can help translate these broader trends into your local context. The three-path framework applies everywhere, but the details of execution—which processors are actively buying, what premiums are realistically available, how constrained the local heifer market is—vary enough to influence decisions.

The Bottom Line

The farms that navigate this period most successfully won’t be those that discovered some novel solution—there isn’t one waiting to be found. They’ll be operations that understood the dynamics early, made honest assessments of their own position, and moved decisively while flexibility remained.

The window for making these decisions is now.

For additional resources on margin protection enrollment and strategic planning, contact your local FSA office, cooperative field representative, agricultural lender, or university extension dairy specialist.

Editor’s Note: Production cost data comes from the USDA Economic Research Service 2024 reports. Heifer pricing reflects USDA NASS data through July 2025. Bankruptcy statistics are from U.S. Courts data reported by Farm Policy News. Genetic progress figures reference the CDCB April 2025 genetic base reset. Cold storage and production data are from the USDA Agricultural Marketing Service. International trade figures come from the USDA Foreign Agricultural Service and Rabobank Global Dairy Quarterly. National and regional averages may not reflect your specific operation, market access, or management system. We welcome producer feedback for future reporting.

Key Takeaways:

  • Record butterfat, weaker checks: U.S. herds are averaging 4.23% butterfat, but Class IV has slipped to $13.89/cwt, and butter stocks are up 14%, so the component bonuses many bred for are no longer rescuing the milk check.
  • Heifer math has flipped: Dairy heifer inventory is at a 47-year low (3.914 million head), and quality springers are $3,000+ per head, which means the traditional “cull hard and restock” playbook often destroys equity instead of saving it.
  • This is a structural shift, not a blip: Twenty-five years of selecting for butterfat, China’s reduced powder imports, and slow-moving U.S. consolidation are combining into a multi-year margin squeeze, not just another bad winter of prices.
  • Your next 90 days are critical: Before DMC and DRP deadlines hit in February and March, farms in the 500–1,500 cow range need a clear cost-of-production picture, stress-tested cash-flow scenarios, and margin protection in place.
  • You have three realistic paths: Use this window to either tighten efficiency and genetics around IOFC and Feed Saved, transition into premium/organic markets where they truly exist, or plan a strategic exit while there’s still equity to protect—doing nothing is the highest‑risk option.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

  • Is Beef-on-Dairy Causing America’s Heifer Shortage? – Reveals the structural mechanics behind today’s replacement crisis, detailing how the aggressive industry-wide shift to beef genetics created the specific inventory gap that is now driving heifer prices to record highs.
  • Cracking the Code: Behavioral Traits and Feed Efficiency – Provides the tactical “how-to” for the Efficiency Focus path, explaining how wearable sensors and behavioral data (rumination/lying time) can identify the most feed-efficient cows to retain when you can’t afford to restock.
  • How Rising Interest Rates Are Shaking Up Dairy Farm Finances – Delivers critical financial context for the Strategic Transition path, analyzing how the increased cost of capital is compressing margins and why debt servicing capacity—not just milk price—must drive your 2026 decision-making.

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

China Promised 100%. Delivered 2.7%. Here’s Your 48-Hour Defense Plan.

They announced 12 million tons of soybeans. Shipped 332,000. That’s 2.7%—and the gap between those numbers is where farms go broke.

Back in October, the headlines announced that China had committed to purchasing 12 million tons of U.S. soybeans. By mid-November, USDA export data told a different story: just 332,000 tons had actually been shipped. For operations making real financial commitments based on trade optimism, that gap is everything.

It’s the elephant in the room at every co-op meeting, yet nobody wants to say it out loud: the headlines are lying to us. Not maliciously, maybe. But consistently.

This isn’t a one-off. When the Phase One trade agreement was signed back in January 2020, China committed to purchasing $80.1 billion in U.S. agricultural goods over two years. The Peterson Institute for International Economics tracked what actually happened: $61.4 billion in purchases. That’s about 77% of the agricultural target and just 58% overall.

Whether that’s a freestall expansion in Wisconsin or new milking equipment out in the Central Valley—these numbers matter enormously when you’re penciling out that loan.

The Promise-Delivery Gap: 2.7% to 77%. That’s the range of what trade has actually delivered in recent years. It’s a wide spread—and it’s the reality farm financial planning needs to account for.

The 2.7% Reality: China’s trade commitments consistently fall short, with the 2025 soybean deal delivering a catastrophic 2.7% while Phase One averaged 77%—a pattern that should change every dairy farmer’s expansion calculus.
Risk FactorPhase One (2020-2021)China Soybean (2025)What Farmers Assumed
Historical Delivery Rate64-87% delivery2.7% delivery100% delivery
Market DependencyMedium – diversified buyersHigh – China-specificLow – “”guaranteed deal””
Price Impact per Deal$0.15-0.25/cwt estimated$0.35/cwt confirmedPrice increases expected
Timeline to Farm Impact90-180 days30-90 daysImmediate benefit
Cooperative ProtectionAbsorbed losses initially€149M losses, mergersCo-op will handle it
Individual Farm DefenseLimited – most expandedDMC available if enrolledNo action needed

The Pattern Nobody Talks About

Trade announcements follow a consistent pattern. Farmers who’ve watched a few cycles are starting to read them differently than the headlines suggest.

The Phase One trajectory:

  • 2020: Deal signed with $200 billion in purchase commitments over two years
  • 2021-2022: China’s agricultural imports from all sources surged to record levels; U.S. exports to China hit approximately $41 billion
  • 2023-2024: Import volumes declined as Phase One commitments expired and China diversified its suppliers
  • 2025: New tariff escalations with announced deals delivering at single-digit percentages

Here’s what makes this tricky: those 2021-2022 numbers were real. China genuinely did purchase record agricultural volumes. Processors genuinely did see elevated component prices. You probably saw the improvement in your own milk check.

The data supporting expansion decisions wasn’t fabricated—it was completely accurate for that specific window.

The question most operations didn’t ask was whether those volumes represented a sustainable baseline or a cyclical peak. That’s a hard question to ask when the current numbers look great, and your lender’s nodding along with the business plan.

Why 2022 Was a Peak, Not a Floor

The gap between black promises and red reality: Phase One targets soared to $43.6B while actual imports peaked at $41B in 2022, then collapsed—proving strong recent years were cyclical highs, not sustainable baselines for your 20-year expansion loan.

Several indicators were available in real-time. Here’s what the data was showing:

African Swine Fever recovery was completing. China’s hog population lost roughly 40% of its sow inventory in 2018-2019, according to OECD analysis. The rebuilding phase drove massive feed imports through 2021. By early 2022, Iowa State University’s Ag Policy Review documented that herd recovery was largely complete. That import surge had an endpoint built in.

Phase One commitments expired December 31, 2021. The agreement was a two-year commitment with a hard stop date. After expiration, continued purchases became voluntary.

China’s dairy self-sufficiency targets were public. The Chinese government explicitly targeted 70% dairy self-sufficiency. By 2022, according to Hoogwegt analysis, they’d reached 66% and climbing. When you’re managing your fresh cow nutrition and component production here, remember—they’re building their own capacity over there.

Economic growth projections were declining. The Asian Development Bank projected that China’s GDP growth would slow from around 8% in 2021 to 5% by 2024-2025.

These indicators were available to anyone looking. The challenge is that recent strong performance tends to overwhelm forward-looking warning signals. That’s an understandable response to good data, not poor decision-making.

How This Hits Your Milk Check

Trade policy disruptions create cascading effects that move from Washington to your milk check faster than most realize.

The 2025 tariff escalation:

When retaliatory tariffs on U.S. dairy into China escalated from 10% to 125% between February and April, the impacts were immediate:

Whey markets contracted sharply. China had been taking about 42% of U.S. whey exports according to USDEC data. When that market closed, domestic supply backed up and prices compressed. If you’ve been watching whey premiums in your component pricing, you’ve felt this.

Lactose faced similar pressure. With China holding roughly 72% of the U.S. lactose export market share, the tariff wall forced processor restructuring.

USDA revised price forecasts downward. Class III projections dropped by about $0.35 per hundredweight.

In practical terms: For a typical 1,000-cow operation producing around 26,000 pounds per cow annually, that $0.35 reduction works out to roughly $91,000 in annual revenue. That affects replacement heifer decisions, equipment upgrades, everything.

University of Wisconsin-Madison dairy economists project that net farm income across the U.S. dairy industry could decline by $1.6 to $7.3 billion over the next four years due to tariff disruptions, with individual farms facing potential income reductions of 25% or more.

Real example: Half Full Dairy in upstate New York—a 3,600-cow operation run by AJ Wormuth—got hit from both sides. Steel and aluminum tariffs added $21,000 to a barn renovation order while milk revenues fell. As Wormuth told reporters in April, they’re facing “a double challenge” in which they can’t raise prices while expenses keep rising.

Whether you’re running a 200-cow grazing operation in Vermont or a 5,000-cow dry lot in New Mexico, that squeeze feels familiar.

What’s Really Happening with Cooperatives

Common assumption: cooperative membership provides meaningful insulation from trade volatility.

Reality: cooperatives face the same structural pressures as individual farms, just with less flexibility to respond.

Case study: FrieslandCampina-Milcobel merger

FrieslandCampina reported a €149 million loss in 2023. Milcobel posted an €11.6 million loss. These weren’t management failures—they reflected a structural challenge.

The cooperative bind: They must accept all member milk regardless of market conditions. That’s the deal. But when processing capacity gets built for peak-year volumes and deliveries decline, cooperatives face rising per-unit costs with limited ability to adjust.

Unlike private processors who can exit markets quickly, cooperatives are bound by charter obligations. The result: they absorb losses to maintain member pricing, eroding equity over time. When losses become unsustainable, mergers or sales become the path forward.

We saw this with Fonterra’s 88% member vote to sell consumer operations to Lactalis this past October.

Rabobank dairy analyst Emma Higgins put it directly: “For dairy cooperatives, the challenges are even more complex, as lower milk intake generally coincides with members withdrawing capital.”

The counterpoint: Some cooperatives have navigated better. Agropur achieved a significant turnaround by aggressively restructuring its debt and refocusing on high-margin segments such as cheese and specialty ingredients. The model isn’t doomed—but it requires proactive management.

Your cooperative’s financial health directly affects your returns. Ask questions at the next annual meeting.

What Smart Operations Are Doing

Several practical approaches keep coming up:

Applying historical execution rates. Rather than planning for 100% delivery, they’re discounting based on historical performance. If Phase One delivered 77%, that becomes the planning assumption.

Stress-testing against zero deal impact. Before expansion decisions, they’re modeling, assuming the deal contributes nothing. If viability depends entirely on the deal working, that’s a different conversation with your lender and family.

Maximizing DMC enrollment. Dairy Margin Coverage provides protection when margins compress—and it doesn’t depend on trade promises. It depends on actual market prices.

Maintaining working capital flexibility. Operations that kept debt-to-asset ratios conservative have more options when markets shift. It’s not pessimism—it’s room to maneuver.

Exploring market diversification. Direct sales, specialty products like organic or A2, and regional processor relationships. Not for everyone, but it’s optionality that didn’t exist a decade ago.

Your 48-Hour Playbook for Trade Announcements

When the next deal gets announced, work through these steps:

Step 1: Check the History (30 minutes)

The Peterson Institute maintains a tracker showing the promised versus actual purchases under Phase One. Before reacting to any announcement, look at historical delivery rates.

The calculation: New promise × historical execution rate = realistic delivery estimate.

Phase One ran at 58-77%. The 2025 China soybean promise delivered 2.7%. That range gives you boundaries for scenario planning.

Step 2: Model for Zero (1-2 hours)

Have your accountant run a 12-month cash flow assuming no additional revenue from the announced deal.

Questions to answer:

  • What’s my debt-service-coverage ratio? (Target: 1.25+ per Farm Credit guidelines)
  • Can I cover debt service if export demand doesn’t materialize?
  • How many months can working capital sustain at reduced prices?

Document what you find. This strengthens lender conversations later.

Step 3: Verify DMC Status (45 minutes)

Contact your local FSA office and confirm Dairy Margin Coverage enrollment. If open and you’re not enrolled, evaluate immediately.

The timing trap: Trade announcements create optimism. Farmers skip enrollment. Then deals underperform, prices fall, and the window is closed. The 2025 enrollment closed on March 31.

The protection is most valuable when purchased before you think you need it.

Principles That Hold Up

Announcements are risk factors, not guarantees. The gap between announcement and execution is where farm financial planning actually lives.

Peaks aren’t baselines. Strong recent performance may represent cyclical highs, not sustainable floors. Expansion decisions financed over 10-20 years should be stress-tested across multiple scenarios.

Understand your cooperative’s position. Their balance sheet health affects your returns. Request financial information.

Maintain optionality over optimization. Operations preserving flexibility have more choices when conditions shift. There’s value in leaving room, even if it means not maximizing every metric.

Document your process. Whether you expand or hold back, a record of analysis strengthens lender conversations and demonstrates sound management.

The Bottom Line

Trade promises that deliver between 2.7% and 77% of announced targets raise legitimate questions about how agricultural trade policy functions. Whether the gap reflects deliberate choices or institutional limitations is hard to say.

What’s clear: farmers absorb the consequences while having limited ability to influence outcomes.

This doesn’t mean trade agreements lack value. U.S. dairy exports remain significant—Mexico, Canada, and other markets provide important revenue. The question is how to make sound decisions when the market outlook depends on commitments with highly variable execution.

Until the product ships and checks clear, a trade announcement is a press release, not a market.

The framework we covered—checking history, stress-testing for zero, securing DMC—provides concrete steps within 48 hours of any announcement. None guarantees good outcomes, but it positions you for realistic scenarios rather than headline optimism.

The fact that dairy farmers need a defensive playbook for government trade promises tells us something about the system. Whether by design or neglect, the pattern is clear: promises at 100%, delivery between 2.7% and 77%, farmers navigating the gap.

Until that changes, treat every announcement as a risk to manage—not an opportunity to bet the farm on.

That may sound conservative. Given the track record, it’s the smart play.

Key Takeaways:

  • The promise-delivery gap: 2.7% to 77%. Never 100%. Budget accordingly.
  • The cost: $0.35/cwt price drop = $91,000 annual loss on a 1,000-cow dairy.
  • Cooperatives won’t save you: FrieslandCampina lost €149M. Fonterra members voted 88% to sell.
  • Your 48-hour playbook: Check historical rates. Model for zero revenue. Verify DMC enrollment.
  • The bottom line: Until product ships and checks clear, a trade deal is a press release—not a market.

Executive Summary: 

China promised 12 million tons of soybeans. They shipped 332,000. That’s 2.7%—and your lender doesn’t care about the other 97%. Phase One delivered just 58-77% of agricultural targets, and dairy farmers absorbed the gap: $91,000 in annual losses for a typical 1,000-cow operation when Class III dropped $0.35/cwt. Even cooperatives can’t escape—FrieslandCampina lost €149 million; Fonterra’s members voted 88% to sell to Lactalis. The pattern is consistent: promises at 100%, delivery between 2.7% and 77%, farmers managing the difference. Here’s your 48-hour defense plan for the next trade announcement.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Your Milk Check Is at the Mercy of a Cheese Shredder: What the Great Lakes Recall Reveals About Dairy’s Broken Supply Chain

Perfect SCC. Elite components. Tight ship. Then a shredder in Ohio failed—and none of it saved your milk check.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Great Lakes Cheese sneezed in Ohio—and dairy farms across 31 states caught pneumonia. The October 2025 recall of 250,000 cases revealed a brutal truth: in a converter supply chain, when middlemen fail, farms absorb the pain through 5-15% intake cuts regardless of milk quality or management excellence. Your perfect SCC won’t save you from quality failures at companies you’ve never heard of. The strategic response isn’t panic—it’s diversification. Beef-on-dairy with verified genetics now commands $1,000-$1,400 per calf, organic premiums reach $33-$45/cwt in undersupplied markets, and cooperative infrastructure can slash traceability costs by 60-75%. With FSMA 204 extended to July 2028, producers have a runway to reposition—and the farms that thrive will be the ones who stopped waiting for a broken system to protect them.

When a metal fragment in a cheese shredder in Ohio can hit a milk check in Wisconsin, we have a problem. The Great Lakes Cheese recall isn’t just a food safety blip—it’s a warning shot about the fragility of the modern “converter” supply chain. And your farm is the one exposed.

I’ve been having conversations with producers across the Upper Midwest lately, and a pattern keeps emerging. Farmers who had no direct relationship with Great Lakes Cheese are feeling ripple effects. Milk intake adjustments here. Some price volatility there. That unsettling realization that something happening several steps down the supply chain can show up on your bottom line.

Let’s walk through what’s actually going on.

Understanding What Happened

Great Lakes Cheese, headquartered in Hiram, Ohio, ranks among North America’s largest cheese companies. They supply roughly a quarter of all packaged cheese in U.S. retail—brands like Walmart’s Great Value, Target’s Good & Gather, Aldi’s Happy Farms. The company has been expanding steadily, including a major facility in Franklinville, New York, that Governor Hochul announced at $500 million back in 2022. Due to inflation and supply chain challenges, that project ended up costing over $700 million by the time it came online in late 2024, according to reporting from the Olean Star.

The recall itself occurred in early October 2025—the FDA publicly classified it in December—and affected over 250,000 cases of shredded and sliced cheese across 31 states. The issue was traced to metal fragments in the supplier’s raw materials.

Here’s what you need to understand about how they operate. Great Lakes functions primarily as what the industry calls a “converter.” They’re not manufacturing cheese from milk in most facilities. Instead, they purchase 40-pound commodity cheese blocks from various suppliers, then shred, slice, and package those blocks for retail.

Put bluntly: Great Lakes is essentially a middleman with a massive retail footprint. And when a middleman of that scale has a problem, they don’t absorb the pain—they pass it upstream immediately. Their suppliers get hit. Their suppliers’ suppliers get hit. And eventually, that pressure falls on the farms that produce milk.

Mark Stephenson—Director of Dairy Policy Analysis at the University of Wisconsin-Madison—notes that the converter model allows processors to source globally, optimize costs, and concentrate capital on packaging and retail relationships. From a business perspective, it makes sense. But from a risk perspective? When the Great Lakes sneezes, they don’t catch a cold. Their suppliers catch pneumonia.

When a cheese shredder fails in Ohio, your milk check drops 15%—even if you’re running a spotless operation 500 miles away. This is what “converter supply chain risk” actually looks like when it hits your bank account

How Disruptions Travel Upstream

Three weeks. That’s how long it took for a metal fragment problem in Ohio to wipe out 12% of revenue for farms that never shipped a drop of milk to Great Lakes. Notice the recovery is twice as slow as the crash—welcome to commodity dairy’s asymmetric risk model

This is where things get practical for those of us producing milk. Understanding these mechanics matters because they reveal how interconnected—and sometimes how exposed—farm-level economics really are.

When Great Lakes pulled those 250,000-plus cases from shelves, their immediate demand for incoming cheese blocks dropped. That reduced demand traveled to their commodity cheese suppliers. Those suppliers adjusted milk intake from processing facilities. And those facilities modified contracts with cooperatives and farms.

USDA Agricultural Marketing Service data shows Class III prices at $19.95 per hundredweight for November 2024—historically a decent number. But regional volatility increased in the weeks following the recall announcement, with cooperatives in affected areas reporting intake adjustments ranging from 5% to 15%, depending on their processor relationships.

What does that mean for a working operation? Consider an 1,800-cow dairy producing around 41 million pounds annually. A 12% intake reduction sustained over several months—reports I’m hearing fall in that range—represents roughly $430,000 in displaced revenue at that Class III price.

I recently spoke with a Wisconsin producer navigating exactly this situation. What struck me was his observation that excellent milk quality scores didn’t provide.

“We run a tight ship. But in a commodity system, my SCC numbers don’t protect me from problems three levels down the chain.”

That’s the reality of the converter supply chain. Your operational excellence doesn’t matter when someone else’s quality control failure determines your fate.

The Broader Context: Industry Trends Worth Watching

I’ve been following dairy consolidation for about two decades now, and the current moment feels distinct. Food safety concerns are accelerating trends already underway—traceability requirements, processor consolidation, and shifting leverage in supply relationships.

The FDA’s Food Traceability Final Rule (FSMA 204) was originally scheduled for January 2026. FDA has since extended the compliance deadline by 30 months to July 20, 2028—that extension was confirmed earlier this year. Still, processors are already adjusting supplier expectations in anticipation.

What the rule requires, regardless of final timing, is detailed record-keeping at each “Critical Tracking Event” that enables regulators to obtain data within 24 hours. For certain cheeses on the Food Traceability List, this creates real implications for supplier selection.

The consumer dimension reinforces these trends. Label Insight research from 2016 found that 73% of consumers are willing to pay more for products that offer complete transparency in sourcing and ingredients. Subsequent industry tracking has consistently confirmed that demand—if anything, it’s grown stronger, particularly among younger consumers.

What this means practically: processors and retailers are beginning to differentiate suppliers based on traceability capability. Some are offering premiums. Others are simply making it a qualification requirement. Either way, the capital needed to meet these expectations isn’t trivial.

What Traceability Systems Actually Cost

One question I kept encountering was straightforward: what does this actually cost a working dairy? I spent time examining land-grant university extension analyses and talking with operations that have made these investments.

According to the University of Minnesota Extension’s 2024 dairy technology investment analysis—with similar findings from Wisconsin and Cornell dairy programs—the picture breaks down into roughly three tiers:

Traceability Investment by Scale

This is the chart that keeps 800-cow dairy owners awake at night. Too big to ignore traceability requirements, too small to spread fixed costs efficiently. The 500-2000 cow range is where cooperative infrastructure starts making financial sense—or you’re paying $120+ per cow for systems the mega-dairies get at $85
Investment LevelCapital CostWhat It IncludesPremium PotentialScale Threshold
Basic Compliance$20,000–$35,000Tank sensors, basic IoT monitoring, cloud record-keepingMeets minimums; limited premiumAny size
Advanced Traceability$350,000–$500,000Individual animal sensors, RFID, blockchain integration, and real-time monitoringPreferred supplier status; $0.50–$0.75/cwt potential3,500+ cows
Comprehensive Digital$1,000,000+AI health monitoring, automated feeding, full supply chain integrationMaximum differentiation; $1.00+/cwt potential5,000+ cows

Financing makes these numbers more challenging. Agricultural lending rates have been running 7.5-8.5% according to late 2024 Federal Reserve surveys—multi-decade highs. A $500,000 loan at those rates requires annual debt service of $65,000 to $75,000 over 10 years. For a 2,000-cow dairy with typical margins, that’s substantial.

Now, it’s worth noting that some operations view this investment differently—not just as a compliance cost but as an operational improvement that generates returns through better fresh cow management, reduced health costs, and improved efficiency across the transition period and beyond. The calculation isn’t purely about premium capture.

Strategies That Are Working

Here’s where I want to shift from analysis to practical observation, because producers are navigating these pressures in genuinely creative ways. Not every approach fits every operation, but these patterns keep emerging in conversations.

Beef-on-Dairy: Quality Genetics or Don’t Bother

The most accessible opportunity—requiring minimal capital—involves strategic use of beef genetics on dairy herds. This trend has been building for years, but current economics make it particularly compelling.

USDA data from January 2024 shows U.S. beef cow inventory at approximately 28.2 million head—the lowest since 1961. Texas A&M AgriLife has confirmed this represents historically tight supplies, and CoBank analysis suggests meaningful herd rebuilding won’t happen until 2027 at the earliest.

But here’s what I need to emphasize, and it’s something The Bullvine has been beating the drum on for years: random beef bulls don’t cut it. The premium prices everyone talks about? They’re not available to just anyone throwing beef semen at their bottom-tier cows.

Every dairy farmer hears about beef-on-dairy premiums, but most are leaving $700 per head on the table. The difference between “some random beef semen” and verified genetics with documented EPDs is the gap between a side hustle and a profit center

Straight dairy bull calves now bring $400-$600 per head at many auctions—a dramatic improvement from the $100-$150 common just a few years back. Beef-cross calves from verified, high-quality genetics (proven Angus, Simmental, or Charolais sires with documented carcass data on Holstein dams) command $1,000-$1,400 at auction today—up from $650 averages just three years ago, according to Laurence Williams, dairy-beef cross development lead at Purina. Premium calves from elite sires can reach $1,500 or more at well-managed sales.

The key word there is verified. Feedlots and calf buyers have gotten sophisticated. They know the difference between a calf sired by a proven Angus bull with marbling EPDs in the top 10% versus some random beef semen picked up cheap. The price gap between generic beef-cross calves and those from verified genetics programs can exceed several hundred dollars per head—a difference driven almost entirely by genetic documentation and buyer confidence.

National Association of Animal Breeders data shows beef semen sales to dairy operations stabilized at record levels—approximately 7.9 million units in both 2023 and 2024—following rapid growth between 2017 and 2022. This isn’t temporary. It’s become structural.

I spoke recently with a California producer who’s breeding 45% of his herd to beef genetics—but he’s meticulous about which sires he uses. His observation: “We tried the bargain-bin approach the first year. Got bargain-bin prices. Now we use verified high-accuracy sires with actual carcass data, and the difference in our calf checks is substantial. The genetics investment pays for itself multiple times over.”

Beyond genetics, calf management determines whether you capture premium prices. Operations achieving top dollar have excellent colostrum protocols (within that critical four-hour window), careful processing procedures, and established feedlot relationships. Quality genetics combined with quality management is the formula. One without the other leaves money on the table.

Organic Markets: A Regional Calculation

For operations in certain regions—particularly the Northeast—organic and grass-fed markets remain undersupplied. The Northeast Organic Dairy Producers Alliance continues tracking demand that outpaces regional supply.

Organic cooperative contracts typically pay $33-$45 per hundredweight, according to NODPA’s 2025 reporting, compared to $18-$22 for conventional contracts. The premium is substantial, though it varies considerably by region, volume, and contract terms.

The challenge, of course, is transition. USDA organic certification requires 36 months of organic management before milk qualifies for premium pricing. That’s three years of elevated costs—organic feed runs 40-60% above conventional—without premium capture.

A Vermont producer I spoke with made the transition between 2019 and 2022. Her assessment was candid: “Those middle months were hard. You’re paying organic costs, selling at conventional prices, and hoping the math works on the other side.” It did work for her operation—she’s now receiving over $40/cwt through her cooperative contract. But she emphasized that financial staying power was essential.

Geography matters enormously here. Northeast markets remain undersupplied for organic milk. Midwest and Western markets show more saturation. If you’re considering this path, regional supply-demand dynamics should drive the decision as much as on-farm capabilities.

Other Diversification Pathways

Beyond beef-on-dairy and organic, I’m seeing producers explore several other approaches worth mentioning.

A2 milk programs are gaining traction in some regions, with processors offering premiums typically ranging from $0.50 to $1.50/cwt for herds genetically tested for the A2 beta-casein variant. The investment is primarily in genetic testing ($25-$40 per animal) and, potentially, in culling or breeding decisions over time. It’s not a dramatic premium, but for operations already making genetics decisions, it’s relatively low-friction additional income.

Direct-to-consumer operations—farmstead cheese, on-farm stores, local delivery—offer meaningful margin opportunities for operations within roughly 50 miles of population centers with populations exceeding 100,000. The catch is bandwidth: you’re adding retail management, food safety compliance, and customer relationships to an already demanding operation. Producers who succeed here generally have family members or partners explicitly dedicated to the retail side.

Agritourism components can leverage dairy heritage for smaller operations near tourist corridors or suburban areas. Farm tours, educational programs, and seasonal events won’t replace milk revenue, but they can provide supplemental income while building community connections that support other direct-sales efforts.

None of these represents a universal solution, but they illustrate the range of options available beyond commodity milk production.

Cooperative Infrastructure: An Emerging Model

One development I find encouraging—though it’s still early—is the rise of cooperative approaches to infrastructure investment. The logic is straightforward: if individual 2,000-cow farms can’t justify $500,000 in traceability technology, can ten farms sharing that investment make it viable?

Several farmer groups in Wisconsin and Minnesota are exploring this model. Typical structures involve 8-12 farms forming an LLC or cooperative, pooling capital to fund shared traceability platforms, and, in some cases, shared processing capacity for value-added products.

Early indications suggest per-farm costs can decrease substantially—potentially 60-75%—while still meeting processor requirements. The trade-off is governance complexity. These arrangements require genuine trust, aligned incentives, and careful legal structuring.

A Minnesota producer involved in exploratory discussions put it this way: “You’re giving up some independence. That’s real. But competing individually against 10,000-cow operations for processor contracts has its own costs.”

It’s worth watching how these structures develop. They may represent an important pathway for mid-size operations facing scale disadvantages in technology investment.

on-dairy with verified genetics sits in the sweet spot—minimal capital, 9-month payback, $320/cow annual return. The bottom-right corner (Direct-to-Consumer) looks tempting until you realize you’re now running two businesses

Maintaining Perspective

I want to be thoughtful about framing here. This isn’t a crisis moment requiring panic. Dairy has always been cyclical. Consolidation has proceeded for decades. Many mid-size operations have successfully navigated previous transitions and will do so again.

What does seem genuinely different about the current environment is the convergence of several trends: regulatory requirements for traceability (even with the FSMA extension to mid-2028), consumer expectations for transparency, the capital intensity of compliance, and processor consolidation, which is affecting market leverage.

Dr. Marin Bozic, the dairy economist at the University of Minnesota who advises Edge Dairy Farmer Cooperative and has testified before Congress on milk pricing, captures this well: “The farms that will thrive over the next decade are those making strategic decisions now—not reactive decisions later. That doesn’t mean panic. It means thoughtful positioning.”

The Great Lakes Cheese recall didn’t create these dynamics. But it made them visible in ways worth understanding. When a quality control issue at a supplier you’ve never heard of can affect your milk revenue, it reveals something meaningful about the supply chain’s structure and risk distribution.

Thinking Through Your Situation

Rather than prescribe universal solutions—every operation differs—here’s how these considerations tend to vary by scale:

Smaller operations (under 500 cows): Comprehensive traceability systems rarely pencil out at this scale. Specialty markets—organic, grass-fed, A2, direct-to-consumer—offer more realistic pathways to premium capture. Beef-on-dairy genetics (verified genetics, not bargain semen) can supplement income meaningfully regardless of herd size. The question becomes: where can you differentiate?

Mid-size operations (500-2,000 cows): This is arguably the most challenging position currently. Large enough that specialty market pivots are difficult, but lacking scale for major technology investments to generate positive returns individually. Cooperative approaches to shared infrastructure, combined with beef-on-dairy diversification using verified genetics, represent viable near-term strategies. The extended FSMA timeline—mid-2028—provides runway to explore options.

Larger operations (2,000+ cows): Comprehensive traceability investments become more justifiable as fixed costs spread across greater production. The strategic question shifts: invest in positioning as a preferred supplier to consolidated processors, diversify revenue streams to reduce channel dependence, or both? Many larger operations are pursuing parallel strategies.

Questions Worth Considering

Before committing to any particular direction, some honest self-assessment helps clarify options:

What’s your realistic timeline? Beef-on-dairy generates returns within months. Organic transition requires years. Which matches your financial position and planning horizon?

What’s your regional market reality? Is organic milk undersupplied or saturated in your area? Are established beef-cross calf buyers accessible? What specialty processors operate within a reasonable hauling distance?

Do you have neighbors who are suitable for a cooperative investment? Shared infrastructure approaches require aligned values and compatible operations. Not every neighboring farm makes a good partner.

What does your succession plan suggest? If the next generation isn’t committed to dairy, heavy investment in long-term technology infrastructure deserves careful evaluation.

Where are your operational strengths? Some farms excel at cow comfort and health management—organic or A2 programs might leverage that. Others have strong calf-raising infrastructure that positions them well for beef-on-dairy premiums.

There aren’t universal answers. But asking these questions honestly tends to clarify which paths make sense for specific situations.

The Bottom Line

What I’ve tried to do here is present what I’m observing as clearly as possible—drawing on USDA and FDA data, land-grant university extension analysis, conversations with credentialed economists, and reports from producers navigating these conditions directly.

The Great Lakes Cheese recall was, in one sense, routine—a food safety incident identified and addressed through established procedures. The system functioned as designed.

But the recall also exposed the ugly truth about converter supply chains: the risk flows upstream while the profits flow down. Your milk quality doesn’t protect you. Your operational efficiency doesn’t protect you. Your SCC scores don’t protect you. In a commodity system feeding into consolidated converters, you’re exposed to failures you can’t see coming and can’t prevent.

The encouraging news: farmers have options. Beef-on-dairy genetics—verified, quality genetics—offer immediate revenue diversification with minimal capital requirements. Specialty markets reward quality and management in ways commodity channels don’t. Cooperative structures can distribute infrastructure costs across multiple operations.

None represent a complete solutions. All require evaluation against individual circumstances, regional markets, and operational capabilities. But they represent genuine pathways—ways to build some insulation against a system that otherwise treats your operation as a disposable input.

That positioning—concentrating on factors within your control while clearly understanding those that aren’t—strikes me as exactly the right approach. The producers I talk with who seem most confident about the future share that orientation. They’re not ignoring industry headwinds. They’re just not waiting for those winds to determine their direction.

Key Takeaways:

  • When Great Lakes pulled 250K cases, farms 31 states away lost 5-15% income—even though they never sold to Great Lakes. Your SCC won’t protect you from converter failures.
  • Beef-on-dairy with verified genetics: $1,000-$1,400/calf. Straight dairy: $400-$600. The genetics gap is worth hundreds per head.
  • FSMA 204 extends to July 2028, but processors are moving now. Alternative revenue streams aren’t optional—they’re insurance.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The $4.6 Million Mistake: Why the Smartest Dairy Move Comes from Beef

47% to 83%. No new tech. No new genetics. Just stopped fighting biology.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Fighting biology is the most expensive thing you do—it just doesn’t show up as a line item. Australia’s largest cattle operation proved this by boosting weaning from 47% to 83% with zero new genetics and zero new technology. They stopped fighting natural cycles and started profiting from alignment. Sound irrelevant to dairy? Your summer breeding crashes, transition cow disasters, and never-ending replacement costs are the same problem wearing different clothes. Beef-on-dairy just hit $1,400/calf—up from $250 three years ago. Seasonal calving economics are flipping faster than lenders realize. The farms still standing in 2035 won’t be the ones with the most milk. They’ll be the ones that stopped fighting biology and started working with it.

You know, I was at a conference recently when someone brought up Consolidated Pastoral Company—that Australian outfit running 300,000 cattle across 3.2 million hectares. And here’s what’s interesting: they’re dealing with the exact same biological constraints that are probably killing your margins right now.

What I’ve found is they’ve taken their northern Australian beef operations from 47% weaning rates to over 80%, and the Meat & Livestock Australia folks have documented every step. No miracle genetics, mind you. No Silicon Valley nonsense. Just a complete rethink of how they work with biology.

Sound familiar? Because I’ll bet you’re fighting the same battles with lactation cycles, heat stress, and those impossible summer breeding windows. The difference is… well, they stopped fighting and started profiting.

“From 47% to 83% weaning rates through biological alignment—not technology, not genetics, but working with natural cycles instead of against them.”

Infrastructure: Spending Millions to Make Millions

So I was talking to a producer recently who couldn’t wrap his head around CPC dropping $3.5 million on basic infrastructure. We’re talking fences and water points here. Not robots. Not anything fancy.

But here’s what every dairy farmer needs to understand—and this is important—while a TMR mixer is obviously different from a water point in the Outback, the principle is exactly the same. Capital expenditure is worthless unless it unlocks biological potential. Think about it… you’ve probably spent more on that new parlor than CPC spent on their entire fencing project.

Now, northern Australian cattle country is absolutely brutal. The Queensland Department of Agriculture research shows the soil is so phosphorus-deficient that the pasture has maybe a third of what cattle actually need just for maintenance. And during the dry season—we’re talking April through November—lactating cows are literally starving while surrounded by grass. Can you imagine?

The conventional response has always been to just… accept it. Run continuous breeding. Live with those 47% weaning rates. That’s what everyone does, right?

But CPC said no. They put in 200 kilometers of new fencing at about nine grand per kilometer. Thirty water points at sixty thousand each. And here’s the kicker—they’re spending between four hundred thousand and nine hundred thousand annually just on pregnancy testing and moving cattle around.

The payoff, though? For a 20,000-cow operation, that’s 7,200 additional calves every single year. At $650 per weaner—and that’s November 2024 prices, so pretty current—we’re looking at $4.68 million in additional annual revenue. The Northern Territory government’s analysis shows a payback period of less than a year. Less than a year!

So think about your own place for a minute. What biological constraint are you just accepting as “the way it is”? Summer heat stress that everyone complains about, but nobody really fixes? Those transition cow disasters we all pretend are normal? That 60-day voluntary waiting period that, let’s be honest, everyone follows because… well, because everyone follows it?

Turning Red Tape into Premium Pricing

Here’s where it gets really interesting. When Indonesia mandated that 20% of imported cattle be breeding stock in 2017, the whole industry basically panicked. And for good reason—Australia’s export standards couldn’t even certify that an animal could breed. This gap is all documented in the Northern Australia Beef Industry reports, if you want to look it up.

Most exporters, as you’d expect, just shipped whatever they could get away with. Matt Brann from ABC Rural reported in 2018 how Indonesian importers were getting these so-called “breeding cattle” with reproductive problems that went straight to feedlots anyway.

But CPC… they did something clever. They created their own breeding soundness protocols that went beyond what either country required. And now? Indonesian buyers actually pay premiums for that documentation.

This is exactly what’s happening with A2A2 milk, grass-fed certification, all those regenerative agriculture claims we’re seeing. The regulations don’t exist yet, but the producers creating their own verification systems? They’re capturing premiums while everyone else sits around waiting for the government to tell them what to do.

The $500 Calf That Makes Perfect Sense

Okay, this one’s going to sound crazy at first. CPC’s Santori Jabung facility in Indonesia produces calves at a cost of $500 each. Compare that to maybe $60-70 on Australian rangelands. I know, I know—sounds insane.

But Dr. Simon Quigley from the University of Queensland documented what was happening. They had mortality rates exceeding 25-30% when they tried to apply temperate management to tropical conditions. It’s just like your summer pneumonia outbreaks or those heat stress breeding failures we all deal with—wrong system for the environment.

So they made three changes that transformed everything:

First, they set up dedicated colostrum management with round-the-clock monitoring. Any calf that doesn’t nurse within three hours gets bottle-fed in temperature-controlled housing. And get this—mortality dropped from that 25-30% range down to 6-8%.

Second—and the efficiency experts hate this—they concentrated 80% of their calving into just three months. But you know what? Results speak louder than theories.

Third, they got strategic with supplementation. Only during late pregnancy and early lactation. That tiny bump in body condition—from 3.0 to 3.3—cut their days open from 217 to 118. Think about that for a minute.

Indonesia’s $500-per-calf intensive system crushed mortality from 27.5% to 7%, cut days open by 99, and achieved 72% pregnancy rates in brutal tropical conditions—proving biology-first spending beats efficiency-first spending

The result? They’re getting 72% pregnancy rates in absolutely brutal tropical conditions. Your transition barn—that critical period when fresh cows are moving from dry to lactating status—could probably learn something here. Just as those fresh cows need intensive management for a successful transition, these tropical operations need intensive intervention at critical biological moments.

Carbon Credits: The Drought Insurance You’re Missing

Let’s talk carbon for a minute. Australian Carbon Credit Units are trading at $36-42 per tonne according to the Clean Energy Regulator’s latest quarterly report. That works out to about $36-42 per head annually for operations doing regenerative grazing.

Now, it’s not transformative money. But here’s what’s interesting—Garrawin Station’s carbon revenue literally kept them alive during the 2019 drought when their cattle income completely vanished. And for dairy operations, we’re seeing similar opportunities with methane digesters generating credits, cover crop programs building soil carbon, and even manure management improvements qualifying for offset programs in some states.

So let me ask you this: your milk check isn’t guaranteed forever. What’s your backup plan?

“Every dollar spent fighting biology is profit bleeding out. Start asking yourself: what constraints am I accepting that I shouldn’t be?”

Virtual Fencing: Why Silicon Valley Fails on the Farm

You’ve probably heard about virtual fencing. Dr. Richard Rawnsley at the University of Tasmania showed it works great in small paddocks—94-99% containment. Sounds perfect, right?

But then Dr. Dana Campbell at CSIRO found something concerning—9% reduced daily gains under virtual fencing rotations. That’s fifteen bucks per head you’re losing.

That said, I’ve seen it work well for specific dairy applications. There’s a 400-cow grass-based operation in Vermont using virtual fencing just for keeping cows out of wetland areas—it works perfectly for that limited scope. Another Wisconsin farm uses it for temporary paddock divisions during their managed grazing rotation. Small, targeted uses where the technology makes sense.

But at $500-800 per collar for whole-herd implementation? The math just doesn’t work for big operations. It’s like robotic milkers—great technology, but not for everyone.

The Dairy Revolution Hiding in Plain Sight

Alright, here’s where it gets real for us dairy folks.

Your 14-month lactation cycle—you know, calving through milking to dry period and back again—it creates all these problems we just accept as normal. Breeding during negative energy balance. Those heat-stress-related disasters occur every summer. Year-round replacement heifer costs that never end.

Most dairies fight these constraints with more inputs, more technology, more complexity. And let’s be honest… it’s not really working, is it?

I’ve been visiting operations experimenting with seasonal calving—there’s some interesting work happening in Vermont, Ohio, and out in Idaho. Different farms, different approaches, but they’re all aligning their calving with either pasture availability or specific market demands. One Idaho operation I know of is timing fall calving to hit those holiday cheese plant premiums.

And they’re all riding this beef-on-dairy wave too. You’ve seen the prices—$250 three years ago, $1,400 today, according to USDA market reports. Some markets are seeing even higher premiums this year.

“The operations that survived the 2009 and 2020 milk price crashes weren’t necessarily the most efficient—they were the most adaptable.”

Here’s what concentrated calving can deliver:

  • Your peak lactation hits during the highest component periods
  • Breeding happens when cows aren’t dying from heat stress
  • Replacement heifer management that actually makes economic sense
  • Predictable milk composition so you can negotiate premium contracts
  • Lower feed costs because you’re not lactating through garbage forage months

Now, the biggest barrier isn’t biology—it’s the banker. Shifting to seasonal calving absolutely terrifies lenders who are used to those monthly milk checks. But here’s the thing… as feed costs keep climbing, that “steady check” might actually be a steady loss.

The folks in New Zealand figured this out decades ago. Sure, their market structure’s different, but the biology? The biology’s the same.

Making It Work at Your Scale

So what does this mean for your operation?

1. If you’re under 500 cows: Start small. Maybe try a 20% seasonal calving pilot—just see what happens. And definitely look at beef-on-dairy for your bottom-tier genetics. Those premiums are real and, according to USDA outlook reports, they’re not going away. Focus on the no-cost changes first, like optimizing breeding timing for your specific climate and conditions.

2. For 500-2,000 cow operations: Any reproduction improvement that pays back in under two years deserves serious consideration. Start building alternative revenue streams now, before you desperately need them. Could be custom heifer raising, beef-on-dairy, or direct marketing. Just… have something. And remember, operations this size in the Upper Midwest are seeing real success with partial seasonal systems—you don’t have to go all-in immediately.

3. Over 2,000 cows: You’ve got the scale to model a full seasonal transition with beef-on-dairy bridging those dry periods. If you own enough land, carbon programs might actually pencil out despite the volatility. But most importantly, document everything. The next generation needs to know what worked and what didn’t. Large operations in California and Idaho are already testing these models—you won’t be the first.

The Hard Truth Nobody Wants to Hear

CPC’s been around since 1879. That’s 146 years of surviving everything the market could throw at them. And here’s their secret: resilience beats efficiency every time.

Their Indonesian feedlots? Currently losing money. Their breeding systems? Modest margins at best. Carbon projects? Who knows what they’ll return.

But together? Together, they survive everything.

Every dollar you’re spending fighting biology—maintaining production through terrible seasons, managing those heat stress breeding disasters, carrying replacement heifers forever—that’s profit just bleeding out.

The question isn’t whether you can afford to change. Given where input costs are going, environmental regulations, market volatility… can you really afford not to?

Start small if you need to. Test things. Learn what works for your specific situation. But start now, before external pressure forces you into bad decisions.

The Bullvine Bottom Line

We’ve spent fifty years breeding cows to ignore the seasons. Maybe it’s time we stopped ignoring the math. You don’t need 3.2 million hectares to realize that fighting biology is the most expensive line item on your P&L. Whether it’s beef-on-dairy, seasonal calving, or aggressive heat abatement, the farms that survive the next decade won’t be the ones with the most milk—they’ll be the ones with the highest margins.

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  • Fighting biology is your priciest line item. Those summer breeding failures and transition cow wrecks aren’t bad luck—they’re the cost of working against natural cycles. Australian operations showed that improvements of 47% to 83% come from alignment, not more inputs.
  • Beef-on-dairy hit $1,400/calf. Up from $250 three years ago, per USDA data. For your bottom-third genetics, this isn’t a side gig—it’s a margin strategy.
  • Your “steady” milk check may be a steady loss. Seasonal calving terrifies lenders. But as feed costs rise, that monthly revenue is increasingly monthly red ink. Run your own numbers.
  • Capital without a biological purpose is waste. New parlor won’t fix heat stress conception crashes. Robots can’t solve the negative-energy-balance breeding problem. Spend where biology says yes.
  • Adaptability beats efficiency. The farms standing after 2009 and 2020 weren’t the biggest. They had options when the market didn’t.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

700+ Herds Infected, Export Markets Watching: The Biosecurity Math Every Dairy Should Run

$950 per sick cow. $737,500 per herd. The audit that protects you from those numbers? Most farms aren’t ready.

Executive Summary: H5N1 has swept through more than 700 dairy herds across 16 states since March 2024—and it’s quietly determining which operations keep access to export markets worth $2.32 billion annually. Cornell University researchers documented the toll: $950 per clinically affected cow, with one Ohio herd losing $737,500 in a single outbreak. Biosecurity audits are emerging as the new gatekeepers. Pass with proper documentation, and you’re positioned for export-oriented milk flows and federal assistance. Fall short, and your operation risks being confined to domestic commodity channels. What’s encouraging: most early audit failures stemmed from paperwork gaps, not actual biosecurity problems—a 90-day preparation approach can put most farms ahead of the requirements. The operations moving now aren’t overreacting; they’re running the numbers.

If you’ve spent any time at industry meetings this fall, you’ve probably heard the conversations shifting. Producers are talking about biosecurity audits differently than they were six months ago. Some still view them as bureaucratic overhead—and given everything else competing for attention, that’s an understandable reaction. But something interesting is happening among operations that have lived through H5N1 outbreaks or watched neighbors go through them. They’re starting to see these audits less as paperwork and more as a stress test for whether their business model can handle what’s coming.

That shift matters. These audits are quietly becoming gatekeepers for federal support, signals to processors about supply-chain reliability, and—whether we anticipated it or not—a dividing line between herds positioned for export markets and those that aren’t.

Understanding The Disease Picture

Let’s ground this in what we actually know, because the science has moved pretty quickly.

When USDA confirmed on March 24, 2024, that H5N1 had jumped from birds into lactating dairy cows—first appearing in Texas and Kansas—most of us expected a contained situation. That’s not what happened. By November 2024, federal trackers showed more than 440 confirmed cases across 16 states, rising to more than 700 by year’s end, according to USDA APHIS case summaries. California, Colorado, Michigan, and Idaho—major dairy regions—got hit. In California alone, somewhere between 70-75% of the state’s dairies were affected after August 2024, according to DairyReporter. (For a deeper dive into how this outbreak evolved, see our coverage in “H5N1 Crisis One Year Later: What Dairy Farmers Need to Know.”)

Remember when this was “just a Texas and Kansas problem”? Nine months later, we’re at 700+ herds across 16 states—and that second genotype means the spillover risk isn’t going away. If you’re still waiting to see how this plays out, you’re not being strategic. You’re being late

But here’s what really changes the planning conversation: we’re now dealing with multiple H5N1 genotypes in cattle. In early 2025, USDA’s National Veterinary Services Laboratories documented a second genotype—D1.1—genetically distinct from the B3.13 strain that drove the initial wave, as reported by WeCAHN. D1.1 had already become predominant in many wild-bird flyways and has been linked to severe human cases, including at least one fatal infection, according to CDC situation summaries.

What does this mean practically? Repeated spillovers from wild birds are likely to continue. Cow-to-cow transmission works efficiently in certain housing systems—particularly large freestalls and dry lots with frequent animal movement. This has shifted from a temporary outbreak to an endemic-risk backdrop for the industry. And while researchers are investigating vaccine candidates, no approved H5N1 vaccine for dairy cattle currently exists, leaving biosecurity as the primary management tool.

Dr. Keith Poulsen, DVM, PhD, DACVIM, who directs the Wisconsin Veterinary Diagnostic Laboratory, captured the stakes in comments to Brownfield Ag News: “A national effort to eliminate the B313 variation of the H5N1 virus is important for cow and human health, and to prevent disrupting dairy export markets, which account for 40% of U.S. production.”

That 40% figure is worth sitting with for a moment.

What The Research Tells Us About Herd-Level Impact

We’re fortunate to have solid economic data now. A study published in Nature Communications in July 2025 by Cornell University researchers followed a 3,876-cow Holstein herd in Ohio through an H5N1 outbreak. The findings got my attention—and we covered them extensively in “Bird Flu Bombshell: Dairy Cows Losing a Full Ton of Milk.”

Here’s what they documented:

About one in five cows showed clear clinical signs—sharp milk drop, fever, reduced feed intake. Those clinically affected cows produced roughly 900 kilograms less milk than expected over approximately 60-67 days. When the Cornell team tallied milk losses, elevated culling, and increased mortality, they arrived at an economic loss of about $950 per clinically affected cow. Total losses for that single herd came to around $737,500.

Field observations from affected Central Valley herds suggest these findings track with what producers and veterinarians are seeing: the effects linger longer than expected. Fresh cow performance, butterfat levels, rebreeding rates—these stay suppressed for weeks after cows appear to recover. It’s not a quick bounce-back.

This is what keeps me up at night—and should keep you up too. That Ohio herd? 89% exposed, but only one in five cows looked sick. The other 69%? Milking, mingling, and spreading virus like nothing’s wrong. Your eyes can’t catch this threat

What’s also noteworthy is that serology showed high exposure across the entire Ohio herd, despite only 20% of the herd displaying clinical signs. The Cornell team found that 89% of sampled cows had been exposed, but about three-quarters of those never showed symptoms—they just kept milking at normal levels despite carrying the virus. That’s how quietly this thing can move through a freestall or dry-lot operation while still impacting your shipped solids.

How These Audits Actually Work

Let’s be honest: nobody wants another clipboard in the barn. Most of us got into dairy because we like working with cows, not wrestling with paperwork. But here’s the reality—these audits aren’t going away, and understanding them now beats scrambling later.

The USDA APHIS HPAI Biosecurity Audit Tool is publicly available at aphis.usda.gov. Originally designed for poultry, it’s been adapted for dairy through state programs and “Secure Our Herds” guidance. Penn State Extension and University of Minnesota Extension have both published dairy-specific biosecurity planning guides worth reviewing. (Our “Battle Plan: How to Protect Your Dairy Herd from HPAI” breaks down the practical steps in detail.)

Auditors evaluate three main areas:

First, your written biosecurity plan. They want something farm-specific, not a generic template. That means a premises map showing your Lines of Separation, entry points, housing areas, manure routes, and Personal Biosecurity Areas. Plus written procedures for cleaning, disinfection, visitor control, and response protocols.

Second, personnel understanding. Auditors talk to your people—milkers, calf feeders, hospital-pen crew—and ask them to explain basic concepts. Where’s the LOS? When do you change boots? What would you do if you noticed unusual symptoms? Training logs help, but the conversations matter.

Third, visual verification. They walk through the operation and compare what they see to what’s documented. Are footbaths where the map says? Are they properly maintained? Do traffic patterns match what’s written?

California’s experience with their Biosecurity Compliance Audit Program has been instructive. CDFA reported that most initial shortfalls involve documentation and staff understanding, not an absence of biosecurity practices. Many farms had decent practices but failed early audits because their written plans were too generic, their premises maps missed key features, or their training records were inconsistent.

We don’t have national pass/fail statistics yet. But the pattern from early-adopting states is clear: demonstrating what you do matters as much as doing it.

Stop me if you’ve heard this one: “We can’t afford biosecurity audits.” But here’s what California’s program revealed—70% of failures are paperwork, not practices. You’re probably already doing the hard part. You’re just not writing it down in a way auditors recognize

Running The Numbers

This is where the conversation gets practical. Here’s how the economics stack up at different scales:

Factor200-Cow Tie-Stall (Northeast)500-Cow Freestall (Upper Midwest)3,000-Cow Dry-Lot (Southwest)
Monthly Milk Revenue~$88,000~$265,000~$1.6 million
60-Day Revenue at Risk~$176,000~$530,000~$3.2 million
Estimated Outbreak Cost (20% clinical rate @ $950/cow)~$38,000~$95,000~$570,000
Typical Compliance Investment$10,000–$25,000$25,000–$45,000$75,000–$150,000
Annual Consumables/Staff Time$5,000–$10,000$10,000–$20,000$25,000–$40,000
Quarantine Period30–60 days30–60 days30–60 days

Calculations based on $22/cwt milk price, 80 lbs/cow/day production, Cornell University research benchmarks, and extension cost estimates. Actual figures vary by region and existing infrastructure.

The math is brutal: at every scale, one H5N1 outbreak costs 2-5x more than getting audit-ready. That 200-cow Vermont operation risking $38K to avoid spending $17K? That’s not risk management—that’s wishful thinking wearing overalls

A few things jump out from this table. First, the compliance investment looks much more reasonable when compared to potential outbreak exposure—we’re talking tens of thousands versus hundreds of thousands (or millions at larger scales). Second, that quarantine period hits everyone the same way, regardless of size. Minnesota’s guidance describes 30-day quarantines from the last positive test, often extending to 60 days for multiple negative bulk-tank samples.

The decision point becomes clearer when you lay it out this way.

Understanding Federal Assistance

So here’s the question that always comes up: doesn’t USDA assistance offset this risk? It helps meaningfully, but doesn’t eliminate the exposure.

The ELAP program was expanded in June 2024 for H5N1 milk losses. Per the FSA fact sheet, payments assume a 21-day period of no production when a cow is removed, followed by seven days at 50% production.

The benefit covers about 90% of calculated milk loss—Secretary Vilsack announced this in June 2024, as reported by Brownfield Ag News.

Four practical considerations:

First, ELAP addresses milk loss only—not culling costs, lost pregnancies, or suppressed components over subsequent months.

Second, payments arrive after the fact, sometimes months later. DairyReporter noted that 43% of payments went to dairies that were reimbursed multiple times over a six-month window.

Third, access depends on good records. Incomplete documentation makes navigating these programs considerably harder.

Fourth, most standard livestock mortality and business interruption policies weren’t written with HPAI in mind. Coverage varies—worth discussing with your agent before you need to find out.

What Market Signals Are Telling Us

The regulatory dimension is only part of the picture.

Mexico provides the clearest illustration. In 2023, Mexico imported roughly $2.32 billion in U.S. dairy products—about one-quarter of total exports —and that share grew to 29% by September 2024, according to USDA-FAS data cited by Dairy Global. Mexico relies on U.S. suppliers for over 80% of its imported dairy. (We explored the strategic importance of this relationship in “How USMCA Boosted U.S. Dairy Exports to Mexico by 59%” and more recently in “Your Biggest Dairy Customer is About to Ditch You.”)

CoBank’s December 2024 analysis called Mexico “America’s most reliable dairy customer.” Japan, South Korea, and Southeast Asian markets are also watching how we manage this.

When detections occur, some countries temporarily restrict imports or require additional attestations. While pasteurization inactivates the virus, international buyers want to see systematic on-farm risk management.

Processors are responding by asking more questions about farm-level HPAI testing during contract discussions and encouraging alignment with enhanced biosecurity programs.

What this points toward is an informal tiered system—operations with documented biosecurity positioned for export-oriented flows, while those with weaker documentation may find themselves confined to domestic commodity channels.

The Hidden Benefits

Beyond market positioning and outbreak prevention, there’s something else worth considering. When farms implement these biosecurity protocols—even reluctantly—they often discover unexpected improvements in day-to-day herd health.

Extension materials and producer experiences suggest considerable overlap between HPAI compliance measures—maintained footbaths, defined traffic patterns, separate calf-barn equipment, consistent hospital-area sanitation—and practices addressing environmental mastitis, digital dermatitis, and calf scours.

Operations maintaining strict separation protocols often report fewer diarrhea and pneumonia treatments in youngstock over time. When farms systematically map who and what crosses between zones, they frequently uncover unexpected pathogen risks—shared tools between hospital pens and fresh-cow groups, rendering routes near commodity storage.

We don’t have controlled studies quantifying the relationship between “audit completion equals X% SCC reduction.” But the overlap between audit-ready practices and proven herd-health management is substantial enough that many producers see two benefits from one investment.

A Practical 90-Day Approach

For operations deciding to move forward, here’s what’s working for progressive herds. (For additional technical guidance, our “HPAI H5N1: The 2025 Science-Based Dairy Farm Survival Guide” provides comprehensive protocols.)

Days 1-30: Establish Your Baseline

Model your outbreak scenario. Use actual shipments and current prices to estimate 30- or 60-day disruption impact. Apply Cornell benchmarks at whatever attack rate seems realistic for your system.

Develop a compliance budget. For a 200-cow tie-stall, expect $10,000-$20,000; for 500-1,000 cows, $25,000-$50,000.

Consult advisors. Vets can reality-check risk assumptions. Lenders can evaluate phasing investments.

Days 31-60: Build Your Framework

Create detailed premises maps. Mark entries, housing, pens, storage, and routes. Add LOS boundaries.

Install control points. Automatic footbaths, boot stations, permanent markers, and clear signage.

Establish simple documentation. Clipboards at stations, low-friction compliance.

Seasonal timing matters. Wisconsin or Minnesota farms often prioritize infrastructure before freeze-up, then focus on documentation through winter. In warmer regions, summer heat might push work to milder months.

Days 61-90: Validate Your Systems

Conduct a mock audit. Download the USDA tool, walk your place as an inspector would.

Address gaps. Make correct behavior the path of least resistance.

Organize records. One binder or folder, readily accessible.

Conversations Worth Having

With your processor: Are formal requirements coming? Will audit-ready status influence relationships?

With your vet: Can you walk our premises before an outside auditor? What’s working for similar operations?

With your lender: Concentrated investment or phasing? How would quarantine affect debt service?

With your insurance agent: Does current coverage address HPAI losses? What documentation would be required?

Different Valid Approaches

Not every operation is approaching this identically—and that’s appropriate. A 220-cow Vermont family operation faces different exposure than a 5,000-cow Texas Panhandle dry-lot. Pacific Northwest operations contend with seasonal bird migration; Southeast herds deal with year-round humidity challenges.

Some view HPAI as a temporary disruption—manage it if it arrives. Others see it as structural evolution—dairy moving toward formalized supply-chain partnerships.

Neither approach is right or wrong. They reflect different assessments and risk tolerances. Operations moving earliest tend to already think in multi-year cycles—plant relationships, replacements, genetics, environmental compliance, and now biosecurity as connected pieces.

The Bottom Line: 

H5N1 has infected more than 700 dairy herds across 16 states, with documented losses of $950 per clinically affected cow according to Cornell research. USDA biosecurity audits are becoming gatekeepers for federal assistance and export market access. A 90-day preparation approach can position operations ahead of coming requirements.

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  • H5N1 isn’t going away: 700+ herds infected across 16 states, two genotypes now circulating, no vaccine in sight—this is the new baseline for dairy risk planning
  • The economic toll is documented: Cornell research: $950 per clinically affected cow, $737,500 lost in one Ohio herd. Peer-reviewed numbers you can use for your own math
  • Audits now decide market access: Documented biosecurity positions you for export channels worth $2.32B annually. Missing paperwork risks confining your milk to domestic commodity pricing
  • Most farms fail on paperwork, not practices: Early audit shortfalls were documentation gaps and training records—you’re likely closer to compliant than you realize
  • A 90-day approach works at any scale: Three phases—baseline, build, validate—with realistic costs from $10K for a 200-cow tie-stall to $150K for a 3,000-cow dry lot

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The €185,000 Trade: What Dairy Farmers Gain – and Give Up – in the FrieslandCampina-Milcobel Merger

That’s real money. But my plant is on the closure list.’ The €185,000 decision 16,000 dairy farmers face on December 16.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: On December 16, roughly 16,000 dairy farming families face a vote they can’t take back: merge Milcobel into FrieslandCampina and collect €185,000+ in loyalty bonuses—or walk away and keep the flexibility to leave. For some farmers, the merger offers genuine upside: scale, technical resources, and substantial payments for operations near retained facilities with sustainability practices already in place. For others, plant closures could add thousands in annual hauling costs, and Foqus planet compliance ranges from minor documentation to six-figure capital investments. History provides both warnings and encouragement—DFA’s consolidation brought in $290 million in antitrust settlements, while Irish co-op mergers helped farmers reach export markets they couldn’t access on their own. Geography and current infrastructure determine which outcome you’re likely to see. This analysis provides the framework to run your own numbers, because the right answer depends on your specific situation—and once you vote yes, you can’t vote no later.

Dairy cooperative merger

For one Milcobel member near Antwerp, the December 16 vote isn’t about spreadsheets. It’s about whether her family’s 80-year-old dairy operation will still make sense five years from now.

She milks 95 cows on a farm her grandfather started in 1946. Been a Milcobel member for eighteen years. And like thousands of other Belgian and Dutch dairy farmers, she’s got just over a week to decide whether to merge her cooperative into FrieslandCampina—creating what Dairy Reporter is calling a “€14 billion co-op” that would rank among Europe’s largest.

“They’re offering us €8 per hundred kilos to stay three years,” she told me last week, asking that her name not be used because she’s concerned about pushback from cooperative leadership. “That’s real money. But my nearest plant is on the closure list. So what am I actually voting for?”

Financial reality check: The same merger creates four different outcomes. Geography and infrastructure determine whether €185,000 in loyalty bonuses becomes genuine profit or disappears into hauling costs and compliance investments

You know, it’s the kind of question that doesn’t have an easy answer. What’s unfolding in Belgium and the Netherlands isn’t just one cooperative merger—it’s part of a broader consolidation wave reshaping how milk moves from farm to consumer. And the dynamics here offer a useful perspective for dairy producers everywhere, whether you’re milking cows in Flanders, Wisconsin, or New Zealand.

What’s Actually on the Table

Let me walk you through what FrieslandCampina and Milcobel are proposing, because there’s quite a bit of information floating around, and some of it gets confusing.

The merger would combine both cooperatives’ member farms into one organization. According to FrieslandCampina’s official announcement from December 2024, we’re talking about approximately 16,000 member dairy farmers processing around 10 billion kilograms of member milk annually. That’s across facilities in the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany, and northern France.

The headline incentive—and this is what most farmers are focused on—is an €8 loyalty bonus per 100 kilograms for farmers who commit to the merged cooperative for three years. Dairy Reporter confirmed these terms in their December 2025 coverage.

But here’s where it gets more complicated. The merger also involves what the proposal calls “network optimization”—consolidating processing facilities to improve efficiency. Several plants have been identified for potential closure or transition, according to reporting from Dairy Reporter and the Dutch publication Veeteelt. And that changes the math considerably depending on where you’re located.

EXAMPLE FARM SCENARIO: Mid-Sized Belgian Operation

FactorWhat It Looks Like
Annual production760,000 liters
Three-year loyalty bonus€186,000 total (about €62,000/year)
If the nearest plant closes (+47km hauling)Significant additional transport costs
Potential basis compressionHard to predict, but historical patterns suggest concern
Net positionDepends heavily on your specific situation

The outcome ultimately comes down to plant-closure decisions and post-merger pricing dynamics.

How Geography Shapes the Math

If your current receiving facility remains operational, the merger economics work in your favor. If your nearest plant is closing, you’re looking at a different calculation entirely. And right now, there’s still uncertainty about which facilities fall into which category.

Here’s what we know from previous consolidations—and as many of us have seen, there’s substantial experience with this from the United States and Oceania. Plant closures create real costs for affected farmers. The exact numbers vary quite a bit by region and contract structure, but the pattern is consistent: more distance means more money out of your pocket.

Dr. Marin Bozic, an assistant professor in dairy foods marketing and economics at the University of Minnesota, has extensively studied cooperative pricing dynamics. His work suggests that when farmers have multiple processors competing for their milk, basis stays tight. When options narrow, processors face less price-based competitive pressure. In regions where significant processing capacity has closed, the research indicates the basis can widen over time—sometimes meaningfully.

A farmer from West Flanders, whose nearest plant is on the consolidation list, walked me through his numbers: “The next closest facility is 47 kilometers further. That’s going to add real money to my hauling costs every year. Add potential basis compression, and I’m not sure the bonus covers it.”

Geography is destiny: The Antwerp farmer facing a 47km haul to the next plant? She’ll lose 25% of her loyalty bonus just to transport milk. At 100km, 58% vanishes – turning €185,000 into pocket change

It’s the kind of calculation that keeps you up at night.

Understanding Sustainability Compliance Costs

The merger brings Milcobel farmers into FrieslandCampina’s Foqus planet sustainability program. And you know, this is worth understanding because similar programs are becoming increasingly common across European cooperatives—and many U.S. processors are moving in this direction too.

Here’s what’s encouraging. According to FrieslandCampina’s reporting—and FoodBev covered this in June 2024—member farms received over €245 million in sustainability premiums in 2023. That’s real money flowing to farmers who meet the criteria.

The program offers up to €3.50 per 100kg for full compliance, with a €0.60 per 100kg cooperative deduction regardless of achievement level. Those numbers come directly from FrieslandCampina’s milk price documentation.

What does compliance actually cost? Here’s where things get variable, and I think this deserves more attention than it typically gets in these discussions. Industry estimates and contractor quotes from the Benelux region suggest these rough ranges:

SUSTAINABILITY COMPLIANCE: What Farmers Are Seeing

RequirementEstimated RangeContext
Methane-reducing feed additives€10,000-€15,000/yearFor a 100-cow herd; pricing is still evolving
Grassland biodiversity programs€5,000-€15,000Establishment plus ongoing management
Monitoring & documentation€2,000-€8,000May overlap with existing herd management software
Anaerobic digestion (if required)€500,000-€700,000+Capital cost; not required for all farms

These are general industry estimates. Your actual costs will depend on your current infrastructure and practices.

Two Farmers, Two Very Different Situations

A 130-cow operator from the Netherlands told me he’s feeling optimistic: “I’ve already got most of the grassland practices in place, and my vet has us on a solid animal health monitoring program. We track everything from fresh cow management through the transition period. Hitting the premium tiers is realistic for me.”

His neighbor faces a completely different situation—needs a new slurry system just to get started. “We’re looking at the same merger,” the first farmer said, “but the economics couldn’t be more different.”

And that’s really the story of this whole thing, isn’t it? Same vote, vastly different implications depending on where you stand.

The sustainability trap: Maximum Foqus Planet compliance pays €3.50/100kg – but requires €60,000 annual investment. For medium-sized farms, the math doesn’t work. You’re paid to be green, but you can’t afford to get there

What Global Patterns Tell Us

One thing I’ve noticed covering dairy consolidation over the years: the patterns tend to repeat across regions. Understanding what’s happened elsewhere offers useful context—though not necessarily predictions—for farmers weighing this decision.

Dairy Farmers of America grew substantially in 2020 when they acquired 44 processing plants from bankrupt Dean Foods for $433 million, as Dairy Herd reported at the time. They now handle roughly 30% of U.S. milk production.

History’s harsh lesson: DFA has paid $290 million in antitrust settlements since 2013. The pattern reveals what can happen when cooperative consolidation eliminates competitive pressure – farmers end up suing their own co-op for suppressing milk prices

The legal record is worth knowing about. DFA has paid approximately $290 million in antitrust settlements since 2013:

SettlementAmountWhat Happened
Southeast (2013)$158.6 millionFarm and Dairy and Hoard’s Dairyman covered the court approval
Northeast (2014)$50 millionConfirmed by Dairy Reporter and the National Agricultural Law Center
CME price manipulation (2013)$46 millionDairy Reporter reported on this one
Southwest (2025)$34.4 millionReceived preliminary court approval in August—DFA contributing $24.5 million, Select Milk Producers paying $9.9 million

DFA settled each case without admitting wrongdoing—that’s standard legal practice. But the payments themselves tell you that regulators and courts found the concerns substantial enough to warrant significant compensation.

Fonterra in New Zealand offers another data point. Their farmgate payments dropped from a record NZ$8.40 in the 2013-14 season to NZ$3.90 by 2015-16—a 54% decline in just two years. CowSmo and the New Zealand Commerce Commission both documented this painful period.

And just this October, 88% of Fonterra farmers voted to sell the cooperative’s consumer brands to Lactalis for NZ$4.22 billion. Dairy Reporter covered that vote extensively. The decision reflected, at least in part, the need for capital relief after years of volatile returns.

Now, let me be direct here: I’m not suggesting FrieslandCampina will follow these exact patterns. European dairy operates in a different policy environment—the legacy of milk quotas, CAP support structures, and generally more regional processor competition than you see in parts of the U.S. or New Zealand’s highly concentrated market. But the structural dynamics—processor consolidation, farmer lock-in periods, margin pressure during downturns—are similar enough that the history is worth considering.

Consolidation begets consolidation: FrieslandCampina-Milcobel’s €14 billion merger looked massive in December 2024. Four months later, Arla-DMK announced an even bigger combination. The industry is racing toward fewer, larger players – and farmers are becoming smaller voices in bigger rooms

When Consolidation Has Actually Worked

It’s equally important to acknowledge that not every consolidation story involves the challenges I’ve described. Some have delivered genuine benefits, and that perspective deserves fair representation.

In Ireland, consolidation into entities like Glanbia and Kerry Group helped farmers access export markets and technology that would’ve been impossible at smaller scale. Farmgate prices have generally remained competitive within Europe.

A Dutch producer who went through the original FrieslandCampina formation back in 2008—when Friesland Foods and Campina merged, as Dairy Reporter covered at the time—shared his experience: “The first few years were uncertain. But over time, the scale gave us market access we wouldn’t have had otherwise. My milk price has been competitive.” His operation has grown from 85 to 140 cows since then, and he credits cooperative technical support for improving his herd’s butterfat performance and component quality.

What seems to distinguish successful consolidations? Market structure appears to be key. When the merged entity still faces meaningful competition—either from other processors or export alternatives—farmers tend to fare better. In parts of Belgium and the Netherlands, Arla, Lactalis, and smaller regional processors still compete for milk. That’s a meaningful difference from some U.S. regions where DFA dominates.

Governance at 16,000 Members

Here’s something that doesn’t get discussed enough: what “member control” actually means when cooperative membership reaches the thousands.

With 16,000+ members, each farmer’s direct influence is naturally spread thin. You’re one voice among hundreds in your district, electing representatives who are one voice among many. Some of those representatives become farmer voices on a board that also includes professional directors and relies on executive management for operational decisions.

Farmer advocacy organizations across Europe have raised questions about this dynamic. FrieslandCampina representatives counter that their district structure provides a meaningful local voice, and point to farmer-directors who actively shape major strategic decisions.

Both perspectives have merit. The question for individual farmers: what kind of influence matters most to you, and how does that factor into your decision?

Why This Is Happening Now

Understanding the timing helps contextualize what’s being proposed.

U.S. milk production surged 4.2% year-on-year in September 2025, according to the USDA NASS report—that’s 18.3 billion pounds in the 24 major dairy states. But globally, the picture is more varied. Chinese dairy imports remain well below their 2021-2022 peaks. Processors face margin pressure from multiple directions.

This merger is being proposed because market conditions are difficult and consolidation offers a path to cost reduction—not because times are good and there’s bounty to share.

That’s not necessarily bad for farmers. Cost reduction can translate to competitive milk pricing over time. But it’s worth understanding the motivation clearly.

When the Merger Might Work Well

This merger will likely work well for some farmers:

  • Large operations near retained facilities: The €8 bonus is largely an additive income
  • Farmers already meeting sustainability targets: Compliance means documentation changes, not capital investment
  • Operations planning to expand: Larger cooperatives often offer better access to credit and technical support
  • Succession situations: Three years of predictable bonus payments during transition has real value

Five Questions Worth Asking Yourself

QuestionWhat to Think About
What’s my actual baseline?Real farmgate price after all deductions—not the announced price
What’s my plant closure risk?Distance to the next facility if yours closes
What will sustainability cost me?Investment needed vs. the premium I can realistically achieve
What’s my net position?Bonus minus added costs
What’s flexibility worth?Once you’re locked in, your options narrow

The Part That Doesn’t Fit in Spreadsheets

The Antwerp farmer I spoke with shared something that’s stayed with me: “My grandfather started this farm because he wanted to be his own boss. My father kept it going because he believed in the cooperative model—farmers working together as equals. Now I’m being asked to vote for something so large that my individual voice becomes very small.”

That feeling deserves respect. It doesn’t override economics. But it’s not irrational either.

What It Comes Down To

  • Run your own numbers. Generic promises don’t translate uniformly across all operations.
  • Know your geography. Plant closure risk matters more than almost anything else.
  • Be realistic about sustainability costs. Premium programs create genuine opportunities—but so do the investments required to qualify.
  • Learn from history, but don’t assume it repeats. Every situation has unique elements, and European dairy markets differ meaningfully from U.S. and New Zealand structures.
  • Understand the trade. You’re exchanging flexibility for scale benefits and transition payments.

The Antwerp farmer will cast her vote on December 16. She’s still undecided—running numbers, talking with neighbors, trying to separate what matters from background noise.

“Once I vote yes, I can’t vote no later,” she said. “That’s worth sitting with.”

She’s right. The financial analysis matters. But so does understanding clearly what you’re being asked to exchange—and whether what you’re getting back genuinely works for your operation and your family.

Have you experience with cooperative mergers? We’d like to hear from you. Contact our editorial team at www.thebullvine.com—farmer perspectives help the entire industry better understand these decisions.

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  • €185,000+ in real money: Loyalty bonuses for farmers committing three years to the merged cooperative—enough to ease debt loads, fund equipment, or smooth a succession transition
  • A lock-in you can’t escape: Three years committed with no exit clause, even if your plant closes, hauling costs spike, or circumstances change dramatically
  • Geography determines your math: Farmers near retained facilities see the bonus as additive income; those facing plant closures may watch it disappear into hauling costs and basis compression
  • History offers both warnings and models: DFA’s $290 million in antitrust settlements shows consolidation risk; Irish co-op mergers demonstrate that scale can genuinely benefit farmers when competition remains
  • Run your numbers before December 16: Plant closure risk, Foqus planet compliance costs, and current infrastructure determine your actual outcome—and once you vote yes, you can’t vote no later

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The Cheap Feed Trap: Why the Wall of Milk Won’t Break and How to Protect Your Margins

Your cows cover their feed. Your banker’s calm. So why are the sharpest producers culling now? Because they see what’s coming.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Dairy farmers worldwide are caught in a trap: record milk production, collapsing wholesale prices, yet on-farm economics that make every cow look like she’s paying her way. AHDB’s December 2025 forecast puts UK output at “uncharted levels”—13.05 billion litres, up 4.9%—while USDA projects US production hitting 229.1 billion pounds in 2026. Three factors are blocking the market’s usual self-correction: milk-to-feed ratios near 20-year highs, strong cull values that encourage waiting, and contract structures that delay price pain for weeks. The 2015-16 EU crisis offers a hard lesson—farms that survived prioritized margin over volume, kept fixed costs lean, and acted early. Those that waited often lost their operations. This feature delivers a three-step culling framework, worked financial examples, and the critical questions to ask your banker and nutritionist before the exit window closes.

Looking at global dairy markets right now, the most striking thing isn’t just that milk is plentiful—it’s how long production is holding up despite softer prices.

Great Britain’s latest milk forecast tells the story pretty clearly. AHDB’s December update has 2025/26 output reaching a record 13.05 billion litres, up about 4.9% on the previous milk year, with April–November deliveries already running 5.5% ahead of last season. Those are significant numbers for a mature market.

At the same time, AHDB’s November wholesale data paint a sobering picture: UK butter averaging £4,290 per tonne—down nearly £1,870 since June. Bulk cream is now worth almost half what it was in September 2024. And mild Cheddar has broken below £3,000 per tonne for the first time since July 2021.

What farmers are finding—in Britain, across the EU, in the US and down in Oceania—is that this doesn’t feel like a short, sharp price dip that will quietly self-correct. The usual brakes we’re used to seeing (high feed costs, weak cull prices, big government buying programmes) aren’t in the same place they were ten years ago.

Now, weather swings, animal disease, or policy shifts could certainly change the picture faster than any forecast suggests. But the smart bet right now is to plan as if this is a phase, not a quick bounce.

This feature takes a farmer-first look at the data, the history, and the on-farm decisions that matter most over the next 12–18 months.

Global Milk Production: Multiple Exporters Expanding at Once

Here’s what makes this particular cycle different: several major exporters are expanding at once, rather than one region growing while another pulls back.

In Great Britain, AHDB’s December forecast describes the situation as “uncharted levels”—their words, not mine. Strong grass growth and better yields per cow are driving those record volumes. Meanwhile, US data mirrors this saturation: USDA’s July WASDE report raised the 2025 forecast to 228.3 billion pounds and the 2026 forecast to 229.1 billion pounds—that’s 900 million pounds higher than they projected just a month earlier. Modest herd growth and continued gains in milk per cow are doing the work on both sides of the Atlantic.

Record UK and US milk volumes underscore why the ‘wall of milk’ is so slow to crack

Producers across the UK report experiences similar to those of their American counterparts—favorable conditions pushing rolling averages up significantly, with milk flowing whether the market wants it or not.

Across the wider EU, the picture is a bit more nuanced. While overall production for 2025 was initially forecast marginally below 2024 levels according to the USDA’s December 2024 outlook, conditions in the second half of the year have supported stronger-than-expected output in several key exporting regions. AHDB’s October review noted European milk production “roaring back to life in Germany and France,” helped by milder weather and those lower feed costs we’re all noticing.

Down in Oceania, New Zealand’s pasture-based sector has recovered from recent weather challenges. USDA and CLAL data show that from January to June 2025, New Zealand milk yields totaled 8.71 million tonnes—a 1.4% increase compared to 2024 —and June’s figures exceeded previous records thanks to favorable weather and early calving.

And then there’s the demand side—this is where it gets particularly interesting. China, which for years acted as the pressure valve for global skim and whole milk powder, is in a very different phase. Domestic raw milk output has increased while per-capita dairy consumption growth has slowed. Multiple industry analyses indicate that China’s stronger domestic production is constraining import demand for Oceania powders compared with earlier years.

Why does this matter? Because we don’t have the classic offset we’ve seen in other cycles. There isn’t a major drought knocking one exporter back, or a sudden demand boom somewhere else to soak up the surplus. From a farm-gate perspective, that’s worth careful consideration.

Three Reasons the Market Isn’t Self-Correcting

In the old pattern many of us remember—and I’ve watched a few of these cycles now—milk prices slid, feed stayed expensive, margins got squeezed, and the response was fairly quick: more culling, fewer fresh heifers, supply eased, prices stabilised in 9–12 months.

This time, three features are slowing that self-correction.

The Three Reasons at a Glance:

  1. Cheap feed is softening the blow—milk-to-feed ratios near 20-year highs
  2. Strong cull values create a false sense of “I can always sell later.”
  3. Contract structures delay price signals by weeks or months

Cheap feed is softening the blow

First up is feed. In many regions, it’s simply cheaper than milk has been for some time.

AHDB market commentary and UK advisory notes for 2025 show the milk-to-feed price ratio near multi-year highs. As AHDB analyst Susie Stannard noted in a June Dairy Reporter piece, feed costs are reasonable enough that the milk-to-feed ratio is at an almost 20-year high. AHDB’s Q2 review confirmed that although the ratio has declined very slightly, it remains near that 20-year peak.

In the US, the Dairy Margin Coverage programme’s income-over-feed margin has often sat just above the main payout triggers—not because milk prices have been spectacular, but because corn, alfalfa, and soybean meal backed off their 2022 peaks. Wisconsin and California producers report the same thing: feed’s cheap, so the cow still pencils out on paper.

Here’s the thing, though. Extension economists at Wisconsin and other land-grant universities have pointed out something worth considering: this can make individual cows look better on paper than the whole business feels. A fresh cow might more than cover her ration and transition costs, but the farm still has to pay labour, power, interest, and machinery from a tighter cheque.

This is the paradox driving today’s oversupply: ration economics scream “keep milking,” while cull cheques whisper “you could exit anytime.” That’s fine in a short dip; it’s lethal in a long, flat market.

On many spreadsheets, the conclusion becomes, “The cow is paying her way, so we’ll keep her.” The risk? That spreadsheet is looking at feed, not the full cost of keeping that stall filled.

Strong cull prices create a false sense of security

The second feature is cull value—and this one cuts both ways.

UK beef and cull reports for 2025 show deadweight cow prices averaging around 420–450p/kg for much of the year. That’s well above long-term norms. North American reports tell a similar story: tight beef supplies and solid cattle prices have supported cull values through 2024 and into 2025.

Penn State Extension educator Michael Lunak made an interesting observation in a Dairy Herd article last autumn: the more a dairy can shift its culling from involuntary (injury, disease, breakdowns) to voluntary (strategic removal of low producers or problem cows), the more likely it is to be successful. As he put it, “Culling cows from the bottom of the herd makes room for more profitable cows.” He noted that typical overall cull rates around 35–37% aren’t inherently bad if more of those are strategic choices rather than forced exits.

From one angle, this environment makes culling a valuable financial tool. Every “passenger” cow you move today can generate more cash for feed bills, repairs, or debt reduction than she would have three or four years ago.

But there’s another side to consider: strong cull values can quietly encourage a mindset of, “If things really get bad, I can always sell a bunch of cows later.” If many producers end up thinking the same thing and time that “later” together, the exit door can get crowded quickly—and cull values can soften faster than anyone expects.

Contract structures delay price signals

The third factor lives in the milk contract—and this is something that’s evolved significantly over the past decade.

We’ve seen more UK and EU buyers move to deals that blend retail-aligned or cost-of-production-style pricing for a base volume, with A/B or similar structures for extra litres (where A is paid at the headline price and B is tied more closely to commodity returns).

Defra’s fair dealing rules and AHDB explainers go into how these contracts are meant to balance risk between buyer and producer while giving processors tools to manage surplus. In principle, that’s reasonable. In practice, it creates some timing challenges.

When markets are tight, B-litres can be a useful outlet. When butter, cream, and powder are under pressure, they can drop well below the cost of production. Farmers in GB and Ireland have reported that, in late 2025, B-milk, particularly powder, has at times been priced far below their overall costings—even while their A-price looked stable on paper.

The twist is timing. You make feeding, breeding, and fresh cow stocking decisions today; the milk cheque that fully reveals the effect of low-priced B-milk arrives weeks later.

A 2023 study on UK dairy price transmission, published in the journal Commodities, found that shocks at the farm level don’t always pass cleanly downstream, and that movements in one part of the chain often lag those in another. This builds on what researchers have observed for years: dairy supply is genuinely difficult to stabilise because of all these small delays and signals that don’t line up neatly.

Putting this all together, cheap feed, strong culls, and delayed contract signals go a long way toward explaining why barns are still full, even as global price indicators are flashing amber.

Lessons from the 2015–16 Dairy Crisis

To get a better handle on what might come next, it helps to look back at the 2015–16 EU milk crisis, when the end of quotas, steady supply growth, and weaker demand combined into a tough 18-month stretch for European producers.

Several independent studies and farm-business reviews have since examined which operations were more likely to come through that period intact. The patterns are fairly consistent—and they offer some useful guidance for today.

More milk from forage, less from the feed wagon

Research in agricultural economics journals found that European herds that got a larger share of their production from home-grown grass and silage tended to have lower and more resilient production costs.

Those farms could trim concentrate levels or push grazing and forage utilisation harder when prices dropped, without their output collapsing. By contrast, high-yield units where an extra 3,000–4,000 litres per cow were driven primarily by bought-in concentrates were more exposed. When milk prices dipped below the marginal value of that extra feed, the economics quickly stopped working.

Here’s what’s encouraging, though—this is something farmers can actually work on. Teagasc’s National Dairy Conference messaging in December 2025 reinforced that the strongest relationship with profitability in Irish grass-based systems isn’t milk per cow. It’s the grass utilised per hectare. About 40% of the variability in margin is explained by how much grass the farm grows and uses well.

That’s a powerful finding, and it applies beyond Ireland. Whether you’re running a grazing operation in the Southwest of England or managing a TMR system in the Midwest, the principle holds: the more of your milk that comes from home-grown feed, the more flexibility you have when prices tighten.

Lower fixed cash commitments

A second pattern was around capital structure—and this one deserves careful thought.

EU and national analysis showed that many farms which struggled the most had loaded up on new parlours, machinery, and buildings during the good years, and went into the downturn with high monthly finance payments. Those payments didn’t shrink when milk did.

Farms running older but paid-off kit (maybe with more workshop time and fewer shiny tractors) often had greater ability to cut back on non-essential spends without breaching covenants temporarily. Advisors who went through that period still talk about “machinery per litre” and “barn cost per stall” as critical resilience metrics.

I’m not suggesting anyone should avoid investment—modern facilities and equipment matter for efficiency and quality of life. But the timing and financing of those investments make a real difference when cycles turn.

Liquidity, timing, and fresh cow management

The third difference was liquidity and timing. Farms that entered the 2015–16 period with some cash on hand (or at least undrawn credit) and acted early tended to have more options.

Many of them did a “strategic shrink” in the first six months: they culled the bottom 10–15% of the herd while cull prices were still decent, used the cash to shore up their balance sheet, and ran the remaining cows harder and smarter.

Those who tried to “wait it out” with a full herd and no buffer were more likely to be forced to sell cows or land later, often at lower prices.

Producers who came through 2015–16 in good shape often note the same pattern: the cows they kept were the ones that freshened well and bred back. That wasn’t a coincidence—it was a strategy. Strong fresh cow management made every remaining stall more valuable, especially when the decision had been made to run fewer cows.

It’s worth saying: quotas and policy tools are different today, and climate rules add another layer. But the core operational lessons—milk from forage, sensible fixed costs, sound transition management, some liquidity, and willingness to adjust sooner rather than later—still apply.

Supply Chain Dynamics: Where Processors and Retailers Fit In

What farmers also notice, quite understandably, is that pain isn’t always evenly distributed along the chain.

Work on UK milk price transmission found that retail prices can be sticky on the way down. Wholesale and farm-gate prices may react more quickly to global markets than the price of a block of cheese or a pint of milk in the supermarket chiller. Similar studies on EU dairy supply chains have flagged that processor and retailer margins may widen for a time when farm-gate prices fall, until contracts and competition pull them back towards normal levels.

That can feel frustrating—and it’s a fair observation.

From a farm-level planning view, though, the practical takeaway is this: the fastest and most controllable levers are on your own side of the bulk tank.

Processors, retailers, and traders will make their adjustments, and there are legitimate pressures on them too (energy costs, labour, and environmental compliance). But those changes take time to filter back into milk prices. That’s why the rest of this piece focuses on what’s inside your control.

Strategic Herd Reduction: A Three-Step Framework

Farmers who came through previous downturns in reasonably good shape rarely talk about “chasing litres at all costs.” More often, they talk about tightening up the margin per cow and protecting cash.

In practice, that often started with a structured look at which cows were genuinely contributing and which were simply filling stalls.

The Three-Step Framework at a Glance:

  1. Pull the right data: DIM, pregnancy status, SCC trends, component yields, contract structure, feed costs
  2. Flag the passengers: Open/late cows, chronic SCC problems, repeatedly lame or problem animals
  3. Rank by value, not volume: Sort by fat+protein kilos, stress-test bottom 10–15% at B-milk prices

Here’s how to work through each step using your own recording data and a bit of quiet time at the kitchen table.

Step 1: Pull the right herd data

From your herd management software and milk recording, pull days in milk and pregnancy status for each cow, recent somatic cell count trends (at least the last three tests), and milk, fat, and protein kilos per cow over a consistent recent period—say the last 30 or 60 days. Also note your current contract structure, including any A/B litres and how B-milk is priced.

From your costings (AHDB’s Promar Milkminder in GB, Teagasc reports in Ireland, or university benchmarks in North America), have your latest feed cost per cow per day and an up-to-date estimate of the total cost of production.

This sounds basic, but you’d be surprised how many operations don’t have all of this in one place.

Step 2: Flag the obvious “passengers”

Next, make a first pass with clear rules that don’t require a calculator.

Look for cows that are open and late—any cow open beyond an agreed DIM threshold (say, greater than 150–200 days) with no clear breeding plan, particularly if she’s in her third or later lactation. Flag chronic SCC or mastitis cases—cows that have repeatedly tested over your bonus threshold and regularly drag the bulk tank toward penalty territory. Losing a quality bonus can be the difference between black and red ink. And note problem cows: repeatedly lame animals, three-quartered cows, dangerous or extremely slow milkers that add stress to every milking.

This ties back to Lunak’s point from Penn State: the more you can shift culling from involuntary to voluntary—strategic removal of low producers or problem cows—the more likely you are to improve herd profitability over time.

Mark these as “review candidates.” Once you see them all on one page, there are usually more than you expect.

Step 3: Rank by milk value, not just milk volume

This is where the conversation gets interesting. Instead of just looking at litres, shift to milk solids.

Many buyers in Europe, Oceania, and North America increasingly pay on fat and protein, and even where volume is still primary, higher-solids milk often has more value once it’s into cheese, butter, or powder.

Sort the remaining cows by fat plus protein kilos per day, not just litres. Identify the bottom 10–15% on that solids basis. Often, these are cows that look “good” because of fluid yield, but when you factor in components and feed, they’re not pulling their weight.

Now ask a simple “what if?” question for that bottom slice: if this milk were effectively priced at a lower B-price or spot value, would this cow still cover her feed and variable costs?

To stress-test, some advisers suggest modelling those cows at a conservative milk price consistent with recent B-milk or spot values (especially where powder and cream have come under pressure) and subtracting your current feed cost per cow. If the margin is tiny or negative, that animal is essentially being subsidised by her herdmates.

Industry commentary in Dairy Herd Management and Hoard’s has echoed this approach, noting that when herds go through their books honestly, a bottom 10–15% group almost always emerges that can be culled with surprisingly little impact on total milk revenue—and a meaningful impact on cash and labour load.

Worked Example: What a 10% Cull Actually Looks Like

Let’s put some rough numbers around this, because the concept is easier to grasp with specifics.

Take a 200-cow, year-round calving herd in GB or the northern US. Average yield: 32 litres per cow per day, 4.0% fat, 3.3% protein. Latest costings show feed cost at about £4.00 (or roughly $5.00) per cow per day, with total cost of production around 35–36p/litre or $18–19/cwt.

Suppose that, using the framework above, the farm identifies 20 cows that are late-open, chronically high in SCC, and at the bottom of the solids ranking. If those animals average 300 kg deadweight at around 430p/kg (consistent with recent UK cull averages from AHDB cattle data), the cull cheque comes to roughly £26,000 before costs.

Daily feed costs drop by about £80, or around £2,400 per month, plus a bit of saved parlour time, bedding, and transition management overhead.

Milk sold might fall by 500–600 litres per day, but if those were mainly low-solids, higher-risk litres that were pushing the farm into B-milk, the hit to revenue can be smaller than expected. In some A/B setups, that reduction in total volume can actually improve the average milk price by keeping more litres in the better-valued A-band.

Obviously, every farm is different. Some will decide to cull more, some less, and some not at all. The point isn’t the exact number. It’s that a small, strategic shrink can unlock both immediate cash and lower monthly outgoings without undermining the core of the herd.

Conversations with Your Banker and Nutritionist

What farmers are finding is that conversations with lenders, nutritionists, and accountants go better when they’re started early and anchored in numbers rather than gut feel.

A few questions that have come up again and again in advisory meetings this season:

“If milk averaged X pence per litre (or $Y/cwt) for the next 12 months, what would that do to our cash-flow and overdraft?”

“How many months of operating costs do we currently have in working capital or undrawn credit?”

“What happens to our covenants if we reduce cow numbers by 10–15% but improve margin per cow?”

“Are there any high-cost debts we can refinance to ease monthly pressure if prices stay only average through 2026?”

These aren’t comfortable conversations. But they’re far better to have now, when you have options, than later when you don’t.

On the nutrition side, advisers are encouraging herds to look at whether they’re still feeding “for the cheque they had last year” or for the one they have now.

That might mean trimming some additives, shifting emphasis slightly from maximum litres to steadier components, or matching rations more tightly to groups (fresh cows versus late-lactation) to squeeze a bit more efficiency out of each tonne of silage and concentrate.

Strong fresh cow management—keeping transition problems, culls, and early deaths down—also shows up in the research as a major driver of both animal welfare and long-run profitability. Healthy, well-transitioned cows are far more likely to make it into that top tier of solids producers that you really want in the barn.

In Canada, supply management and quota systems buffer much of the day-to-day price volatility, but even there, Dairy Farmers of Canada and Farm Credit Canada have noted that tighter returns and changing product mixes are placing greater emphasis on cost control, milk quality, and component yield per kilogram of quota. The efficiency conversation is happening everywhere, even where prices are more stable.

Risk Management: Insurance, Not Speculation

Risk-management tools—such as fixed-price contracts, futures, and options—often spark mixed reactions. Some producers have used them for years; others have had experiences that make them cautious.

Recent guidance from university and industry economists is fairly consistent: treat these tools as insurance against very bad prices, not a way to outguess the market.

In practice, that might look like locking in or insuring a portion of expected milk at a level that, when combined with your costings, at least covers feed, routine bills, and a realistic debt payment. It means accepting that you won’t hit the exact top—the win is not being forced to sell all your milk at the bottom. And it means matching hedge volumes to your realistic production after any planned culling or stocking changes, so you aren’t over-hedged and tied to volumes you might not ship.

In Europe, some processors now offer fixed-price pools or index-linked contracts that can serve a similar purpose for farmers who are uncomfortable with direct futures trading. In New Zealand, Fonterra and others have rolled out fixed milk price schemes and options that are increasingly used as planning tools rather than speculation.

The common thread is using these tools deliberately, as part of a broader risk plan, not on a hunch.

What’s interesting is that when you talk with operations that have come through choppy periods in decent shape, they rarely say “hedging saved us.” They more often say “hedging helped us sleep at night while we did the real work on costs, cows, and grass.”

Wildcards: Weather, Disease, and Policy

It’s also fair to say that models and forecasts only get us so far. Weather, animal disease, and policy can all quickly tilt the board.

Recent years have reminded us how regional droughts, wet harvests, or mild winters can turn forage plans upside down and push more or less milk into the system than expected. Animal health issues—from mastitis pressure in wet housing to broader concerns like avian influenza affecting dairy operations in some regions—can affect both productivity and trade flows. Policy changes related to climate, trade, or support programmes can also alter incentives. The EU’s ongoing environmental targets are one example; Canadian quota policy and US farm bill debates are another.

All of that is a long way of saying: your plan for 2026 doesn’t need to be set in stone. It does, though, help to have a plan—and to revisit it a couple of times a year as new information comes in.

The Bottom Line

Pulling this together, a few practical lessons seem to be emerging from both the current data and the 2015–16 experience.

We’re probably in a longer phase, not a quick dip. Multiple exporters are growing at once while major buyers like China are more cautious, and outlooks from AHDB, USDA, Teagasc, and others still point to comfortable supplies into 2026. Building plans that assume a full, rapid rebound may be optimistic.

Cheap feed and good cull values are helpful but can mask underlying stress. They make it possible to carry marginal cows longer and delay decisive action—which works out fine if prices turn up quickly, but creates risk if they don’t.

Margin per cow is a better guide than litres per cow. Whether you’re on pasture-based grass systems or TMR in a freestall or dry lot, the herds that consistently earn room to reinvest tend to know their milk-from-forage numbers, watch solids, manage fresh cows carefully, and think in terms of margin rather than volume.

Liquidity and flexibility buy options. Cash in the bank, undrawn credit, and manageable fixed payments give breathing space when prices wobble or fresh cow problems crop up. It’s often the lack of liquidity—not a single bad month—that forces hard decisions.

There’s no single “right” answer. For some, the best move is to tighten the belt, trim the bottom of the herd, and ride this out. For others—especially where succession is unclear, or debt is heavy—an orderly, thought-through exit while cow and land values are still decent might be the wiser route. Either way, it’s better to make that choice on your own terms than have it made for you.

What this oversupply episode is really doing is pushing every dairy business—big or small, housed or grazing-based—to ask a simple but important question:

What do we actually want this farm to look like in five years, and what steps today move us towards that rather than away from it?

There’s no template, and there’s no shame in different answers. The common thread is taking a hard, honest look at numbers, cows, and goals—and then making changes while you still have room to manoeuvre.

KEY TAKEAWAYS 

  • The cheap feed trap is real: Milk-to-feed ratios near 20-year highs make every cow look profitable—masking a global oversupply that won’t self-correct
  • Margin per cow beats litres per cow. Every time. Farms that survived 2015-16 knew this and acted early, before options disappeared
  • Find your passengers: Late-open cows, chronic SCC cases, and low-component producers are quietly being subsidized by your best animals
  • Have the hard conversations now: Model cash flow at lower prices. Stress-test your covenants. Your banker would rather hear your plan than your panic
  • The exit window is open—but not for long: Today’s strong cull prices are an opportunity to act, not a reason to wait. If everyone sells later, that door closes fast

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

  • The True Cost of Raising Heifers: Are You Raising Too Many? – Breaks down the hidden impact of heifer inventory on farm liquidity and demonstrates how reducing heifer numbers can free up working capital without sacrificing future production potential—a key tactic for the “Strategic Shrink.”
  • Beef on Dairy: The Golden Ticket? – Provides a strategic analysis of the beef-on-dairy market, offering producers methods to maximize the value of their lower-ranking animals and leverage the “strong cull values” mentioned in the main article to create a second, reliable revenue stream.
  • Why Genomics is the Best Investment You Can Make – Delivers the technical “how-to” for the article’s Step 3: Rank by Value, showing how to use genomic data to accurately identify the bottom 15% of the herd that drains profit, ensuring you are culling the right cows for the right reasons.

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

$2,000 Cull Cows Are Exposing Dairy’s Biggest Lie: Management Can’t Save You Anymore

Cull cow: $2,000. Daily milk profit: $2. You’re not failing – you’ve been lied to about what survival actually requires.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: The management myth just died. USDA’s October 2025 data confirms what the numbers have been screaming: your location now determines your profitability more than your skills ever will. Cull cows are fetching $2,000 as beef while daily milk margins scrape by at $2-3 per cow—and the smart money has noticed. Federal Milk Marketing Order data shows cheese-oriented regions pulling $1.00-1.50/cwt more than powder areas, handing some operations a $50,000+ annual advantage their neighbors can’t touch, no matter how hard they work. The heifer shortage—at 1970s lows—has flipped from crisis to cash flow, with producers breeding surplus heifers now banking $100,000+ annually. Billions in new processor investments are creating what analysts call “permanent regional stratification,” and lenders are already tightening credit windows. Strategic repositioning isn’t a five-year plan anymore—it’s a five-month decision. October’s culling data proves the reshuffling has already begun, and the producers who act now will be the ones still standing when the dust settles.

The USDA’s October 2025 Milk Production report confirms what we’ve all been feeling in our gut: The national herd is shrinking, but you know what? The reasons have fundamentally changed. This isn’t just about milk prices anymore—we’re watching a restructuring that’s making everything we thought we knew about good management seem… well, less relevant than it used to be.

Here’s the math we’re all looking at. October’s Class III milk was hovering in the mid-$16s per hundredweight, according to CME Group’s daily settlement data. Take your typical cow producing around 65 pounds daily—she’s bringing in maybe $11 in gross revenue. Feed costs? Using the USDA Farm Service Agency’s Dairy Margin Coverage calculations from October, we’re looking at roughly $8 to $9 daily per cow. That doesn’t leave much after labor, utilities, and keeping the lights on…

Meanwhile—and here’s what has everyone talking over morning coffee—that same cow is worth close to $2,000 as beef. USDA’s Agricultural Marketing Service weekly reports show cull cows bringing $1.60 to $1.70 per pound in some regions. A decent 1,200-pound cow? Do the math.

As one Extension economist down in Mississippi who tracks livestock markets put it to me, “When you’re looking at these beef prices, producers are asking themselves some pretty rational questions.”

But this goes deeper than just comparing milk checks to beef prices, doesn’t it? What October’s really showing us is the start of something bigger—where geography, genetics, and who you’re shipping to will matter more than ever. Management excellence? I hate to say it, but it’s becoming less relevant in the face of structural disadvantages.

The New Revenue Stream: Breeding for the Market, Not Just the Milking String

Here’s something clever that’s changing the entire breeding game—and I think more of us need to be talking about this. If you breed 20-25% more heifers than you need for replacements and sell the extras at these premium prices… well, as many of us have figured out, a 600-cow herd selling 30 surplus heifers at around $3,500 each? That’s roughly $100,000 in additional annual revenue. We’re talking about turning what most see as a constraint into a profit center.

USDA’s January 2025 Cattle inventory report shows dairy heifer numbers at historically low levels—we haven’t seen this level since the late ’70s. All those years of breeding for beef-on-dairy when milk prices were tough? Well, now we’re seeing the consequences—or maybe the opportunities.

Recent auction reports from key dairy states show good springers regularly trading above $3,000 per head, with top groups occasionally pushing past $4,000 per head. I spoke with an extension specialist at the University of Florida who’s been tracking this closely. “The consistency of these high prices,” he said, “that’s what’s remarkable. We’re not seeing the usual seasonal dips.”

A lending specialist at CoBank pointed out something fascinating—and think about this—the shortage that prevents you from expanding also prevents your competition from growing. Operations that might have expanded to grab market share? They simply can’t get the heifers at prices that make sense. It’s creating this forced discipline in the market that we haven’t seen before.

Smart producers are figuring out different ways to optimize. Can’t solve problems through expansion anymore—that playbook’s out the window. Instead, you’ve got to improve within your existing footprint. Genetic selection becomes crucial when you can’t add cows. I’m seeing more genomic testing than ever before.

I recently heard from a 480-cow operation in central Wisconsin that made the switch to component-based optimization last spring. They’re seeing an extra $3,800 monthly just from butterfat premiums alone, even with slightly lower volume. “We’re producing less milk but making more money,” the owner told me. “That’s not something I thought I’d ever say.”

How Geography Trumps Management

You know, the old wisdom was that efficient operations outlast downturns. We’ve all believed that, right? But what I’m seeing now challenges that thinking in ways most of us haven’t fully grasped yet.

Federal Milk Marketing Order data from October 2025 shows some cheese-oriented regions getting roughly $1.00 to $1.50 more per hundredweight than powder-oriented areas. Think about that for a minute—if you’re running a thousand cows, that gap could mean $50,000 or more annually. That’s not something you can just manage your way around, no matter how good you are at what you do.

And the driver behind these gaps? It’s these massive processor investments we’re seeing. The International Dairy Foods Association’s October 2025 capital investment tracking report shows billions in new and expanded dairy processing projects—dozens of facilities either under construction or recently announced across multiple states through the rest of this decade.

The concentration is what gets me. Texas is seeing major cheese facilities go in, including that big Leprino project near Lubbock everyone’s talking about. New York’s seeing major expansions in yogurt and premium milk. Idaho’s getting more cheese capacity around Twin Falls with Glanbia’s expansion. Wisconsin continues to add to its cheese infrastructure, with multiple expansion projects underway. Even the California Central Valley, despite its challenges, is seeing selective investment in specialized products.

What dairy economists at universities like Cornell and Wisconsin are telling me is this creates something like “permanent regional advantage.” Makes sense when you think about it. If you’re near these new cheese plants, you’re capturing premiums. If you’re shipping to butter and powder? Those challenges compound every month.

The producers in growth states—places like Idaho and Texas, where this new capacity promises good premiums—they culled selectively in October to upgrade genetics. Smart move.

But in other regions? Southwest dairy operations dealing with water restrictions, or Southeast producers managing not just heat stress but increasingly volatile feed costs and limited local grain production—that culling represented something different. Those folks are reducing exposure to what’s becoming a tougher competitive environment.

Building Your Bridge Through What’s Coming

For operations trying to navigate current challenges while positioning for better times, I’ve been collecting strategies from extension folks and producers who are making it work. From Southeast dairy operations dealing with heat stress and feed availability challenges to Upper Midwest producers managing seasonal variations, to California Central Valley farms wrestling with water costs.

First thing—and this is crucial—you need to understand your true economics beyond just that all-milk price everyone talks about. Several dairy economists at land-grant universities keep emphasizing this, and they’re right. With current component premiums, if you’re optimizing for volume rather than components, you could be leaving tens of thousands annually on the table, even for a modest-sized herd.

Component optimization matters more than ever. With butterfat premiums running anywhere from 50 cents to over a dollar per hundredweight above base in some areas—especially Upper Midwest operations shipping to cheese plants—if you’re still focusing on volume over components, you’re leaving serious money on the table.

Here’s what’s gaining traction based on my conversations:

You need to secure working capital lines now, while your operation still looks stable to lenders. Several ag lenders, including Farm Credit Services and regional banks, are telling me they expect to become more cautious about new working capital over the next year or so. Some are even talking about focusing more on financing acquisitions and restructurings if margins stay tight. That window? It’s narrowing faster than most folks realize.

The Dairy Margin Coverage program makes sense, too. According to the USDA’s Risk Management Agency, October 2025 updates, depending on your coverage level and production history, premiums often run from a few dimes to maybe 70 cents per hundredweight. But that cash flow protection when margins get really tight? Could make all the difference between weathering the storm and… well, not.

And here’s something livestock economists at universities like Kentucky and Kansas State are watching—CME feeder cattle futures have pulled back sharply since mid-October. Producers who locked in their beef-on-dairy calf values earlier are feeling pretty good right now. Consider hedging at least half your production to protect what’s become crucial revenue.

What’s interesting is that the operations doing these things aren’t expecting prosperity if milk prices drop to the $14-16 range that the USDA’s World Agricultural Supply and Demand Estimates suggest for next year. They’re building resilience to stay independent through what could be a tough stretch before things improve.

The Technology Factor and Labor Reality

The technology piece matters here too—and it’s changing the labor equation dramatically. Robotic milking systems, which can cost $150,000-250,000 per stall, are becoming more feasible for larger operations that can spread those fixed costs.

But here’s what’s interesting: these systems aren’t just about milking efficiency. They’re addressing the chronic labor shortage that’s hitting dairy farms nationwide.

One Pennsylvania producer running four robots told me, “We went from needing six milkers to basically one herd manager. In a market where finding reliable labor costs $18-22 per hour plus benefits, that math changes everything.”

For mid-sized farms, though, the capital requirements are creating another pressure point that’s accelerating consolidation decisions. And for those sub-300 cow operations? The technology investment rarely pencils out unless you’re adding significant value through on-farm processing or direct marketing.

Why Processors Keep Building While We’re Struggling

This apparent contradiction—processors pouring billions into new capacity while we’re dealing with tight margins—it makes more sense when you look at the longer game they’re playing.

Several outlooks from groups like Rabobank’s Q3 2025 Global Dairy Quarterly point to some interesting dynamics. The International Dairy Federation’s World Dairy Situation report is talking about potential gaps between global supply and demand later in the decade if trends continue.

Recent trade data from USDA’s Foreign Agricultural Service shows Chinese imports of cheese and whole milk powder running well ahead of year-ago levels. Countries like Indonesia are expanding school milk programs that could add meaningful demand over the coming years. And with EU production constrained by environmental regulations, the U.S. is positioned well as a growth supplier.

Gregg Doud, who served as U.S. chief agricultural trade negotiator and now works with Aimpoint Research, explained it well at the recent World Dairy Expo: “Processors aren’t building for today’s prices. They’re looking at where they think we’ll be in 2028, 2030. The current downturn? It actually helps their positioning by limiting competitive expansion.”

What’s less visible—and this is based on industry analysis from groups like CoBank and what I’m hearing through the grapevine—is that a large share of new processing capacity appears to be already tied up in multi-year arrangements with larger farms. Contracts negotiated when prices were recovering in ’23 and ’24, locking in supply regardless of current spot conditions. It’s creating this two-tier market that not everyone fully grasps yet.

The Information Gap That’s Hurting Smaller Operations

One challenge I keep hearing about from mid-sized operations is what university economists call “information asymmetry.” Basically, larger farms dealing directly with processors often see market shifts months before that information reaches smaller producers through traditional channels.

This gap shows up in several ways. Larger operations often have earlier visibility into processor needs and plans. They might subscribe to proprietary research from firms like Terrain or StoneX, which costs tens of thousands of dollars annually. Meanwhile, smaller operations rely on cooperative communications that, honestly, can lag market realities by quite a bit.

A Pennsylvania producer managing 600 cows—a fifth-generation dairy farmer—put it to me straight: “We thought October’s price drop was temporary. We didn’t realize how much had already been decided about where the industry’s headed. By the time we understood, our lender was already getting cautious about new credit.”

The practical impact? By the time many producers recognize these fundamental shifts, the window for smart positioning has already narrowed considerably.

Regional Winners and What’s Creating Lasting Advantages

The geographic distribution of new processing investment is creating what analysts at CoBank call “permanent regional stratification.” Strong words, but they’re not wrong.

Looking at Federal Milk Marketing Order data from October 2025 and processor announcements, here’s who’s seeing sustained advantages:

Idaho’s Magic Valley continues to benefit from expansions in cheese infrastructure. USDA National Agricultural Statistics Service data shows Idaho among the fastest-growing milk states, with many operations reporting solid annual gains. The Texas Panhandle’s seeing competitive pricing from multiple cheese plants.

Kansas—and this surprised me—has emerged as a real growth story, with some of the strongest percentage gains in the country according to USDA data. Central New York’s premium milk and yogurt facilities are creating genuine competition for local supplies.

But then you’ve got regions facing structural challenges. The Pacific Northwest remains primarily powder-oriented with limited cheese processing. California’s Central Valley operations are dealing with both water costs and a commodity-focused product mix that limit pricing upside.

Southwest dairy producers face increasing water restrictions and rising costs for heat-stress management. Southeast operations are wrestling with not just heat stress but also limited local feed production and basis challenges that add $30-40 per ton to feed costs. The Upper Northeast faces geographic isolation that creates significant transportation penalties that can substantially erode margins.

The hard truth? And this is tough for many of us to accept—operational excellence can’t overcome a structural pricing gap of $1 or more per hundredweight by geography. That recognition is driving some of October’s herd adjustments.

Practical Steps Depending on Your Situation

Based on what’s emerging from October’s data and conversations with folks making it work, here’s what I’m seeing:

If You’re in a Growth Region:

Focus on genetic improvement within your existing herd rather than expansion. A Texas producer near one of the new cheese plants told me, “We’re genomic testing everything and being selective like never before.”

Work on developing direct processor relationships where possible. Several Idaho producers tell me they’re having success negotiating directly rather than relying only on their co-op. And consider partnerships with neighboring operations—achieve some scale advantages without individual expansion.

If You’re in a Challenged Region:

You need an honest evaluation of your long-term position given structural disadvantages. Run scenarios at different milk prices—$14, $16, $18—to really understand your breakevens. It’s sobering but necessary.

Look at diversification that reduces dependence on commodity pricing. I know Northeast producers are finding success with on-farm processing, agritourism—not for everyone, but worth considering. California Central Valley operations are exploring specialty milk products that command premiums despite the region’s challenges.

For those sub-300 cow operations, the math gets even tougher. But I’m seeing some find success through direct marketing, value-added products, or transitioning to organic, where premiums can offset scale disadvantages. Others are forming producer groups to share resources and negotiate collectively.

And assess whether relocating might work, though as one Wisconsin friend said, “The math on moving with current land and heifer prices? Brutal.”

Universal Strategies That Work:

Secure financial flexibility now while credit’s available. Every lender I’ve talked to expects standards to tighten over the next year.

Implement component-focused production aligned with how your processor actually pays. This means regular ration work, good DHI records.

And develop non-milk revenue streams. Despite some recent softening, beef-on-dairy remains profitable according to cattle market folks at the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. Every bit helps.

The Consolidation Already Underway

Let’s be honest about what’s happening here. Consolidation isn’t some future possibility—it’s here, right now. USDA’s 2022 Census of Agriculture shows dairy farm numbers in the mid-30,000s, and USDA Economic Research Service economists expect that to continue declining as the industry consolidates.

What’s driving this? ERS research consistently shows larger herds tend to have lower costs per hundredweight than smaller ones—often by several percentage points. Processors prefer fewer, larger suppliers to reduce complexity.

Technology adoption, especially robotic milking systems that can run $150,000-250,000 per stall, requires capital that favors bigger operations. The labor savings alone—reducing milking staff by 60-80% while addressing the chronic shortage of qualified dairy workers—makes automation almost mandatory for operations planning to survive long-term.

And the heifer shortage prevents smaller operations from achieving competitive scale, even if they wanted to.

Rather than viewing consolidation as failure—and this is important—many are recognizing it as evolution. As one university dairy economist at Wisconsin explained, “Operations that position strategically, whether through improvements, repositioning, or thoughtful exit timing, preserve more value than those forced into decisions.”

The Bottom Line

Several outlooks, including the Food and Agricultural Policy Research Institute’s baseline projections, suggest better price prospects later in the decade if global demand continues growing and herd size stays in check—though these are projections, not guarantees, as we all know.

Factors that could support recovery: The heifer shortage physically constrains expansion for a while. Global demand appears to be growing faster than supply, according to FAO data. Environmental regulations limit expansion in some major producing regions. And all this new processing capacity will need higher milk prices to generate returns.

But—and this matters—recovery probably won’t benefit everyone equally. Operations with secured processor relationships, geographic advantages, and superior genetics will likely capture premiums. Others might find that even recovered prices don’t fully offset their structural disadvantages.

What October’s Really Telling Us

After looking at the data and talking with folks across the industry, several lessons emerge pretty clearly.

Geography increasingly determines destiny. Those regional pricing gaps reflect structural realities that great management can’t overcome. If you’re in a disadvantaged region, that needs to factor into your planning—like it or not.

The heifer shortage creates both constraint and opportunity. Operations that optimize within their existing footprint while potentially monetizing excess production can turn the shortage to their advantage. Creative producers are making this work.

Information and relationships matter more than ever. Direct processor relationships and access to good market intelligence increasingly separate operations that thrive from those that struggle. Better information pays—literally.

Financial positioning can’t wait. Every lender emphasizes this—the window for securing working capital and risk management tools is months, not years. Wait until you need flexibility, and it might not be there.

Strategic positioning beats stubborn persistence. Whether improving for independence, positioning for acquisition on good terms, or planning an orderly exit, proactive decisions preserve more value than reactive ones. There’s no shame in strategic repositioning—it’s smart business.

We’ve weathered dramatic transitions before—from diversified farms to specialized operations, through technological changes and trade upheavals. This is another transition. What’s different is both the speed and the degree to which these advantages are becoming structural. Operations that recognize and adapt, rather than hope for a return to old patterns, are best positioned.

October’s strategic culling by forward-thinking producers shows something important: successful operations aren’t waiting for change to happen to them. They’re actively positioning for whatever comes next.

For those still evaluating, October’s message seems clear—the time for strategic decisions is now, while you’ve got options and can preserve value through thoughtful positioning.

The path forward won’t be identical for everyone—and that’s fine. But understanding the forces reshaping our industry helps inform decisions. In a world where change keeps accelerating, maybe the biggest risk is standing still.

For more specific information on programs mentioned, producers can check with their local USDA Service Center, university extension offices, or agricultural lenders.

KEY TAKEAWAYS 

  • Your zip code now outweighs your work ethic: Cheese regions earn $1.00-1.50/cwt more than powder areas—that’s $50,000+ annually, no amount of great management will ever close
  • The heifer shortage is now your profit center: Breeding 20-25% surplus heifers generates $100,000+ annually while locking competitors out of expansion at today’s prices
  • Your lender’s flexibility has an expiration date: Working capital windows slam shut by mid-2026—secure financing now, not when you desperately need it
  • This is a five-month decision, not a five-year plan: October’s culling data proves the reshuffling has begun—producers positioning now will be the ones still milking in 2027

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The $500 Transition Gap: Why Your Neighbor’s Fresh Cows May Outperform Yours by Next Winter

Next winter, one dairy will have fewer sick fresh cows and better margins. Yours or your neighbor’s? The gap starts now.

You know that feeling when you’re doing morning checks and spot a cow that’s just… off? Maybe she’s standing away from the bunk, head low, looking like she’d rather be anywhere else.

We’ve all been there. And we all know what comes next—that cow’s probably about to cost you anywhere from three hundred to a thousand dollars, depending on whether she develops ketosis, metritis, or decides to really complicate your week with multiple problems.

So here’s what’s interesting about the research coming out of Penn State lately. Adrian Barragan and his team over in their veterinary school think they’ve found a better way to prevent these crashes before they happen—and the thing is, they’re not asking you to buy fancy new equipment or send blood samples to a lab every week.

They’re using information most of us already collect.

THE ECONOMICS: Clinical ketosis costs $300-$350 per case in treatment plus 600-800 pounds of lost milk, while metritis runs $300-$500 per case—based on foundational research adjusted for current costs

You probably know the basic economics already, but it’s worth laying out just how expensive transition problems really are. Foundational research by McArt and colleagues, adjusted for current feed and treatment costs, estimates clinical ketosis at $300-$350 per case. And that’s before you count the 600 to 800 pounds of milk you’re typically losing over that lactation.

Metritis? Cornell and other research groups have been tracking this for years. More recent estimates put the true cost at $300 to $500 per case when you factor in treatment, lost production, and downstream fertility impacts.

And here’s the kicker—when a cow gets multiple diseases (and research shows that happens about 35% of the time in that first month), you’re looking at losses that easily top a thousand dollars per cow. Makes you think, doesn’t it?

But—and this is where it gets complicated—the farms that could benefit most from this approach are often the ones that can’t actually implement it. Let me explain what I mean.

Understanding Which Cows Need Help (And When)

What farmers are finding with targeted cow management is that it’s surprisingly straightforward, at least in theory. Barragan’s framework focuses on three windows we’re all managing anyway: dry-off (about 60 days before calving), close-up (those critical two to three weeks before), and calving itself.

At each of these points, there are specific red flags that predict trouble ahead.

Take dry-off, for instance. We all know overconditioned cows are trouble—anyone with a body condition score of 3.75 or higher is asking for metabolic problems. Penn State tracked thousands of cow lactations over several years, and these cows produced about 560 pounds less milk during the first 16 weeks of their next lactation. Plus, they have 10% more health events.

That’s not exactly news to most of us. But having the hard numbers helps justify why we need to manage the condition more carefully.

Here’s another risk factor worth watching: high producers at dry-off. Cows still making 45 pounds or more when you’re trying to dry them off face increased risk of milk leakage and intramammary infections. The combination of high production and high body condition at dry-off? That’s your highest-risk group right there.

And then there’s the somatic cell piece. Pam Ruegg at Michigan State and Noelia Silva del Rio out at UC Davis have both shown that cows over 200,000 cells at dry-off have compromised colostrum quality. Their calves end up with lower antibody levels. These cows will produce about 1,000 fewer pounds of milk over the first 16 weeks, too.

Quick Reference: Targeted Cow Risk Windows

  • Dry-off (60 days before calving): Flag cows with BCS ≥3.75, high production (>45 lbs/day), or SCC >200,000
  • Close-up (21-14 days before): Watch for feed intake drops >30%, pen moves, DCAD balance issues
  • Calving: First-calf heifers, twins, and dystocia cases need immediate targeted protocols

Why Timing Changes Everything in Transition Management

Looking at this from a different angle, we’ve always known intuitively that some cows need more attention than others. Good managers—you know the type—they have that sixth sense about which cows are going to crash.

What’s fascinating here is how precision transition research actually quantifies what we’ve suspected all along. The same cow might need completely different interventions depending on when you catch her.

The anti-inflammatory work is particularly revealing. In peer-reviewed trials, Barragan’s team tested meloxicam at multiple time points. First-calf heifers treated a day or two before expected calving showed remarkable responses—up to 10 to 11 pounds more milk per day over the early lactation period in some trials, though results do vary by herd and individual cow.

A quick regulatory note here: meloxicam use in dairy cattle is considered extra-label in the United States, meaning it requires a valid veterinarian-client-patient relationship and prescription. This isn’t something you can pick up at the farm store—work with your vet if you’re considering this protocol.

Even at the conservative end, we’re talking 450 to over 1,500 pounds of extra milk over 150 days. At current market values averaging around $20 per hundredweight, that’s real money. And what really got my attention—stillbirth rates in these treated heifers dropped by about 20 percentage points in Penn State’s research.

But here’s where it gets interesting. Older cows? They showed a different pattern. They didn’t show the same positive response to prepartum treatment and, in some trials, showed no economic benefit from blanket prepartum protocols. Mike Overton from Elanco has been tracking these protocols on commercial dairies, and he’s finding that the timing question really matters by parity.

So that one-size-fits-all protocol we’ve been using for years? Turns out we need to be smarter about it.

The Reality Check: Making This Work on Real Farms

Let’s have an honest conversation about implementation. Knowing what to do and actually getting it done consistently are two completely different animals, right?

I’ve been tracking operations from Vermont to New Mexico, trying to implement these precision protocols, and here’s where things typically fall apart. First, somebody has to reliably score body condition—every cow, every time. Research from Wisconsin and other land-grant schools shows that when two people score the same cow, they disagree by half a point or more, roughly a third of the time. That’s enough to misclassify a cow completely.

Then you need to track which cows got flagged. Your feed crew needs different TMR specs for different risk groups. The fresh cow team needs to know which protocol applies to whom.

And here’s what nobody talks about at conferences—when José takes a few days off, and Miguel covers his shift, does Miguel know that cow 1847 is on the high-risk protocol? In many cases, probably not.

Marcia Endres at the University of Minnesota has been a leader in precision dairy research for years. What her work consistently shows is that farms with integrated herd management software—where BCS scores, milk weights, and health events flow into a single system—have significantly higher adoption rates for precision protocols than farms that try to manage everything in spreadsheets.

The gap is substantial. That tells you something right there.

The Economics: Traditional vs. Targeted Approaches

KEY FINDING: Field trials show farms implementing targeted transition protocols can achieve $200-$500 net benefit per cow per lactation through reduced disease and improved milk production

Looking at actual implementation data from extension-supported trials, the numbers tell a compelling story.

With traditional blanket treatment, you’re treating every cow the same at dry-off. Costs you about $45 to $60 per cow across your whole herd. Fresh cow disease rates typically run 27 to 35% in the first 60 days (that’s from NAHMS data), and you’re losing 600 to over 1,500 pounds of milk per affected cow.

Now with the targeted approach, you’re identifying high-risk cows at each transition point and customizing what they get. Low-risk cows might only need $15 to $25 worth of attention. High-risk animals receive $65 to $95 in targeted support.

What happens? Disease rates can drop to 18-24% in the critical first 60 days—we’re talking a 25-30% reduction, based on what extension programs are seeing in the field. And you’re recovering 500 to 1,000 pounds of milk per prevented case.

When it all shakes out, farms are seeing net benefits of about $200 to $500 per cow per lactation. But—and Chuck Guard from Cornell’s ambulatory clinic emphasizes this—that’s only if you can execute consistently. Big “if” there.

Why 80% of Farms Can’t Jump on This Yet

Here’s something we need to address head-on. Most of us are running on razor-thin margins right now. USDA’s latest economic outlook shows roughly half of dairy farms are projected to be profitable this year.

The all-milk price averaging around $20 per hundredweight sounds okay until you factor in elevated feed costs and labor shortages, pushing wages up into the double digits from recent years. Suddenly, that margin disappears real quick.

When you’re worried about making December’s feed payment, investing in new management protocols—even ones that pencil out great on paper—feels like a luxury you can’t afford.

There’s also the behavioral economists’ “prevention paradox.” Jennifer Van Os over at Wisconsin has been studying how farmers make decisions, and it’s fascinating. When you prevent ketosis, nothing visible happens. The cow doesn’t get sick. There’s no vet bill. No treatment record. It’s… psychologically unsatisfying, if that makes sense.

But when you miss one, and she crashes? That’s immediate, visible, and it sticks with you.

I heard an illustrative story at a recent producer meeting that captures this perfectly. A Wisconsin dairyman shared anonymously: “We tried targeted dry-off protocols for six months. Caught most of the high-risk cows. But we lost one valuable genomic heifer that we misclassified. That $3,000 loss is what I remember—not the dozen we saved.” Whether that’s one producer’s experience or a composite of many I’ve heard, it reflects a genuine psychological barrier that the research confirms is widespread.

Lessons from Europe’s Regulatory Push

You want to know what actually drives industry-wide change? Europe’s experience with selective dry cow therapy offers a masterclass.

The EU implemented Regulation 2019/6, which banned prophylactic antibiotic use—including blanket dry cow therapy—effective January 28, 2022. That date matters because it forced a complete industry shift.

According to European research, about two-thirds of Italian dairy farms had transitioned to selective protocols by the end of 2022. The Netherlands has become the gold standard, going from relatively low adoption to over 80% in just a few years.

The difference? Farmers changed because they had to.

But here’s what’s encouraging—Volker Krömker from Copenhagen University has been tracking outcomes, and after some initial resistance, Dutch farmers using selective protocols actually saw mastitis rates drop below what they had with blanket treatment. The whole infrastructure adapted: vet schools started requiring SDCT training, milk buyers provided protocol support, and software companies built decision trees right into their platforms.

Meanwhile, U.S. voluntary adoption is sitting at roughly one in four farms. The contrast is pretty striking.

Where Targeted Management Actually Works Today

Despite all the challenges, certain operations are making these protocols work brilliantly. What separates them?

Looking at successful implementations from Maine to California, you see patterns. Scale helps, but it’s not everything. Sure, a 3,000-cow operation in Idaho finds it easier to justify the cost of dedicated transition management software. But I’m also seeing 300-400 cow herds in places like Wayne County, Ohio, succeeding because their co-op provides shared advisory support.

Regional variations matter too. Down in New Mexico and Arizona, where heat stress just compounds everything, producers like Tom Barcellos out in Tulare County tell me precision management becomes even more critical. As he puts it, “When it’s 110°F in July, you can’t afford to guess which cows need extra support.”

In Florida, where the humidity is brutal, a group near Okeechobee adapted the protocols to conduct twice-daily body condition scoring during summer. Over in Texas, some of the larger operations near Stephenville are finding that targeted protocols help offset the stress of their long summers. Up in Vermont, where winter housing gets tight, farms are focusing more on the close-up pen management side of things.

And out in the Pacific Northwest—you know how wet it gets there—the larger dairies near Yakima Valley are finding targeted protocols help manage the stress that mud and moisture put on transition cows. One producer in Sunnyside told me they flag any cow that spent more than 2 weeks in the hospital pen during the last lactation. Those girls automatically get extra attention at dry-off, regardless of other metrics.

What do successful operations have in common? Three things keep coming up: integrated data systems (increasingly using cameras for BCS scoring), strong veterinary partnerships for ongoing tweaks, and what Nigel Cook from Wisconsin calls “implementation discipline”—basically, someone owns the process and reviews outcomes every month without fail.

Implementation Timeline: What to Really Expect

  • Weeks 1-4: Set up protocols, train your team, get baseline numbers
  • Weeks 5-12: Work out the bugs, build staff confidence
  • Months 3-4: Don’t panic—temporary plateau is normal
  • Months 5-6: Positive trends start showing up, fine-tune protocols
  • Month 7+: Full ROI kicks in, system runs itself

Making Targeted Protocols Work on Your Farm

After watching dozens of operations try this, here’s my practical advice if you’re thinking about it.

Start ridiculously simple. Pick ONE intervention for 90 days. I’d suggest dry-off BCS flagging. Now, this next part is my own practical recommendation, not part of any formal research protocol: get yourself an orange livestock marker. Every cow over 3.75 gets an orange stripe on her tailhead. That’s it. Everyone knows orange means “controlled energy dry cow ration.” Simple, cheap, and visible to every person who walks through that pen.

Set realistic expectations. Research on implementation curves suggests the average time to positive ROI is around five to six months. Some farms see a temporary production dip in month two as systems adjust. You need to budget for that.

And here’s crucial—involve your entire team from day one. Not a memo. Not a meeting where half the guys are checking their phones. A hands-on session where your feeders, fresh cow crew, and whoever does dry-off physically walk through the process together. Gustavo Schuenemann from Ohio State found that farms with hands-on training show significantly better compliance with protocols than those using written SOPs alone.

Track only what matters. Pick three things: fresh disease rate (shoot for under 20%), 60-day milk average (watch the trend, not the absolute number), and days to first service (target under 70). Review them monthly. Ignore everything else at first—you’ll drive yourself crazy otherwise.

The Hard Truth About Implementation Readiness

I need to be direct here. If you’re struggling to cover operating expenses, targeted transition management shouldn’t be your priority right now. This approach works best for farms with positive cash flow and at least six months of operating capital in reserve.

It’s one of those cruel ironies—the farms that most need efficiency gains are often least equipped to implement them. Chris Wolf, the ag economist at Cornell, calls this the “productivity trap.” The bottom 40% of farms by profitability are producing at significantly higher cost than the top 40%, but they lack the capital to make improvements that would close that gap.

Critical Limitations to Consider

Let’s be clear—targeted transition management isn’t universally applicable. Genetic differences matter. Jersey herds show different risk thresholds than Holsteins. Kent Weigel’s genomic research at Wisconsin shows cows with high genetic merit for health traits may show less dramatic response to targeted interventions—they’re already more resilient.

Facility design impacts success, too. Farms with two-row freestalls and adequate bunk space see better results than overcrowded three-rows. Peter Krawczel from Tennessee documented that overcrowded facilities—stocking densities in the 110-120% range and above—negate a significant portion of targeted protocol benefits as the stress from overcrowding overwhelms the precision interventions.

And geographic factors can’t be ignored. What works in Wisconsin’s climate needs adjustment for Louisiana’s humidity or Colorado’s altitude. You’ve got to calibrate locally.

What Would Accelerate Industry Adoption

Three things could shift targeted management from “interesting option” to “this is how we do things now.”

First, processor requirements. If the big co-ops like DFA or Land O’Lakes started requiring transition management documentation for quality premiums, adoption would happen overnight. Tillamook’s already doing this with SCC-based dry-off protocols for their suppliers.

Second, cooperative infrastructure. When your co-op provides training, software access, and shared advisory as part of membership, smaller farms can suddenly access the same tools as the big guys. Organic Valley’s vet support program is a good model for this.

Third, federal support. USDA’s got significant funds allocated for precision agriculture through 2027. If they added transition management to their cost-share eligibility, it would substantially lower barriers.

The Bottom Line for Your Dairy

The transition period drives the majority of our health problems. We’ve known this for decades. What targeted cow management offers is a systematic way to identify and prevent these problems before they turn into expensive disasters.

But as we’ve talked about, knowing what to do and being able to do it are vastly different challenges. The science is solid. The economics work. Whether this becomes standard practice really depends on how the industry chooses to support implementation.

My advice? If you’re interested, start small. One protocol. One risk factor. Track your results religiously. And definitely get your vet and nutritionist involved from day one—this isn’t something you figure out alone.

The cows that need help are already in your barn. You walk past them every day. The question is whether you can build a system to identify and support them before each one costs you $500 to $1,000.

Some operations can absolutely do this today. Others need infrastructure development first. Understanding which category you’re in—honestly, without wishful thinking—that might be the most valuable assessment you make this year.

And here’s the thing that keeps me up at night: if you won’t pick one simple flag and execute it for 90 days, your neighbor probably will. In a year from now, one of you will have lower fresh-cow disease, better butterfat levels, and a stronger balance sheet.

Which one do you want to be? 

Key Takeaways:

  • The savings are proven: Farms executing targeted transition protocols cut fresh cow disease rates by 25-30%, saving $200-$500 per cow per lactation—and the gap between early adopters and everyone else is widening
  • Inaction costs more than you think: Ketosis runs $300-$350 per case, metritis $300-$500, and over a third of fresh cows develop multiple problems in their first month
  • Most dairies aren’t ready yet: Roughly 80% of U.S. operations lack integrated herd software or the cash reserves to implement precision protocols consistently—but that’s changing
  • The science scales: European farms mandated to adopt selective dry cow therapy in 2022 now report lower mastitis rates than they had with blanket treatment
  • Start with one thing: Flag cows with BCS ≥3.75 at dry-off, track outcomes for 90 days, and involve your vet—simple execution beats sophisticated plans that never happen

Executive Summary: 

Transition cow crashes are quietly draining dairy profits—ketosis and metritis each cost $300-$500 per case, and over a third of fresh cows develop multiple problems in their first month. Research from Penn State, Cornell, and Wisconsin shows that targeted protocols identifying high-risk cows at dry-off can cut disease rates by 25-30%, saving $200-$500 per cow per lactation. The challenge? Roughly 80% of U.S. dairies lack the integrated data systems or financial reserves to execute these approaches consistently. European farms mandated to adopt selective protocols in 2022 now report lower mastitis rates than they had with blanket treatment—proof that the science works at scale. Successful U.S. operations share three factors: integrated herd software, strong veterinary partnerships, and someone who owns protocol review every month. The realistic starting point is straightforward: flag body condition scores at dry-off and track outcomes for 90 days. By next winter, the gap between farms preventing fresh cow crashes and those still reacting to them will show up clearly on the balance sheet.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The Wall of Milk: Making Sense of 2025’s Global Dairy Crunch

This downturn feels different because it is. Four major exporters expanded at once, and $15 milk is testing every assumption. Here’s what the resilient dairies know.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: When producers say this downturn feels different, they’re right. For the first time, the U.S., EU, New Zealand, and Argentina all expanded production within the same window—creating a “wall of milk” that pushed July 2025 output to 19.0 billion pounds while Class III dropped from the $20s to around $15. Here’s what makes it unusual: exports are at record levels, confirming this is a supply squeeze, not a demand collapse. Dairy’s 24-month biological timeline means decisions that made complete sense at $22 milk are now delivering into a $15 market, with no quick reversal possible. Beef-on-dairy has added real value but also reduced the number of replacement heifers to 3.9 million head—the lowest since 1978—limiting culling flexibility when some operations need it most. The dairies navigating this effectively share common strategies: precision culling using income-over-feed-cost data, margin protection through DMC and Dairy Revenue Protection, and breeding for feed efficiency using traits like Feed Saved. This cycle will accelerate consolidation, but producers who know their numbers and deploy available tools will emerge stronger when markets rebalance.

As milk checks tightened through 2025, I kept hearing the same thing from producers across the country: “We’ve seen low prices before, but this one feels different.” And as many of you have probably sensed on your own operations, they’re right. This isn’t just one region working through a rough patch. The U.S., the European Union, New Zealand, and key South American exporters all pushed production higher within a fairly tight window. A lot of that milk is now competing for the same buyers at the same time.

The 24‑month lag exposed: production peaks just as prices crash, proving this downturn is about too much milk, not weak demand

What makes this cycle particularly challenging is that feed, labor, interest, and environmental compliance costs haven’t returned to the levels we saw a decade ago. That’s especially true in higher-cost regions like California and parts of Western Europe. So you’ve got more milk hitting the market, softer world prices, and cost structures that remain stubbornly elevated. That combination is creating what many are calling the “wall of milk.”

In this piece, we’ll walk through what farmers and analysts are learning about this cycle: how the 24-month expansion lag plays out in practice, how beef-on-dairy has delivered real benefits while also creating some unexpected ripple effects, why lenders and processors kept supporting growth even as signals shifted, how different regions are experiencing this downturn in very different ways, and what the operations navigating this well seem to have in common. The goal is to offer a clearer view of the bigger picture so the decisions you’re making—about cows, facilities, or risk management—are grounded in how this system actually works.

Why This Cycle Really Does Feel Different

Let’s start with the production numbers and work back toward the parlor.

USDA’s Milk Production reports paint a stark picture:

  • July 2025 Output (24 major states): 18.8 billion pounds initially, revised to 19.0 billion
  • Year-Over-Year Growth: +4.2%—the strongest since 2021
  • Total National Production: 19.6 billion pounds
  • Cow Numbers: Approaching the highest levels seen in decades

On the infrastructure side, the industry has been busy. More than 50 new or expanded dairy plants—particularly cheese and powder facilities in the Upper Midwest, Texas, and the High Plains—have come online, representing roughly $8 billion in capital investment over the past several years.

Leonard Polzin, the Dairy Economist and Farm Management Outreach Specialist at UW-Madison Division of Extension, framed it well at the 2025 Wisconsin Agricultural Outlook Forum. He noted that the industry is seeing “a substantial increase in processing capacity,” with an estimated $8 billion in gross investment creating new demand for milk. The challenge, as he pointed out, is that policy uncertainties—including potential tariffs and questions about labor availability—could affect prices before that demand fully materializes.

The picture looks similar in other major producing regions:

  • European Union: EU Milk Market Observatory data show deliveries climbing modestly in 2024, with product stocks building in early 2025 as cheese, butter, and powder production outpaced demand growth
  • New Zealand: Fonterra’s 2025/26 season forecast shows milk solids volumes running several percent ahead of the prior year, with farmgate payouts around NZ$10 per kg of milksolids
  • Argentina: Ministry data and Tridge reports show national milk output in early 2025 running 10.9% above the same period in 2024, with March posting gains of 15.9% year-over-year

Here’s where it gets interesting on the demand side. Exports have actually performed well:

  • July 2025 U.S. Exports: 1.6 billion pounds (milk-fat basis)
  • Year-Over-Year Export Growth: +53%—a record for any single month
  • Yet Class III/IV Futures: Trading in the mid-teens through much of 2025, below full-cost breakeven for many conventional operations
July 2025 was the strongest export month in U.S. history, with shipments up 53% year‑over‑year—yet total production still outran demand by another 4.2%. That’s not a demand collapse; it’s too much milk from too many exporters at once.

The takeaway? World demand hasn’t collapsed. Exports are actually quite strong. But supply from multiple major exporting regions has grown faster than demand can absorb in the near term. That’s what makes this feel different from the regional downturns many of us have worked through before.

The 24-Month Expansion Timeline: When Biology Meets Economics

One of the lessons this cycle keeps reinforcing is how much dairy expansion is a commitment you can’t easily unwind. The biology and capital requirements simply don’t move on futures-market time.

Think back to 2023 and early 2024. Milk prices were strong, butterfat levels were excellent across many herds, and balance sheets looked healthier than they had in years. In that environment, deciding to add a pen, upgrade the parlor, or build out the dry cow facilities made a lot of sense. The numbers supported it.

Land-grant extension economists who model these decisions describe a fairly predictable timeline. In those first few months, you’re signing contracts, ordering equipment, and closing on financing. As one University of Wisconsin farm management publication notes, by the time the ink is dry, most of the financial risk is already committed—even though no extra milk has shipped yet.

Through months four to twelve, the facility goes up while you’re either buying bred heifers or ramping up your own replacement program with sexed semen. Cash is flowing out, but the additional milk revenue hasn’t started. Then in months thirteen through twenty-four, those heifers freshen, pens fill, and milk per stall climbs. The challenge is that the broader market—running on that same 18-24 month biological timeline—may have shifted considerably since you started.

Peter Vitaliano, who served as Vice President of Economic Policy and Market Research at the National Milk Producers Federation before retiring at the end of 2024, was already flagging concerns back in February 2024. He noted that “due to a number of factors, we’ll probably see a larger drop than usual” in dairy farm numbers, partly because USDA counts were likely collected before additional farms closed at the end of 2023 due to margin pressure. He added that any margin improvement wouldn’t “constitute anywhere near a full recovery from the financial stress that dairy farms, pretty much of all sizes, are experiencing.”

The 24-Month Trap in Action

I’ve been hearing about situations like this from lenders and consultants: a 900-cow Wisconsin operation signed expansion contracts in early 2024 for 300 additional stalls, with heifers due to freshen by mid-2025. By the time that barn was full, Class III had dropped from the low $20s to around $15.

The extra milk revenue is real, but so is the debt service. Over six months, the gap between projected and actual margins consumed roughly $180,000 in working capital that had been earmarked for feed prepays and equipment upgrades.

The family isn’t in crisis, but there’s no cushion left. They’re working with their lender on revised cash-flow projections and tightening culling criteria to protect equity.

Decisions that made complete sense at $22 milk are now playing out in a $15 world.

Beef-on-Dairy: Real Benefits with Some Unexpected Effects

Beef-on-dairy has been one of the more significant developments in recent years, and it’s delivered genuine value to many operations. At the same time, as it’s scaled across the industry, it’s also changed some dynamics that historically helped balance supply. What I’ve noticed talking with producers is that most understand the benefits clearly—but the systemic effects are only now becoming apparent.

Where the Value Has Been Clear

The research and market data are consistent on this: well-managed beef-on-dairy programs substantially increase calf value compared to straight dairy bull calves. Day-old beef-cross calves often fetch several hundred dollars more, and in program relationships where carcass performance is documented, they can approach native beef calf values.

With milk prices softening in the first half of 2025, beef has become a driver of dairy farm profitability through both cull cows and dairy-beef calves. For many operations, this revenue stream has made a meaningful difference in a tight-margin year.

Some Effects Worth Understanding

What’s become clearer over the past year is how beef-on-dairy interacts with culling decisions and replacement availability when prices fall.

Consider the culling dynamic. A few years ago, that seven- or eight-year-old cow with middling production and some foot issues—bred to a dairy bull and carrying a $50-100 calf—was an easier decision when milk prices dropped. Today, if she’s carrying a beef pregnancy that could bring four figures at calving, the economics pull toward keeping her “one more lactation.” Across a larger herd, those decisions on the bottom 15-20 percent of cows can add meaningful volume that wouldn’t have been in the tank in previous downturns.

Culling DecisionDaily Milk RevenueDaily Direct CostsDaily Net MarginStrategic Action
Keep Low Performer$9.00$8.00$1.00Deferred culling
Replace with High Performer$13.00$9.00$4.00Aggressive culling
Daily Margin Difference+$4.00+$1.00+$3.00Per stall advantage
Impact Over 6 Months$540Single cow (180 days)
Scale: 30 Cows in 600-Cow Herd$16,20030 decisions

On the replacement side, the numbers tell a striking story:

  • January 2025 USDA Cattle Report: Dairy replacement heifers over 500 pounds dropped to just 3.914 million head—the lowest since 1978
  • Heifer-to-Cow Ratio: 41.9%, the smallest since 1991 (per CoBank lead dairy economist Corey Geiger)
  • Primary Driver: More matings going to beef semen, fewer dairy heifer calves being raised

That pruning made sense when heifer-raising costs were high, and beef calves commanded strong premiums. But it also means some operations that would like to cull more aggressively now don’t have the springers available to maintain stall utilization.

From windfall to choke point:” day‑old beef‑cross calves jumped from roughly $650 to $1,400, replacement heifers surged past $3,000, and heifer inventories fell nearly 20%. The same strategy that rescued margins is now what’s limiting culling options in a $15 milk world.

And there’s a productivity element worth noting. Because the heifers that are raised tend to come from the top of the genetic pool—identified through genomic testing—they often bring stronger milk and component performance than the animals they replace. Leonard Polzin noted at the 2025 Wisconsin Ag Forum that “despite a 0.35 percent year-to-date decline in total milk production, calculated milk solids production increased by 1.35 percent.” The industry is meeting demand “more quickly than in the past,” even with somewhat fewer total gallons.

None of this suggests beef-on-dairy is problematic. It’s been valuable for many operations. The consideration is managing it as part of an overall herd and business strategy rather than simply as a breeding decision.

Understanding Why Growth Continued

A reasonable question producers ask is why banks, co-ops, and processors kept supporting expansion even as supply signals shifted. You know, it’s easy to look back and wonder what everyone was thinking. But looking at the incentive structures helps explain the pattern—and honestly, it makes more sense than it might first appear.

The Lender Perspective

Ag lenders work within risk models and regulatory frameworks that emphasize historical cash flow, current balance sheet strength, and collateral values. In 2022-2023, many dairy clients showed multiple years of positive returns and improved equity. Land values in dairy regions were firm. Cull cow and breeding stock values had recovered.

Farm finance research consistently shows that lenders lean heavily on these historical and collateral metrics rather than attempting to time commodity cycles. Add competitive pressure—banks and farm credit systems competing for the same well-run operations—and you can see how turning down an expansion with strong historical numbers often meant losing that relationship to a lender willing to proceed.

From the credit committee’s perspective at the time, financing expansion with their strongest clients appeared reasonable and well-supported by the available data. The depth of the 2025 correction wasn’t yet visible in those metrics.

The Processor View

For processors, the math centers on fixed costs and throughput. Depreciation, labor, and energy don’t decline proportionally when a plant runs below capacity. With billions invested in new cheese, powder, and specialty facilities over the past decade, plant managers face pressure to run at high utilization, spread fixed costs effectively, and maintain market share.

That creates incentives to encourage volume growth from existing shippers, sign new suppliers, and move cautiously on base-excess programs that might push producers toward competitors. Some buyers have implemented tiered pricing systems that discount over-base milk, but these tools are often adopted late in the cycle and rarely coordinate across an entire region.

The result is a system in which internal metrics rewarded growth and utilization, even as external data pointed to a building supply. That’s not a criticism—it’s recognizing how institutional incentives shape behavior.

Regional Variations: Same Prices, Different Realities

One aspect that gets lost in national averages is how differently the same price environment affects operations across locations. As many of us have seen firsthand, cost structure, regulatory environment, and market access all matter enormously.

California: Navigating Significant Headwinds

California operations face several overlapping pressures this cycle.

Water constraints continue tightening. Implementation of the Sustainable Groundwater Management Act and new dairy waste discharge requirements from the State Water Resources Control Board are limiting groundwater pumping and establishing stricter nitrate standards in parts of the Central Valley. Environmental compliance costs—for covered lagoons, digesters, and monitoring systems—continue adding capital and operating expenses. And labor costs, housing prices, and land values remain substantially higher than in most other dairy regions.

When Class IV prices are in the low teens and world butter and powder prices are soft, those structural costs make breakeven difficult, particularly for operations that recently invested in facility upgrades. Understandably, some families are evaluating whether another 20-year investment cycle makes sense in that regulatory and cost environment.

Upper Midwest: Cost Structure Advantages

Wisconsin and neighboring states present a different picture.

A November 2024 University of Wisconsin-Madison study found that dairy contributes about $52.8 billion annually to Wisconsin’s economy, with substantial value coming through processing rather than just farm-level milk sales. The region’s processing network has grown considerably, with cheese plant expansions and new facilities drawing milk from an expanding geography. Feed costs benefit from local production, and land and labor costs, while rising, remain below coastal levels.

Low Class III prices continue to pressure margins, and smaller operations face ongoing consolidation. But many Upper Midwest producers describe having a cost structure that provides a path through this downturn with good management, even if it’s not comfortable.

New Zealand: Low Costs, High Exposure

New Zealand’s pasture-based system delivers meaningful cost advantages—solids produced with less purchased feed and lower energy use in favorable seasons. The 2025/26 forecast payout around NZ$10 per kgMS suggests many operations are maintaining positive margins, though narrower than recent years.

The trade-off is exposure. New Zealand sells the vast majority of its production into export markets. Shifts in Chinese demand, Southeast Asian buying patterns, or currency movements translate quickly into payout adjustments. Low production costs provide resilience, but global market volatility is a constant factor.

Europe and South America: Policy and Economic Dynamics

EU production has edged modestly higher overall, but policy pressure to limit cow numbers in high-density areas for environmental reasons is influencing regional patterns. The bloc appears to be shifting toward cheese and higher-value products while moderating output of commodity powders and butter.

Argentina’s production surge—that 10.9 percent first-quarter increase—reflects improved weather and on-farm economics. But Argentine producers also navigate inflation, policy uncertainty, and volatile input costs that can shift margins dramatically in short periods.

The point is that $15 milk creates very different situations in Tulare, Green County, Canterbury, and Santa Fe. Regional context matters enormously.

The Breeding Solution: Selecting for Feed Efficiency in a Low-Margin World

Here’s something that deserves more attention in these conversations: your genetic decisions today are one of the most powerful tools you have for navigating tight margins over the next decade. And there are now specific, measurable traits designed exactly for this environment.

Feed Saved: A Trait Built for This Moment

The Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding (CDCB) launched Feed Saved (FSAV) back in December 2020, and it’s become increasingly relevant as margins compress. The trait combines two components:

  • Body Weight Composite (BWC): Selecting for moderate-sized cows that require less feed for maintenance
  • Residual Feed Intake (RFI): Identifying cows that are metabolically more efficient—eating less than expected based on their production and body weight

According to Holstein USA’s April 2025 TPI formula update, every pound of feed saved returns approximately $0.13 per cow per lactation. That might sound modest, but across a 500-cow herd over multiple generations, the cumulative impact is substantial.

What’s particularly interesting is the research backing this. A November 2024 study published in Frontiers in Geneticsexamining genomic evaluation of RFI in U.S. Holsteins found that the difference between the most and least efficient first-lactation cows averaged 4.6 kg of dry matter intake per day—while producing similar amounts of milk. Over a 305-day lactation, that’s a significant difference in feed costs. The same study found even larger spreads in second-lactation animals.

How the Industry Is Weighting Efficiency

The April 2025 Net Merit update from CDCB reflects this shift. As Holstein Association USA’s TPI formula now shows:

  • Production (including Feed Efficiency): 46% of total index weight
  • Feed Efficiency $ Index: Combines production efficiency, lower maintenance costs from moderate body weight, and better feed conversion (RFI)

What’s encouraging is that research shows meaningful genetic variation in feed efficiency—the November 2024 Frontiers in Genetics study found RFI heritability in lactating U.S. Holsteins at approximately 0.43 (43%), indicating substantial potential for genetic progress through selection. That’s higher than many health and fertility traits, which means you can actually move the needle on this.

Efficiency MetricDaily Feed (lbs DM)Annual Feed Cost @ $0.12/lbMilk Production (lbs/day)Breeding Strategy Impact
Standard Efficiency Cow55$2,40985Baseline
High Efficiency Cow (Feed Saved)50$2,19085RFI + Feed Saved traits
Annual Advantage per Cow-5 lbs/day$219 savedSame outputImmediate selection
500-Cow Herd Annual Impact$109,500Same outputHerd-wide savings
10-Year Genetic Improvement$1,095,000Same outputCompound benefits

Practical Application

For producers looking to incorporate feed efficiency into their breeding programs:

  • Look for bulls with positive Feed Saved (FSAV) values in their genomic evaluations
  • Consider Body Weight Composite alongside production traits—extreme frame size increases maintenance costs
  • Balance feed efficiency with health and fertility traits; the most efficient cow isn’t profitable if she doesn’t breed back or stay healthy
  • Work with your AI representative or genetics consultant to model how different selection emphases might affect your herd’s economics over 5-10 years

This isn’t about abandoning production goals. It’s about recognizing that in a low-margin environment, the cow that produces 85 pounds while eating 10% less feed may be more profitable than the cow producing 90 pounds at average efficiency.

What the More Resilient Operations Have in Common

Every downturn separates operations that preserve equity and position well for the recovery from those that don’t. Several patterns are emerging among farms navigating this cycle effectively—and what’s encouraging is that most of these are things within a producer’s control.

Making Culling Decisions with Better Data

Operations that are doing well are generally bringing greater precision to culling. That means tracking income over feed cost by pen or individual cow, using parlor data and feed records to identify animals that are not covering their direct costs, plus a reasonable share of overhead. It means using genomic information and reproductive performance to spot heifers and cows unlikely to generate positive returns. And it means connecting culling plans to realistic replacement availability rather than culling until pens feel empty and then scrambling for springers.

The math consultants’ walk-through is straightforward: a cow generating $9 in milk revenue and consuming $7 in feed, plus $1 in bedding, breeding, and health costs, clears $1 in labor, debt, and margin costs. Replace her with a fresher or higher-producing animal netting $4 daily above direct costs, and over six months, that stall contributes $720 more. Scale that to 30 similar decisions in a 600-cow herd, and the difference exceeds $20,000 in half a year. That kind of analysis is making some producers more willing to make uncomfortable culling decisions earlier.

Managing Margins Rather Than Guessing Prices

Another pattern is shifting from attempting to call price tops to protecting survivable margin ranges.

Dairy Margin Coverage continues providing value for eligible operations, particularly smaller herds. A 2025 Government Accountability Office review noted that USDA paid out nearly $2.7 billion more to DMC participants than it collected in premiums from 2019 through 2024—significant catastrophic protection.

More operations are using Dairy Revenue Protection to establish floors on portions of future production, sometimes combined with feed contracts that define at least a rough margin band. The approach isn’t about optimizing returns; it’s about narrowing the range of outcomes to avoid truly damaging quarters.

Suppose you haven’t explored these tools recently. In that case, your local FSA office or an extension dairy specialist can walk you through current enrollment options and help you model how different coverage levels might fit your operation’s risk profile.

Treating Beef-on-Dairy as a Managed Program

Operations that consistently achieve value from beef-on-dairy tend to approach it systematically rather than opportunistically. That means selecting sires with documented growth, feed efficiency, and carcass data—often aligned with specific feedlot or packer programs. It means coordinating with buyers on calving timing, health protocols, and genetics to capture available premiums. And it means maintaining enough high-merit dairy genetics to ensure replacement availability as conditions change.

This program approach doesn’t eliminate beef market volatility, but it improves the odds of consistent returns and preserves flexibility on the dairy side. If you’re looking to establish these relationships, many breed associations and AI companies now maintain lists of feedlots and packers actively seeking dairy-beef partnerships.

Continuous Focus on Feed Efficiency

Feed remains the largest expense for most operations, and in low-margin periods, every pound of dry matter needs to perform. The farms that manage well keep returning to fundamentals: grouping by lactation stage so rations match requirements, reducing shrink through bunker management and feed-handling practices, and monitoring feed efficiency as a core metric.

Relatively modest improvements—a tenth or two-tenths improvement in feed efficiency, a few percentage points less silage waste—can represent $0.50-1.00 per hundredweight in income over feed cost. Across millions of pounds of annual production, that compounds into meaningful dollars.

Looking Toward 2027-2028: Reasonable Expectations

Forecasting specific prices years out isn’t realistic, but we can identify directions based on current trends and policy trajectories. These are scenarios, not predictions—individual outcomes will vary considerably.

The consolidation pattern is well-documented. Lucas Fuess, Senior Dairy Analyst at Rabobank, noted in his analysis of the 2022 Census of Agriculture that the U.S. lost nearly 40 percent of its dairy farms between 2017 and 2022—from about 39,300 to around 24,000—while total production rose because “larger farms show lower production costs.” This downturn will likely accelerate that trend.

By the late 2020s, several developments seem probable:

The total number of licensed U.S. dairies may fall below 20,000, with an increasing share of national volume coming from herds milking several hundred to several thousand cows. Regional patterns may sharpen, with lower-cost areas—much of the Upper Midwest and Central Plains—holding or gaining share, while higher-cost, more regulated regions see gradual declines in cow numbers as families choose not to reinvest. Beef-on-dairy will likely remain prevalent but may stratify further between well-structured programs that capture consistent premiums and undifferentiated approaches that face greater volatility.

Globally, New Zealand will remain important in the powder and butterfat markets, while the EU continues to shift toward cheese and value-added products within environmental constraints.

The Bottom Line

These are the conversations I’m hearing producers have with their teams, advisers, and families. Every operation faces unique circumstances, and general advice only goes so far—but these questions seem to be helping people think through their situation:

  • Where are you in your own expansion timeline? How many heifers are scheduled to freshen over the next 18-24 months? Do those numbers align with what your facilities, labor, feed base, and market access can profitably support at current price levels?
  • Do you have clear visibility on cow-level economics? Which animals are covering feed plus a reasonable share of labor, debt, and overhead—and which aren’t? What would tightening culling criteria by 5-10 percent look like, and is your replacement pipeline ready for that?
  • How much of your margin is protected versus hoped for? What portion of the next 12-24 months could you realistically put under DMC, DRP, or forward contracts? Have you had direct conversations with your lender about your risk management approach?
  • Is your beef-on-dairy program intentional? Do you know what your calf buyers specifically want, and are you breeding to those specifications? Are you confident that your current approach will leave enough high-quality dairy replacements for the herd you want to be running in three years?
  • Are your genetic criteria aligned with a low-margin reality? Are you selecting strictly for high production, or are you also prioritizing Feed Saved, moderate frame size through Body Weight Composite, and Residual Feed Intake to lower lifetime maintenance costs? In an environment where feed represents 50-60% of production costs, breeding decisions made today will shape your cost structure for the next decade.
  • Are you making decisions for this week or for the next several years? Culling, breeding, feeding, capital allocation, and even family succession—are these being decided tactically or within a longer-term framework?

This cycle is demonstrating that individually sensible decisions—expanding when returns were strong, adding beef value to calves, filling new processing capacity—can produce collective oversupply when everyone responds to the same signals simultaneously. None of us individually controls global supply and demand. What each operation can control is understanding its position within the bigger picture, knowing its own numbers thoroughly, and using available tools—biological, genetic, and financial—to improve the odds of still being here, on your own terms, when conditions improve.

KEY TAKEAWAYS 

  • This is a global supply collision, not a demand problem. The U.S., EU, New Zealand, and Argentina all expanded at once—yet exports hit record highs. Pure oversupply.
  • The 24-month trap is unforgiving. Decisions that made sense at $22 milk are now delivering into a $15 market. Biology doesn’t wait for prices to recover.
  • Beef-on-dairy reshaped the culling equation. Replacement heifers dropped to 3.9 million—the lowest since 1978—limiting flexibility exactly when operations need it most.
  • Resilient dairies share three priorities: precision culling based on income over feed cost, margin protection through DMC and DRP, and breeding for feed efficiency traits.
  • Consolidation will accelerate—preparation separates outcomes. Producers who know their numbers and deploy available tools now will emerge stronger when markets turn.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The €27,000 Question 80% of Dairy Farmers Can’t Answer (This Winter, You Will)

80% of dairy farmers can’t answer a €27,000 question. After this winter, you won’t be one of them.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: There’s a €27,000 (~$29,000 USD) question that 80% of dairy farmers can’t answer: What’s your feed efficiency ratio? That single number determines whether your operation’s biggest expense—50-70% of costs according to USDA data—generates profit or disappears into the manure pit. The math is compelling: improving from 1.4 to 1.6 efficiency captures €281 per cow annually without new genetics, additional cows, or capital investment. Research from Iowa State’s Dr. Lance Baumgard, Cornell’s transition cow program, and Penn State Extension reveals three proven strategies: systematic measurement, silage preservation, and metabolic optimization. Winter 2025-2026 is your measurement window—housed cattle, stable rations, no heat stress confounding your baseline. All you need: seven days, a bathroom scale, and a moisture tester. The bottom line is simple: you can’t deposit milk production; you deposit margin.

Growing numbers of progressive dairy operations are discovering that a single metric—feed efficiency—holds the key to capturing thousands in additional profit without producing more milk. Here’s what the industry’s efficiency pioneers are finding, and how your operation can benefit from their insights.

The question caught the experienced dairy farmer off guard during a routine consultation last winter: “What’s your current feed efficiency ratio?” After successfully managing 100 cows for 15 years, producing a respectable 35 kilograms of milk per cow daily, he couldn’t answer. Like many in the industry, he knew total feed costs and milk production, but not the critical ratio connecting them.

What happened next transformed his operation. Within twelve months of implementing systematic efficiency measurement, his farm captured over €15,000 (~$16,200 USD) in additional profit—without buying a single additional cow or increasing milk production. His story reflects a broader awakening across the dairy industry: improvements in feed efficiency from 1.4 to 1.6 generate approximately €270 (~$290 USD) per cow annually, based on current commodity prices of €0.25 per kilogram dry matter and €0.40 per kilogram milk. For a typical 100-cow operation, we’re talking about €27,000 (~$29,000 USD) in potential improvement.

This builds on what we’ve seen in operations worldwide. Farms implementing comprehensive efficiency strategies report remarkably consistent results. With feed costs accounting for 50-70% of operational expenses, according to USDA Economic Research Service data, understanding this metric has become fundamental to sustainable dairy farming.

Understanding the Industry’s Relationship with Efficiency Data

What’s particularly noteworthy is how sophisticated we’ve become in certain areas—genomic testing, milk component analysis, reproductive protocols—while feed efficiency remains a blind spot for many successful operations. I find this fascinating, actually.

Industry consultants Jacques Bernard and Christine Massfeller regularly encounter this pattern. When they ask fundamental questions about dry matter consumption or cost per kilogram of energy-corrected milk, even experienced producers often pause. This isn’t about capability—it reflects how our industry has traditionally measured success.

Recent industry observations suggest that while most farms diligently track milk production and components, regular efficiency calculation remains less common. The gap between what we measure and what drives profitability deserves our attention.

THE GOLDEN RATIOS: Know Your Efficiency Targets

GroupTarget
Whole Herd> 1.5
High-Producing Group> 1.7
First-Lactation Heifers> 1.6
Late Lactation> 1.2

⚠️ WARNING: Fresh Cows (First 21 Days) Above 1.5 = Metabolic Danger Zone

Fresh cows with efficiency above 1.5 are actually experiencing a dangerous negative energy balance, mobilizing body reserves at an unsustainable rate despite appearing to be top producers. Cornell University’s transition cow management resources indicate that these animals face a substantially higher risk of metabolic disease.

The Economics Behind Efficiency Improvement

Let me walk through some practical mathematics that illustrates why this matters so much to your bottom line. Consider a standard scenario with 35 kg of daily milk production at a milk price of €0.40 per kilogram and a dry matter feed cost of €0.25 per kilogram.

Metric1.4 Efficiency1.6 EfficiencyDaily Difference
Dry Matter Intake25.0 kg21.9 kg-3.1 kg
Feed Cost (€0.25/kg)€6.25€5.48€0.77 Saved
Income Over Feed Cost€7.75€8.52+€0.77 Profit
Annual Impact (100 Cows)+€28,100 (~$30,350 USD)

The difference—€0.77 per cow daily—accumulates to €281 annually per animal. Scale that across 100 cows, and you understand why progressive producers are prioritizing this metric.

I recently spoke with a Wisconsin producer who shared an interesting perspective. His cows are producing 2 kg less milk than three years ago, yet his operation is significantly more profitable because feed costs dropped by double digits through efficiency improvement. Sometimes the path to profitability isn’t about maximum production—it’s about optimal conversion.

Learning from Poultry and Swine: A Different Approach

The contrast between dairy and monogastric operations offers valuable lessons. Poultry and swine producers monitor feed conversion with remarkable precision, whereas dairy producers have traditionally focused elsewhere. Why this difference?

Part of it comes down to the simplicity of measurement. Tracking tissue growth in a broiler is straightforward compared to partitioning nutrients across milk components, body condition, and reproduction in dairy cattle. Their shorter production cycles provide rapid feedback, and integrated technology has become standard infrastructure.

Modern broiler facilities employ AI-powered systems, achieving impressive precision in automated monitoring. Swine operations use real-time tracking for weight, growth, and intake patterns. This isn’t futuristic—it’s current standard practice enabling continuous optimization.

What’s encouraging is dairy’s technological evolution. The Cattle Feed Intake System developed at the University of Wisconsin-Madison uses 3D cameras and deep learning for individual cow monitoring. Early adopters report payback within 18 months through efficiency gains alone. We’re catching up, and the results are promising.

Recognizing Efficiency Problems: Key Indicators

If you’re observing these signs, it’s time for closer examination:

  • Consistent whole corn kernels in manure—beyond occasional presence
  • Warm silage face—noticeably above ambient temperature, sometimes steaming
  • Severe TMR sorting—refusals predominantly long stems while grain disappears
  • Variable manure consistency within pens—suggesting diet variation
  • Body condition variance exceeding 0.75 points within groups
  • Reduced cud chewing—below the target 7-10 hours daily
  • Long particle predominance in refusals—above 19mm

Penn State Extension’s feed management resources indicate that multiple symptoms typically correlate with efficiency below 1.3.

Three Complementary Strategies for Efficiency Improvement

The evolution of nutrition strategies over the past decade has been remarkable. What started as competing philosophies has matured into complementary systems addressing different efficiency aspects.

Strategy 1: The Measurement Foundation (Data > Assumptions)

Improvement starts with accurate data. German-based AHRHOFF GmbH, operating across multiple countries since 1996, exemplifies this approach. Feed advisor Rainer Kossmann describes their priority as helping clients develop an intuitive understanding of herd consumption through systematic measurement.

The systematic approach incorporates digital tracking for precise dry matter intake, Penn State Particle Separator analysis for sorting behavior, manure evaluation for passage rate assessment, and regular moisture testing for ration accuracy. This foundation reveals the actual difference between assumed and actual intake—often a 10-15% gap worth thousands of dollars annually.

Strategy 2: Preserving Feed Value (The Hidden Rumen Driver)

Forage quality determines rumen function potential—and this is where many operations unknowingly leak profit. Luis Queiros from Lallemand Animal Nutrition explains how energy preservation during storage and feedout represents an often-overlooked opportunity.

Quality inoculant technology, incorporating specific bacterial strains like Lactobacillus buchneri and L. hilgardii, delivers measurable benefits. Research consistently demonstrates typical responses of 1.5 kg additional dry matter intake and nearly 2 kg increased fat-corrected milk. Properly treated silage maintains stability for over two weeks after opening, compared to just days for untreated material. The investment math is compelling: €4,500 (~$4,860 USD) in inoculant typically returns €12,600 (~$13,600 USD) in preserved feed value, before accounting for production benefits.

Strategy 3: Metabolic Optimization (The Stress-Efficiency Connection)

Research from Iowa State University’s animal science department, led by Dr. Lance Baumgard and published in the Journal of Dairy Science, demonstrates how metabolic stress fundamentally compromises efficiency. When cows experience heat stress, transition challenges, or subclinical acidosis, gut barrier function deteriorates. This “leaky gut” response triggers immune activation, consuming glucose equivalent to 25-30 liters of milk—energy that could otherwise support milk synthesis.

University of Florida’s dairy science team has quantified the opportunity through heat abatement studies. Operations implementing comprehensive cooling protocols during summer months recovered 8-12% of heat-stress-related efficiency losses. The key insight: stress management isn’t separate from nutrition—it’s foundational to feed conversion.

Cornell University’s transition cow program reinforces this connection. Their research shows that cows experiencing inflammation during the transition period allocate more nutrients to immune function and less to milk production. Targeted interventions—proper close-up nutrition, minimizing social stress, optimizing stocking density—can shift this balance back toward production. Some operations implementing comprehensive transition protocols report efficiency improvements of 0.1-0.2 points within the first 60 days in milk.

Strategic Timing: Why Winter Matters for Measurement

Over years of consulting, I’ve observed that operations that begin efficiency programs in winter consistently achieve superior results compared to those that start in summer. The science supports this pattern.

Winter provides measurement advantages that summer simply can’t match. Housed cattle consuming consistent TMR eliminate the variables inherent in grazing systems. Research from the University of Minnesota demonstrates that TMR-to-pasture transitions can initially reduce intake by nearly 30%, making accurate efficiency calculations challenging during grazing seasons.

Temperature effects matter enormously. When the Temperature Humidity Index exceeds 72, production impacts begin. USDA data from southwestern operations shows average decreases of around 12%, with severe heat causing dramatic drops. Winter measurement reveals true biological capacity rather than heat adaptation.

By mid-winter, silage has stabilized post-fermentation but hasn’t deteriorated. Moisture content remains consistent week to week—essential for calculation accuracy. Plus, without fieldwork pressure, you have bandwidth for careful measurement and analysis. As Dr. Jane Sayers from Northern Ireland’s CAFRE observes, winter provides an opportunity to focus on intake monitoring, which is often overlooked during busier seasons.

Regional Considerations and Operational Realities

Different systems require different approaches—what works for California’s Central Valley operations won’t necessarily translate to Irish grazing systems or Wisconsin tie-stalls.

Pasture-based operations in Ireland, New Zealand, and parts of the Netherlands face unique measurement challenges. Daily efficiency can swing 0.2-0.3 points based on grass quality and weather. These farms benefit from establishing winter baselines during housing, then using those benchmarks to evaluate grazing performance.

Large confined operations in California, Arizona, and emerging markets have measurement consistency advantages but face greater heat stress challenges. These systems often achieve dramatic efficiency gains from metabolic support strategies, particularly during the summer months.

Smaller operations sometimes question whether efficiency improvement justifies investment. The percentage gains remain consistent regardless of scale—a 30-cow herd capturing €8,100 (~$8,750 USD) annually still achieves excellent returns. The key is appropriate implementation: perhaps weekly rather than daily measurement, creative use of existing equipment, and acceptance that progress beats perfection.

Organic producers face intervention restrictions but consistently achieve respectable efficiency through careful forage management and natural fermentation optimization. Several Northeast organic operations report 1.55+ efficiency using approved methods exclusively.

Your 7-Day Efficiency Startup Checklist

Starting efficiency measurement doesn’t require sophisticated infrastructure. Here’s a practical approach using equipment most farms already have:

Day 1: The Weigh-In. Establish your weighing system—a bathroom scale with a bucket works initially. Conduct your first dry matter test using microwave methods validated by extension services. Record pen populations and milk production with components. This is your baseline moment.

Days 2-6: The Data Gather. Continue recording delivered feed from your mixer display, weigh refusals, and test moisture. Calculate daily intake and efficiency while watching for patterns. Don’t chase perfection here—consistency matters more than precision initially. You’re building a habit, not writing a research paper.

Day 7: The Reckoning. Calculate weekly averages by group. Fresh cow efficiency above 1.5 or a herd average below 1.3 warrants immediate consultation with a nutritionist—these indicate intervention needs. This is the number that tells you whether you’re leaving money on the table.

The calculations are straightforward: Dry matter intake equals delivered feed times dry matter percentage, minus refusals times their dry matter percentage, divided by cow count. Energy-corrected milk calculators from Cornell or Penn State handle standardization. Efficiency equals ECM divided by DMI.

Investment Reality and Return Expectations

Transparency about costs builds trust. Based on current market conditions, here’s the realistic investment requirements:

Measurement systems require approximately €3,500 (~$3,780 USD) initially, €2,200 (~$2,375 USD) annually for feed management software, moisture testing equipment, particle separation tools, and scales.

Silage preservation runs €4,500 (~$4,860 USD) annually for inoculant at typical application rates. This investment consistently returns triple value in feed preservation alone, before production benefits.

Transition and metabolic support through quality mineral programs and stress mitigation protocols costs around €3,500 (~$3,780 USD) annually for 100 cows. University research suggests that even modest improvements in transition cow health can recover this investment within the first lactation.

Investment CategoryYear 1Ongoing
Measurement Systems€3,500 (~$3,780)€2,200 (~$2,375)
Silage Preservation€4,500 (~$4,860)€4,500 (~$4,860)
Transition & Metabolic Support€3,500 (~$3,780)€3,500 (~$3,780)
Total€11,500 (~$12,420)€10,200 (~$11,015)
Conservative Benefit€20,000-27,000 (~$21,600-29,160)
Typical Payback5-7 months

Industry Evolution and Future Considerations

The dairy industry faces an interesting crossroads in measuring and reporting efficiency.

Major processors across Europe—Danone, Arla, FrieslandCampina—are incorporating efficiency metrics into sustainability programs and payment structures. While specific program details continue evolving, the direction is clear: efficiency measurement is transitioning from optional to essential.

Carbon market developments offer additional opportunity. Regulatory frameworks in California and Europe are beginning to assign value to efficiency improvements as methane reduction strategies. Operations achieving 1.6+ efficiency may access substantial additional revenue through emerging carbon credit markets.

Within several years, industry observers expect efficiency reporting will become standard for premium market access, sustainability program participation, and competitive financing. Progressive lenders already incorporate these metrics into risk assessment.

Practical Takeaways for Your Operation

The €27,000 annual opportunity exists within your current genetics through management improvement. Unlike genetic selection, requiring years, management delivers returns within months. Each month’s delay represents approximately €2,250 (~$2,430 USD) in foregone benefit.

Starting simple with consistent measurement beats waiting for perfect systems. Basic tools—scale, moisture tester, spreadsheet—combined with two hours weekly effort can generate substantial efficiency gains.

Winter timing provides optimal measurement conditions. January through March offers stable feeding without heat stress or grazing variables, establishing accurate baselines for year-round improvement.

Sequential implementation maximizes success. Begin with a measurement to understand current performance. Address forage quality to secure your input foundation. Then optimize metabolic health through evidence-based transition protocols. Each phase builds on previous improvements.

The 1.5 efficiency threshold separates sustainable from struggling operations. Below 1.3 indicates a crisis requiring immediate attention. Above 1.5 provides a foundation for optimization toward 1.6+ targets where premium opportunities emerge.

As one experienced consultant observed: “Weekly efficiency calculation drives profitable decisions. Annual calculation generates excuses. Never calculating ensures slow decline without understanding why.”

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • €281 per cow. €27,000 per herd. Every year. Moving from 1.4 to 1.6 efficiency captures this without new genetics, additional cows, or capital investment. It’s management money—yours to take or leave.
  • Fresh cows above 1.5 efficiency aren’t stars—they’re sirens. High early efficiency signals dangerous mobilization of body reserves, not superior genetics. These cows are heading for ketosis. Monitor them; don’t celebrate them.
  • Three strategies. One system. No shortcuts. Measurement reveals your baseline. Silage preservation protects your inputs. Metabolic optimization unlocks conversion. Skip one, and the others underdeliver.
  • Winter 2025-2026 is your measurement window—use it. Housed cattle, stable rations, no heat stress skewing numbers. January through March gives you the cleanest baseline you’ll get all year.
  • The barrier to €27,000? Seven days and a bathroom scale. Add a microwave for moisture testing and a spreadsheet. That’s it. Start this week. Stop guessing. Start weighing.

The Bullvine Bottom Line

You can’t deposit milk production; you deposit margin. Genetic potential means nothing if your conversion is poor. For the cost of a bathroom scale and a moisture tester, you can unlock €27,000 (~$29,000 USD) in hidden value this winter. Stop guessing and start weighing.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The Cooperative Trap: UK’s 32p Milk Crash Proves Your Co-op Won’t Save You

When a Welsh dairy farmer sat in that boardroom and voted to slash his own income by £78,000 a year, he wasn’t being foolish. He was being a fiduciary. And that distinction matters for every cooperative member reading this.

Executive Summary: Mike Smith milks 450 cows in Wales and serves as vice chairman of First Milk. This month, he voted to cut his own milk price to 32.25p—a decision that costs his operation approximately £6,500 every month. He wasn’t being foolish. He was fulfilling his legal duty: UK company law requires cooperative directors to protect the enterprise first, even when farmgate prices fall below the 43-47p most producers need to break even. That tension between member interests and cooperative survival explains why UK dairy has consolidated from 35,000 farms in 1995 to roughly 7,000 today—and why analysts project just 4,000-5,000 by 2030. Cooperatives deliver real value: market access, collective bargaining, shared risk. But insulation from global oversupply? That’s not part of the deal. North American producers shipping through DFA, Agropur, or provincial marketing boards face the same structural dynamics—and understanding them now, while you still have options, is the point.

Dairy Farm Profitability Strategies

Mike Smith runs a 450-cow dairy in Pembrokeshire, Wales. He’s also vice chairman of First Milk, one of the UK’s largest British-headquartered farmer-owned cooperatives. This month, he sat in a boardroom and voted to cut his own milk price—a decision that will cost his operation roughly £6,500 every single month.

That image stuck with me as I worked through what’s happening across UK dairy right now. A farmer-owner, voting against his own short-term interest, because the alternative was watching the cooperative face serious financial difficulty. It tells you something important about how cooperative economics actually work when markets turn challenging—and it’s something Wisconsin, Ontario, and every other cooperative-heavy dairy region should understand.

This chart shows how UK dairy farms collapsed from roughly 35,000 to 7,000 in a single generation, with another third likely gone by 2030. Cooperatives kept processing capacity afloat, but the price mechanism quietly selected who stayed and who exited. The system is working exactly as designed—and that should scare any producer betting their future on membership alone.

The Numbers Behind the Decision

First Milk announced its January 2026 price at 32.25 pence per litre, down a staggering 3.6ppl from the prior month. That’s no small adjustment. According to Mike Smith in First Milk’s official announcement: “This change reflects the continuing challenges in the market. UK and global milk production remain at record levels, and there is still no sign of improvement in the supply/demand imbalance.”

Production costs vary significantly across UK dairy operations. What’s interesting here is that grazing systems generally run lower than housed herds, and regional differences in feed and labor costs create quite a range. Industry benchmarking from AHDB and farm business consultancies like Kite Consulting consistently shows that fully-housed systems average somewhere in the mid-to-upper 40s pence per litre when all costs, including unpaid family labor, are accounted for. According to Promar International’s UK Dairy Producer Cost Analysis 2025, leading producers sustain production costs of 41-43 pence per litre.

Let’s run some realistic numbers on a 150-cow herd shipping about 103,000 litres monthly. If we assume production costs around 43ppl—reasonable for a well-managed system:

  • Monthly revenue at 32.25ppl: £33,217
  • Monthly production cost at 43ppl: £44,290
  • Monthly shortfall: Around £11,073

That’s burning through £133,000 or more each year before the family draws any income for living expenses. The 3.6ppl cut alone strips roughly £3,700 monthly from an already tight position.

Here’s what’s worth noting, though. First Milk has maintained a strong corporate performance—the BV Dairy acquisition significantly expanded its processing capacity. But those processor-level numbers don’t change the reality that farmgate prices have to track global commodity markets, regardless of how well the creameries perform. The processing business can be healthy while the farm business struggles. That disconnect frustrates producers, understandably so.

This comparison shows the brutal reality of December 2025 pricing: all conventional UK processors are paying members less than even the best‑in‑class 43ppl breakeven cost. Only organic producers clear the breakeven wall. When co‑op boards talk about ‘alignment with market conditions,’ this is what they mean.

Understanding Why Cooperative Boards Make Difficult Choices

I’ve followed cooperatives across three continents over the years, and the pattern at First Milk is one I’ve seen before. Understanding these mechanics matters because they apply across all cooperatives that handle commodity dairy.

First, let’s acknowledge what cooperatives genuinely provide—and these benefits are real and significant. Collective bargaining power. Guaranteed market access even when spot buyers disappear. Shared infrastructure investment that individual farms couldn’t finance alone. There’s a good reason the cooperative model has endured for over a century in dairy.

But when global supply substantially exceeds demand—as it does currently—those benefits don’t override fundamental market dynamics.

First Milk’s board includes farmer directors like Mike Smith, who manage substantial operations themselves. These aren’t distant executives making decisions about someone else’s livelihood. They’re producers facing the same pressures as every other member.

Why did they vote for reductions? Three factors typically converge in these situations.

There’s a fiduciary duty. UK company law—specifically Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006—requires directors to act in the best interest of the enterprise as a going concern. When the cooperative faces potential covenant pressure on significant debt, preserving the business takes legal precedence over maximizing short-term member returns.

Then there’s the volume obligation built into the cooperative structure. Unlike corporate processors who can decline volume, cooperatives generally must accept what members ship. When global supply surges, that milk needs processing—even when margins suffer. Müller’s agriculture director Richard Collins acknowledged this pressure directly in their November announcement: “We’re seeing market price reductions, and daily collection volumes are still significantly higher than they were last year.”

And competitive positioning matters more than many producers realize. Arla UK set December prices at 39.21ppl (down 3.50ppl). Müller moved to 38.5 ppl (down 1.5 ppl). Freshways went to 30.4ppl. If First Milk holds significantly above market while competitors price lower, retailers shift contracts. Volume drops. Fixed processing costs are spread across fewer litres. The trajectory from there becomes concerning.

How One Welsh Family Is Working Through the Numbers

What follows is a composite based on industry figures and conversations with UK dairy advisors—not a specific identifiable operation, but representative of decisions many families are working through right now.

The Morgans milk 165 cows on 200 acres outside Carmarthen. Third generation on the land. Two children—one considering returning to farm after agricultural college, one leaning toward other opportunities.

Their numbers heading into 2026:

  • Monthly production: 114,000 litres
  • First Milk price (January): 32.25ppl = £36,765 revenue
  • All-in production cost: 44ppl = £50,160
  • Monthly gap: Around £13,395

They’re carrying about £340,000 in debt—equipment loans, a 2019 cubicle shed, and an operating line. Their debt-to-asset ratio sits around 45%. DEFRA’s Balance Sheet Analysis suggests that’s actually in reasonable shape compared to many UK dairy operations.

The family has been running scenarios this autumn:

Scale up option: Adding 80-100 cows would require roughly £400,000 in new investment—buildings, livestock, and slurry capacity. At current prices, that creates a larger shortfall with more debt service. They’d need milk to recover to 38-40ppl within three years for expansion to work financially. That’s possible, but far from certain.

Exit option: Cull cow prices are historically strong right now. AHDB’s weekly livestock reports from late 2025 showed deadweight cows averaging well above the five-year average. Land in their area has traded around £8,500/acre recently, according to Farmers Weekly market reports. They could likely clear debt and retain meaningful equity. But three generations of work and the children’s potential inheritance make this more than a financial calculation.

Reduce and reassess: They’re seriously considering culling 25-30 head this winter, generating £40,000-50,000 in cull revenue while beef prices hold. That cuts feed costs immediately and gives 18 months to see how markets develop. It’s not a permanent solution—more of a managed pause that preserves options.

Herd SizeMonthly LitresRevenue @ 32.25pCost @ 43pMonthly LossAnnual Bleed
100 cows68,000£21,930£29,240-£7,310-£87,720
150 cows103,000£33,218£44,290-£11,072-£132,864
200 cows137,000£44,183£58,910-£14,727-£176,724
300 cows205,000£66,113£88,150-£22,037-£264,444
450 cows (Mike Smith)308,000£99,330£132,440-£33,110-£397,320

The son, home for Christmas, asked his father what he thought would happen to UK dairy over the next decade. The response was sobering: “A lot of the farms that are here now won’t be in ten years. The question is whether we’re among those who continue or those who don’t.”

The Global Supply Dynamics Driving These Pressures

This situation feels different from previous dairy downturns—and that distinction matters for how farmers might respond.

The 2015-16 downturn was largely demand-driven. Russia embargoed EU dairy. Chinese buying slowed significantly. When those external factors resolved, prices recovered. This time, pressure is coming from the supply side. That’s more challenging because there’s no single external event to wait out.

Irish milk production increased substantially through 2025. AHDB’s tracking shows January-May 2025 Irish output running 7.6% above the same period in 2024—with March up 8%, April up 13%, and May up 7%. That’s farmers pushing volume ahead of tightening nitrate regulations—an understandable response to policy changes, but one that’s flooding markets with additional supply.

Meanwhile, European production dynamics are complex. USDA’s Foreign Agricultural Service EU Dairy Forecast from February 2025 showed EU milk deliveries forecast to decline marginally by 0.2% in 2025, with low farmer margins and environmental restrictions pushing some smaller producers out. But GB production tells a different story entirely—AHDB’s December 2025 forecast update projects UK milk production for 2025/26 at a record-breaking 13.05 billion litres, up 4.9% from the previous milk year.

The Global Dairy Trade auction results reflect these dynamics. The December 2025 auction saw the index decline 4.3%—the eighth consecutive decline—with butter crashing 12.4% to US$5,169 per tonne. AHDB noted that “increasing global dairy milk supplies and product stocks are weighing heavily on prices currently.”

Global dairy prices have fallen at every single GDT auction since spring, with the steepest hit in November and butter down 12.4% in December. That’s not a storm you ‘ride out’ with a bit of overdraft. It’s a structural oversupply that forces co‑ops to use your milk cheque as the shock absorber.

Independent dairy analyst Chris Walkland offered a stark assessment in late November: some producers could face milk payments between 30 and 35 pence per litre for eight to nine months.

The Brexit Trade Dimension

Everything described so far applies to dairy producers globally. But UK farmers are navigating the same supply environment while operating outside the EU’s single market. That creates additional complexity.

Trade data analyzed by Logistics UK shows UK dairy and egg exports to the EU declined approximately 6% since Brexit. The documentation requirements have proven substantial.

The mechanics are straightforward but add costs. Every dairy shipment to the EU requires export health certificates, veterinary sign-off, and potential border inspections under the sanitary and phytosanitary (SPS) control framework introduced in 2024. An analysis by Stone X noted that “the UK and EU now treat each other as ‘third countries,’ meaning any dairy products moving across the Channel are subject to rigorous SPS checks.”

John Lancaster, head of EMEA and Food Consultancy at Stone X, observed: “Volatility is nothing new for the dairy sector, but the nature of that volatility is evolving. The UK, traditionally a net importer of dairy, has seen strong milk collections in recent months, likely leading to reduced imports in 2025. This elevated supply, combined with administrative barriers to export, has meant that local spot prices can swing more sharply.”

UK dairy exports to the EU have slipped around 6% since Brexit—not because Europe banned our products, but because red tape throttles every truckload. While Irish and Dutch milk moves freely inside the single market, British producers fight the same oversupply with added paperwork drag.

Ireland and the Netherlands face similar global supply pressures. But they operate within the single market—frictionless trade, shared regulations, and access to EU support mechanisms. UK producers are competing with additional administrative and cost burdens that other major producing regions don’t face.

What Successful Adaptation Looks Like

Alongside these challenges, some operations are finding paths forward. The strategies vary but share a common element: reducing pure commodity exposure.

Millbrook Dairy in the West Midlands has developed direct export relationships, particularly targeting Middle Eastern markets where UK cheese commands a premium positioning. According to Dairy Reporter’s coverage from May 2025, the company has faced Brexit, COVID-19, the Red Sea crisis, and US tariffs—but rising global demand for premium cheese and butter has created opportunities for those willing to navigate the complexity.

Several Welsh operations have moved toward organic certification and secured premium contracts. While conventional prices have crashed below 35ppl for some, organic producers continue receiving prices in the upper 50s ppl—First Milk’s organic price remains at 57.95ppl, unchanged from the conventional cuts.

We’re actually seeing similar patterns in North America. Some Upper Midwest producers have moved into farmstead cheese or on-farm processing to capture more margin. A few Ontario operations have built agritourism components that complement their dairy income. These aren’t easy pivots—they require capital, skills, and market access—but they show the “expand or exit” framework isn’t the only path available.

None of these approaches fit every situation. They require specific circumstances and opportunities that vary significantly by region and operation. But they illustrate that other paths exist for those positioned to pursue them.

Questions Worth Asking Your Cooperative

For North American farmers watching the UK situation, there’s practical value in understanding what to monitor closer to home. DFA handles a substantial share of the US milk supply through cooperative structures. Canadian cooperatives like Agropur and provincial marketing boards face similar dynamics when global markets shift.

Having specific questions ready when cooperative leadership presents forecasts or pricing updates can be valuable:

On volume management:

  • Is the cooperative implementing or considering base-excess programs or volume adjustments?
  • What percentage of members are shipping above base allocation?
  • How does the cooperative plan to balance supply if market conditions weaken?

On financial position:

  • What are the cooperative’s current debt covenants, and how much flexibility exists?
  • What milk price level would create covenant concerns?
  • How much of the operating profit comes from processing versus member milk margin?

On forward planning:

  • What price scenarios is management modeling for the next 12-24 months?
  • At what price level would capacity rationalization become necessary?
  • How are competing processors positioned, and what’s the risk of contract shifts?

These aren’t confrontational questions—they’re the kind of information that business owners should reasonably have about enterprises they collectively own.

Indicators Worth Watching

The UK situation offers a framework for what to monitor. Several metrics are worth tracking.

Supply growth provides early signals. USDA’s monthly Milk Production report is the primary source. If year-over-year growth exceeds 3% for six consecutive months, supply is outpacing demand. That pressure eventually reaches farmgate pricing. Wisconsin producers might watch regional production trends particularly closely, given the concentration of cooperative membership in the Upper Midwest.

Futures markets offer forward visibility. CME Class III cheese futures below $17/cwt for extended periods suggest markets are pricing in oversupply conditions. Monthly checks of forward curves provide useful context for planning.

Cooperative communications often signal direction if you listen carefully. When leadership emphasizes “supply balance,” “market alignment,” or “production discipline,” they may be preparing ground for pricing adjustments. Richard Collins at Müller noted they’re “keeping a close eye on supply and demand”—that language often precedes action by 60-90 days.

Cull market conditions indicate exit dynamics. Strong cull prices create exit incentive—but also suggest culling hasn’t reached levels that would meaningfully reduce supply.

When multiple indicators converge, the UK pattern becomes more relevant to local planning.

The Broader Industry Pattern

After three decades in this industry—starting with a Master Breeder operation and later founding The Bullvine—I keep returning to a pattern that deserves direct discussion.

Cooperative commodity dairy, by its structural design, tends to address supply-demand imbalances partly through changes in membership. That’s not necessarily a failing of the model—it’s inherent to how cooperatives function in commodity markets. When global supply exceeds demand, and prices fall below production costs, cooperatives adjust farmgate pricing to maintain processing viability. Those price adjustments create pressure on higher-cost operations. Some exit. Supply eventually contracts. Prices stabilize for continuing producers.

The cooperative continues. Membership consolidates. The cycle continues.

AHDB’s latest survey of milk buyers revealed an estimated 7,040 dairy producers in GB as of April 2025—a loss of 190 producers (2.6%) since the previous year. Against a backdrop of rising volumes, this suggests a continued shift toward fewer, larger farms. Industry exits typically occur during the winter months, before housing and other input requirements rise seasonally.

This isn’t an argument against cooperatives. Their benefits remain genuine—market access, collective bargaining strength, shared risk, and infrastructure investment beyond individual farm capacity. But it does argue for a realistic understanding of what cooperative membership provides. Insulation from global market forces isn’t among those benefits.

Practical Considerations by Situation

For operations with strong balance sheets—debt-to-asset below 40%: This environment may present opportunities. Industry transitions often create acquisition possibilities. Operations that can achieve competitive production costs at scale, with family commitment to a long-term horizon, may be well-positioned for the consolidation ahead.

For operations with moderate leverage—40-60% debt-to-asset: Focus on cash preservation and maintaining flexibility. Cull strategically to generate near-term cash while beef prices remain favorable. Explore loan restructuring while lenders remain accommodating. Develop realistic exit valuations to understand your position. The objective is to navigate 24 months without eroding equity, then reassess.

For operations with higher leverage—above 60% debt-to-asset —the situation requires an honest assessment. At current UK price levels, highly leveraged operations face compounding challenges that can steadily erode equity. Voluntary, well-planned transition while cull and land markets remain favorable often preserves more family wealth than delayed, pressured decisions. That’s a difficult conversation, but an important one.

For all operations: Know your actual cost of production—including properly valued family labor. Understand your cooperative’s financial position and be prepared to ask informed questions. Watch the indicators that might signal your region following similar patterns. And recognize that choosing your timing generally produces better outcomes than having timing determined by circumstances.

Editor’s Note: All pricing data cited in this article comes from official processor announcements and AHDB reports from November-December 2025. Production cost figures reference AHDB, Promar International, and Kite Consulting industry benchmarks. National and regional averages may not reflect your specific operation’s circumstances. We welcome producer feedback and regional case studies for future reporting. Contact: andrew@thebullvine.com

Resources for Ongoing Monitoring:

Key Takeaways

  • 32p milk, 43p costs. First Milk’s January 2026 price leaves most UK producers hemorrhaging cash—£11,000+ monthly on a mid-size herd. The gap isn’t a glitch. It’s global oversupply working exactly as markets do.
  • A farmer voted to cut his own pay. Vice Chairman Mike Smith slashed his milk price by £6,500/month because UK law requires cooperative directors to protect the enterprise first. Fiduciary duty trumps member income when the cooperative’s survival is at stake.
  • Cooperatives manage consolidation—they don’t prevent it. UK dairy shrank from 35,000 farms to 7,000 over thirty years. Cooperative membership provided orderly exits and market access for survivors, not insulation from structural economics.
  • The supply glut is structural, not seasonal. Irish milk up 7.6% through May. GB production at record highs. Eight straight declines in the Global Dairy Trade auction. There’s no external shock to wait out—this is the new baseline until supply contracts.
  • Your turn is coming. DFA, Agropur, and provincial marketing boards face identical cooperative economics. The producers who understand these dynamics now—and position accordingly—will have options when pricing pressure arrives. The rest will have the options the market gives them.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

  • Decide or Decline: 2025 and the Future of Mid-Size Dairies – This strategic guide targets the “squeezed middle” (700-1,200 cows), outlining three specific survival paths: intended expansion, rigorous optimization, or strategic exit. Essential reading for producers needing to calculate if their debt-to-asset ratio supports the scale required to survive current consolidation trends.
  • Global Dairy Market Dynamics: Navigating Volatility and Strategic Opportunities in 2025 – Expand your understanding of the supply-side pressures mentioned above with this deep dive into 2025 Global Dairy Trade (GDT) indices and regional production forecasts. It provides the broader economic context needed to anticipate price floor movements before they hit your milk check.
  • Digital Dairy: The Tech Stack That’s Actually Worth Your Investment in 2025 – Move beyond buzzwords with this ROI-focused analysis of farm automation and data integration. It demonstrates how integrating specific technologies—like AI-driven feed management—can slash costs by 5-10%, offering a tangible way to protect margins when milk prices fall below production costs.

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent
Send this to a friend